munotes®

English I Notes | B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Course) Semester 1 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

English I

B.A. LL.B. (FIVE YEAR COURSE) · SEMESTER 1

Strictly as per the revised CBCS syllabus of the University of Mumbai

For students of the University of Mumbai and all its affiliated law colleges

Open the book ↓

English I

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes is an independent, student-run platform. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I Law and Literature: Texts*

  1. How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper 1
  2. The Merchant of Venice: the Play, and Why a Law Course Sets It 7
  3. The Merchant of Venice: Act I 11
  4. The Merchant of Venice: Act II 17
  5. The Merchant of Venice: Act III 22
  6. The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i 28
  7. The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V 36
  8. The Bond as a Contract 42
  9. Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law 47
  10. The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock 52
  11. Shylock 57
  12. Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others 62
  13. Themes of The Merchant of Venice 67
  14. Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice 71
  15. Joseph Andrews: Fielding, the Magistrate Who Wrote Novels 79
  16. Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books I and II 83
  17. Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV 87
  18. Law in Joseph Andrews 92
  19. Characters in Joseph Andrews 98
  20. Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews 103
  21. The Pickwick Papers: Dickens, and the Law He Knew From Inside 109
  22. The Pickwick Papers: the Road to the Trial 113
  23. Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial 117
  24. Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet 123
  25. Breach of Promise of Marriage 128
  26. Characters in The Pickwick Papers 132
  27. Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers 136
  28. Adam Bede: George Eliot and the World of the Novel 142
  29. Adam Bede: the Story, Books First to Fourth 146
  30. Adam Bede: the Story, Books Fifth and Sixth 150
  31. Hetty Sorrel's Trial 154
  32. Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve 159
  33. Characters in Adam Bede 164
  34. Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede 169
  35. Pudd'nhead Wilson: Twain, and a Plot Made Out of Law 174
  36. Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters I to X 178
  37. Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters XI to XXI 182
  38. The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence 186
  39. Slavery, and the Law That Makes the Plot Possible 191
  40. Characters in Pudd'nhead Wilson 195
  41. Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson 199

Module II Law & Literature: Speeches & Essays*Marks allotted 25

  1. Plato's Apology: the Trial of Socrates 204
  2. Apology: the Defence Speech 208
  3. Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words 213
  4. Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It 218
  5. Bacon, Of Judicature: the Essay 224
  6. Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty 228
  7. Of Judicature: Bacon in Practice, and How to Answer on It 234
  8. Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar 238
  9. Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics 244
  10. Kalam: Joy of Reading 249
  11. How to Write a Book Review 256
  12. Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War 260
  13. Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order 265

Module III Language Development

  1. Critical Analysis: Theme, Character and Language 271
  2. The Cop and the Anthem: the Story 275
  3. The Cop and the Anthem: Soapy, Irony and the Law 280
  4. Murder!: the Story 284
  5. Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime 290
  6. A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial 295
  7. A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case 300
  8. Oral Communication: What It Is, and Why It Matters in Law 305
  9. Types of Oral Communication 309
  10. Formal Speech: Preparing and Delivering 313
  11. Speech Writing, With Model Speeches 317
  12. Elocution and Pronunciation 321
  13. Mock Trials 325
  14. Meetings: Notice, Agenda and Minutes 329

Module IV Language Enhancement

  1. Written Communication and Its Types 333
  2. Effective Letter Writing 337
  3. The Letter of Application, and the Resume 340
  4. Internship Application Letters 344
  5. Email Correspondence 347
  6. The Letter of Complaint and Other Official Letters 351
  7. Report Writing 355
  8. Essay Writing 359
  9. Precis Writing: the Method 364
  10. Precis Writing: Worked Examples 368
  11. Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts 374
  12. Verbs and Tenses 378
  13. Active and Passive Voice 383
  14. Reported Speech 387
  15. Question Tags, and the Do As Directed Question 391
  16. Common Errors in English 395
  17. Vocabulary for a Law Student 400
munotes.in

Module I

Law and Literature: Texts*

munotes.in

Chapter One

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

Syllabus topic Module 1 as a whole, and MU's own course outcome "Learn to critically analyse literature texts". The note printed under Module 1 asks that reading skills be taught as the texts are read.

In one line

An English paper on a law course does not ask you whether you liked the book. It asks you to place a quotation, to describe a person, to analyse how the writing works, and to argue about the law inside the story, and each of those four is a separate skill with its own method.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: the questions set on prescribed literary texts fall into four kinds, namely reference to context, the character sketch, critical analysis of theme and language, and the long essay on a theme or an incident, and each kind has a settled form of answer.

Why a law course sets novels at all

The University says so in its own course objectives for this paper. It wants to "expose the students of law to literature texts with legal themes and inculcate in them the importance of ethics, new ideas and human sensitivity", and it wants you to read efficiently and build vocabulary while doing it.

There is a harder reason underneath that. A lawyer's working day is spent reading documents written by other people and deciding what they mean. A statute, a contract, a plaint and a judgment all have to be read closely, and closely means the same thing here as it does in a novel: what exactly does this sentence say, who is saying it, and what does the person saying it want.

Every text on this syllabus also contains a court. Shylock sues on a bond, Mrs Bardell sues for breach of promise, Hetty Sorrel is tried for her life, the Italian twins are tried for a murder they did not commit, and Socrates defends himself and loses. You will study the same problems as law in later semesters. Meeting them first as stories is not a detour, it is a way of remembering them.

The four kinds of question, and what each is worth

The paper, code 75909, runs two and a half hours for 75 marks. The four kinds appear in fixed places.

KindWhere it appearsMarksLength expected
Reference to contextQuestion 1(a), any four of five8 in total, so 2 eachTwo sentences, and the paper says so
Short note, usually a character or an incidentQuestion 2, any two of four12 in total, so 6 eachRoughly a page
Critical analysis inside an essayQuestion 4part of 39Within the essay
Long essay with reference to the textQuestion 4, any three of five39 in total, so 13 eachTwo to three pages

The mark split is taken from the printed paper of 21 February 2026 and is given so you know what a full answer looks like. It is not a promise about any future paper.

munotes.in1

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

The other paper on the same texts, and how it differs

Note. Added by the past paper check, because it changes how you should revise.

On the same afternoon in February 2026 a second paper was set on the same prescribed texts under code 75901, running two hours for 60 marks. It is the paper the older five year form sits, and by 2025 and 2026 it is being set on this syllabus's text list rather than on the list it once used.

Kind75909, 75 marks75901, 60 marks
Reference to contextQ1(a), four of five, 8 marksQ1(A), four of five, 8 marks
Do as directedQ1(b), 4 marksQ1(B), 4 marks
Short notesQ2, two of four, 12 marksQ2, two of four, 12 marks
Letter or applicationQ3, one of two, 6 marksQ3(A), one of two, 6 marks
Precis or speechQ3, one of two, 6 marksNot set in February 2026
Short essay on a general topicNot set in February 2026Q3(B), one of two, 6 marks
Long questions on the textsQ4, three of five, 39 marksQ4, two of four, 24 marks

What follows for a reader of this book. Everything in Modules I to III serves both papers. In Module IV, a candidate on the 75 mark paper must be ready for the precis and the speech, and a candidate on the 60 mark paper must be ready for the short essay; the letters are set on both. Prepare all of them, since the two papers exchange these items from year to year.

One more thing the papers show. A third code, 75904, runs a two hour 60 mark paper for the older 60:40 form, and its question 1 has sometimes mixed quotations from this syllabus's texts with quotations from an older prescribed list that this course no longer sets. If a quotation on your paper belongs to no text you have read, leave it and answer another: every question 1 gives a choice, and no paper we hold has required more than four of the five or six offered.

Skill one: reference to context

What it is. The examiner prints a few lines from one of the prescribed texts and asks you to identify them. The word "context" means the surrounding situation: who is speaking, to whom, and about what.

The method, in four steps. First, name the text and its author. Second, name the speaker, and the person spoken to if the lines are addressed to somebody. Third, say in one clause what is happening at that moment in the story. Fourth, answer the specific question the examiner has attached, because there is almost always one.

munotes.in2

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

A worked example. The paper of February 2026 printed this and asked the candidate to identify the speaker and say what the word "ducat" means in the context.

If every ducat in six thousand ducats

Were in six parts, and every part a ducat,

I would not draw them, I would have my bond.

The answer, in the two sentences the paper allows. These lines are spoken by Shylock in the trial scene of Shakespeare's The Merchant of Venice, Act IV Scene i, when Bassanio offers him twice the loan in open court and he refuses it. A ducat is a gold coin used in Venice, and Shylock's point is that no multiple of the money will buy him off, because he wants the forfeiture in the bond and not the debt.

Notice what the answer does not do. It does not summarise the play, it does not say the lines are beautiful, and it does not explain who Bassanio is. Two sentences is two sentences.

Skill two: the character sketch

What it is. A short essay describing one person in the text: what they are like, what they do, why they do it, and how the writer makes you see them.

The method. Open with one sentence placing the person, for example "Lomax Harder is the murderer in Arnold Bennett's story Murder!, and a man who kills carefully and is never suspected." Then take three or four qualities in turn, and prove each from something the person says or does. Close with a judgment: what the character is for, in the design of the whole text.

The commonest failure is to retell the plot with the character's name in every sentence. A sketch is an argument about a person, supported by incidents. It is not a list of the incidents in order.

Prove every quality. "Portia is intelligent" is worth nothing on its own. "Portia is intelligent, and the proof is that she does not attack the bond at all: she admits it is good in law, lets Shylock refuse the money three times, and only then reads the words 'a pound of flesh' back at him" is worth a mark.

Skill three: critical analysis

MU's own note under topic 3.1 says students should be "exposed to a critical analysis of the text with respect to its themes, character analysis and language". Those three words are the whole method.

Theme is what the text is about underneath the story. Justice and mercy is a theme; a trial is not, a trial is an event. State the theme in a sentence, then show the two or three places the text works on it, then say what position the text ends up taking, if it takes one.

munotes.in3

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

Character is dealt with as above, but inside an analysis you use characters as evidence for the theme rather than describing them for their own sake.

Language is how the writing is done. For a law student the useful questions are small and answerable: is the sentence long or short, is the word ordinary or grand, is the tone serious or mocking, and is the writer using irony. Irony means saying one thing and meaning another, or an outcome that is the opposite of what a person intended, and it is the single most useful term in this paper because O. Henry, Twain, Dickens and Bennett all work by it.

Skill four: the thirteen-mark essay

What it is. A question like "Critically examine the trial between Bardell and Pickwick", answered in two to three pages, with the instruction "illustrate your answer with reference to the text".

The shape that scores. One paragraph placing the question and stating your answer to it. Then three or four paragraphs, each making one point and proving it from an incident. Then a paragraph on the other side, because an examiner rewards a candidate who has noticed the difficulty. Then a short conclusion that answers the question asked, in its own words.

"With reference to the text" is an instruction, not a decoration. It means name the scene, the chapter or the speech you are relying on. You do not need to quote at length, and a wrong quotation is worse than none, but a specific reference to Act IV Scene i or to the Fleet Prison chapters shows you have read the book.

A worked example of the essay opening

Question: "Write an essay on the antisemitic attitude given to Shylock in the trial scene."

Opening paragraph. The trial scene of The Merchant of Venice, Act IV Scene i, is a scene in which a Jewish moneylender is defeated in a Christian court, stripped of his property and made to change his religion, and every person who speaks to him in it calls him something other than his name. This essay argues that the antisemitism is not only in the characters, who could be excused as men of their time, but in the structure of the scene itself, which gives Shylock a legal victory and then takes it away by a rule about aliens that could only ever apply to him.

That paragraph does three things a good opening always does: it locates the scene, it states a position, and it tells the examiner what the rest of the essay will prove.

munotes.in4

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

What beginners get wrong

They write the story. A summary of the plot answers no question on this paper. If your answer could have been written by somebody who read only the back cover, it will not score.

They praise instead of arguing. "Shakespeare has beautifully portrayed the character of Portia" is not a sentence about Portia. Delete every sentence you could put into an essay about any other book.

They quote wrongly. A misquoted line is evidence you did not read the text. If you are not sure of the words, refer to the passage instead: "in the speech beginning with the quality of mercy".

They ignore the instruction. "In two sentences only" means two. "Any three" means three, and a fourth answer earns nothing while costing you the time the third needed.

They leave the law out. These are law students writing on texts chosen for their legal themes. An essay on Bardell against Pickwick that never mentions what a breach of promise action was is answering half the question.

Quick revision

Four question types: reference to context, character sketch, critical analysis, long essay.

Reference to context in four steps: text and author, speaker and addressee, what is happening, then the specific question. Two sentences.

Character sketch: place the person, prove three or four qualities from incidents, judge what the character is for. Never a plot summary.

Critical analysis: theme, character, language. Irony is the term you will need most often.

Essay: state your position first, one point to a paragraph proved from the text, deal with the other side, conclude in the words of the question.

"With reference to the text" means name the scene or chapter you rely on.

Test yourself

1. A quotation is printed and you do not recognise it at all. What do you do? Look for the internal evidence. Names decide it: Soapy is O. Henry, Adams is Fielding, Roxy is Twain, Buzfuz is Dickens, Hetty is George Eliot. Failing a name, look at the language, because the two Elizabethan and eighteenth-century texts do not sound like the modern ones. Then answer the attached question as fully as you can, since it usually carries the mark.

2. What is the difference between a theme and an incident? An incident is something that happens, such as the trial or the elopement. A theme is an idea the text keeps returning to, such as justice against mercy, or appearance against reality. An examiner asking for a theme wants the idea, proved by incidents.

3. Why is "with reference to the text" worth marks? Because it separates a candidate who has read the book from one who has read a guide. Naming Act IV Scene i, or chapter 34, or the Fleet Prison chapters, costs one clause and proves the reading.

munotes.in5

How to Read a Set Text for a Law Paper

4. Define irony in a sentence a first-year student can use. Irony is a gap between what is said and what is meant, or between what a person intends and what actually happens, and the writer creates the gap on purpose so that the reader sees it.

5. You have twenty minutes left and two essays to write. What is the best use of the time? Ten minutes each, both answered in the shape above, rather than one full essay and one blank. An unanswered question scores nothing, and the first half of an essay carries most of its marks.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in6

Chapter Two

The Merchant of Venice: the Play, and Why a Law Course Sets It

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

A merchant borrows money for a friend from a moneylender who hates him, and agrees that if he does not repay on the day, the lender may cut a pound of flesh from his body; the ships are lost, the lender sues on the agreement in open court, and the case is decided by a woman disguised as a lawyer.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: The Merchant of Venice is a comedy by William Shakespeare, written about 1596 to 1597 and first printed as a quarto in 1600, which turns on a penal bond between the merchant Antonio and the Jewish moneylender Shylock, and whose fourth act is a full-length trial scene in the ducal court of Venice.

The four things you must be able to say about this play

Almost every question set on this text is an application of one of these four, so learn them as facts before you learn anything else.

One. It is a comedy that contains a near execution. A comedy in Shakespeare's sense is a play that ends in marriage rather than in death, not a play that is funny throughout. This one ends with three married couples in a moonlit garden, and it gets there through a scene in which a man is stripped to be cut open in a courtroom.

Two. It has two plots, joined by money. The bond plot is Antonio, Bassanio and Shylock in Venice. The casket plot is Portia and her suitors in Belmont. The join is the three thousand ducats: Bassanio borrows them to go courting, so the casket plot is paid for by the bond plot, and the winner of the casket plot then decides the bond plot.

Three. Its central character is a Jewish moneylender in a Christian city. Shylock lends at interest, which the Christians say they do not do, and he is abused in the street by the man who comes to borrow from him. Whether the play condemns that treatment or shares it is the question every essay on this text is really asking.

Four. It is a play about the difference between what a document says and what is fair. That is the law question, and it is the reason this text and not another opens the syllabus.

Where it came from

Shakespeare did not invent the story. The bond plot comes from a tale in Il Pecorone, a collection of Italian stories by Ser Giovanni Fiorentino, published in 1558. The casket plot comes from the Gesta Romanorum, a medieval collection of moral tales that existed in English. A student does not need the sources for an answer, but the fact that the flesh bond is an old folk story matters for one reason: it tells you the play is not a report of a real Venetian case, and an essay that treats it as legal history has started wrong.

munotes.in7

The Merchant of Venice: the Play, and Why a Law Course Sets It

The play also stands beside Christopher Marlowe's The Jew of Malta, an earlier play with a monstrous Jewish villain. Shakespeare's Shylock is written after it, and is a great deal harder to hate.

Venice, and why the setting is doing work

Venice in the play is a trading republic. Its wealth arrives by sea in ships called argosies, and its merchants stand at the Rialto, the exchange, hearing news of which ships have come home. Two features of that city are load-bearing in the plot.

First, a trading city lives on credit. Antonio's money is not in his house, it is at sea, so a rich man can be unable to raise three thousand ducats in cash. That single fact is what sends Bassanio to a moneylender.

Second, a trading city lives on the certainty of its contracts. Foreign merchants will only deal in a place where the courts enforce what was agreed. Shylock says this himself in the trial, and it is why the Duke cannot simply tear up the bond. The play makes the reader feel the pressure of a rule that is unjust in this case and necessary in general, which is a lawyer's problem exactly.

The people, in the order you will meet them

NameWho they are
AntonioThe merchant of the title. Sad, rich on paper, devoted to Bassanio, contemptuous of Shylock.
BassanioAntonio's friend, who has spent his fortune and wants to court Portia.
ShylockA Jewish moneylender of Venice, the father of Jessica, and the plaintiff in the trial.
PortiaA rich heiress of Belmont, bound by her dead father's will, and the disguised lawyer of Act IV.
NerissaPortia's waiting-woman, who marries Gratiano and appears as the lawyer's clerk.
JessicaShylock's daughter, who elopes with Lorenzo and takes her father's money.
GratianoBassanio's talkative friend, the loudest voice against Shylock in court.
TubalShylock's fellow Jew, who brings him news of Jessica and of Antonio's losses.
Launcelet GobboThe clown, Shylock's servant, who leaves him for Bassanio.
The Duke of VenicePresides over the trial.

The vocabulary you need before Act I

Bond. A written agreement under seal by which one person becomes liable to another. In this play it is a document sealed before a notary, a public officer who authenticates documents, and the parties call it a "single bond".

Ducat. A gold coin of Venice. The loan is three thousand of them, and the sum matters only in that it is large enough that Antonio cannot pay it in cash.

munotes.in8

The Merchant of Venice: the Play, and Why a Law Course Sets It

Usance and usury. Usance is the lending of money at interest. Usury today means excessive interest, but in the play it means interest of any kind, which Antonio treats as sinful and Shylock treats as his trade.

Forfeiture. What a person loses when a condition is broken. Here the forfeit is a pound of Antonio's flesh.

Penalty. A sum or a thing promised on breach that is out of all proportion to the actual loss. The pound of flesh is a penalty, and that is the legal heart of the play.

Argosy. A large merchant ship.

Alien. A person who is not a citizen. Venice has a separate law for aliens, and in Act IV it decides the case.

Why this play is on a law syllabus, in one paragraph you could write out

Because it is the clearest story in English about the gap between the letter of an agreement and justice. Shylock's bond is valid. He gave value, the terms were plain, Antonio read them and sealed willingly, and the day passed without payment. Every rule of contract says he should get his remedy. What the court does instead is to hold him to his own words so exactly that the remedy becomes impossible, and then to turn a criminal statute on him. A law student who can explain why that is satisfying and troubling at the same time has understood both the play and something about law.

What beginners get wrong

They call it a tragedy. It is a comedy, and the trial is its crisis, not its ending.

They think Shylock loses because he is wrong in law. He is not wrong in law. He loses on the construction of his own document and then on a statute about aliens. Saying he had no case is the commonest error in answers on this text.

They forget the fifth act. Two thirds of candidates write as though the play ends at the trial. It does not, and questions are set on the rings.

They treat Portia as a real lawyer. She is not admitted to any bar. She appears on a letter of introduction from a doctor of laws named Bellario, in disguise, and the play never suggests this is regular.

A worked answer

Question. "In two sentences, say what The Merchant of Venice is about."

A weak answer. It is a play by Shakespeare about a Jewish moneylender who is very cruel and is punished at the end by a clever lady.

Why it is weak. It gives no plot, no legal content, and a judgment the play does not support. Nothing in it could not have been written by somebody who had read the back cover.

munotes.in9

The Merchant of Venice: the Play, and Why a Law Course Sets It

A strong answer. The Merchant of Venice is a comedy in which the merchant Antonio borrows three thousand ducats from the moneylender Shylock for his friend Bassanio, on a bond forfeiting a pound of Antonio's flesh if the money is not repaid on the day, and, the ships being lost, Shylock sues in the ducal court for the forfeiture. The suit is defeated by Portia, disguised as a doctor of laws, who upholds the bond and then holds Shylock to its exact words, that it grants flesh and no blood, before invoking a Venetian statute against aliens who seek a citizen's life.

What the strong answer does. It names the parties, the sum, the term, the forfeit, the court, and the two grounds of decision, in the order they happen. Everything in it can be checked against the text.

Quick revision

A comedy by Shakespeare, written about 1596 to 1597, first printed 1600.

Two plots joined by three thousand ducats: the bond plot in Venice, the casket plot in Belmont.

Five acts, twenty scenes. The trial is Act IV Scene i and is the longest scene in the play.

Sources: Il Pecorone for the bond, the Gesta Romanorum for the caskets.

Key words: bond, ducat, usance, forfeiture, penalty, alien, argosy.

The legal question of the play: what a court should do with an agreement that is valid and monstrous.

Test yourself

1. In one sentence, what is the bond plot? Antonio borrows three thousand ducats from Shylock for three months on behalf of Bassanio, on condition that if the money is not repaid on the day Shylock may take a pound of Antonio's flesh, and when Antonio's ships are reported lost Shylock sues for the forfeiture.

2. Why can a rich merchant not raise three thousand ducats? Because his wealth is in cargo at sea and not in cash. He says so in Act I Scene i, and it is what makes the loan necessary.

3. What is the difference between usury as the play uses the word and usury today? In the play it means lending at interest at all. Today it means charging interest that is excessive or unlawful.

4. Name the two source stories. Il Pecorone by Ser Giovanni Fiorentino for the flesh bond, and the Gesta Romanorum for the three caskets.

5. Why does the play insist that the Duke cannot simply cancel the bond? Because Venice lives on foreign trade, and traders will not come to a city whose courts refuse to enforce agreements. The play makes commercial certainty the reason the unjust bond has to be taken seriously.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in10

Chapter Three

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Act I sets up three things: a merchant whose money is all at sea, an heiress who may not choose her own husband, and a bond by which a moneylender may cut a pound of flesh from the merchant if a loan is not repaid on the day.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Act I contains three scenes, in which Antonio's melancholy and the state of his fortunes are established, Portia's position under her father's will is explained, and the penal bond between Antonio and Shylock is negotiated and agreed.

Act I Scene i: Venice, a street

What happens. Antonio tells his friends Salarino and Solanio that he is sad and does not know why. They guess he is worried about his ships, and describe in detail how a merchant's mind runs on wrecks and shallows. Antonio denies it: his ventures are not trusted to one ship or one place, nor to one year's fortune. They then guess he is in love, and he denies that too.

Gratiano and Lorenzo arrive, Gratiano talks a great deal about melancholy men who look wise by saying nothing, and the two of them leave. Bassanio, left alone with Antonio, admits that he has disabled his estate by living beyond his means, that he owes Antonio the most in money and in love, and asks for a further loan to court a rich lady.

He describes her: Portia of Belmont, richly left by her father, courted by suitors from every coast, with hair like a golden fleece so that Belmont is Colchos and the suitors are Jasons. Antonio's answer is the hinge of the plot.

Thou know'st that all my fortunes are at sea;

Neither have I money nor commodity

To raise a present sum, therefore go forth

Try what my credit can in Venice do.

Why it matters. Three facts are planted here and every one of them is used later. Antonio's wealth exists but is not available, which is what forces the borrowing. Antonio's ships are spread across many voyages, which is why the audience is as shocked as he is when they are all reported lost. And Antonio's love for Bassanio is stated as being greater than his care for money, which is why he will sign anything.

The sadness. Shakespeare never explains it. Antonio opens the play saying he does not know why he is sad, and he never finds out. You may say in an answer that the melancholy is left unexplained on purpose, because it gives Antonio the air of a man with nothing to lose, and that is exactly the man who agrees to a bond of this kind.

munotes.in11

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

Act I Scene ii: Belmont, a room in Portia's house

What happens. Portia tells Nerissa that her little body is aweary of this great world. Nerissa answers that people are as sick who have too much as those who have nothing, and that happiness lies in the mean, and Portia agrees that good advice is easier to give than to follow.

Then comes her real complaint. Her dead father's will forbids her to choose or refuse a husband for herself.

I may neither choose who I would nor refuse who I dislike, so is the will of a living daughter curb'd by the will of a dead father.

Nerissa explains the mechanism: her father devised a lottery of three chests, of gold, silver and lead, and whoever chooses the chest that holds his meaning wins her. The two women then run through the suitors already at Belmont, and Portia dismisses each with a joke: the Neapolitan prince who talks only of his horse, the County Palatine who never smiles, the French lord who is every man in no man, the young English baron who speaks no language she speaks, the Scottish lord, and the German who is drunk in the afternoon. Nerissa remembers a Venetian scholar and soldier who once came to Belmont, and Portia remembers him too: Bassanio. Word arrives that the Prince of Morocco is on his way.

Why it matters. The scene is funny and it is also the second cage in the play. Antonio is caught by his own generosity, and Portia by a dead man's document. The pun in the line above is deliberate: the word "will" means both what her father wanted and the legal instrument that says so. A woman of great fortune and greater intelligence is bound by a piece of writing she had no part in making, which is the same problem Antonio is about to create for himself.

A distinction worth having ready. Portia never breaks the will. She hints, she delays, she has music played while Bassanio chooses, but she keeps the terms. That matters when you come to judge what she does to Shylock's document in Act IV, because the play's heroine is a woman who obeys the letter of an instrument she dislikes.

Act I Scene iii: Venice, a public place, and the making of the bond

This is the scene the whole play stands on, and it is worth knowing in stages.

Stage one, the terms. Bassanio and Shylock are already in conversation, and the first eight lines settle the deal in commercial form: three thousand ducats, for three months, and Antonio shall be bound. "Bound" means made legally liable, and Antonio is the surety, the person who answers for another's debt.

munotes.in12

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

Stage two, the credit check. Shylock is not sentimental about it. Antonio, he says, is "a good man", and immediately explains that he means only that he is sufficient, that is, good for the money. He then lists the risks: an argosy to Tripolis, another to the Indies, a third at Mexico, a fourth for England, and the perils of waters, winds and rocks. This is a working moneylender assessing security, and it is also the play telling the audience, early and clearly, that ships are lost.

Stage three, the grudge. Antonio arrives, and Shylock says in an aside what he will not say to his face.

I hate him for he is a Christian,

But more for that in low simplicity

He lends out money gratis, and brings down

The rate of usance here with us in Venice.

Read that carefully, because examiners set it. Shylock gives two reasons and says the second is the stronger: Antonio lends without interest and so undercuts him. Religion and business are tangled together, and the play does not let you separate them.

Stage four, the argument about interest. Shylock tells the story of Jacob grazing Laban's sheep, and how Jacob arranged that the parti-coloured lambs should be born and fall to him as his hire, ending with a proverb: "thrift is blessing if men steal it not." Antonio's reply is that Jacob's gain was a venture that heaven decided, not interest, and then he says the line that is quoted about Shylock more than any other.

The devil can cite Scripture for his purpose.

Stage five, the reproach. Shylock stops arguing and speaks about how he has been treated. He has been rated on the Rialto about his moneys and his usances, called misbeliever and cut-throat dog, spat upon, and had his Jewish gaberdine, his cloak, fouled. And now Antonio wants money from him. Should he answer, he asks, in a bondman's key, with bated breath and whispering humbleness?

Antonio's answer is not an apology.

I am as like to call thee so again,

To spet on thee again, to spurn thee too.

If thou wilt lend this money, lend it not

As to thy friends, for when did friendship take

A breed for barren metal of his friend?

But lend it rather to thine enemy,

Who if he break, thou mayst with better face

Exact the penalty.

Stage six, the merry bond. Shylock offers friendship instead. He will take no interest at all. He asks only that they go to a notary and seal a single bond, and that, in a merry sport, if the money is not repaid on the day and at the place named, the forfeit be an equal pound of Antonio's fair flesh, to be cut off and taken in whatever part of his body pleases Shylock.

munotes.in13

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

Antonio accepts at once: "Content, in faith, I'll seal to such a bond, and say there is much kindness in the Jew." Bassanio objects, and says he would rather stay poor. Antonio overrules him, on a fact the audience will remember for four acts: his ships will return a full month before the bond falls due.

Stage seven, the exit. Shylock asks what he would gain by exacting the forfeiture, since a pound of man's flesh is not so profitable as flesh of muttons, beefs or goats. He leaves to fetch the money. Antonio calls him a gentle Jew and says this Hebrew will turn Christian, he grows kind. Bassanio's last line of the act is the correct reading.

I like not fair terms and a villain's mind.

The bond, read as a lawyer would read it

Set out as a document, the agreement has these parts.

ElementWhat the play gives it
PartiesShylock as lender, Antonio as the bound party, Bassanio as the borrower of the use of the money
ConsiderationThree thousand ducats, actually advanced
TimeThree months
InterestNone. Shylock expressly waives it
ConditionRepayment on the named day at the named place
Forfeit on breachAn equal pound of Antonio's flesh, cut off in a part chosen by Shylock
FormA single bond sealed before a notary

Two observations to carry into the trial chapter. First, everything about this bond is regular except the forfeit: it is in writing, sealed, before a public officer, for value received, with the terms read aloud in front of witnesses. Second, the forfeit is a penalty, meaning a consequence of breach fixed in advance that bears no relation to the loss suffered. Shylock says himself that a pound of flesh is worth less to him than mutton. A modern court would refuse to enforce it for exactly that reason, and this is dealt with fully in the chapter on the bond as a contract.

What beginners get wrong in this act

They say Shylock tricked Antonio. He did not. He stated the forfeit plainly, in front of Bassanio, who understood it well enough to object. Antonio accepted with his eyes open and called it kindness.

They say Antonio is innocent. He admits, in the scene itself, that he has spat on Shylock and will do it again. The play puts that admission immediately before the bond is proposed, and the order is not accidental.

They treat "merry sport" as proof of a trap. It may be, and the ending suggests it is, but at this point in the play it is a form of words that makes a monstrous term sound like a joke, and both Christians accept it as one.

munotes.in14

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "Content, in faith, I'll seal to such a bond, and say there is much kindness in the Jew."

The answer, in the two sentences the paper allows. These words are spoken by Antonio in Act I Scene iii of Shakespeare's The Merchant of Venice, accepting Shylock's proposal that the forfeit for non-payment be an equal pound of his flesh, cut off in a part of the body Shylock chooses. He calls the term a kindness because Shylock has waived all interest, and because he expects his ships home a month before the bond falls due, so he does not believe the forfeiture can ever arise.

Why the second sentence matters. The examiner's question will usually be why Antonio agreed. The answer is not stupidity: it is the waiver of interest plus his own calculation of the shipping, and both are in the scene.

Quick revision

Scene i: Antonio is sad, his wealth is all at sea, Bassanio asks for a loan to court Portia, Antonio sends him to try his credit in Venice.

Scene ii: Portia is bound by her father's will and the lottery of the gold, silver and lead caskets; she mocks six suitors and remembers Bassanio.

Scene iii: three thousand ducats, three months, Antonio bound. Shylock's aside about hating Antonio for lending gratis. The Jacob and Laban argument. Antonio's refusal to apologise. The bond, with a pound of flesh as the forfeit, sealed before a notary.

Two lines you should be able to place: "The devil can cite Scripture for his purpose", Antonio in I.iii; "I like not fair terms and a villain's mind", Bassanio, the last line of the act.

The bond is valid in form and monstrous in content. That combination is the play.

Test yourself

1. Why does Antonio have to borrow at all? Because his wealth is in cargo at sea and he has neither money nor commodity to raise a present sum. He says so in Act I Scene i.

2. What exactly does Shylock mean by calling Antonio "a good man"? Not that he is virtuous. He explains at once that he means Antonio is sufficient, that is, good enough security for three thousand ducats, and he then lists the risks to Antonio's ships.

3. State the two reasons Shylock gives for hating Antonio, in his own order. That he is a Christian, and, more strongly, that he lends money without interest and so brings down the rate of usance in Venice.

4. Is the bond a valid agreement on its face? On its face, yes. There is value given, a fixed time, a named place of payment, a condition, and a sealed instrument before a notary. The defect is not in the making of it but in the nature of the forfeit, which is a penalty out of all proportion to the debt.

munotes.in15

The Merchant of Venice: Act I

5. What does Portia's complaint in Act I Scene ii have in common with Antonio's position? Both are bound by a document. She cannot choose or refuse a husband because of her dead father's will, and he cannot escape a term he agreed to. The play sets a person against a piece of writing twice before the trial ever begins.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in16

Chapter Four

The Merchant of Venice: Act II

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Act II runs the casket test twice and empties Shylock's house: two suitors choose wrongly at Belmont, and in Venice Shylock's servant leaves him and his daughter elopes with a Christian, taking his money and his jewels.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Act II develops both plots in alternation, showing the failure of the Princes of Morocco and Arragon at the caskets, the departure of Launcelet Gobbo from Shylock's service, and the elopement of Jessica with Lorenzo carrying away her father's ducats and jewels.

The scenes in order

Act II Scene i, Belmont. The Prince of Morocco arrives and asks Portia not to dislike him for his complexion. Portia tells him she is not free to choose, and that but for her father's lottery he would stand as fair as any comer. He is told the condition of the test: whoever chooses wrongly must swear never to speak to any lady in the way of marriage afterwards. He accepts.

Act II Scene ii, Venice. Launcelet Gobbo, Shylock's servant, debates with himself in a long comic speech whether to run away, with the fiend at one elbow telling him to run and his conscience telling him to stay. His half-blind father Old Gobbo arrives, and Launcelet plays a joke on him by pretending his own son is dead. They then go together to Bassanio, who takes Launcelet into his service, and Gratiano asks Bassanio to let him come to Belmont.

Act II Scene iii, Shylock's house. Jessica says goodbye to Launcelet, gives him a ducat, and asks him to carry a letter secretly to Lorenzo. Alone, she speaks the two lines that decide her part in the play.

Alack, what heinous sin is it in me

To be ashamed to be my father's child!

She adds that though she is a daughter to his blood she is not to his manners, and that if Lorenzo keeps his promise she will become a Christian and his wife.

Act II Scene iv, a street. Lorenzo, Gratiano, Salarino and Solanio plan a masque, a street entertainment in costume. Launcelet delivers Jessica's letter, and Lorenzo tells Gratiano the plan: Jessica has directed how he shall take her from her father's house, what gold and jewels she is furnished with, and what page's suit she has ready.

Act II Scene v, before Shylock's house. Shylock is going out to supper with Bassanio, unwillingly. He gives Jessica the keys, tells her he goes in hate to feed upon the prodigal Christian, and says he dreamt of money-bags, so there is some ill a-brewing. Warned that there may be masques, he orders her to lock up the doors and not to look out at the windows.

munotes.in17

The Merchant of Venice: Act II

Lock up my doors, and when you hear the drum

And the vile squealing of the wry-neck'd fife,

Clamber not you up to the casements then.

He leaves on a proverb, "Fast bind, fast find". Jessica's answer, when he is gone, is a single couplet: if her fortune is not crossed, he has lost a daughter and she a father.

Act II Scene vi, the same. The masquers wait. Jessica appears above, dressed as a boy, throws down a casket of her father's money, says she is ashamed of her exchange of clothes, and goes back in to gild herself with more ducats before coming down. Gratiano's comment as she goes is worth marking: "Now, by my hood, a gentle, and no Jew." Antonio then arrives with news that the wind has changed and Bassanio is going aboard at once, so the masque is cancelled.

Act II Scene vii, Belmont. Morocco reads the three inscriptions.

CasketInscription
GoldWho chooseth me shall gain what many men desire
SilverWho chooseth me shall get as much as he deserves
LeadWho chooseth me must give and hazard all he hath

He reasons that lead threatens rather than promises, that silver invites him to weigh his own worth, and that gold must be right because all the world desires Portia. He chooses gold, and finds a skull with a scroll in its eye: "All that glisters is not gold". He leaves, and Portia's line as he goes is one of the ugliest in the play: "Let all of his complexion choose me so."

Act II Scene viii, Venice. Salarino and Solanio report two things. First, Shylock has raised the Duke and searched Bassanio's ship, too late, and has run through the streets crying about his daughter and his ducats together.

My daughter! O my ducats! O my daughter!

Fled with a Christian! O my Christian ducats!

Second, a Frenchman has told Salarino that a richly laden vessel of their country was wrecked in the narrow seas between France and England, and he feared it was Antonio's. Solanio's line is the plot turning: "Let good Antonio look he keep his day."

Act II Scene ix, Belmont. The Prince of Arragon takes the same oath and reasons differently. He refuses gold because he will not rank himself with the barbarous multitude who choose by show, and takes silver because a man should have as much as he deserves. He finds the portrait of a blinking idiot with a schedule, and goes away with two fools' heads instead of one. A messenger then announces a young Venetian at the gate, and Nerissa's closing line names the hope: "Bassanio, Lord Love, if thy will it be!"

munotes.in18

The Merchant of Venice: Act II

What the caskets are actually testing

The lottery is not random, and questions are set on why. Each casket is a statement about what a person expects from love.

Gold promises what many men desire, so it appeals to a man who values the lady as a prize other men want. Morocco chooses it and is shown a skull, because that is what desiring what everybody desires comes to in the end.

Silver promises as much as the chooser deserves, so it appeals to self-esteem. Arragon chooses it, after a speech about how estates and offices should go by merit, and is shown a fool's head, because a man who is sure he deserves the best is a fool.

Lead demands that the chooser give and hazard all he has, so it asks for risk with no promise at all. It is the only one that offers nothing and asks everything, which is what the play thinks love is.

This is the theme of appearance and reality, and it runs straight into the trial. Morocco is refused for choosing by the outside, and the scroll tells him that all that glisters is not gold. Six scenes later a bond that looks like a merry sport turns out to be an instrument for killing a man.

Jessica, and why this act matters legally

Jessica does three things in one night: she leaves her father's house, she takes a casket of his ducats and later "more" ducats besides, and she takes jewels including, as Act III will show, a turquoise ring her mother gave him. She then marries a Christian and converts.

Consider the position coldly. Property has been removed from a house by a person entrusted with the keys and handed to men waiting outside. Shylock does what any person in that position would do: he raises the Duke, searches the ship, and cries in the street for justice and the law. Every character in the play treats this as ridiculous, and the boys of Venice follow him mocking. Solanio calls him "the dog Jew" while reporting it.

Two consequences follow for the rest of the play. First, this is the moment Shylock's demand stops being commercial. Until now he wanted a good bargain; from here he wants Antonio's life, and Act III will say why. Second, the audience is invited to laugh at a father who has lost his daughter and his savings on one night, and how you feel about that invitation decides how you read the trial.

What beginners get wrong in this act

They treat Act II as filler. It contains the elopement, the two failed choices that explain the third, and the first news that a ship has been lost. Nothing in it is spare.

munotes.in19

The Merchant of Venice: Act II

They say Jessica escapes cruelty. The text supports it: she calls the house hell and says she is ashamed to be her father's child. But she also robs him, and the play never lets her repay it. A good answer says both.

They think the caskets are a fairy tale detail. They are the play's theory of judgment, and they set up the reading of the bond in Act IV, where a document that looks like one thing is held to mean exactly what it says.

They confuse the two princes. Morocco chooses gold and gets a skull. Arragon chooses silver and gets a fool's head. Marking that pair correctly is worth two marks in a reference-to-context question.

A worked answer

Question. "What do the three caskets test, and how do you know?"

Building the answer. Take the inscriptions first, because they are the evidence: gold promises what many men desire, silver promises as much as the chooser deserves, and lead demands that the chooser give and hazard all he has.

Then the two failures. Morocco chooses gold, reasoning that all the world desires Portia, and finds a skull with the scroll "All that glisters is not gold". Arragon chooses silver, after a speech refusing to rank himself with the barbarous multitude, and finds the portrait of a blinking idiot.

Then the conclusion. So gold catches the man who wants what others want, and silver the man who is sure of his own merit, while lead is the only casket that promises nothing and asks everything. The test is not of cleverness but of what the chooser expects from love, and Bassanio passes it in Act III Scene ii by choosing the metal that threatens rather than promises.

Quick revision

Nine scenes, alternating Venice and Belmont.

Morocco chooses gold and finds a skull with the scroll "All that glisters is not gold". Arragon chooses silver and finds a fool's head.

The three inscriptions: gold, what many men desire; silver, as much as he deserves; lead, must give and hazard all he hath.

Launcelet Gobbo leaves Shylock for Bassanio; the comic scene with Old Gobbo.

Jessica elopes with Lorenzo in boy's clothes, taking a casket of ducats and jewels. Shylock raises the Duke, searches the ship, and runs crying "My daughter! O my ducats!"

Act II Scene viii carries the first report of a wreck in the narrow seas, and the warning "Let good Antonio look he keep his day".

Test yourself

1. Why does Morocco choose gold, and what does he find? Because the inscription promises what many men desire, and he reasons that all the world desires Portia. He finds a skull with a scroll beginning "All that glisters is not gold".

munotes.in20

The Merchant of Venice: Act II

2. Why does Arragon reject gold? Because he refuses to choose what the "fool multitude" desires and to rank himself with the barbarous multitudes. He takes silver on the ground that a man should have what he deserves, and is given a portrait of a blinking idiot.

3. What exactly does Jessica take with her? A casket of her father's money thrown down from the window, more ducats that she goes back to fetch, and jewels. She is also dressed in a page's suit, a boy's clothes, and acts as Lorenzo's torch-bearer.

4. What is the significance of Solanio's line "Let good Antonio look he keep his day"? It is the first time anybody in the play connects Shylock's rage to the bond. The audience is told, before Antonio knows it, that the forfeiture will now be pressed.

5. How does the casket test connect to the trial scene? Both turn on reading. The caskets punish men who read an inscription for what it seems to promise instead of what it says, and the trial destroys Shylock by reading his own document for exactly what it says and nothing more.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in21

Chapter Five

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Act III is where everything turns: Antonio's ships are confirmed lost, Shylock decides he wants the flesh and not the money, Bassanio chooses the right casket and wins Portia, and Portia sends to Padua for a lawyer's robes and notes.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Act III completes the casket plot with Bassanio's choice of the leaden casket, confirms the loss of Antonio's argosies, hardens Shylock's resolve to exact the forfeiture after Tubal's report of his daughter's spending, and sets up the trial by Portia's secret arrangement with Doctor Bellario of Padua.

Act III Scene i: the Rialto, the speech, and Tubal

What happens. Salarino and Solanio confirm the rumour that Antonio has lost a ship of rich lading on the Goodwins, a dangerous flat. Shylock enters and they taunt him about Jessica. He answers, and every answer is about the bond.

Let him look to his bond.

He says it three times in six lines, which is Shakespeare telling an audience that the man's mind has fixed. Salarino asks the practical question, what use is a pound of flesh, and gets the answer that opens the great speech: "To bait fish withal; if it will feed nothing else, it will feed my revenge."

The speech. Then comes the passage every candidate must know. Shylock lists what Antonio has done to him, disgraced him, hindered him half a million, laughed at his losses, mocked his gains, scorned his nation, thwarted his bargains, cooled his friends and heated his enemies, and asks what the reason is.

Hath not a Jew eyes? Hath not a Jew hands, organs, dimensions, senses, affections, passions? Fed with the same food, hurt with the same weapons, subject to the same diseases, healed by the same means, warmed and cooled by the same winter and summer as a Christian is? If you prick us, do we not bleed? If you tickle us, do we not laugh? If you poison us, do we not die? And if you wrong us, shall we not revenge?

How to handle it in an answer. Notice what the speech actually argues. It is not a plea for tolerance. It is an argument that a Jew is the same as a Christian in every respect, and that this sameness includes revenge: "The villainy you teach me I will execute, and it shall go hard but I will better the instruction." Shakespeare gives his most powerful statement of common humanity to a man using it to justify a killing. An answer that quotes the first half and stops has read half the speech.

Tubal. The second half of the scene is Shylock alone with a fellow Jew, and it is the only time he speaks to someone who is not an enemy. Tubal alternates two kinds of news. Shylock's daughter cannot be found, and a diamond that cost two thousand ducats in Frankfurt is gone. Then Antonio has an argosy cast away coming from Tripolis, and Shylock thanks God. Then Jessica spent fourscore ducats in Genoa in one night, and Shylock says Tubal sticks a dagger in him. Then Antonio's creditors say he cannot choose but break, and Shylock is glad. Then this.

munotes.in22

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

One of them showed me a ring that he had of your daughter for a monkey.

His answer names his dead wife: it was his turquoise, he had it of Leah when he was a bachelor, and he would not have given it for a wilderness of monkeys. Two lines later he tells Tubal to fee an officer, a court officer, and bespeak him a fortnight before, because he will have the heart of Antonio if he forfeits.

Why the ring matters. It is the single detail that makes Shylock a man rather than a figure. A daughter has sold her dead mother's ring for a monkey, and the loss he cannot bear is not the money. Every serious answer on Shylock's character uses this line, and most candidates have never noticed it.

Act III Scene ii: Belmont, the right casket, and the letter

What happens. Portia asks Bassanio to wait a day or two before choosing, and admits, carefully, that she could teach him how to choose right but will not break her oath. He insists. Music plays while he thinks, and the song asks where fancy is bred and answers that it is engendered in the eyes and dies in the cradle where it lies, which is a warning against choosing by sight.

Bassanio's reasoning. His speech is the play's clearest statement of appearance against reality, and it takes its first example from law.

The world is still deceiv'd with ornament.

In law, what plea so tainted and corrupt

But, being season'd with a gracious voice,

Obscures the show of evil?

He goes on through religion, cowardice and beauty, rejects gold as hard food for Midas and silver as the pale and common drudge between man and man, and chooses lead because it threatens rather than promises. He finds Portia's picture and a scroll telling him to turn to his lady and claim her with a kiss.

The ring. Portia gives herself, her house and her servants, and with them a ring, on an express condition.

I give them with this ring,

Which when you part from, lose, or give away,

Let it presage the ruin of your love,

And be my vantage to exclaim on you.

munotes.in23

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

Bassanio swears that when the ring parts from his finger, life parts from him. Remember that promise, because Act IV will make him break it and Act V is about nothing else. Gratiano then announces that he and Nerissa have made the same match, on the condition that Bassanio won.

The letter. Lorenzo, Jessica and Salerio arrive from Venice with Antonio's letter. Bassanio confesses to Portia that he told her he had nothing, when in truth he was worse than nothing, because he had engaged himself to a dear friend and engaged that friend to his mere enemy. Salerio confirms that not one vessel escaped, from Tripolis, Mexico, England, Lisbon, Barbary and India, and adds the fact that decides the trial.

Besides, it should appear, that if he had

The present money to discharge the Jew,

He would not take it.

Jessica supports it from her own knowledge: she has heard her father swear to Tubal and Chus that he would rather have Antonio's flesh than twenty times the value of the sum. Portia's answer is immediate and generous: pay him six thousand, double six thousand, treble that, but first go with me to church and call me wife. Antonio's own letter is short and is worth knowing, because it is the reason Bassanio leaves on his wedding day: his ships have all miscarried, the bond to the Jew is forfeit, and since in paying it it is impossible he should live, all debts are cleared between them if he might but see him at his death.

Act III Scene iii: the legal centre of the play

Antonio is under arrest, brought out by the gaoler at his own request to speak to Shylock. Shylock will not listen.

I'll have my bond, speak not against my bond.

I have sworn an oath that I will have my bond.

He gives his reason in one line: "Thou call'dst me dog before thou hadst a cause, but since I am a dog, beware my fangs." Antonio, when he has gone, tells Salarino why he cannot be saved, and this is the sentence a law student must be able to reproduce.

The Duke cannot deny the course of law,

For the commodity that strangers have

With us in Venice, if it be denied,

'Twill much impeach the justice of the state,

Since that the trade and profit of the city

Consisteth of all nations.

What it means, in plain English. Foreign merchants trade at Venice because Venetian courts enforce their contracts. If the Duke refuses to enforce this one because the creditor is unpopular, every foreign merchant learns that Venetian justice depends on who you are, and the trade of the city goes elsewhere. So the Duke has no power to release Antonio, however much he wants to. The rule of law is not a favour to Shylock, it is the condition of Venice's existence.

munotes.in24

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

This is why the play is set on a law syllabus. The scene states, better than most textbooks, why a court cannot simply do what seems kind in the case in front of it.

Act III Scene iv: Portia's plan

Portia hands the management of her house to Lorenzo, and says she and Nerissa have vowed to live in prayer and contemplation at a monastery two miles off until their husbands return. That is a lie, and the audience learns so within thirty lines.

She sends her servant Balthazar to Padua, to her cousin Doctor Bellario, with a letter, and tells him to bring back whatever notes and garments Bellario gives him to the common ferry that trades to Venice. Then she tells Nerissa they will see their husbands before their husbands think of them, accoutred like young men, and she runs through a comic list of the tricks she will use to pass as a bragging youth.

Three points to carry into the trial chapter. First, Portia has legal advice in writing before she reaches the court: the notes come from a doctor of laws. Second, she has authority in the form of a letter of introduction from Bellario, which Act IV will show being read out. Third, she arrives disguised, and nobody in court knows who she is.

Act III Scene v: Launcelet and Jessica in the garden

A short comic scene. Launcelet teases Jessica that the sins of the father are laid upon the children so she is damned, and she answers that she is saved by her husband, who has made her a Christian. Launcelet complains that converting Jews will raise the price of pork. Lorenzo joins them and there is joking about Launcelet's word-play.

Why the scene is there. It gives the audience a breath between Antonio's arrest and the trial, and it keeps one uncomfortable question alive: Jessica has changed her religion, and the play keeps making jokes about whether it took. Every reading of the play's antisemitism has to account for this scene, because the mockery here is casual and comes from the characters we are meant to like.

Antisemitism in Act III, stated fairly

An examiner setting an essay on this theme expects the material of this act. Set out the evidence on both sides.

What is said to and about Shylock. He is called "the dog Jew" and "old carrion" by Solanio, spoken of as the devil in the likeness of a Jew, and told by Salarino that there is more difference between his flesh and his daughter's than between jet and ivory. The boys of Venice follow him in the street. Launcelet calls him "the very devil incarnation". Nobody in the play uses his name kindly.

munotes.in25

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

What Shakespeare gives him in return. The speech at the centre of III.i, which no other character in the play could deliver. The turquoise ring. The reason for the hatred, which is stated as a business grievance as much as a religious one. And a case in law that is unanswerable until Act IV.

How to conclude. The honest position is that the play contains both, and that the second does not cancel the first. Shakespeare gives a hated figure the strongest speech in the play and then destroys him in a courtroom, and it is possible to read that as sympathy, as cruelty, or as a writer showing exactly how a society treats a man it has already decided about. An answer that argues one of those three, with the evidence above, will score. An answer that says only that Shakespeare was a man of his time has not read the act.

What beginners get wrong in this act

They quote "Hath not a Jew eyes" as a plea for tolerance. It ends in a promise of revenge.

They forget the ring in III.ii. Portia's ring is given under an express condition, and every question on Act V depends on knowing that.

They think the Duke could have stopped it. Antonio himself says the opposite, and explains why in six lines. Not knowing this is the commonest way of misreading the trial.

They miss that Shylock refuses the money before the trial. Salerio reports it in III.ii. By the time court sits, everybody knows he will not take payment.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "Hath not a Jew eyes?"

A weak answer. Spoken by Shylock. It shows that all human beings are equal and that we should not hate anybody for their religion.

Why it is weak. It stops at the middle of the speech and turns it into a sentiment the speech does not express.

A strong answer. Spoken by Shylock to Salarino and Solanio in a street in Venice in Act III Scene i, after they ask him what a pound of Antonio's flesh could possibly be good for. He argues that a Jew is identical to a Christian in body and feeling, and completes the argument by insisting that the identity extends to revenge, since the villainy he will execute is what Christian example has taught him.

The test of a good answer here. It reports where the speech ends. Any answer that leaves out the revenge has described a different speech.

munotes.in26

The Merchant of Venice: Act III

Quick revision

III.i: the wreck on the Goodwins; "let him look to his bond"; "Hath not a Jew eyes"; Tubal's alternating news; the diamond of two thousand ducats; fourscore ducats in one night; the turquoise ring had of Leah, sold for a monkey; "fee me an officer".

III.ii: Portia delays; the song; Bassanio's speech on ornament, beginning with a corrupt plea in law; he chooses lead; the ring is given on condition; Antonio's letter; Portia offers to pay many times the debt.

III.iii: "I'll have my bond" three times; Antonio explains that the Duke cannot deny the course of law because Venice lives on foreign trade.

III.iv: Portia pretends to go to a monastery and sends Balthazar to Doctor Bellario at Padua for notes and garments.

III.v: Launcelet and Jessica joke about conversion.

Test yourself

1. Why does Shylock refuse three thousand ducats and more? Because after Jessica's flight he wants revenge rather than payment. Salerio reports that he would not take the money if it were offered, and Jessica has heard him swear he would rather have Antonio's flesh than twenty times the sum.

2. What is the significance of the turquoise ring? It was his wife Leah's gift to him before their marriage, and Jessica traded it for a monkey. It is the detail that shows Shylock's grief is not only about money, and it is the strongest single piece of evidence in a sympathetic character sketch.

3. Reproduce Antonio's explanation of why the Duke cannot save him. That the Duke cannot deny the course of law, because if the rights that foreign merchants have in Venice are denied it will much impeach the justice of the state, since the trade and profit of the city consists of all nations.

4. Why does Bassanio choose the leaden casket? Because he reasons that the world is deceived by ornament, giving examples from law, religion, courage and beauty, and that a casket which threatens rather than promises is more likely to be true. The song played while he thinks also warns against love bred in the eyes.

5. What preparation does Portia make in III.iv, and why does it matter? She sends Balthazar to her cousin Doctor Bellario of Padua for legal notes and garments, and plans to appear disguised as a young man. It matters because she arrives in court not as an untrained woman with a clever idea but as a person carrying a doctor of laws' written opinion and his introduction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in27

Chapter Six

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Shylock comes to court to enforce his bond, refuses three times the money, is told by a disguised Portia that the bond is good and he may cut, and is then destroyed by two readings of law: that the bond gives him flesh and not one drop of blood, and that an alien who seeks the life of a citizen forfeits everything he has.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Act IV Scene i is the trial of Shylock against Antonio in the ducal court of Venice, in which the plaintiff's right upon a forfeited penal bond is admitted, defeated on the strict construction of its own words, and then converted into a criminal charge against the plaintiff himself under a Venetian statute concerning aliens.

Who is in the room

PersonFunction in the scene
The Duke of VenicePresides. He is openly on Antonio's side and says so, but rules that he cannot deny the law
ShylockPlaintiff, suing on the bond
AntonioDefendant, under arrest, expecting to die
BassanioAntonio's friend, offering money
GratianoBassanio's friend, who abuses Shylock throughout
Portia, as BalthazarA doctor of laws from Rome, in fact Portia disguised, sent in place of Bellario
NerissaHer clerk, also disguised
Salerio, magnificoes, officersThe court

A word you need. A magnifico is a great man of Venice, one of the nobles who sit with the Duke. A doctor of laws is a person holding the highest university degree in law, and in this period such a person was the natural expert to be asked for an opinion on a difficult case.

Stage one: the Duke opens, and asks for mercy

The Duke tells Antonio he is sorry for him, and calls Shylock a stony adversary, an inhuman wretch, void and empty of any dram of mercy. When Shylock is called in, the Duke does not ask him a question, he tells him what everybody expects.

He says the world thinks, and he thinks too, that Shylock is keeping up this show of malice only until the last hour, and will then not merely release the forfeiture but forgive part of the principal as well, out of pity for Antonio's losses. He ends with a line that is a demand dressed as courtesy: "We all expect a gentle answer, Jew."

Two things to notice. The court has decided what it wants before hearing a word of the case. And the word "gentle" is a pun the play uses repeatedly: it means both kind and gentile, that is, not Jewish. The Duke is asking him to be merciful and, in the same breath, to be less of a Jew.

munotes.in28

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Stage two: Shylock refuses to give a reason

Shylock's answer is deliberate and, for a modern reader, shocking. He has sworn by the holy Sabbath to have the due and forfeit of his bond, and if the court denies it, let the danger light upon the city's charter and its freedom.

Then he refuses to explain himself.

You'll ask me why I rather choose to have

A weight of carrion flesh than to receive

Three thousand ducats. I'll not answer that,

But say it is my humour.

He gives examples: a man may pay ten thousand ducats to have a rat killed in his house; some men cannot bear a roast pig, some go mad at the sight of a cat, some cannot control themselves when a bagpipe plays. There is no firm reason for any of it. So he can give no reason for his suit either, beyond "a lodg'd hate and a certain loathing I bear Antonio".

Why he does this. In law he does not need a reason. A creditor enforcing a valid bond is not obliged to explain his motive, and by refusing to give one he is standing on his strict right. It is also, dramatically, the most frightening thing he could say, because a reason can be argued with and a humour cannot.

Stage three: the money is offered and refused

Bassanio offers six thousand ducats for the three thousand. Shylock's answer is one of the quotations MU actually sets.

If every ducat in six thousand ducats

Were in six parts, and every part a ducat,

I would not draw them, I would have my bond.

The Duke asks how he can hope for mercy, rendering none. Shylock's reply is the hardest argument in the scene, and candidates almost never use it.

What judgment shall I dread, doing no wrong?

You have among you many a purchas'd slave,

Which, like your asses and your dogs and mules,

You use in abject and in slavish parts,

Because you bought them.

If he asked them to free their slaves and marry them to their heirs, he says, they would answer "The slaves are ours." He answers the same way: the pound of flesh is dearly bought, it is his, and he will have it. And he adds the sentence that puts the court on trial: "If you deny me, fie upon your law! There is no force in the decrees of Venice."

Take this seriously in an essay. Shylock is pointing out that the Christians of Venice own human beings by purchase and see nothing wrong in it, and that his claim rests on exactly the same principle, namely that a thing bought is the buyer's. The play gives him this argument and nobody in the court answers it.

munotes.in29

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Stage four: Bellario's letter and the arrival of Balthazar

The Duke says he may dismiss the court unless Bellario, a learned doctor sent for to determine the matter, arrives. A messenger comes from Padua: Nerissa, dressed as a lawyer's clerk.

While the letter is being fetched, Gratiano and Shylock exchange insults over the whetting of Shylock's knife, and Shylock ends it with four words that state his whole position: "I stand here for law."

The letter. Bellario writes that he is very sick, but that a young doctor of Rome named Balthazar happened to be visiting him, that he acquainted him with the cause, that they turned over many books together, and that Balthazar comes furnished with Bellario's opinion bettered by his own learning. He asks that the young man's lack of years be no impediment.

What the letter does. It gives Portia everything a stranger needs to be heard: an introduction from a known authority, a stated qualification, and an explanation of why the expected expert has not come. It is also, in fact, false in every particular except the opinion, and the court never tests it.

Stage five: mercy, and the refusal of it

Portia enters as Balthazar. Her first questions are procedural and exact: which is the merchant and which the Jew, is your name Shylock, do you confess the bond. Antonio confesses it. She then states the position in law before saying anything else, and the statement is entirely in Shylock's favour.

Of a strange nature is the suit you follow,

Yet in such rule that the Venetian law

Cannot impugn you as you do proceed.

Then: "Then must the Jew be merciful." Shylock's four-word answer is the hinge of the scene: "On what compulsion must I? Tell me that."

The speech that follows is the most famous in the play. It begins by answering his question directly: none. Mercy is not strained, that is, not forced or constrained; it drops as the gentle rain from heaven; it blesses him that gives and him that takes; it is mightiest in the mightiest, and becomes a monarch better than his crown. Earthly power shows likest God's when mercy seasons justice.

Its conclusion is the part that matters for the argument, and it is a religious one: in the course of justice, none of us would see salvation, so we pray for mercy and that prayer teaches us to show it.

Shylock answers in one line and a half. "My deeds upon my head! I crave the law, the penalty and forfeit of my bond." The full treatment of what this exchange is worth as argument is in the chapter on mercy and equity.

munotes.in30

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Stage six: the money again, and the refusal to bend the law

Bassanio offers to pay twice, then ten times, and asks Portia to do what many candidates think a court should do.

Wrest once the law to your authority.

To do a great right, do a little wrong.

Portia refuses, and her reason is the most lawyerly thing in the play.

It must not be, there is no power in Venice

Can alter a decree established;

'Twill be recorded for a precedent,

And many an error by the same example

Will rush into the state.

Precedent means a decision that later courts follow. Her point is that a court which bends the law once, even for a good reason, has made a rule that will be used again in bad cases. Shylock, delighted, calls her "A Daniel come to judgment", after the young judge in the Book of Daniel who saves an innocent woman by cross-examination. It is the second time in the scene that a character praises a judge before hearing the judgment.

Stage seven: the judgment for Shylock

Portia asks to see the bond, offers Shylock thrice his money once more, and is refused on the ground of an oath in heaven. She then states the law as clearly as it can be stated.

Why, this bond is forfeit,

And lawfully by this the Jew may claim

A pound of flesh, to be by him cut off

Nearest the merchant's heart.

She invites him again to take three times the money and bid her tear the bond, and he refuses again. She gives judgment: Antonio must prepare his bosom for the knife, for the intent and purpose of the law has full relation to the penalty, which appears due upon the bond.

Then comes the exchange that ruins him, and it is Portia's trap although it looks like charity. She asks whether there is a surgeon standing by to stop Antonio's wounds, lest he bleed to death, at Shylock's charge.

SHYLOCK. Is it so nominated in the bond?

PORTIA. It is not so express'd, but what of that? 'Twere good you do so much for charity.

SHYLOCK. I cannot find it; 'tis not in the bond.

He has just told the court, in front of witnesses, that he will do nothing that is not written in the document. Everything that follows uses that against him.

Stage eight: the turn

Antonio makes his farewell to Bassanio, and Bassanio says he would sacrifice his wife and all the world to save him, which Portia answers drily: his wife would give him little thanks for the offer. Shylock says these are Christian husbands, and presses for sentence.

munotes.in31

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Portia awards the pound of flesh. Shylock cries "Most rightful judge!" She says he must cut this flesh from off Antonio's breast, the law allows it and the court awards it. He cries "Most learned judge! A sentence! Come, prepare."

Tarry a little, there is something else.

This bond doth give thee here no jot of blood.

The words expressly are "a pound of flesh".

If in the cutting he sheds one drop of Christian blood, his lands and goods are confiscate to the state of Venice. Shylock asks, "Is that the law?" and is told that as he urges justice he shall have more justice than he desires.

He tries to take the money instead. Portia stops him: he shall have nothing but the penalty. She adds a second impossibility: he must cut exactly a pound, neither more nor less, and if the scale turns by so much as the twentieth part of one poor scruple, or in the estimation of a hair, he dies and all his goods are confiscate. A scruple is a tiny apothecary's weight, so this is a demand for perfection that no knife can meet.

He asks only for his principal. It is offered by Bassanio. Portia refuses even that: he has refused it in open court, and shall have merely justice and his bond. Shylock gives up and turns to leave.

Stage nine: the alien statute

He is not allowed to leave.

Tarry, Jew.

The law hath yet another hold on you.

She recites a Venetian statute: if it is proved against an alien, a person who is not a citizen, that by direct or indirect attempts he has sought the life of any citizen, then the party against whom he contrived seizes half his goods, the other half goes to the state, and his life lies in the mercy of the Duke alone. She says it appears by manifest proceeding that Shylock has contrived, indirectly and directly too, against the very life of Antonio, and tells him to kneel and beg mercy of the Duke.

Read this carefully, because it is where most answers go wrong. Shylock has not committed any offence outside the courtroom. What is said to be his attempt on Antonio's life is the bringing of this very suit, on a bond a court has just declared valid. He is convicted, in effect, of asking a court for the remedy it told him he was entitled to.

Stage ten: the sentence, and what Antonio adds

The Duke pardons his life before he asks, "that thou shalt see the difference of our spirit". Half the wealth is Antonio's, the other half goes to the state, which humbleness may reduce to a fine. Portia corrects even that: the fine is for the state, not for Antonio.

munotes.in32

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Shylock's answer is four lines that many readers find the most painful in the play.

Nay, take my life and all, pardon not that.

You take my house when you do take the prop

That doth sustain my house; you take my life

When you do take the means whereby I live.

Antonio then states his own terms. He will not take the half awarded to him as owner: he asks the court to quit the fine on the state's half, and asks to hold the other half in use, that is, in trust, rendering it on Shylock's death to Lorenzo. And two conditions more.

  1. That Shylock presently become a Christian.
  2. That he record a deed of gift, in court, of all he dies possessed of, to Lorenzo and Jessica.

The Duke says he shall do this or the pardon is recanted. Portia asks whether he is contented. Shylock's last words in the play are three: "I am content." He then asks leave to go because he is not well, and to have the deed sent after him. Gratiano's parting joke is that in christening he shall have two godfathers, and that had Gratiano been judge he would have had ten more, to bring him to the gallows and not to the font.

The sequence of the reversal, in the order to write it

Learn this list. It is the answer to "critically examine the trial scene", and it is what most candidates cannot get in order.

  1. The bond is admitted by Antonio and declared valid by the court.
  2. Three thousand, six thousand, and ten times the sum are offered and refused.
  3. Mercy is asked for and refused, and no compulsion to be merciful is found.
  4. The court refuses to bend the law, on the ground of precedent.
  5. Judgment is given for Shylock: he may cut a pound of flesh nearest the heart.
  6. Shylock refuses a surgeon because a surgeon is not in the bond.
  7. The bond gives flesh, not blood. One drop of Christian blood forfeits everything.
  8. It must also be exactly a pound, to the estimation of a hair, on pain of death.
  9. He asks for the money; refused, because he refused it in open court.
  10. He asks for the principal alone; refused.
  11. The alien statute is produced: half to Antonio, half to the state, life at the Duke's mercy.
  12. The Duke pardons his life; Antonio adds trusteeship for Lorenzo, forced conversion, and a deed of gift.

What beginners get wrong

They say Portia proves the bond invalid. She does the opposite. She holds it valid twice, in terms, and gives judgment on it. The bond is never set aside.

munotes.in33

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

They say Shylock loses because he asks for too much. He loses because a term is read against him that he never thought about, and then because of a statute nobody mentioned until he tried to leave.

They forget that the money is refused three times before the turn. Every one of those refusals is used against him later, so they are not repetition, they are the record being built.

They stop at the blood. The blood point only defeats the claim. What destroys Shylock, his fortune and his religion, is the alien statute, and half the marks are there.

They think Antonio is merciful at the end. Read the conditions. He gives up ownership of one half and takes the income of the other, and he requires the man to change his religion and disinherit himself in favour of the daughter who robbed him. Whether that is mercy is a real question, and an essay should treat it as one.

A worked answer

Question. "Critically examine the trial scene." Here is the opening paragraph and the plan.

Opening paragraph. The trial in Act IV Scene i is not a scene in which a bad claim is exposed. The court holds the bond good, twice and in terms, and gives judgment on it, and Shylock is defeated only afterwards, by a construction of his own document that no party had considered and by a statute nobody had mentioned. This answer argues that the scene is a study in what strict reading can do in the hands of a court that has already decided who should win.

The plan of the rest. One paragraph on the bond being upheld and the money refused three times. One on the mercy speech and why it fails as argument. One on the surgeon exchange, in which Shylock commits himself to the rule that nothing counts unless written. One on the blood and the exact pound. One on the alien statute, produced after judgment by the judge, with no charge and no defence. One on the sentence and Antonio's conditions. A conclusion answering the question asked.

Why this plan scores. It follows the scene's own order, so every point is anchored to a moment the examiner can find, and it takes a position in the first paragraph instead of arriving at one in the last.

Quick revision

The Duke is on Antonio's side but rules he cannot deny the course of law.

Shylock refuses to give a reason: "it is my humour", the rat, the pig, the cat, the bagpipe.

His hardest argument: you own purchased slaves because you bought them, and I own this flesh because I bought it.

munotes.in34

The Merchant of Venice: the Trial Scene, Act IV Scene i

Bellario's letter introduces "Balthazar", a young doctor of Rome, in his place.

"On what compulsion must I?" answered by the quality of mercy speech.

Portia refuses to bend the law because it would be recorded for a precedent.

She gives judgment for Shylock, then: no jot of blood, and exactly a pound to a hair.

Then the alien statute: half to Antonio, half to the state, life at the Duke's mercy.

Antonio's conditions: half in use for Lorenzo, become a Christian, record a deed of gift.

Shylock's last line: "I am content."

Test yourself

1. Does Portia hold the bond valid or void? Valid. She says the Venetian law cannot impugn Shylock as he proceeds, she states that the bond is forfeit and he may lawfully claim a pound of flesh nearest the heart, and she awards it. The bond is never declared void at any point.

2. What exactly does the blood argument say? That the bond expressly grants a pound of flesh and grants no blood at all, so in cutting the flesh Shylock may not shed one drop of Christian blood, and if he does his lands and goods are confiscate to the state of Venice.

3. Why does the surgeon exchange matter? Because Shylock is made to say in open court that he will do nothing which is not nominated in the bond. Having insisted that the document is the whole of the matter, he cannot object when the document is read against him with the same strictness.

4. State the alien statute in your own words. If an alien is proved to have sought the life of a citizen of Venice by direct or indirect attempts, the intended victim takes half his goods, the state takes the other half, and his life is at the mercy of the Duke alone.

5. Why is the alien statute the more serious blow? The blood point only stops him recovering. The statute makes him a criminal, takes his whole estate, and puts his life in the Duke's hands, which is what allows Antonio to impose conversion and a deed of gift as the price of survival.

6. Who is Balthazar? The name Portia uses in disguise as the young doctor of laws from Rome. It is also the name of Portia's own servant in Act III Scene iv, whom she sends to Padua, and the play reuses it without explanation.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in35

Chapter Seven

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Having won the case, Portia begs from her own husband the ring she made him swear never to part with, and then goes home to Belmont and accuses him of giving it to another woman, before revealing that she was the lawyer and producing news that Antonio's ships are safe after all.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Act IV Scene ii and Act V Scene i complete the ring plot, in which Portia and Nerissa, still disguised, obtain from Bassanio and Gratiano the rings they had sworn to keep, and then use the breach of that oath to test their husbands at Belmont before revealing the disguise.

How the rings are obtained: the end of Act IV Scene i

The trick begins before the court has emptied. Bassanio offers the young doctor the three thousand ducats that were due to Shylock. Portia refuses, in a line worth knowing: "He is well paid that is well satisfied." Bassanio presses her to take some remembrance as a tribute and not as a fee, and asks her not to deny him and to pardon him. She yields, and asks for two things.

Give me your gloves, I'll wear them for your sake.

And, for your love, I'll take this ring from you.

The gloves are Antonio's. The ring is Bassanio's, and it is the one Portia herself gave him in Act III Scene ii on an express condition. He refuses. He says there is more depends on this than on the value, offers to find the dearest ring in Venice by public proclamation, and finally tells the truth: his wife gave it to him and made him vow never to sell, give or lose it.

Portia's answer is the sharpest thing she says in the play.

That 'scuse serves many men to save their gifts.

She leaves apparently displeased. Then Antonio, who has just been saved, asks Bassanio to weigh the doctor's deserving and his own love against his wife's commandment. Bassanio sends Gratiano running after the doctor with the ring.

Act IV Scene ii. A short scene in the street. Portia sends Nerissa to Shylock's house with the deed of gift to be signed. Gratiano catches them up with Bassanio's ring, and Nerissa, seeing how easy it was, tells Portia she will get her husband's ring too. Portia's line predicts the whole of Act V: "We shall have old swearing that they did give the rings away to men; but we'll outface them, and outswear them too."

Act V Scene i: Belmont by moonlight

The lovers' duet. The scene opens with Lorenzo and Jessica capping each other's sentences, each beginning "In such a night". They name Troilus and Cressida, Thisbe, Dido, Medea. Then Lorenzo turns the game on Jessica.

munotes.in36

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

In such a night

Did Jessica steal from the wealthy Jew,

And with an unthrift love did run from Venice

As far as Belmont.

She answers that in such a night young Lorenzo swore he loved her well, stealing her soul with many vows of faith, and never a true one. The tone is playful and the content is not: every one of the classical pairs they name ends in betrayal or death, and they have just put their own elopement in that list.

The music speech. Lorenzo calls for music and speaks the passage most often quoted from this act: the floor of heaven thick inlaid with patens of bright gold, every orb singing like an angel, and the harmony that immortal souls have but which we cannot hear while the muddy vesture of decay closes it in. He ends with a judgment that the play means seriously.

The man that hath no music in himself,

Nor is not mov'd with concord of sweet sounds,

Is fit for treasons, stratagems, and spoils.

Remember that in Act II Shylock ordered his house shut against the drum and the wry-necked fife. Shakespeare has built a test that Shylock has already failed, offstage, three acts earlier.

Portia's arrival. She sees a candle burning in her hall and speaks two lines that a student should keep: "How far that little candle throws his beams! So shines a good deed in a naughty world." Nerissa points out that when the moon shone they did not see the candle, and Portia takes the thought further: a substitute shines brightly as a king until a king is by. The whole exchange is about things being valued by their setting, which is what she has just done to Shylock's bond.

The quarrel over the rings

Gratiano and Nerissa are already arguing when Portia notices. Nerissa's complaint is exact: he swore to wear the ring till his hour of death and that it should lie with him in his grave, and he gave it to a judge's clerk. Gratiano's defence is that it was a prating boy who begged it as a fee, and he could not for his heart deny him.

Portia rebukes him and, in doing so, sets her own trap: she says she gave her love a ring and made him swear never to part with it, and she dare be sworn he would not leave it for the wealth that the world masters. Bassanio's aside is one of the funniest lines in Shakespeare: "Why, I were best to cut my left hand off, and swear I lost the ring defending it."

munotes.in37

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

The truth comes out. Portia's response escalates from anger to a threat that is the mirror of his own fault: since the doctor has the jewel she loved, she will deny him nothing she has, not her body nor her husband's bed. Nerissa says the same about the clerk.

Bassanio's defence, and why it is a real one. He explains that no woman had it but a civil doctor, who refused three thousand ducats and begged the ring, whom he had first denied and allowed to go displeased away, and who had held up the very life of his dear friend. He says he was beset with shame and courtesy, and that his honour would not let ingratitude besmear it.

That is a genuine conflict of duties, and the play knows it. He owes an oath to his wife and a debt of gratitude to the man who saved Antonio, and the two cannot both be honoured. It is the same shape as the trial: a promise that is clear, against a good reason for breaking it.

Antonio's surety. Antonio then does something that closes his own story. He says he once lent his body for Bassanio's wealth, and offers to be bound again, his soul upon the forfeit, that Bassanio will never break faith. Portia accepts him as surety and hands him a ring to give Bassanio, and it is the same ring.

The revelation, and the letters

Portia lets the confusion run for a few lines, saying the doctor lay with her and Nerissa saying the clerk lay with her, before she produces the proof: a letter from Bellario at Padua showing that Portia was the doctor and Nerissa her clerk, with Lorenzo as witness that they set out as soon as the men did.

Two more pieces of paper follow. Antonio is given a letter, and its contents are the play's last surprise: three of his argosies are richly come to harbour. Portia refuses to explain how she came by it. Lorenzo and Jessica are given the deed of gift from Shylock, of all he dies possessed of, and Lorenzo says the ladies drop manna in the way of starved people.

The play ends with Gratiano's joke that while he lives he will fear no other thing so sore as keeping safe Nerissa's ring.

Why there is a fifth act at all

This is a real examination question, and there are four answers worth giving. Use two or three of them.

Because the play is a comedy. A comedy has to end in harmony, and the trial ends in a man being stripped of his religion and his money. Shakespeare needs a whole act of moonlight and music to change the key, and the audience is sent home from Belmont and not from the courtroom.

munotes.in38

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

Because the ring plot is unfinished. The oath was made in Act III, broken in Act IV, and must be resolved. Dramatically it also lets Portia keep her power for one more act: she is the only person on stage who knows everything.

Because it repeats the trial in a lower key, and reverses the verdict. Consider the parallel. A solemn oath is broken. The injured party has an absolute right to complain. She presses the letter of the promise, threatens the worst, and could have humiliated her husband in front of the whole household. Then she forgives, and hands back what was lost. Portia does in Belmont exactly what the court refused to do in Venice, and the play sets the two side by side without a word of comment.

Because it lets the play look at its own winners. Nothing in Act V is quite clean. The lovers' duet is full of betrayals, Jessica's silence after Lorenzo's speech about the deed of gift is famous among readers, and the men are forgiven only after being frightened. The act is beautiful and slightly uneasy, and a good answer says so.

What beginners get wrong

They think the ring plot is a comic subplot. It is the machinery by which the play tests whether Bassanio values his wife's word above his obligations to other men, and he fails.

They forget Antonio stands surety twice. In Act I he pledged his body for Bassanio's fortune. In Act V he pledges his soul for Bassanio's faithfulness. The rhyme between the two is deliberate and worth a sentence in any answer on Antonio.

They ignore the news of the ships. Antonio's ruin, on which the entire plot rested, is undone by a letter that Portia will not explain. It is worth noticing how casually the play repairs the loss it spent four acts building.

They say Jessica is happy at the end. She is given a deed of gift from her father's estate. She says nothing after it. Whether that silence is contentment or something else is a question the text leaves open, and either answer is arguable if you notice the silence.

A worked answer

Question. "Why does Shakespeare add a fifth act after the trial?"

A model answer in four sentences. Because the play is a comedy and must end in harmony, and the trial ends with a man stripped of his money and his religion, so a whole act of moonlight, music and marriage is needed to change the key before the audience goes home. Because the ring plot, begun in Act III Scene ii when Portia gave the ring on an express condition and continued at the end of the trial when she begged it back in disguise, is unfinished. Because it repeats the trial in a lower key and reverses its verdict: an absolute promise is broken, the injured party presses the letter of it, and then forgives and restores what was lost. And because it lets the play look at its winners, in a scene whose lovers name Troilus, Thisbe, Dido and Medea, every one of whom ended in betrayal.

munotes.in39

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

The technique to notice. Each sentence is a separate reason with its own evidence. Four such sentences are a complete short answer, and they expand into four paragraphs for a thirteen-mark essay.

Quick revision

Portia, still as Balthazar, refuses payment but begs the ring; Bassanio refuses, then sends Gratiano after her with it on Antonio's urging.

IV.ii: the deed of gift is taken to Shylock's house; Nerissa sets out to get Gratiano's ring too.

V.i: Lorenzo and Jessica trade "In such a night" speeches; the music speech and "The man that hath no music in himself"; Portia's candle in a naughty world.

The quarrel: both men have given the rings away; both wives threaten to give themselves to the doctor and the clerk.

Antonio stands surety a second time, soul upon the forfeit, and the ring is returned through him.

The letter from Bellario reveals the disguise. Antonio learns three argosies are safe. Lorenzo and Jessica get the deed of gift.

Test yourself

1. How does Portia get the ring from Bassanio? By refusing payment for her services, then asking for a remembrance rather than a fee, and choosing the ring. Bassanio refuses until Antonio urges him to weigh the doctor's deserving and his own love against his wife's commandment, and then he sends Gratiano after her with it.

2. What is the condition attached to the ring when it is first given? That when he parts from it, loses it, or gives it away, it shall presage the ruin of their love and be Portia's advantage to exclaim against him. Bassanio swore that when the ring parted from his finger, life would part from him.

3. Why does Bassanio's defence deserve to be taken seriously? Because he faced two genuine duties. He had sworn an oath to his wife, and he owed gratitude to the man who had just saved his friend's life and who had refused any payment. The play deliberately gives him a real conflict rather than a simple failure.

4. What is the connection between Act V and the trial scene? Both are about the strict enforcement of a promise. In court, the letter of the bond is enforced without mercy and destroys a man. At Belmont, a broken oath is pressed hard and then forgiven, and the marriage survives. The second scene answers the first.

munotes.in40

The Merchant of Venice: the Rings, and Act V

5. Why does Lorenzo's speech about music matter to a reading of Shylock? Because Lorenzo says the man who has no music in himself is fit for treasons, stratagems and spoils, and Shylock has already ordered his doors shut against the fife and the drum. The play convicts him by a standard he was never present to answer.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in41

Chapter Eight

The Bond as a Contract

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

The bond is a real agreement with everything a contract needs, and the only thing wrong with it is the forfeit, which is a punishment rather than a price and which no modern court would enforce as written.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: the bond between Antonio and Shylock is a valid penal bond, supported by consideration, for a fixed term, sealed before a notary, whose condition of forfeiture is a penalty and not a genuine pre-estimate of loss.

The agreement, set out as a document

Take the terms out of Act I Scene iii and lay them in a table. Examiners give marks for this because most candidates cannot do it.

ElementThe play's own words or facts
LenderShylock, a moneylender of Venice
Principal debtorBassanio, who has the use of the money
Party boundAntonio, who says "Antonio shall become bound"
SumThree thousand ducats
TermThree months
InterestNone. Shylock says he will "take no doit of usance"
ConditionRepayment on the named day, at the named place, of the sum expressed in the condition
Forfeit on breach"An equal pound of your fair flesh, to be cut off and taken in what part of your body pleaseth me"
FormalityA "single bond", sealed at a notary's

Vocabulary. A single bond is a bond with one condition attached. A notary is a public officer who authenticates documents, so the agreement is not a private handshake. Doit is a tiny coin, and "no doit of usance" means no interest at all.

Why the bond is valid: the four questions

Was there agreement? Yes, and unusually clearly. The terms are stated by Shylock in front of Bassanio, repeated, and accepted by Antonio in three words: "Content, in faith." Bassanio understands the term well enough to object, which proves it was understood.

Was there consideration? Yes. Consideration means what each side gives. Shylock advances three thousand ducats. Antonio binds himself. Money actually changed hands, and Bassanio spent it on his voyage to Belmont.

Was there capacity and intention? Antonio is a merchant of full age, dealing in his own trade, who calculates the risk out loud: his ships will return a month before the bond falls due.

Was there any fraud? None. Nothing was concealed. Shylock even asks in advance what he would gain by exacting the forfeiture, and answers that a pound of man's flesh is worth less than mutton. He hides his purpose but he hides nothing about the terms, and a party cannot avoid a contract because the other side had a secret motive for wanting it.

That is why Portia says, before anything else, that the Venetian law cannot impugn him as he proceeds. The bond is good.

munotes.in42

The Bond as a Contract

Why the forfeit is a penalty

This is the legal heart of the chapter, and the distinction is worth learning properly, because you will meet it in the law of contract in a later semester.

Liquidated damages are a sum fixed in advance by the parties as a genuine estimate of the loss that a breach would cause. They are enforced, because they are a substitute for proving the loss.

A penalty is a sum or a thing fixed in advance in order to frighten a party into performing, out of all proportion to any loss. It is a punishment, and courts refuse to enforce it as written.

Apply the distinction to the bond, and use the play's own evidence.

  1. The forfeit bears no relation to the debt. The debt is money, three thousand ducats. The forfeit is a pound of flesh, which cannot be sold, valued or applied to the debt.
  2. Shylock says so himself, twice. In Act I Scene iii he asks what he would gain by exacting the forfeiture and says a pound of man's flesh "is not so estimable, profitable neither, as flesh of muttons, beefs, or goats". In Act III Scene i, asked what the flesh is good for, he answers: "To bait fish withal; if it will feed nothing else, it will feed my revenge."
  3. He refuses payment of the debt many times over. A creditor who will not take three times his money is not seeking compensation.

So the bond is a valid agreement containing a penal forfeiture, and the plot is what happens when nobody in the system is willing to say that.

A worked example, to fix the distinction

Rakesh agrees to build a shop for Sunita by 1 June. The contract says that for every week of delay he will pay Rs 5,000, which is roughly what Sunita will lose in rent. That is liquidated damages, and a court would allow it.

Change one word. The contract says that if he is a single day late he will transfer his motorcycle to her, whatever the delay costs. The motorcycle has nothing to do with the loss. It is there to frighten him into finishing. That is a penalty, and a court will award Sunita what she actually lost instead.

Shylock's bond is the second kind, taken to its extreme: the thing forfeited is not a motorcycle but a piece of the debtor.

What an Indian court would do today

Section 74 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 is headed "Compensation for breach of contract where penalty stipulated for", and its operative words are these.

When a contract has been broken, if a sum is named in the contract as the amount to be paid in case of such breach, or if the contract contains any other stipulation by way of penalty, the party complaining of the breach is entitled, whether or not actual damage or loss is proved to have been caused thereby, to receive from the party who has broken the contract reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount so named or, as the case may be, the penalty stipulated for.

munotes.in43

The Bond as a Contract

Three points follow, and they are enough for any answer.

One. Indian law does not enforce a penalty as written. It gives reasonable compensation, capped at the amount named. So even if the forfeit were money, Shylock could recover only what he actually lost, and not more because he had frightened Antonio into promising more.

Two. The Act says "any other stipulation by way of penalty", not only a sum of money. The words are wide enough to cover a forfeiture that is not money at all, which is what a pound of flesh is.

Three. An agreement to give up a pound of one's own flesh would fail long before section 74. No court would treat consent to grievous hurt or to death as a lawful object of contract, and the agreement would be void on that ground alone. Section 74 answers the smaller question of what happens to a penal clause in a contract that is otherwise good.

Keep this to a paragraph in an English answer. The examiner is testing whether you have read the play, and one accurate sentence of law is worth more than a page of it.

The other reading: Shylock never meant it as a contract at all

An essay can take a different line, and it is defensible. On this reading the bond was never a commercial instrument. Shylock proposes it as "a merry sport" immediately after being told that Antonio will spit on him again, and he says in his aside that if he can catch him once upon the hip he will feed fat the ancient grudge. The document is a trap dressed as a favour, and the waiver of interest is the bait.

If that is right, the interesting legal question changes. It is no longer whether a penalty is enforceable, but whether an agreement made with the settled intention of killing the other party is a contract at all. The play never asks that question, and the court in Act IV, which had the alien statute available all along, could have asked it at the start and did not.

What beginners get wrong

They say the bond was invalid. It was not, and the court says so twice. Everything in the trial follows from the bond being good.

munotes.in44

The Bond as a Contract

They say Shylock deceived Antonio. He stated the term, in front of a witness who objected to it.

They confuse penalty with interest. Shylock takes no interest at all. The bond's cruelty is in the forfeiture clause, not in the price of the loan.

They apply modern law to Shakespeare's Venice. Say what the play does, then say what a modern court would do, and keep the two apart in your answer.

A worked answer

Question. "Was the bond a valid contract? Answer with reasons."

Step one, state the conclusion first. The bond was a valid agreement whose forfeiture clause was a penalty, and that is why the court upheld it and then refused to let it be enforced according to its apparent effect.

Step two, prove validity element by element. There was agreement, since Shylock stated the terms and Antonio accepted them in front of a witness who objected. There was consideration, since three thousand ducats were actually advanced and spent. There was capacity and deliberation, since Antonio calculated that his ships would return a month before the day. There was no fraud, since nothing was concealed.

Step three, isolate the defect. The forfeit bears no relation to the debt: the debt is money and the forfeit is flesh, which cannot be sold or applied to it. Shylock says so twice himself, that a pound of man's flesh is less profitable than mutton and that it will feed his revenge.

Step four, bring it home. A term fixed on breach which bears no relation to the loss is a penalty rather than liquidated damages, and under section 74 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 an Indian court would award only reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount named, whether or not any loss were proved.

Quick revision

Parties: Shylock lends, Antonio is bound, Bassanio has the use of the money.

Terms: three thousand ducats, three months, no interest, sealed before a notary as a single bond.

Forfeit: an equal pound of Antonio's flesh, cut off in a part chosen by Shylock.

The bond is valid: agreement, consideration, capacity, no fraud.

The forfeit is a penalty, not liquidated damages, and Shylock's own words prove it.

Indian law today: section 74 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 gives only reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount named, whether or not loss is proved.

Test yourself

1. List the elements of the bond. Lender Shylock, party bound Antonio, borrower Bassanio, three thousand ducats, three months, no interest, repayment on a named day at a named place, forfeit of an equal pound of Antonio's flesh, sealed as a single bond before a notary.

munotes.in45

The Bond as a Contract

2. What is the difference between liquidated damages and a penalty? Liquidated damages are a genuine advance estimate of the loss a breach will cause and are enforceable. A penalty is fixed to frighten a party into performing and bears no relation to the loss, and courts refuse to enforce it as written.

3. Give two pieces of evidence from the play that the forfeit is a penalty. Shylock's own statement in Act I Scene iii that a pound of man's flesh is not so profitable as flesh of muttons, beefs or goats, and his answer in Act III Scene i that it is good "to bait fish withal" and to feed his revenge. His repeated refusal of three times the money is a third.

4. State what section 74 of the Indian Contract Act 1872 provides. That where a contract is broken and a sum is named as payable on breach, or the contract contains any other stipulation by way of penalty, the injured party is entitled, whether or not actual loss is proved, to reasonable compensation not exceeding the amount named or the penalty stipulated for.

5. Was Antonio tricked into the bond? No. The forfeit was stated plainly before witnesses, Bassanio objected to it, and Antonio overruled him because he expected his ships a month before the due date. He accepted with full knowledge of the term.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in46

Chapter Nine

Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Portia asks Shylock to be merciful, he asks what compels him, and the true answer is nothing, so the case is not decided by mercy but by reading his own document more strictly than he read it himself.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: the trial scene sets the claim of justice, that is, the enforcement of a valid agreement according to its terms, against the claim of mercy, which is voluntary and cannot be compelled, and resolves the conflict not by mercy but by a strict construction of the bond and by the operation of a penal statute.

The words a beginner needs first

Justice, in this scene, means giving each party what the law says they are entitled to. Shylock uses the word about twenty times and always in this sense.

Mercy means choosing not to enforce a right you actually have. It is not the same as fairness, and it is not a defence. Mercy is what a person with power gives up.

Equity is a body of rules, developed in England in the Court of Chancery, which softened the harshness of the ordinary common law in particular cases. Where the common law said the bond must be enforced, equity could restrain a party from enforcing it unconscionably. The word also has an ordinary meaning, fairness, and both meanings matter here.

Construction means the process by which a court decides what a document means. Strict construction means holding a document to its exact words and refusing to add anything to it.

Precedent means a decided case that later courts follow.

The argument as the scene actually runs it

Set out the three positions in the room, because an essay that separates them will beat one that does not.

Shylock's position: pure legality. He has a valid bond. He asks for the law and nothing else. His clearest statement is four words: "I stand here for law." He also makes the argument nobody answers, that Venice enforces property rights in purchased human beings and cannot now tell him that a thing dearly bought is not his.

The Duke's position: law with an exception in this case. He asks Shylock to relent, and describes him as void of any dram of mercy. He can beg but not order, and in Act III Scene iii Antonio has already explained why: Venice lives on foreign trade, and a Duke who denies the course of law to an unpopular creditor destroys the confidence that brings merchants to the city.

Bassanio's position: bend the rule for a good outcome. His words are exact and are the best short statement of the temptation any judge faces.

munotes.in47

Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law

Wrest once the law to your authority.

To do a great right, do a little wrong.

Portia's answer, and it is the lawyer's answer. She refuses.

It must not be, there is no power in Venice

Can alter a decree established;

'Twill be recorded for a precedent,

And many an error by the same example

Will rush into the state.

That is the doctrine of precedent stated plainly: a rule bent once becomes a rule that can be bent again, by worse people in worse cases. A student who quotes this beside "the quality of mercy" has understood that Portia argues both sides of the question within thirty lines.

The mercy speech, read as an argument

Learn what the speech claims, in order, because "she says mercy is good" is not an answer.

  1. Mercy cannot be compelled. It "is not strain'd", that is, not forced. This concedes Shylock's point at once: there is no compulsion, and the speech never pretends otherwise.
  2. It benefits both sides. "It is twice blest, it blesseth him that gives and him that takes."
  3. It is the highest attribute of power. It becomes a monarch better than his crown, because a sceptre shows only the force of temporal power, while mercy is enthroned in the hearts of kings.
  4. It is divine. It is an attribute to God himself, and earthly power looks most like God's when mercy seasons justice.
  5. The religious conclusion. In the course of justice, none of us would see salvation. We pray for mercy, and that prayer teaches us to show mercy to others.

Why it fails, and this is the point examiners want. The argument is Christian at every step, and it is addressed to a Jew, in a court that has spent the scene calling him a dog and a cur, in a city that took his daughter and mocked him in the street. Its final step asks him to model himself on a salvation he does not believe in. Shylock answers in a line and a half: "My deeds upon my head! I crave the law, the penalty and forfeit of my bond." He is not refusing an argument he cannot meet; he is refusing an appeal that was never available to him.

A second reason it fails. Nobody in the scene offers him any mercy either. Ten minutes later the court takes his estate, his profession and his religion. The play puts the finest speech about mercy in English immediately before the least merciful judgment in English drama, and the arrangement cannot be accidental.

How the case is actually decided

Write this out whenever a question asks whether justice or mercy wins.

Neither. The case is decided by construction.

munotes.in48

Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law

Portia upholds the bond, twice, in terms. She then reads it with a strictness Shylock had himself demanded. He refused a surgeon because a surgeon was "not in the bond". She takes him at that word: the bond gives flesh, and the word blood does not appear in it, so he may cut and may not bleed him. She adds that the pound must be exact to the estimation of a hair, because the bond says a pound.

Every one of those moves is the letter of the document, not its spirit and not fairness. So the outcome is not mercy defeating justice. It is one strict reading of a document defeating another, and the reading that wins is the one the court prefers.

Is the judgment good law? A fair answer to a common question

The case against it. A court that upholds a contract cannot then make performance impossible by a construction nobody intended. Both parties knew that cutting flesh involves blood; a term giving flesh must carry with it whatever is necessarily involved in taking it. Modern courts imply such terms as a matter of course. On this view Portia's argument is a debating trick.

The case for it. A penal clause that authorises maiming or killing is not a term any legal system should enforce at all, and a court faced with one may fairly resolve every ambiguity against the party seeking to enforce it. The strictness is a way of refusing an unconscionable claim without saying so.

What is undeniably wrong with it. The court decided the case for Antonio and then invited Gratiano's abuse, permitted a criminal charge to be produced against the winner of the argument, and allowed the successful defendant to impose a change of religion. Whatever the blood point is worth, that ending is not a court doing justice.

Where equity comes into it

English law of the period had two systems. The common law courts enforced bonds strictly. The Court of Chancery, applying equity, could relieve a party against a penalty, that is, against a term designed to punish rather than to compensate, and could stop a plaintiff who was insisting on his strict rights in an unconscionable way.

The most useful way to put this in an answer: Shylock's bond is exactly the kind of instrument equity existed to relieve against, and the play never mentions equity. Instead of a court saying "this term is a penalty and I will not enforce it", we get a court saying "this term means less than you thought". Shakespeare gives the audience the result equity would have produced by a route equity would not have used.

A student who wants one sentence on Indian law today should read the chapter on the bond as a contract, where the position under the Indian Contract Act is set out from the Act itself.

munotes.in49

Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law

Distinctions worth a table

JusticeMercyEquity
What it doesGives a party the right the law allowsDeclines to enforce a rightRelieves against a right whose enforcement would be unconscionable
Can it be compelled?Yes, by the courtNo, the speech concedes thisYes, it is a jurisdiction of a court
Who exercises it herePortia, in giving judgment for ShylockNobody, to ShylockNobody. The play reaches an equitable result by strict construction

What beginners get wrong

They say mercy defeats justice in this play. It does not. Shylock is defeated by the letter of his own bond and by a statute.

They quote the speech and stop. The speech is answered in the scene and loses. An answer must say why: it is a Christian argument addressed to a Jew in a hostile court, and it is followed by a judgment of no mercy at all.

They treat Portia as a champion of mercy. She refuses to bend the law, gives judgment for Shylock, and then imposes total forfeiture. She is a champion of strict construction.

They forget that Shylock offers no mercy either. He is asked three times, refuses each time, and calls down his deeds upon his own head. A balanced answer notices that the scene punishes him with exactly the quality he refused to show.

A worked answer

Question. "Does mercy defeat justice in The Merchant of Venice?"

The answer in one sentence, which should be the first sentence written. No: mercy is asked for, refused, and never shown, and the case is decided by a stricter reading of the bond than its own owner had given it.

The three moves that prove it. First, Portia's speech concedes in its opening line that mercy cannot be compelled, so Shylock's question "On what compulsion must I?" is never answered. Second, when Bassanio asks the court to wrest the law to its authority and do a little wrong to do a great right, Portia refuses, because the decision would be recorded for a precedent and many errors would follow the same example. Third, the judgment when it comes gives Shylock the pound of flesh and then removes the blood, the margin of a hair, the principal, and finally his whole estate.

The concession that lifts the mark. It is fair to say that the OUTCOME is what mercy would have produced, since an innocent man is saved and an unconscionable claim defeated. The point is that the play reaches it by construction, and that Act V then shows the same conflict settled the other way, by forgiveness, in a household rather than a court.

munotes.in50

Mercy, Equity and the Letter of the Law

Quick revision

Mercy cannot be compelled, and the speech admits this in its first line.

Shylock's position: "I stand here for law." Bassanio's: do a little wrong to do a great right. Portia's answer: no, because it becomes a precedent.

The mercy speech argues in five steps and ends in a Christian appeal that a Jewish plaintiff has no reason to accept.

The case is decided by construction, not mercy: flesh but no blood, and exactly a pound.

Equity is the jurisdiction that relieved against penalties, and the play reaches an equitable outcome without using it.

Test yourself

1. What is Shylock's answer to the demand that he be merciful, and why is it strong? "On what compulsion must I?" It is strong because mercy is by definition voluntary, and Portia's own speech concedes it in her opening line: mercy is not strained.

2. Summarise the mercy speech in five steps. Mercy cannot be forced; it blesses both giver and receiver; it suits the powerful better than any symbol of power; it is an attribute of God; and since none of us would be saved by strict justice, our prayers for mercy oblige us to show it.

3. Why does Portia refuse to bend the law even to save an innocent man? Because a decision bending an established rule would be recorded as a precedent, and many errors would follow the same example into the state.

4. Does mercy decide the case? No. The bond is upheld and Shylock is defeated by a strict construction of it, first on blood and then on the exact weight, followed by the alien statute. No mercy is shown to him except the sparing of his life, which is granted only after everything else is taken.

5. What is equity, and what has it to do with this scene? Equity is the jurisdiction, historically exercised in Chancery, that relieved parties against penalties and unconscionable insistence on strict rights. Shylock's bond is precisely such a penalty. The play reaches the result equity would have reached, but by strict construction instead.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in51

Chapter Ten

The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Just as Shylock is leaving the court beaten, Portia produces a Venetian statute under which an alien who has sought the life of a citizen forfeits half his goods to the intended victim, half to the state, and his life to the Duke's mercy, and she says that bringing this very suit was the attempt.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: after the bond fails on construction, Portia invokes a penal statute of Venice against aliens contriving against the life of a citizen, under which Shylock's estate is divided between Antonio and the state and his life placed at the mercy of the Duke, upon which the Duke pardons his life and Antonio imposes further conditions.

The statute, in the play's own terms

Portia recites it, and the words matter.

It is enacted in the laws of Venice,

If it be proved against an alien

That by direct or indirect attempts

He seek the life of any citizen,

The party 'gainst the which he doth contrive

Shall seize one half his goods; the other half

Comes to the privy coffer of the state,

And the offender's life lies in the mercy

Of the Duke only, 'gainst all other voice.

Break it into its parts, because that is how a lawyer reads a section and how an examiner marks one.

ElementWhat the statute requires
Who it applies toAn alien, that is, a person who is not a citizen of Venice
The conductSeeking the life of any citizen
How the conduct may be doneBy direct or indirect attempts
StandardIt must be "proved against" him
Consequence oneThe intended victim seizes half his goods
Consequence twoThe other half goes to the privy coffer of the state
Consequence threeHis life lies in the mercy of the Duke alone, against all other voice

Privy coffer means the state's own treasury. Contrive means to plot or design.

Why this is the most troubling law in the play

Four objections can be made to the use of the statute, and a good essay makes two or three of them.

One. The conduct relied on is the lawsuit itself. Shylock has done nothing outside the courtroom. What is said to be his attempt on Antonio's life is his claim on a bond which the same court has just held valid and on which it has just given him judgment. He asked a court for a remedy and is convicted of attempted murder for asking.

Two. The statute is produced after judgment, by the judge. Nobody charged Shylock. There is no prosecutor, no notice of the accusation, no opportunity to answer it, and no separate trial. The judge who decided his civil claim announces his criminal guilt in the same breath, and the words "it appears by manifest proceeding" do the work of evidence.

munotes.in52

The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock

Three. It applies only to aliens. Shylock has lived in Venice, traded on the Rialto, and paid for the privilege of being spat upon there. The law he is destroyed by could never have been used against Antonio, whatever Antonio had done. A student writing on antisemitism in the play should use this: the final blow is a rule that exists to treat one class of person differently.

Four. If it was available all along, the whole crisis was unnecessary. The Duke spent the scene saying he could not deny the course of law. The statute was in the laws of Venice the entire time. Either nobody in the ducal court knew the law of their own city, or the statute is produced only when it is needed to reach a result the court has already decided on.

The sentence, step by step

The Duke pardons the life. Before Shylock can ask, and with a line that tells you exactly what the pardon is for: "That thou shalt see the difference of our spirit, I pardon thee thy life before thou ask it." The mercy is a demonstration, aimed at an audience.

The property. Half to Antonio, half to the state, though the Duke says humbleness may reduce the state's half to a fine. Portia corrects even that: the fine is for the state, not for Antonio.

Shylock's reply. Four lines that many readers find the most painful in the play, and which a candidate should know.

Nay, take my life and all, pardon not that.

You take my house when you do take the prop

That doth sustain my house; you take my life

When you do take the means whereby I live.

Antonio's conditions. He asks the court to quit the fine on the state's half, and to let him have the other half in use, that is, to hold as trustee, rendering it on Shylock's death to Lorenzo. He then adds two conditions "provided more".

  1. That Shylock "presently become a Christian".
  2. That he record a deed of gift, there in the court, of everything he dies possessed of, to Lorenzo and Jessica.

The Duke says he shall do this or the pardon is recanted, which means the conditions are not an offer but a price for his life.

Shylock's last words. "I am content." Then a request to be allowed to go, because he is not well, and to have the deed sent after him for signature. He never speaks again in the play.

munotes.in53

The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock

Is Antonio's treatment of Shylock merciful?

This is a set essay question in every form. Argue it properly.

The case that it is merciful. He gives up outright ownership of the half awarded to him, taking only the use of it. He asks the state to drop its claim. He leaves Shylock alive and with the income of half his estate for life. Measured against Gratiano, who wants him hanged, this is restraint.

The case that it is not. The property still ends with Lorenzo, the man who took his daughter and his money. Shylock's daughter, having robbed him, inherits everything. He is required to change his religion, which for a man who swore "by our holy Sabbath" is the destruction of the thing he is. And the alternative offered is death, so his consent means nothing.

The strongest way to put it. Antonio takes from Shylock exactly what Shylock's Christian neighbours have been taking all along, and gives it the form of a favour. That is a defensible thesis and it is supported by the whole play, not just by this scene.

What the forced conversion is doing in the play

Two readings, and you may argue either.

The charitable reading. In the world of the play, a Christian believes conversion saves a soul. Antonio, on this view, gives Shylock the one thing he thinks is worth having and cannot lose. Some of the audience Shakespeare wrote for would have heard it that way.

The reading most readers now take. It is annihilation. Shylock's religion is the whole of his identity in the play, the thing that has been used against him in every scene. Taking his money leaves him poor; taking his faith leaves him nobody. And the three words with which he accepts, "I am content", are the flattest thing in a play full of rhetoric, from a man who has been the most articulate person on stage all evening.

What beginners get wrong

They stop at the blood. The blood argument only defeats the claim. It leaves Shylock poorer by the debt. The statute takes his estate, his profession and his religion.

They think Shylock is punished for cruelty. He is punished under a statute that applies to aliens who seek the life of citizens, and the only act relied on is his lawsuit.

They call the ending merciful without examining it. Read the conditions before you use the word.

They forget the deed of gift is used again. In Act V, Nerissa hands it to Lorenzo and Jessica, and Lorenzo says the ladies drop manna in the way of starved people. The play does not treat Shylock's ruin as unfinished business; it treats it as a gift to the lovers.

munotes.in54

The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock

A worked answer

Question. "Was Shylock treated justly by the court?"

A weak answer. No, because he was a Jew and everybody hated him.

Why it is weak. It gives a reason outside the record and none inside it.

A strong answer, in four steps. First, the conduct relied on to convict him was the bringing of this very suit, on a bond the same court had held valid minutes earlier. Second, no charge was laid, no evidence was called and no opportunity to answer was given; the judge announced the statute after judgment, on the words "it appears by manifest proceeding". Third, the statute applies only to aliens, so the identical conduct by Antonio could not have attracted it. Fourth, the sentence went beyond the statute: the Duke pardoned the life, and Antonio then required conversion to Christianity and a deed of gift to Lorenzo and Jessica as the price of that pardon.

The closing sentence. A court may reach a right result by a wrong route, and a candidate who says so, and then shows the route, is doing what "critically examine" asks for.

Quick revision

The statute: an alien who by direct or indirect attempts seeks the life of a citizen forfeits half his goods to the intended victim, half to the state, and his life to the Duke's mercy.

The act relied on is the lawsuit itself, and the statute is produced by the judge after judgment, with no charge and no defence.

The Duke pardons the life before it is asked for, to show "the difference of our spirit".

Antonio's terms: quit the state's fine, hold the other half in use for Lorenzo, become a Christian, record a deed of gift to Lorenzo and Jessica.

Shylock: "You take my life when you do take the means whereby I live", and then "I am content".

Test yourself

1. State the alien statute in your own words. If it is proved that an alien has sought the life of a citizen of Venice, whether by direct or indirect attempts, the intended victim takes half his goods, the state takes the other half, and his life is at the mercy of the Duke alone.

2. What conduct of Shylock's is said to satisfy it? His pursuit of the bond in this very suit. Portia says it appears by manifest proceeding that he has contrived, indirectly and directly too, against the life of the defendant.

3. Give two objections to the way the statute is applied. That the only act relied on is a lawsuit on a bond the court had just held valid, and that the charge is made by the judge after judgment without any accusation, evidence or opportunity to answer. That it applies only to aliens, and that its sudden appearance contradicts the Duke's earlier statement that the law could not be denied, are two more.

munotes.in55

The Alien Statute and the Sentence on Shylock

4. List Antonio's conditions in order. That the state's fine on one half be quitted; that he himself hold the other half in use and render it on Shylock's death to Lorenzo; that Shylock presently become a Christian; and that he record in court a deed of gift of all he dies possessed of to Lorenzo and Jessica.

5. Why do Shylock's last three words matter? Because "I am content" is the shortest answer he gives anybody in the play, from the character who has spoken the longest and best speeches in it. The flatness is the point, and a reader is left to decide whether it is submission, exhaustion or something the play refuses to name.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in56

Chapter Eleven

Shylock

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Shylock is a Jewish moneylender of Venice, hated by the merchants he lends to and hating them back, who turns a bond into a weapon after his daughter robs him, and who is stripped of his money and his religion by the court he asked for justice.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Shylock is the antagonist of the play, a Jewish usurer whose grievance against Antonio is at once commercial and religious, whose insistence on the letter of his bond makes him the plaintiff in the trial scene, and who is defeated on the construction of his own instrument and ruined under the Venetian statute against aliens.

Where he appears

He is in five scenes only, which surprises most students: Act I Scene iii, Act II Scene v, Act III Scene i, Act III Scene iii and Act IV Scene i. He leaves the stage before the end of Act IV and never returns. That is fewer than four hundred lines, and he dominates the play.

The qualities, each with its proof

He is a working businessman, and a competent one. His first speech is a credit assessment: Antonio is "a good man", meaning sufficient, and Shylock lists the argosies to Tripolis, the Indies, Mexico and England, and the perils of waters, winds and rocks. He knows where the risk lies before he lends. Nothing in the play shows him lending unwisely.

His grievance is commercial as well as religious, and he says so in that order of weight. In his aside in Act I Scene iii he hates Antonio for being a Christian, "But more for that in low simplicity he lends out money gratis, and brings down the rate of usance here with us in Venice." A candidate who writes only that Shylock hates Christians has missed his own explanation.

He has been abused, and the abuse is admitted by the man who did it. He has been rated on the Rialto, called misbeliever and cut-throat dog, spat upon, and had his gaberdine fouled. Antonio does not deny any of it: "I am as like to call thee so again, to spet on thee again, to spurn thee too."

He is a father, and the loss of his daughter changes him. Before the elopement he wants a hard bargain. After it, he wants a life. The Tubal scene in Act III Scene i is the evidence: he swings between the loss of his ducats and the loss of Jessica in the same breath, and the line that stops him dead is about a ring.

It was my turquoise, I had it of Leah when I was a bachelor.

I would not have given it for a wilderness of monkeys.

munotes.in57

Shylock

He is capable of the best argument in the play. The speech in Act III Scene i is the strongest statement of common humanity that Shakespeare ever gave a character who is not the hero, and its ending is a threat: if we are like you in the rest, we will resemble you in revenge.

He is exact, and it destroys him. He will not do what is not written in the bond. He refuses a surgeon because a surgeon is not nominated in it. Twenty lines later the same exactness is used against him: flesh but no blood, and a pound to the estimation of a hair.

He is unmovable once fixed. "I'll have my bond, speak not against my bond. I have sworn an oath that I will have my bond." He refuses three thousand, six thousand, and ten times the sum. He gives no reason and claims he needs none: "it is my humour."

He is cruel, and the play does not soften it. He whets his knife in open court on the sole of his shoe, has scales ready to weigh the flesh, and tells the court to pursue sentence when the Christians are talking about their wives. Nothing in a sympathetic reading requires you to pretend otherwise.

Villain or victim: how to argue it

The question is set in some form on almost every paper. Set out both cases and then take a position; an answer that only lists points scores less than one that decides.

The case that he is the villain of a comedy. He plots a man's death for a grudge, refuses money that would make him whole many times over, rejoices at Antonio's losses, tells Tubal to fee an officer a fortnight in advance, wishes his daughter dead at his foot with the jewels in her ear, and comes to court with a knife and a balance. Every other character treats him as the obstacle to happiness, and in the shape of a comedy that is what an antagonist is.

The case that he is the victim of the play's world. He is spat on before he does anything. His trade is licensed and despised at the same time. His daughter robs him and everyone laughs. He is offered a Christian argument for mercy in a court that has called him a dog since he entered. He is destroyed by a statute that could only ever apply to him. And the strongest speech in the play is his.

A position worth taking. Both, and the play is built so that neither cancels the other. Shakespeare inherited a stock figure, the Jewish villain of the Elizabethan stage, and wrote him a case. What makes the play uncomfortable four hundred years later is not that Shylock is sympathetic but that he is sympathetic and still destroyed, and that the people who destroy him are the ones the comedy asks us to leave the theatre with.

munotes.in58

Shylock

Two speeches you should be able to use

"Hath not a Jew eyes?" Use it for common humanity, but always quote its ending, because the speech argues that sameness includes revenge and that the Christians taught the lesson. An answer that stops at "If you prick us, do we not bleed?" has taken half the speech.

"You have among you many a purchas'd slave." Use it in the trial scene. It is his answer to the demand for mercy, and it is unanswered: Venice owns human beings by purchase and calls them property, and Shylock claims the pound of flesh on the same principle. Nobody in the court replies.

A model character sketch, in the form an examiner wants

Opening. Shylock is the Jewish moneylender of Venice on whose bond the plot of The Merchant of Venice turns, and he is the only character in the play with both a real grievance and a real crime.

Quality one, with proof. He is a careful man of business. His first act is to assess Antonio's credit, ship by ship, and to conclude that he is sufficient. His trade is lending at interest, which Venetian law permits and Venetian society despises.

Quality two, with proof. His hatred of Antonio has two roots, and he ranks them himself: Antonio is a Christian, and, more, Antonio lends money without interest and lowers the rate of usance in Venice. The insults he has borne, being called cut-throat dog and spat upon, are admitted by Antonio in the same scene.

Quality three, with proof. He is a father before he is a villain. The Tubal scene shows him swinging between the theft of his ducats and the loss of his daughter, and it is not the diamond worth two thousand ducats that silences him but his dead wife's turquoise, traded for a monkey.

Quality four, with proof. He is literal to the point of self-destruction. He refuses to provide a surgeon because it is not in the bond, and the same strictness is then applied to him: the bond gives flesh and not blood.

Turn. Against all of that stands what he actually does: he refuses many times the debt, prepares his knife and scales, and presses for a sentence he knows will kill a man.

Conclusion. He is neither a monster nor an innocent. He is a man whose city has treated him as an enemy and who becomes one, and the play's most unsettling achievement is that it lets you see both and does not let you rest in either.

munotes.in59

Shylock

What beginners get wrong

They summarise the plot. A sketch is an argument about a person supported by incidents, not the incidents in order.

They say he hates Antonio only because he is a Christian. He himself ranks the business reason higher.

They forget he is offered the money. The refusal, three times over, is what makes his conduct criminal in the court's eyes and is essential to any judgment of his character.

They call the trial his defeat by mercy. He is defeated by construction and by a statute, having refused mercy and been shown none.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a character sketch of Shylock."

The opening sentence. Shylock is the Jewish moneylender of Venice on whose bond the plot turns, and he is the only person in the play who has both a real grievance and a real crime.

A worked paragraph, showing how a quality is proved. He is a careful man of business before he is anything else. His first act in the play is to assess Antonio's credit ship by ship, listing the argosy to Tripolis, another to the Indies, a third at Mexico and a fourth for England, and the perils of waters, winds and rocks, and to conclude that the man is nevertheless sufficient. That is not the speech of a monster; it is the speech of a lender doing his work, and it also warns the audience, in the third scene of the play, that ships are lost.

How the sketch closes. With a judgment rather than a summary: that Shylock is neither villain nor innocent but a man whose city treated him as an enemy until he became one, and that the play's real achievement is that it will not let the reader settle into either view.

Quick revision

Five scenes only: I.iii, II.v, III.i, III.iii, IV.i.

Grievance: Christian, and more, lends gratis and lowers the rate of usance.

Abuse: rated on the Rialto, called misbeliever and cut-throat dog, spat upon, gaberdine fouled, all admitted by Antonio.

Turning point: Jessica's flight, and the Tubal scene, with the turquoise had of Leah.

Great speech: "Hath not a Jew eyes", ending in revenge.

Best argument: purchased slaves are yours because you bought them; the pound of flesh is mine because I bought it.

Fatal habit: nothing counts that is not in the bond.

End: half his goods to Antonio in trust, half to the state, forced conversion, a deed of gift to Lorenzo and Jessica, and "I am content".

Test yourself

1. In how many scenes does Shylock appear, and which are they? Five: Act I Scene iii, Act II Scene v, Act III Scene i, Act III Scene iii and Act IV Scene i.

munotes.in60

Shylock

2. Give his own ranking of his reasons for hating Antonio. That Antonio is a Christian, and more strongly, that he lends money without interest and so brings down the rate of usance in Venice.

3. What is the dramatic function of the Tubal scene? It is the only scene in which Shylock speaks to somebody who is not an enemy, and it shows his grief and his greed alternating in the same conversation. It also supplies the turquoise ring, which is the single strongest piece of evidence that his losses are not only financial.

4. Why is "Hath not a Jew eyes" not a plea for tolerance? Because its argument runs the other way: since a Jew is the same as a Christian in every respect, he will also be the same in taking revenge, and the villainy he executes was taught him by Christian example.

5. Take a position on villain or victim and defend it in three sentences. He is both, by design. The play gives him a real grievance, the strongest speech in it, and a daughter who robs him, and then shows him refusing many times his money in order to cut a man's heart out. What survives the reading is not sympathy or condemnation but discomfort, and that discomfort is the play's point.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in61

Chapter Twelve

Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

Portia is the cleverest person in the play and wins the case by reading a document harder than its owner did; Antonio is a merchant who wants to die for his friend; Bassanio is a charming borrower who is honest about being one.

Portia

Placing. Portia is the heiress of Belmont, bound by her dead father's will to marry whoever chooses the right casket, and the disguised doctor of laws who defeats Shylock in the ducal court of Venice.

She is intelligent, and the play shows it before the trial. Her first scene is a run of sharp character sketches of six suitors, each in two or three lines. When Bassanio comes to choose, she has music played, and the song rhymes "bred", "head" and "nourished" with the answer he needs, which many readers take as a hint she is not supposed to give.

She obeys the letter of an instrument she dislikes. She calls the will a curb and says she may neither choose nor refuse, and she keeps to it exactly. This matters for judging her: the woman who later holds Shylock to the letter of his bond is a woman who has spent the play held to the letter of her father's.

She is a formidable lawyer. She arrives with a written opinion from Doctor Bellario, opens with procedural questions, states the law in favour of the party she intends to defeat, refuses to bend a rule for a good outcome because of precedent, and only then turns the document. Nothing she does is improvised.

She is not merciful. She makes the finest speech about mercy in English and then gives a judgment with none in it: no blood, an exact pound, no principal returned, and the alien statute. She corrects the Duke when he is too generous with the state's half.

She tests her husband and enjoys it. She begs the ring from Bassanio knowing exactly what it is, then accuses him of giving it to a woman, then threatens to give herself to the doctor, and reveals the truth only after Antonio has stood surety for him a second time.

What she is for. Portia is the play's demonstration that cleverness and virtue are not the same thing. She saves an innocent man, and she does it by a piece of reading so strict that it would have destroyed an innocent man just as effectively.

Antonio

Placing. Antonio is the merchant of the title, a rich Venetian trader whose fortune is at sea, who binds himself for his friend's debt and comes within a stroke of dying for it.

He is sad from the first line and never explains it. "In sooth I know not why I am so sad." He rejects the two explanations offered, business and love. The unexplained melancholy makes him a man with nothing to lose, which is exactly the man who signs such a bond.

munotes.in62

Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others

He is generous to one person, absolutely. His purse, his person and his extremest means lie unlocked to Bassanio's occasions. He tells him not to hurry back from Belmont, and his letter asks only to see him before he dies.

He is cruel to Shylock, and admits it. He has called him misbeliever and cut-throat dog, spat on him, and spurned him, and when this is put to him he says he is as like to do it all again. His advice is to lend to an enemy so that the penalty may be exacted with a better face.

He is passive under threat and calm at the end. In court he says he is a tainted wether of the flock, fittest for death, and asks the court to give judgment quickly. He does not argue his case at any point.

His conditions in the sentence are the hardest thing to judge about him. He gives up ownership of half and asks the state to drop the fine, but he requires Shylock to become a Christian and to give everything on his death to the man who took his daughter. Whether that is mercy or the last stroke of the destruction is the best question a character sketch of Antonio can raise.

What he is for. He is the play's picture of a love that is total and one-directional. He binds his body in Act I and his soul in Act V, both for Bassanio, and he ends the play alone among three married couples.

Bassanio

Placing. Bassanio is Antonio's friend, a Venetian gentleman who has spent his estate, and the suitor who wins Portia by choosing the leaden casket.

He is honest about his own weakness. He tells Antonio at the start that he has disabled his estate by living beyond his means and that what he owed is lost, and he compares his plan to shooting a second arrow after a lost one. Later, in front of Portia, he says that when he told her his state was nothing he should have said it was worse than nothing.

He borrows to court an heiress, and the play does not hide it. His first description of Portia mentions that she is richly left before it mentions her virtue, and he compares himself to Jason going for the golden fleece.

He reasons well when it counts. His casket speech is the best piece of thinking any Venetian does in the play: the world is deceived by ornament, in law a corrupt plea seasoned with a gracious voice hides the evil, and therefore he takes the metal that threatens rather than promises.

munotes.in63

Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others

He fails the ring test, for a reason worth defending. He refuses the doctor twice and yields only when Antonio asks him to weigh the doctor's deserving and his love against his wife's commandment. He is caught between an oath and a debt of gratitude, which is a real conflict rather than mere weakness.

What he is for. He is the ordinary man in a play of extremes: not as devoted as Antonio, not as clever as Portia, not as fixed as Shylock, and the only one who has to choose between two people he owes something to.

The others, in short

Jessica. Shylock's daughter, who calls her father's house hell, elopes with Lorenzo in boy's clothes, takes a casket of ducats and her mother's turquoise, converts, and receives her father's estate by deed of gift. She is the character the play is least willing to examine, and her silence in Act V after the deed is handed over is worth a sentence in any answer.

Gratiano. Bassanio's friend, who talks more than anybody and is warned to behave at Belmont. In the trial he supplies the abuse: inexecrable dog, currish spirit, and the wish that Shylock hang at the state's charge since his wealth is forfeit. He is the voice of the crowd, and the play gives him the ugliest lines so the principals need not say them.

Nerissa. Portia's waiting-woman, who marries Gratiano, appears as the lawyer's clerk, and runs the ring trick alongside her mistress. She is a smaller Portia, and her presence keeps the disguise plot from being a solo performance.

Lorenzo. Jessica's husband, given the moonlight and music speech in Act V and given Shylock's estate at the end. A reader may notice that the man who speaks most beautifully about harmony is also the beneficiary of the play's harshest act.

Launcelet Gobbo. The clown, Shylock's servant, who leaves him for Bassanio after a comic debate between conscience and the fiend. His jokes about Jessica's conversion keep the play's uneasiest question alive in the lightest possible register.

The Duke of Venice. Presides at the trial, openly favours Antonio, and rules that he cannot deny the course of law. He pardons Shylock's life before it is asked for, "that thou shalt see the difference of our spirit".

Tubal. Shylock's fellow Jew, who brings the news from Genoa. He exists to let Shylock be seen in private, and every fact that makes Shylock human comes through him.

Distinctions worth a table

PortiaShylock
Bound by a documentHer father's willHis own bond
Attitude to itKeeps it exactly, while hintingKeeps it exactly, and demands others do
Reads documentsStrictly, and winsStrictly, and loses
Offered a way outSuitors who might be refusedThree times the money
ResultMarries the man she wantedLoses everything
munotes.in64

Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others

What beginners get wrong

They call Portia merciful. She argues for mercy and shows none. Say both.

They call Antonio a good man without qualification. He spits on Shylock and says he will do it again.

They call Bassanio a fortune hunter and stop there. He says so himself, and then chooses the casket that promises nothing.

They forget Gratiano. Half the cruelty of the trial scene is in his mouth, and answers that describe the Christians as merely thoughtless have not read his lines.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a short note on Portia."

A model answer of the length question 2 wants. Portia is the heiress of Belmont, bound by her dead father's will to marry whoever chooses the right casket, and the disguised doctor of laws who defeats Shylock in Act IV. Her intelligence is established long before the trial: her first scene is a run of exact character sketches of six suitors, and when Bassanio comes to choose she has music played whose song rhymes with the answer he needs. In court she is entirely professional. She arrives with a written opinion from Doctor Bellario, opens with procedural questions, states the law in favour of the party she means to defeat, and refuses to bend a rule for a good outcome because it would be recorded as a precedent. What she is not is merciful: she makes the finest speech about mercy in English and then gives a judgment with none in it, and corrects the Duke when he is generous with the state's share. The most useful thing to say about her is that the play uses her to show that cleverness and virtue are not the same thing, since the same strict reading that saves Antonio would have destroyed him just as efficiently.

Why this scores. Five sentences, each making one point and proving it from an incident, ending in a judgment about what the character is for.

Quick revision

Portia: intelligent, bound by her father's will, arrives with Bellario's opinion, refuses to bend the law, gives a merciless judgment, tests Bassanio with the ring.

Antonio: sad from the first line, generous to Bassanio without limit, openly contemptuous of Shylock, passive in court, and the imposer of the conversion.

Bassanio: honest about his debts, courts an heiress with borrowed money, reasons his way to the leaden casket, breaks the ring oath under a real conflict of duties.

munotes.in65

Portia, Antonio, Bassanio and the Others

Jessica elopes and converts; Gratiano supplies the abuse; Nerissa doubles Portia; Lorenzo gets the speech and the estate; Launcelet keeps the awkward joke alive; the Duke cannot deny the course of law; Tubal makes Shylock human.

Test yourself

1. What single fact about Portia's own position should be used when judging her treatment of Shylock? That she has spent the play bound by the letter of her dead father's will, which she obeys exactly while disliking it. The woman who holds a man to his document has been held to one throughout.

2. Why does Antonio's sadness matter to the plot? Because it is never explained and never lifts, and it makes him a man indifferent to his own survival. That is the frame of mind in which he calls a bond forfeiting a pound of his flesh a kindness.

3. Is Bassanio a fortune hunter? He admits he is courting a woman who is richly left with money he has borrowed, so on the facts yes. The play complicates it by giving him the casket speech, in which he rejects gold and silver for the metal that threatens rather than promises.

4. What is Gratiano's function in the trial scene? To voice the crowd's hatred so the principal characters do not have to. He calls Shylock an inexecrable dog and a wolf, mocks him at every turn of the judgment, and wishes him hanged at the state's expense.

5. Why is Jessica's silence at the end worth noticing? Because the last thing that happens to her in the play is that she is handed a deed of gift of everything her father dies possessed of, and she says nothing at all. The play gives her no line to settle whether that is a reward or something else.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in66

Chapter Thirteen

Themes of The Merchant of Venice

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

The play works six ideas hard: justice against mercy, the letter against the spirit, prejudice, appearance against reality, money against friendship, and the position of an outsider in a society that needs him and despises him.

Theme one: justice and mercy

The proposition. A valid agreement gives a right that the law must enforce, and mercy is the free decision not to enforce a right you have. The two cannot be reconciled, because mercy that can be compelled is not mercy.

Where it is worked. The Duke's plea in Act IV Scene i, "We all expect a gentle answer, Jew". Shylock's four-word reply to the demand, "On what compulsion must I?" The mercy speech itself. Portia's refusal to bend the law for a good outcome because it would become a precedent. And the sentence at the end, which shows none.

The position the play takes. It refuses to let mercy win the argument. What defeats Shylock is strict construction, not compassion, and the mercy shown to him afterwards costs him his religion. The play then reopens the question in Act V, where a broken oath is pressed hard and forgiven, as if to show what mercy would have looked like.

Theme two: the letter against the spirit

The proposition. Words in a document mean what they say, and what they say may be very far from what anybody intended.

Where it is worked. The bond itself, which says flesh and does not say blood. Shylock's refusal of a surgeon because it is "not in the bond". Portia's judgment. Portia's own father's will, which she obeys to the letter while wishing it otherwise. The rings, which are given on an express condition and demanded back on the letter of it.

The position the play takes. Strictness is shown to be a tool and not a virtue. The same method saves Antonio and ruins Shylock, and Act V shows a household choosing not to use it.

Theme three: prejudice, and the play's antisemitism

The proposition. A society may license a man's trade, take his money, and treat him as less than human at the same time.

Where it is worked. Antonio's admitted spitting and name-calling. Solanio's "the dog Jew". The boys of Venice following him in the street. Gratiano's speeches in court. The Duke's use of the word "gentle" for both kind and gentile. The alien statute, which can apply to him and never to Antonio. Against all of that, the speech in Act III Scene i, the turquoise ring, and the argument about purchased slaves.

The position the play takes. This is genuinely contested and you may argue either way, provided you use the evidence. The reading that fits most of the text is that Shakespeare took an inherited stage villain and gave him a case, so that the play delivers a comic ending while making the audience uneasy about who is delivering it.

munotes.in67

Themes of The Merchant of Venice

Theme four: appearance and reality

The proposition. What a thing looks like is a poor guide to what it is.

Where it is worked. The three caskets, most of all the scroll in the gold one, "All that glisters is not gold". Bassanio's speech before choosing, which takes its first example from law: a corrupt plea, seasoned with a gracious voice, obscures the show of evil. The bond that is proposed as "a merry sport". Portia and Nerissa in disguise. Antonio's "The devil can cite Scripture for his purpose".

The position the play takes. Unambiguous: judge by substance. The play then complicates it by having its heroine win through a disguise.

Theme five: money, friendship and worth

The proposition. Everything in this play is priced, including things that should not be.

Where it is worked. Three thousand ducats buys a courtship. Portia offers six thousand, then twelve, then thirty-six. Jessica sells a turquoise for a monkey and spends fourscore ducats in a night. Shylock cries for his daughter and his ducats in one breath. Antonio's friendship is expressed as a bond and, in Act V, as a second suretyship. The lead casket is the only object in the play that asks a man to give rather than to get.

The position the play takes. That the things worth having cannot be bought, stated through the caskets, and then a plot in which nearly everybody gets rich anyway.

Theme six: the outsider, and the city

The proposition. Venice needs Shylock's capital and Shylock needs Venice's protection, and neither can admit it.

Where it is worked. Antonio's speech in Act III Scene iii: the Duke cannot deny the course of law because the trade and profit of the city consists of all nations. Shylock's "I stand here for law". The alien statute. And the detail that Shylock will buy, sell, walk and talk with Christians but will not eat, drink or pray with them.

The position the play takes. It states the commercial logic honestly, better than most textbooks, and then shows the city breaking its own rule the moment the rule protects the wrong man.

How to build a thirteen-mark essay on a theme

Take "justice and mercy" as the worked example.

Paragraph one. State the two ideas and say what your answer is. For example: the play sets an absolute legal right against a mercy that by definition cannot be compelled, and it resolves the conflict by avoiding it, since Shylock is defeated by construction and not by compassion.

munotes.in68

Themes of The Merchant of Venice

Paragraph two. The claim of justice. Shylock's bond, its validity, his four-word answer, Antonio's own explanation that the Duke cannot deny the course of law.

Paragraph three. The claim of mercy. The Duke's plea, the mercy speech in its five steps, and why it fails: a Christian argument made to a Jew in a court that has abused him.

Paragraph four. How the case is actually decided. Blood, the exact pound, the refusal of the principal, the alien statute.

Paragraph five. The other side. Bassanio's "to do a great right, do a little wrong", and Portia's answer about precedent, which is the best argument in the play for strictness.

Paragraph six. Act V, where the same conflict returns as a broken oath and is settled the other way, and a conclusion that answers the question in its own words.

What beginners get wrong

They list themes without proving them. One incident per claim, named by act and scene, is what separates a pass from a good mark.

They treat a trial as a theme. A trial is an event. Justice and mercy is the theme it works.

They give the play a moral it does not have. The play does not conclude that mercy is better than justice. It shows mercy losing the argument and then shows a household living differently.

They ignore Act V in theme answers. Every theme above is worked again in the last act, in a lower key, and an answer that ends at the trial has left out the resolution.

A worked answer

Question. "Write an essay on the theme of appearance and reality."

Paragraph one, the position. The play states early that outward show is untrustworthy, proves it three times in the casket plot, and then complicates its own lesson by winning the trial through a disguise.

Paragraph two, the caskets. Morocco chooses gold because all the world desires Portia, and finds a skull and the scroll "All that glisters is not gold". Arragon chooses silver on his own merit and finds a fool's head. Bassanio chooses lead after a speech arguing that the world is deceived with ornament, taking his first example from a corrupt legal plea seasoned with a gracious voice.

Paragraph three, the bond. The same theme in the main plot. The forfeiture is proposed as "a merry sport" and is an instrument for killing a man, and Bassanio alone says so at the end of Act I: "I like not fair terms and a villain's mind."

Paragraph four, the complication. Portia wins by appearing to be what she is not, in borrowed robes and a false name, carrying a letter that is true only in part. A play that condemns judging by appearances is resolved by a successful deception.

munotes.in69

Themes of The Merchant of Venice

Paragraph five, the conclusion. So the theme is not a simple moral. What the play condemns is reading the surface of a thing instead of its substance, and what it rewards is the reader who can tell a gilded casket from a lead one and a merry bond from a death warrant.

Quick revision

Six themes: justice and mercy; letter against spirit; prejudice; appearance and reality; money and worth; the outsider and the city.

Justice and mercy: "On what compulsion must I?" is the question the play cannot answer, and does not.

Letter against spirit: no blood in the bond, no surgeon in the bond, the will, the rings.

Prejudice: spitting admitted, "dog Jew", the alien statute, against the speech in III.i and the turquoise.

Appearance and reality: the caskets, "All that glisters is not gold", the merry bond, the disguise.

Money: everything is priced, including a daughter's ring and a friend's body.

The outsider: Venice needs foreign capital and says so, then finds a statute for aliens.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between a theme and an incident? An incident happens once, such as the elopement or the trial. A theme is an idea the play returns to in several places, such as justice against mercy. An examiner asking for a theme wants the idea, proved by incidents.

2. Give three places where the letter against the spirit is worked. The bond, which grants flesh and not blood; Shylock's refusal of a surgeon because it is not nominated in the bond; and Portia's obedience to the exact terms of her father's will while wishing she were free.

3. How does Act V return to the theme of justice and mercy? A promise is broken, the injured party has an absolute right to complain and presses it hard, and then forgives and restores what was lost. It is the trial replayed with the opposite ending.

4. State the strongest argument in the play for strict enforcement. Portia's: that no power in Venice can alter an established decree, because the decision would be recorded as a precedent and many errors would follow the same example into the state.

5. How should an essay handle the antisemitism of the play? By setting out what is done and said to Shylock, then what Shakespeare gives him in reply, and then taking a position on whether the play endorses the treatment or exposes it. Both positions are arguable; an answer that refuses to take one scores less.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in70

Chapter Fourteen

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

Syllabus topic 1.1, "The Merchant of Venice - William Shakespeare"

In one line

A reference-to-context answer names the text and author, names the speaker and the person spoken to, says what is happening at that moment, and then answers whatever specific question is attached, all in the two sentences the paper allows.

The method, once more, in the form of a checklist

  1. Which text, and who wrote it.
  2. Who is speaking, and to whom.
  3. What is happening at that point in the story.
  4. The specific question attached, which almost always carries the mark.

If you can only manage three of the four, drop number three and answer the question. The examiner is testing whether you can place the lines and use them, not whether you can summarise the play.

Twenty passages, with model answers

Each entry gives the lines, the place, and a model answer of the length the paper allows.

1. "In sooth I know not why I am so sad, / It wearies me, you say it wearies you." Act I Scene i, the opening lines. Spoken by Antonio to Salarino and Solanio in a street in Venice, at the very opening of the play. He is telling them he is melancholy without knowing the cause, and he goes on to reject both explanations they offer, that he fears for his ships and that he is in love.

2. "I may neither choose who I would nor refuse who I dislike, so is the will of a living daughter curb'd by the will of a dead father." Act I Scene ii. Spoken by Portia to Nerissa at Belmont, complaining of the lottery of the three caskets by which her dead father directed that she should be married. The word "will" is used in both its senses, her father's wish and the legal instrument that carries it, and the line states the constraint under which she lives for most of the play.

3. "I hate him for he is a Christian, / But more for that in low simplicity / He lends out money gratis, and brings down / The rate of usance here with us in Venice." Act I Scene iii. Spoken by Shylock as an aside, when Antonio comes to join Bassanio at the negotiation of the loan. It gives his two reasons for hating Antonio and ranks the commercial one above the religious one, since Antonio's habit of lending without interest undercuts Shylock's trade.

4. "The devil can cite Scripture for his purpose." Act I Scene iii. Spoken by Antonio to Bassanio, after Shylock has justified taking profit by telling the story of Jacob and Laban's sheep. Antonio means that a wicked man can quote holy texts to support what he wants, and the line is often used against Shylock without noticing that Antonio is himself refusing to answer the argument.

munotes.in71

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

5. "let the forfeit / Be nominated for an equal pound / Of your fair flesh, to be cut off and taken / In what part of your body pleaseth me." Act I Scene iii. Spoken by Shylock to Antonio, proposing the terms of the bond in what he calls a merry sport. It is the forfeiture clause on which the whole plot turns, and Antonio accepts it in the next speech.

6. "I like not fair terms and a villain's mind." Act I Scene iii, the last line of the act. Spoken by Bassanio to Antonio, after Shylock has left to fetch the money and Antonio has called him a gentle Jew who grows kind. Bassanio is the only character who says out loud that generous terms may hide a bad purpose, and the play proves him right.

7. "All that glisters is not gold, / Often have you heard that told." Act II Scene vii. The opening of the scroll found in the golden casket by the Prince of Morocco at Belmont. It tells him that he has chosen by outward show, and it states the play's theme of appearance against reality in its most quotable form.

8. "My daughter! O my ducats! O my daughter! / Fled with a Christian! O my Christian ducats!" Act II Scene viii. Reported by Solanio to Salarino in a street in Venice, mimicking Shylock's cries after Jessica's elopement. The mockery is the point: Shylock's grief for his daughter and his money is being performed for laughs by men who despise him.

9. "Hath not a Jew eyes? Hath not a Jew hands, organs, dimensions, senses, affections, passions?" Act III Scene i. Spoken by Shylock to Salarino and Solanio in a Venice street, after they ask what a pound of Antonio's flesh could possibly be good for. He argues that a Jew is the same as a Christian in every respect, and concludes that the sameness extends to revenge, which the Christians themselves taught him.

10. "It was my turquoise, I had it of Leah when I was a bachelor. I would not have given it for a wilderness of monkeys." Act III Scene i. Spoken by Shylock to Tubal, on hearing that Jessica traded a ring for a monkey in Genoa. Leah was his wife, so the ring was her gift before their marriage, and this is the one moment in the play where his loss is clearly not about money.

11. "The world is still deceiv'd with ornament. / In law, what plea so tainted and corrupt / But, being season'd with a gracious voice, / Obscures the show of evil?" Act III Scene ii. Spoken by Bassanio at Belmont, thinking aloud before he chooses among the caskets. He is reasoning that outward show is untrustworthy, taking his first example from a corrupt legal argument delivered attractively, and this reasoning leads him to choose the leaden casket and win Portia.

munotes.in72

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

12. "The Duke cannot deny the course of law, / For the commodity that strangers have / With us in Venice, if it be denied, / 'Twill much impeach the justice of the state." Act III Scene iii. Spoken by Antonio to Salarino in a Venice street, after Shylock has refused to hear him and left. He is explaining that the Duke has no power to release him, because Venice depends on foreign merchants who will only trade where contracts are enforced regardless of the parties.

13. "If every ducat in six thousand ducats / Were in six parts, and every part a ducat, / I would not draw them, I would have my bond." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Shylock in the ducal court of Venice, refusing Bassanio's offer of six thousand ducats for a debt of three thousand. A ducat is a gold coin of Venice, and the point is that no multiple of the money will satisfy him, because he wants the forfeiture and not the debt.

14. "The quality of mercy is not strain'd, / It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven / Upon the place beneath." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Portia, disguised as the young doctor of laws Balthazar, in answer to Shylock's question "On what compulsion must I?" She concedes in the first line that mercy cannot be forced, and argues instead that it blesses both giver and receiver and is the attribute in which earthly power most resembles God's.

15. "Wrest once the law to your authority. / To do a great right, do a little wrong." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Bassanio to the disguised Portia, begging her to bend the law to save Antonio. She refuses, on the ground that no power in Venice can alter an established decree because it would be recorded as a precedent and many errors would follow it.

16. "A Daniel come to judgment! Yea, a Daniel! / O wise young judge, how I do honour thee!" Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Shylock, praising the disguised Portia after she refuses to bend the law for Antonio. Daniel was the young judge of the Apocrypha who saved an innocent woman by cross-examination, and Gratiano throws the same words back at Shylock a few minutes later when the judgment turns.

17. "Is it so nominated in the bond?" Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Shylock to the disguised Portia, refusing to provide a surgeon to stop Antonio's wounds because the bond does not require one. It is the most fatal line he speaks, because it commits him in open court to the rule that nothing counts unless it is written, which is the rule then used to defeat him.

munotes.in73

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

18. "Tarry a little, there is something else. / This bond doth give thee here no jot of blood. / The words expressly are 'a pound of flesh'." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by the disguised Portia, at the moment Shylock has been awarded the forfeiture and is preparing to cut. She holds him to the exact words of his own document, so that shedding one drop of Christian blood would forfeit his lands and goods to the state of Venice.

19. "You take my house when you do take the prop / That doth sustain my house; you take my life / When you do take the means whereby I live." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Shylock after the alien statute has been invoked and his estate divided between Antonio and the state. He is answering the Duke's pardon of his life by saying that a life without the means of living is no pardon at all.

20. "How far that little candle throws his beams! / So shines a good deed in a naughty world." Act V Scene i. Spoken by Portia to Nerissa as they approach her house at Belmont by night and see a light burning in the hall. "Naughty" here means wicked rather than mischievous, and the lines are usually taken as the play's comment on the trial she has just conducted.

Two more that are often set

"The man that hath no music in himself, / Nor is not mov'd with concord of sweet sounds, / Is fit for treasons, stratagems, and spoils." Act V Scene i. Spoken by Lorenzo to Jessica in the garden at Belmont while they wait for Portia. It is a judgment on anybody indifferent to music, and it lands on Shylock, who ordered his house shut against the drum and the fife in Act II Scene v.

"I am content." Act IV Scene i. Spoken by Shylock, accepting Antonio's conditions, including forced conversion and a deed of gift of everything he dies possessed of. These are the last words he speaks in the play, and their flatness after four acts of the strongest speech in it is the effect Shakespeare wants.

Nine more the University has actually set

Note. Added by the past paper check. Every passage below has appeared on a printed English I paper, and all nine are from Act IV Scene i, the trial, which is where the examiner looks first.

munotes.in74

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

A. "I have possess'd your Grace of what I purpose, / And by our holy Sabbath have I sworn / To have the due and forfeit of my bond." Spoken by Shylock to the Duke at the opening of the trial, in answer to the Duke's appeal for mercy. "Possess'd your Grace" means that he has already informed the Duke of his intention, and the "holy Sabbath" is the Jewish day of rest, on which he swore the oath he now says he cannot break.

B. "Come you from old Bellario?" Spoken by the Duke to Portia as she enters the court dressed as a doctor of laws, immediately after the letter recommending her has been read. Bellario is the learned doctor of Padua, Portia's cousin, who has sent in his place the young "Balthazar" she is pretending to be.

C. "Are you acquainted with the difference / That holds this present question in the court?" Spoken by the Duke to the disguised Portia, asking whether she knows the dispute she has come to decide. Her answer, that she is "informed throughly of the cause", is what allows the hearing to proceed, and the exchange is the moment the court accepts a woman it believes to be a young man from Padua.

D. "I am a tainted wether of the flock, / Meetest for death, the weakest kind of fruit / Drops earliest to the ground, and so let me." Spoken by Antonio in court, telling Bassanio not to grieve. A wether is a castrated ram and "meetest" means fittest, so he is calling himself the diseased animal of the flock and the fruit that falls first, which is his way of accepting death as suitable rather than unjust.

E. "It is enthroned in the hearts of kings, / It is an attribute to God himself." Spoken by Portia in the middle of the speech on mercy, arguing that mercy is above the sceptre because the sceptre shows only the force of temporal power, while earthly power comes nearest to God's when mercy tempers justice. It is the same speech as passage 14 and is the part MU has set separately.

F. "An oath, an oath! I have an oath in heaven. / Shall I lay perjury upon my soul? / No, not for Venice." Spoken by Shylock to the disguised Portia, in answer to her statement that three times the money has been offered him. He refuses on the ground that he has sworn in heaven to have the bond, so that taking the money would be perjury, and the answer is important because it puts his refusal on conscience rather than on greed.

munotes.in75

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

G. "Not on thy sole but on thy soul, harsh Jew, / Thou mak'st thy knife keen." Spoken by Gratiano while Shylock sharpens his knife on the sole of his shoe in open court. The line is a pun on "sole" and "soul": Gratiano says the blade is being sharpened not on the leather but on the man's own hardness, and he adds that no metal, not even the hangman's axe, has half the keenness of Shylock's malice. When a paper asks you to explain the figure of speech, this is the pun it means.

H. "Repent but you that you shall lose your friend, / And he repents not that he pays your debt." Spoken by Antonio to Bassanio just before the sentence is to be executed. It means that Bassanio should regret only the loss of a friend, since Antonio himself does not regret paying the debt, and it is the high point of the friendship the play sets against the bond.

I. "Antonio, gratify this gentleman, / For in my mind you are much bound to him." Spoken by the Duke as he leaves the court, telling Antonio to reward the young lawyer who has saved him. It sets up the ring plot of Act V, because the fee the disguised Portia then asks for is the ring she herself gave Bassanio.

J. "Ay, his breast, so says the bond, doth it not, noble judge? Nearest his heart: those are the very words." Spoken by Shylock to the disguised Portia, when she asks whether the bond allows him to cut from the breast. He quotes the document from memory, and the answer matters because a moment later the same insistence on the exact words is used against him: the bond says a pound of flesh and says nothing about blood.

How to place a passage you have never seen

Look for a name. Shylock, Tubal, Nerissa, Launcelet and Gobbo can only be this play. Portia and Bassanio the same.

Look for the vocabulary. Ducats, argosies, the Rialto, gaberdine, usance, casket, bond and forfeiture all point here.

Look for the verse. If it is verse with a heavy Elizabethan flavour, in a paper whose other texts are eighteenth and nineteenth century novels, an American short story and a modern legal thriller, the odds are strongly on Shakespeare.

Then answer the attached question. Even a partial placing plus a correct answer to the question will earn most of the two marks.

What beginners get wrong

They summarise the play instead of placing the lines. Two sentences means two.

They name the speaker and stop. The attached question carries the mark, and it is usually the second half.

munotes.in76

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

They misquote. If you are unsure of the words, refer to the passage instead of reproducing it wrongly: "in the speech beginning with the quality of mercy".

They mix up who says what in the trial. Gratiano, not Portia, supplies most of the abuse; Shylock, not Gratiano, first calls Portia a Daniel.

A worked answer

Question. A passage you have never prepared is printed, and you must place it in two sentences.

The passage. "The quality of mercy is not strain'd, / It droppeth as the gentle rain from heaven / Upon the place beneath."

The two-sentence answer. These lines are spoken by Portia, disguised as the young doctor of laws Balthazar, in the court of the Duke of Venice in Act IV Scene i of Shakespeare's The Merchant of Venice, in answer to Shylock's question "On what compulsion must I?" She concedes in the first line that mercy cannot be forced, and argues instead that it blesses both the giver and the receiver and is the attribute in which earthly power most resembles God's.

Why this is a full answer. Text and author, speaker and disguise, place in the play, the person addressed, the question being answered, and the argument of the passage. Six facts in two sentences, and none of them padding.

Quick revision

Four steps: text and author, speaker and addressee, what is happening, then the attached question.

Highest-value passages by act: I.i the sadness; I.ii the dead father's will; I.iii the aside, the Scripture line, the forfeiture, "fair terms and a villain's mind"; II.vii "All that glisters"; II.viii "My daughter! O my ducats!"; III.i "Hath not a Jew eyes" and the turquoise; III.ii ornament; III.iii the course of law; IV.i ducats, mercy, "a great right", Daniel, "nominated in the bond", "no jot of blood", "the means whereby I live", "I am content"; V.i the candle and the music.

Test yourself

1. Place these lines and answer: "Is it so nominated in the bond?" Spoken by Shylock in the ducal court in Act IV Scene i, refusing to have a surgeon ready to stop Antonio's wounds because the bond does not mention one. It matters because he thereby insists in open court that only what is written counts, and Portia immediately applies the same rule to defeat him.

2. Who says "A Daniel come to judgment", and who repeats it? Shylock says it first, in praise of the disguised Portia when she refuses to bend the law. Gratiano throws it back at him after the judgment turns, saying "A second Daniel, a Daniel, Jew!"

3. What does "naughty" mean in "a good deed in a naughty world"? Wicked. The modern sense of mildly badly behaved is later, and using it would misread the line.

munotes.in77

Reference to Context: The Merchant of Venice

4. Whose speech contains the phrase "the rate of usance", and what does it mean? Shylock's, in his aside in Act I Scene iii. Usance means the lending of money at interest, so the rate of usance is the going rate of interest in Venice, which Antonio's free lending brings down.

5. Why does MU's own note insist on the original text for reference to context? Because an abridged or retold version changes the words, and a reference-to-context question is set on the exact words. A candidate who has read only a simplified version will not recognise the passage on the paper.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in78

Chapter Fifteen

Joseph Andrews: Fielding, the Magistrate Who Wrote Novels

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

Joseph Andrews is a comic novel about a young footman who refuses his mistress, is dismissed, and walks home across England with an absent-minded parson, meeting on the road every kind of person who fails to help a stranger.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Joseph Andrews, published in 1742, is Henry Fielding's first novel, which he described in his own preface as a comic epic poem in prose, and which follows Joseph and Parson Adams on a journey from London to their country parish, satirising hypocrisy, the clergy, the magistracy and the law of settlement along the way.

Why a law syllabus sets it

Fielding is the only novelist on this paper who was also a working judge. He was a barrister of the Middle Temple and, later, the magistrate at Bow Street in London, where he and his blind half-brother Sir John Fielding effectively organised the first professional police force in England. He wrote about crime and the poor because he spent his working life dealing with both.

The novel shows that experience directly. A young man is robbed, stripped and left in a ditch, and a coachful of respectable people argue about the legal risk of helping him. A parson and a girl are hauled before a country justice who commits them without hearing a word. Two people are sent to Bridewell on a deposition about a hazel twig worth three halfpence. None of these is a set piece invented for effect; they are the kind of thing that crossed a magistrate's desk.

The quarrel with Pamela, which the first chapter is about

In 1740 Samuel Richardson published Pamela, or Virtue Rewarded, a novel in letters about a servant girl who resists her master's attempts to seduce her and is rewarded by his marrying her. It was enormously popular, and Fielding thought it dishonest: it made chastity look like a good investment.

Joseph Andrews begins as a parody of it. Joseph is Pamela's brother, a footman whose mistress, Lady Booby, tries to seduce him, and who refuses her on the same principles his sister made famous. Fielding then lets the joke go and writes something much larger, but the opening survives, and a student should be able to say what it is doing.

What "a comic epic poem in prose" means

Fielding's preface is the source of the phrase, and it is worth quoting exactly.

Now, a comic romance is a comic epic poem in prose; differing from comedy, as the serious epic from tragedy: its action being more extended and comprehensive; containing a much larger circle of incidents, and introducing a greater variety of characters.

Break the definition into its four parts, because that is how the question is set.

munotes.in79

Joseph Andrews: Fielding, the Magistrate Who Wrote Novels

PartWhat Fielding means
EpicA long work with a wide action, many incidents and many characters, unlike a stage comedy which is short and narrow
In proseIt has everything an epic has except metre, so it belongs to the epic kind though it is not in verse
ComicIts fable and action are light and ridiculous rather than grave and solemn
Of low peopleIt introduces persons of inferior rank, where the serious romance sets the highest before us

One distinction Fielding insists on, and examiners like it. He separates the comic from the burlesque. Burlesque, he says, exhibits what is monstrous and unnatural, and its pleasure comes from surprising absurdity, such as giving the manners of the highest to the lowest. The comic writer must confine himself strictly to nature. He admits burlesque in his diction, in the mock-heroic battle descriptions, but excludes it from his characters and sentiments.

The point for a student. Adams is funny, but he is not a caricature. He is a real man with real learning, real poverty and real courage, and Fielding's claim is that the comedy comes from observing him accurately, not from exaggerating him.

The shape of the book

Four books. Book I is London and the beginning of the journey. Book II is the road, the inns and the coach. Book III is Wilson's story and the roasting squire. Book IV is the return to the parish, where Lady Booby uses the law against the couple, and where Joseph's parentage is discovered.

The structure is a journey with interruptions, and Fielding uses two devices repeatedly. Every book opens with a chapter of the author talking directly to the reader, about writing lives, about divisions in authors, in praise of biography. And the journey is interrupted by inset stories told by people the travellers meet, most importantly the history of Leonora in Book II and the history of Mr Wilson in Book III.

The vocabulary you need

Curate. A clergyman who does the work of a parish for a small salary, usually paid by whoever holds the living. Adams is one, with a wife and six children on twenty-three pounds a year.

Living. A parish appointment with an income attached. Who gives it out is decided by the local landowner, which is why Adams cannot afford to offend Lady Booby.

Justice of the peace. A local magistrate, usually a country gentleman with no legal training, who could examine suspects, take depositions and commit them to gaol.

Mittimus. The warrant by which a justice commits a person to prison. It appears three times in this novel and is worth knowing.

munotes.in80

Joseph Andrews: Fielding, the Magistrate Who Wrote Novels

Bridewell. A house of correction, where people were sent for short periods with hard labour.

Settlement. The parish that was legally obliged to relieve a pauper. The whole plot of Book IV turns on it.

Benefit of clergy. An old rule by which a person who could read was spared the death penalty for certain offences. By Fielding's time it survived mostly as a joke, and the justice makes one about it.

What beginners get wrong

They call it a parody of Pamela and stop. It starts as one and becomes something else by Book I chapter XI, when Joseph takes to the road and Adams takes over the book.

They think Joseph is the hero. He is the title character. Parson Adams is the centre of the novel and every reader knows it, including Fielding.

They give the definition without the distinction. "A comic epic poem in prose" earns half a mark. Explaining why it is epic, why prose, why comic, and how it differs from burlesque earns the rest.

A worked answer

Question. "What did Fielding mean by calling Joseph Andrews a comic epic poem in prose?"

A model answer. In his preface Fielding writes that a comic romance is a comic epic poem in prose, differing from comedy as the serious epic differs from tragedy. He calls it EPIC because its action is extended and comprehensive, containing a much larger circle of incidents and a greater variety of characters than a stage comedy can hold. He calls it IN PROSE because it has every part of an epic, namely fable, action, characters, sentiments and diction, and wants only metre, so it should be classed with the kind it differs from in one particular rather than with romances it resembles in none. He calls it COMIC because its fable and action are light and ridiculous where the serious romance is grave and solemn, and because it introduces persons of inferior rank where the grave romance sets the highest before us. He then separates the comic from the BURLESQUE: burlesque exhibits what is monstrous and unnatural and delights by surprising absurdity, while the comic writer must confine himself strictly to nature, and Fielding admits burlesque in his diction but excludes it from his characters and sentiments.

Why this scores. Four terms defined and one distinction made, each attributed to the preface, in the order Fielding uses them.

Quick revision

Published 1742, Henry Fielding's first novel, in four books.

Fielding was a barrister and later the Bow Street magistrate; the legal scenes come from that experience.

It begins as a parody of Richardson's Pamela, whose heroine is Joseph's sister.

Fielding's own description, from his preface: "a comic romance is a comic epic poem in prose", epic in the width of its action, prose because it lacks only metre, comic in its light action and low characters.

munotes.in81

Joseph Andrews: Fielding, the Magistrate Who Wrote Novels

Comic is not burlesque: burlesque exhibits the monstrous and unnatural, the comic confines itself strictly to nature.

Book I London and the road; Book II the inns and the justice; Book III Wilson and the roasting squire; Book IV the parish, the law, and the discovery.

Test yourself

1. Give Fielding's own definition of the form and explain each part. "A comic romance is a comic epic poem in prose." Epic because its action is extended and comprehensive with many incidents and characters; in prose because it has every part of an epic except metre; comic because its fable and action are light and ridiculous rather than grave; and it introduces persons of inferior rank where a serious romance sets the highest before us.

2. What is the difference between the comic and the burlesque, according to Fielding? The burlesque exhibits what is monstrous and unnatural, and its pleasure comes from surprising absurdity, such as giving the manners of the highest to the lowest. The comic confines itself strictly to nature, and Fielding allows burlesque in his diction but excludes it from his characters and sentiments.

3. How is the novel connected to Pamela? Joseph is presented as Pamela's brother, and the opening parodies Richardson's novel by making a footman resist his mistress on the same principles of chastity that made Pamela famous.

4. Why is Fielding's biography relevant to this novel? Because he was a barrister and later the Bow Street magistrate, and the novel's justices, constables, depositions and settlement disputes are drawn from what he saw in that work rather than invented.

5. What is a mittimus, and why does it matter in this book? The warrant by which a justice commits a person to prison. It matters because the novel shows a mittimus being ordered before the accused has been heard, and later burnt the moment a squire asks for the prisoners.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in82

Chapter Sixteen

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books I and II

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

Joseph, a handsome footman, refuses his widowed mistress and is dismissed, is robbed and stripped on the road home, is rescued by Parson Adams, and the two of them travel together through a series of inns, coaches and magistrates that show what happens to poor people who need help.

Book I: London, the dismissal, and the road

Chapters I to III. Fielding opens by discussing the writing of lives, and Pamela in particular. He introduces Joseph Andrews, his birth and parentage, and then Mr Abraham Adams, the curate of the parish, a man of great learning, great poverty and no worldly sense at all, with a wife and six children on twenty-three pounds a year.

Chapters IV to VIII. The Booby household goes to London. Sir Thomas Booby dies, and his widow's mourning is described with heavy irony. Lady Booby then makes advances to Joseph, first through hints and finally directly. Mrs Slipslop, the chambermaid, makes her own attempt. Joseph writes to his sister Pamela that he is being pressed and intends to keep his virtue, which is the parody of Richardson at its plainest.

Chapters IX and X. Joseph refuses. Lady Booby, humiliated, has him dismissed, and Peter Pounce, the steward who lends money to the servants at interest, settles his account. Joseph leaves London on foot with very little money.

Chapter XI. He sets out to walk home, thinking of Fanny Goodwill, the dairymaid he loves.

Chapter XII, the scene every law student should know. Joseph is attacked on the road by two robbers, stripped entirely naked, beaten and thrown into a ditch. A stage-coach comes by, the postillion hears him groan, and the coachman wants to drive on because they are late and have "no time to look after dead men". What follows is dealt with in full in the chapter on law in this novel, but note the shape: a lady refuses to have a naked man in the coach, two gentlemen will not lend a greatcoat, and the only person who helps is the postillion, who gives up his only garment and is described in a parenthesis as a lad who has since been transported for stealing from a hen-roost.

Chapters XIII to XVIII. Joseph is taken to the Tow-wouse inn. Mrs Tow-wouse objects to a guest who cannot pay. Parson Barnabas visits him with religious comfort of a very thin kind. Adams arrives, having set out for London to publish his sermons, and recognises Joseph. The thief who robbed Joseph is caught and then escapes. Betty the chambermaid, whose history closes the book, is kind to Joseph and is dismissed for a fault of her own.

munotes.in83

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books I and II

Book II: the road, the inns, and the magistrate

Chapters I to III. Fielding opens with a comic essay on why authors divide books into chapters. Then the sermons: Adams discovers that the nine volumes he set out to sell in London were never in his saddlebags at all, because his wife had packed shirts instead. He turns back, and the journey home becomes the novel.

They meet two lawyers at an inn who give opposite opinions of the same gentleman, one praising him and one damning him, and both, it turns out, are describing their own interests rather than the man.

Chapters IV to VII, the history of Leonora. A lady in the coach tells the story of Leonora, the unfortunate jilt, who abandons her betrothed Horatio for the richer and showier Bellarmine, and is abandoned in turn when Bellarmine learns her father will give her nothing. It is an inset tale, told in two parts, and its subject is the same as the novel's: people who calculate.

Chapters VIII to X. Adams falls into conversation with a gentleman who talks magnificently about bravery and heroic virtue and offers to do anything for a friend. A scream is heard. The gentleman runs away. Adams goes to the rescue, knocks down a man who is attempting to rape a young woman, and discovers that the woman is Fanny Goodwill, who had set out to find Joseph after hearing he was hurt.

Chapter XI, before the justice. The rescued and the rescuer are both arrested. The attacker accuses Adams and Fanny of robbing him, and their fellow travellers, hoping for the reward, take them before a justice of the peace. The scene is treated in full in the chapter on law in this novel. In short: the justice is drunk and just back from a fox chase, the company make jokes about Fanny, the depositions are sworn without being read, the mittimus is ordered, Adams is refused a hearing, his Greek manuscript of Aeschylus is taken for a cipher in a plot against the Government, and the whole thing collapses the moment a squire recognises Adams and says he is a gentleman.

Chapters XII and XIII. Joseph and Fanny are reunited at an inn. Mrs Slipslop, travelling in a coach, refuses to know Fanny, and Fielding writes a mock dissertation on high people and low people, which is one of the sharpest things in the book: the ladder of contempt runs all the way down, and everybody is looking down at somebody.

Chapters XIV to XVII. Adams, out of money, walks to the house of parson Trulliber, a fellow clergyman who keeps pigs, to borrow fourteen shillings. Trulliber first takes him for a pig dealer, then, when he learns Adams wants a loan, throws him out and tells him he is no Christian. A poor pedlar, who has almost nothing, then lends Adams the money. Later, a gentleman promises Adams a living, horses, and every kindness, and vanishes before morning.

munotes.in84

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books I and II

The pattern of Book II, and how to use it in an essay

Notice that Fielding builds the same shape three times.

Who is askedWho has the meansWho actually helps
The coach passengers, Book I chapter XIITwo gentlemen, a lady, a coachmanThe postillion, who has one coat
Parson Trulliber, Book II chapter XIVA clergyman with land and pigsA pedlar with almost nothing
The promising gentleman, Book II chapter XVIA man offering horses and a livingNobody; he disappears

That table is worth reproducing in any answer on charity in the novel. Fielding's argument is not that the rich are wicked and the poor are good. It is that professions of goodness are worthless and that only conduct counts, and he proves it by putting the same test three times to different people.

What beginners get wrong

They tell the Pamela joke as though it were the whole book. It is Book I. From the moment Adams turns back for his sermons, the novel belongs to him.

They forget the inset stories. Leonora in Book II and Wilson in Book III are set in examinations, and a candidate who cannot say what they are about has read half the novel.

They treat the justice scene as farce. It is funny, and it also shows a man being committed to gaol on unread depositions and saved only by being vouched for as a gentleman.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "that he would rather ride in his shirt all his life than suffer a fellow-creature to lie in so miserable a condition."

The two-sentence answer. These words are sworn by the postillion of the stage-coach in Book I chapter XII of Fielding's Joseph Andrews, as he strips off his only garment to cover Joseph, who has been robbed, beaten and left naked in a ditch, after two gentlemen, a lady and the coachman have all refused him a greatcoat. Fielding adds in a parenthesis that this lad has since been transported for robbing a hen-roost, so that the single act of real charity in the scene is performed by a person the law has since punished as a thief.

The examiner's likely follow-up. Why does Fielding mention the transportation? Because the whole novel argues that goodness is shown by conduct and never by profession, and this is the sharpest possible instance of it.

Quick revision

Book I: Joseph in London; Lady Booby's advances and Mrs Slipslop's; the refusal; the dismissal; Peter Pounce; the robbery and the coach; the Tow-wouse inn; Betty.

munotes.in85

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books I and II

Book II: the sermons left behind; the two lawyers; the history of Leonora; the boasting gentleman who runs from a scream; Adams rescues Fanny; the arrest and the drunk justice; the mittimus and the Aeschylus manuscript; the reunion; high people and low people; parson Trulliber; the pedlar's loan; the gentleman of promises.

The pattern: three times somebody with means refuses help and somebody with nothing gives it.

Test yourself

1. Why does Adams turn back from London? Because he discovers that the nine volumes of sermons he meant to sell were never in his saddlebags. His wife had packed shirts instead, thinking he would need them more.

2. What happens to Joseph in Book I chapter XII? He is attacked by two robbers on the road, stripped naked, beaten and thrown into a ditch, and is picked up by a stage-coach whose passengers argue about whether to take him in, none of whom will lend him a coat except the postillion.

3. Who is Trulliber, and what is his function? A fellow clergyman with a farm and pigs who refuses to lend Adams fourteen shillings and tells him he is no Christian. He exists to be compared with the pedlar, who has almost nothing and lends the money.

4. Who rescues Fanny, and what happens next? Parson Adams, who knocks down her attacker. The attacker then accuses Adams and Fanny of robbing him, and both are taken before a justice of the peace.

5. What is the history of Leonora about? A young woman who abandons her betrothed Horatio for the richer and more fashionable Bellarmine, and is then abandoned by Bellarmine when he learns her father will settle nothing on her. It is told by a lady in the coach, in two parts.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in86

Chapter Seventeen

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

On the last stage of the journey the travellers hear Mr Wilson's life story and are tormented by a squire who hunts Adams with dogs and tries to seduce Fanny, and back in the parish Lady Booby uses a lawyer, a justice and the law of settlement to stop Joseph and Fanny marrying, until the discovery of who Joseph really is settles everything.

Book III: Wilson, the hounds, and the roasting

Chapters I and II. Fielding opens with a chapter in praise of biography, arguing that his kind of writing describes not men but manners, not an individual but a species. The travellers, walking at night, mistake a light for a gang of murderers and take shelter with a gentleman who invites them in.

Chapter III, the history of Mr Wilson. This is the second long inset story and the more important one. Wilson tells his life: a young gentleman who went to London, fell into fashionable vice, gambling, debt, and a spell in prison, and was rescued and reformed by a good woman who became his wife. They now live quietly in the country with three children. He tells Adams that fortune has paid all her debts in this retirement, and then adds one loss he cannot mend.

he was stolen away from my door by some wicked travelling people whom they call gipsies; nor could I ever, with the most diligent search, recover him.

Chapter IV. Wilson's way of living is described, and a savage neighbour's dog kills the family's pet. The chapter also contains the detail on which the whole ending turns: Wilson says he would know his lost son among ten thousand, because he had a mark on his left breast of a strawberry.

Chapters V and VI. Adams and Joseph dispute about schools, public against private education. Then the hunting adventure: a squire's hounds, out on the hunt, turn on Adams and pull him down, and Joseph beats them off.

Chapter VII, the scene of roasting. The squire takes the party home, and the meaning of his hospitality becomes clear at once. He is a bachelor of about forty, brought up by a mother and a tutor who never corrected him, who since fifteen has done nothing but hunt and drink. He orders his servants to make Joseph drunk, intends the same for Adams, and means to get Fanny alone. "Roasting" here means the systematic mockery of a guest for the amusement of the company, and the squire's friends are professionals at it.

Chapters VIII to XII. The party escapes, and the squire's men pursue them and seize Fanny. Joseph and Adams give chase, and a servant of Lady Booby's happens to rescue her. Between these, Fielding inserts a comic dialogue between a poet and a player, each blaming the other for the failure of a play, and a chapter in which Adams offers Joseph consolation.

munotes.in87

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV

Chapter XIII, Peter Pounce. Adams rides with Lady Booby's steward, who has grown rich lending money to servants, and they quarrel about charity. Pounce's view is that charity is a mean virtue, mostly practised by the poor because they have nothing else to give. Adams walks the rest of the way rather than sit beside him.

Book IV: the parish, the law, and the discovery

Chapters I and II. Lady Booby returns to Booby-hall and finds that Joseph is back, in her parish, and about to marry Fanny. She sends for Adams and orders him not to publish the banns. Adams answers with the line MU set on the paper.

Madam, if any one puts in a sufficient caution, and assigns a proper reason against them, I am willing to surcease.

Banns are the public announcement of an intended marriage in church on three Sundays, so that anybody with a lawful objection may state it. To surcease is to stop. Adams is saying that he will stop if there is a lawful objection, and Lady Booby's objection is that the couple are poor. His reply is the moral centre of the book: the poor have little share enough of this world already, and it would be barbarous to deny them the common privileges nature indulges to them.

Chapter III, lawyer Scout. Lady Booby turns to a lawyer, and the chapter is dealt with in full in the chapter on law in this novel. In outline: Scout explains that a year's service gains a settlement, that is, the right to be relieved by that parish, and then explains how the law can be made not to apply. He proposes taking Joseph before Justice Frolick, who will commit him on hearing Lady Booby's name.

Chapter IV. Mr Booby, Lady Booby's nephew, arrives with his new wife, who is Pamela, Joseph's sister.

Chapter V, the justice business. Joseph and Fanny are committed to Bridewell for a month on a deposition, printed in the novel in the justice's own spelling, that Joseph cut one hazel twig of the value of three halfpence and that Fanny carried it. Mr Booby arrives, asks what the crime is, and is told by the lawyer that it was leniency: "if we had called it a young tree, they would have been both hanged". The justice hands the prisoners over to the squire, burns the mittimus, and the constable is sent about his business.

Chapters VI to IX. Joseph and Pamela meet as brother and sister. Mr Booby gives Joseph the grave advice of a new gentleman to a new relation. Lady Booby, still hoping, pays a visit to the parson.

munotes.in88

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV

Chapter VIII, the scene readers remember. Adams is lecturing Joseph on not setting his heart too absolutely on any person, since a Christian must be able to resign whatever Providence takes, when a man rushes in to say that Adams's youngest son is drowned. Adams stamps about the room in the bitterest agony, and when Joseph offers him back his own arguments he answers, "Child, child, do not go about impossibilities." The boy then walks in alive, saved by the same poor pedlar who lent Adams the fourteen shillings in Book II. As soon as the joy is over, Adams turns to Joseph and begins the lecture again.

Chapters X to XIV. Beau Didapper, a fashionable little man, makes advances to Fanny and is knocked down by Joseph. The pedlar reappears with information about Fanny's parentage. Lady Booby wrestles with her own feelings. The night adventures follow, in which Didapper gets into the wrong bedroom, Adams ends up in Mrs Slipslop's bed by mistake, and the confusion is sorted out by daylight.

Chapter XV, the solution. Gaffar and Gammar Andrews arrive. The pedlar's information is that Fanny was stolen in infancy by gypsies and sold, and Mrs Andrews confirms that a daughter was stolen from her and that a boy was left in the cradle in her place. For a few pages Joseph and Fanny appear to be brother and sister, which would make their marriage impossible.

Then the mark. Mrs Andrews recalls a strawberry on the breast of the boy who was left. Adams starts at the word, and Mr Wilson, who has arrived on his way to visit Adams, recognises it as the mark of his own stolen son.

I have discovered my son, I have him again in my arms!

So Fanny is the Andrewses' daughter and Pamela's sister; Joseph is Mr Wilson's son and no relation to Fanny at all.

Chapter XVI. Joseph and Fanny are married by Adams, Mr Booby gives Fanny two thousand pounds, and Joseph settles near his newly found father. Adams is given a living worth one hundred and thirty pounds a year, which is nearly six times what he had.

The two discoveries, and what to say about them

An examiner may ask whether the ending is a weakness. Take the question seriously.

The case that it is. It is the oldest device in comic fiction: a birthmark, gypsies, a lost heir. Nothing in the plot earns it, and every difficulty is solved by information nobody could have found.

The case that it is not. The whole novel has been about people being judged by rank rather than conduct. The justice will not commit a gentleman; the coach passengers will not lend a coat to a naked man; Lady Booby will not have a footman marry in her parish. The ending simply changes Joseph's rank and shows everybody's behaviour changing with it, which is the joke and the argument at once.

munotes.in89

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV

What beginners get wrong

They forget Wilson's story is the key to the ending. The strawberry mark is planted in Book III chapter IV and used in Book IV chapter XV.

They call the roasting squire a minor character. He is the novel's picture of what an uneducated man with money and no restraint does to people who cannot resist him, and the scene is set for exactly that reason.

They miss the point of the drowning scene. Adams is not being mocked for hypocrisy. He is being shown to be human, and Fielding's affection for him is at its clearest in the moment his own philosophy fails him.

A worked answer

Question. "How is the mystery of Joseph's birth solved, and where is it prepared?"

A model answer. It is prepared in Book III chapter IV, where Mr Wilson, having told Adams the story of his life, says that his eldest son was stolen from his door by gypsies and that he would know the boy among ten thousand because he had a mark on his left breast of a strawberry. It is solved in Book IV chapter XV, when Gaffar and Gammar Andrews arrive and Mrs Andrews recalls that a daughter was stolen from her and a boy left in the cradle in her place, and that the boy had a strawberry on his breast. For a few pages Joseph and Fanny appear to be brother and sister, which would make their marriage impossible, and then Mr Wilson, arriving on a visit to Adams, hears the word strawberry and recognises the mark of his own son.

The judgment to add. The device is as old as comic fiction, and Fielding uses it deliberately: the whole novel has shown people judged by rank rather than conduct, and the ending changes Joseph's rank without changing Joseph, so that everyone else's behaviour to him changes and his own does not.

Quick revision

Book III: praise of biography; the night scene; Mr Wilson's history, his reform, and his son stolen by gypsies with a strawberry mark on the left breast; the hunting dogs turned on Adams; the roasting squire and his design on Fanny; the poet and the player; Peter Pounce on charity.

Book IV: Lady Booby orders the banns stopped and Adams answers that he will surcease only on a proper reason; lawyer Scout and the law of settlement; the twig deposition and Bridewell; the mittimus burnt for a squire; Adams and the drowned son who is not drowned; Beau Didapper; the night confusions; the pedlar's information; the strawberry mark; Joseph is Wilson's son, Fanny is the Andrewses' daughter, and they marry.

munotes.in90

Joseph Andrews: the Story, Books III and IV

Test yourself

1. What is the strawberry mark, and where is it planted? The mark on the left breast of Mr Wilson's stolen son, mentioned in Book III chapter IV when Wilson says he would know the boy among ten thousand. It is used in Book IV chapter XV to identify Joseph.

2. What is the crime for which Joseph and Fanny are committed to Bridewell? Cutting one hazel twig worth about three halfpence, on lawyer Scout's land, Fanny having carried it. The deposition is set out in the novel in the justice's own spelling.

3. Explain Adams's line about surceasing. He is telling Lady Booby that he will stop publishing the banns of Joseph and Fanny's marriage if anybody enters a sufficient caution and gives a proper reason. He refuses to accept poverty as a reason.

4. What is the point of the roasting squire? He shows what an uneducated man with a large fortune and no restraint does with people who cannot resist him: he hunts a clergyman with dogs, makes his guests drunk, and plans an assault on a girl, all as entertainment.

5. Why does Adams's grief for his son matter? Because he has just been telling Joseph that a Christian must be able to resign anything Providence takes, and he cannot do it himself. Fielding uses it not to expose him as a hypocrite but to show that his goodness is human rather than doctrinal.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in91

Chapter Eighteen

Law in Joseph Andrews

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

Fielding puts the law into this novel four times, and every time it works against the person who needs it: a lawyer in a coach helps a dying man only to avoid being charged with his murder, a drunk justice commits an innocent parson without hearing him, a country lawyer explains how to defeat the law of settlement, and two people go to Bridewell for cutting a twig.

Scene one: the coach, and the lawyer's reason for helping

Where. Book I chapter XII, after Joseph is robbed, stripped naked, beaten and thrown into a ditch.

What happens. A stage-coach stops because the postillion hears him groan. The coachman wants to drive on, since they are late and have "no time to look after dead men". A lady screams at the idea of a naked man and tells the coachman to drive on and leave him. An old gentleman's reaction to the word "robbed" is that they should hurry, or they will be robbed too.

Then the lawyer speaks, and this is the passage to know.

A young man who belonged to the law answered, "He wished they had passed by without taking any notice; but that now they might be proved to have been last in his company; if he should die they might be called to some account for his murder."

He adds that they should save the man's life for their own sakes, and that if he dies they should at least prevent the jury finding that they fled for it. When the coachman refuses to carry Joseph without a shilling, the lawyer threatens him: he bids him deny taking him up at his peril, for if the man dies the coachman will be indicted for his murder, and if he lives and brings an action, the lawyer "would willingly take a brief in it".

What Fielding is showing. This is the parable of the Good Samaritan rewritten with lawyers in it. The priest and the Levite pass by; here the respectable passengers do the same. The Samaritan is the postillion, who has one coat and gives it, and whom Fielding identifies in a parenthesis as "a lad who hath been since transported for robbing a hen-roost". The one decent act in the scene is performed by a convicted thief.

The lawyer is the sharpest stroke. He gets the right result for entirely wrong reasons. He is not moved by the naked man at all; he is calculating exposure to a charge of murder and to a civil action. Fielding's target is not the law itself but a habit of mind in which every human situation is first assessed for risk.

A worked question. "Discuss Fielding's treatment of charity in the coach scene." The answer is that Fielding separates the act from the motive. Joseph is saved, so the outcome is charitable, but the only person acting from charity owns nothing, and the man who produces the outcome is thinking about a jury.

munotes.in92

Law in Joseph Andrews

Scene two: before the justice

Where. Book II chapter XI, after Adams rescues Fanny from a man attempting to rape her, and the attacker accuses them both of robbing him.

The failures, in order. Each one is a separate point in an answer.

  1. The justice is not fit to sit. He has just returned from a fox chase, has not finished his dinner, and is "in the height of his mirth and his cups". He orders the prisoners into the stable while he eats.
  2. He decides before he hears. He begins by reviling them, saying robberies on the highway are so frequent that people cannot sleep safely in their beds, and assures them they will both be made examples of at the ensuing assizes.
  3. The depositions are a formality. He only takes them because his clerk reminds him, and he lights his pipe while they are written. When they are ready, he "having sworn the several witnesses without reading a syllable, ordered his clerk to make the mittimus".
  4. The court amuses itself with the accused. The company make jokes about Fanny, one offering himself to her, another saying she is related to the highwayman Turpin. Adams is challenged to cap Latin verses.
  5. A hearing is refused in terms. Adams says he hopes he will not be condemned unheard. The justice answers that he is not being tried, only committed, and that if he can prove his innocence at the assizes he will be found ignoramus and no harm done. Adams's reply is the sentence to quote.

Is it no punishment, sir, for an innocent man to lie several months in gaol?

  1. Evidence is invented out of ignorance. A Greek manuscript of Aeschylus in Adams's pocket is taken for a book in cipher, and the justice concludes that the prisoner "may be in a plot against the Government". The parish parson, asked to identify it, guesses that it is a manuscript of one of the Fathers and that the beginning is the catechism in Greek.
  2. And then rank decides everything. A squire recognises Adams and says he is a clergyman of good character. The justice's position reverses instantly: he does not desire to commit a gentleman, he will commit the woman by herself and take bail for the man, and he adds the line that gives the whole scene away.

Nobody can say I have committed a gentleman since I have been in the commission.

munotes.in93

Law in Joseph Andrews

What Fielding is showing. That committal on unread depositions is a punishment in itself, and that the protection of the law in the eighteenth-century countryside depended on being recognised as a gentleman. Adams is saved by a squire's word, not by evidence, and Fanny would have gone to gaol alone if Adams had not insisted.

Scene three: lawyer Scout, and the law of settlement

Where. Book IV chapter III.

What the law was. Under the settlement laws, every poor person had a settlement, that is, a parish legally bound to relieve them if they became destitute. Parishes therefore fought to prevent poor people acquiring a settlement in them. One way of gaining one was a year's service in the parish, and marriage fixed a man in fact where he was settled in law.

What Scout does with it. Lady Booby wants Joseph and Fanny out of the parish so that their children will not become a charge on it. Scout tells her that no lawyer can alter the law, and then offers the thing that matters.

The utmost that was in the power of a lawyer was to prevent the law's taking effect.

He then produces a distinction between being "settled in law" and "settled in fact", argues that his earlier opinion referred only to the former, and concludes that if they can prove Joseph is not settled in fact he is not an inhabitant, and if not an inhabitant then not of the parish, and so the banns need not be published. He advises taking Joseph before Justice Frolick, "who, upon hearing your ladyship's name, will commit him without any farther questions".

Fielding's own note on him. The narrator stops to explain that Scout is one of those men who, without any knowledge of the law or being bred to it, take upon them in defiance of an Act of Parliament to act as lawyers in the country. They are, he says, "the pests of society, and a scandal to a profession, to which indeed they do not belong".

Why that note matters. Fielding is a lawyer defending his own profession while attacking its imitators, and an essay should notice the distinction. His target is not law but the use of legal forms by people who understand neither the law nor any duty attached to it.

Scene four: the twig, and the deposition

Where. Book IV chapter V.

What happens. Joseph and Fanny are committed to Bridewell for a month, with talk of "a little stripping and whipping", on a deposition the justice has written himself in the absence of his clerk. Fielding reproduces it, spelling and all: that Thomas Trotter saw Joseph Andrews and Francis Goodwill walk across a field belonging to lawyer Scout, out of the path, and there saw Joseph "with a nife cut one hassel twig, of the value, as he believes, of three half-pence, or thereabouts", and that Fanny received and carried the twig and was thereby "cumfarting, eading, and abatting".

munotes.in94

Law in Joseph Andrews

Mr Booby asks whether they would commit two persons to Bridewell for a twig. The lawyer's answer is the line every reader remembers.

"Yes," said the lawyer, "and with great lenity too; for if we had called it a young tree, they would have been both hanged."

The three points in it. First, the charge is dressed as larceny for a thing worth three halfpence. Second, the choice of the word "twig" rather than "young tree" is what stands between a month in Bridewell and the gallows, so the accused's life depends on the drafting. Third, the justice admits privately that the real reason is Lady Booby's wish to get them out of the parish, and that Scout will tell the constable to let them run away if they please.

The ending of the scene. Mr Booby asks for the prisoners to be delivered into his custody, and they are, immediately. The justice burns the mittimus, the constable is sent about his business, and the lawyer makes no complaint. Rank again, in three lines.

The pattern across all four scenes

SceneThe rule invokedWho it protects
The coachLiability for murder, and an action for refusalThe passengers, from being blamed
The justiceThe power to commit on depositionNobody. It punishes before trial
Lawyer ScoutThe law of settlementThe parish, and Lady Booby's convenience
The twigLarceny, and the choice of a wordLawyer Scout's twig

In not one of the four does a rule protect the person it was made for. That sentence is a good thesis for an essay on law in this novel.

What beginners get wrong

They say Fielding attacks the law. He attacks bad justices, unqualified attorneys and the settlement laws. He was a magistrate, and the narrator explicitly defends the profession against men like Scout.

They describe the justice scene as comedy only. It contains a refusal to hear an accused man and a committal on unread depositions.

They forget the postillion. The one act of real charity comes from a boy who is later transported for stealing, and leaving him out of an answer on this novel loses its best point.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss Fielding's satire of the law in Joseph Andrews."

Paragraph one, the position. Fielding does not attack the law. He was a barrister and the Bow Street magistrate, and his narrator expressly defends the profession against men like lawyer Scout, who are not lawyers at all. What he attacks is the operation of legal machinery in the hands of the drunk, the ignorant and the interested, and he shows it four times.

munotes.in95

Law in Joseph Andrews

Paragraph two, the coach. A young lawyer argues for taking a dying man into the coach because the passengers may be proved to have been last in his company and may be called to account for his murder. The right thing is done for a reason that has nothing to do with the man in the ditch.

Paragraph three, the justice. A magistrate just back from a fox chase swears witnesses without reading their depositions, orders a mittimus, and refuses Adams a hearing, telling him he may prove his innocence at the assizes. Adams's reply is the sentence to quote: is it no punishment for an innocent man to lie several months in gaol. Then a squire vouches for him and everything reverses, on the principle the justice states himself, that nobody can say he has committed a gentleman.

Paragraph four, the twig. Two people are committed to Bridewell for a month on a deposition about a hazel twig worth three halfpence, and the lawyer calls it lenity, because had they called it a young tree both would have hanged. The justice admits privately that the real reason is Lady Booby's wish to clear the parish.

Conclusion. In none of the four does a rule protect the person it was made for, and in the last three the deciding factor is rank. That is the satire: not that the law is broken, but that it works.

Quick revision

Book I chapter XII: the lawyer helps Joseph to avoid being charged with his murder; the postillion, later transported, gives his only coat.

Book II chapter XI: a drunk justice, jokes about the accused, depositions sworn without being read, a mittimus ordered, a hearing refused, Aeschylus taken for cipher, and everything reversed when a squire calls Adams a gentleman.

Adams's question: is it no punishment for an innocent man to lie several months in gaol?

Book IV chapter III: Scout on settlement, and that a lawyer's power is to prevent the law taking effect; Fielding's note that such men are not lawyers at all.

Book IV chapter V: the deposition about a hazel twig worth three halfpence; "if we had called it a young tree, they would have been both hanged"; the mittimus burnt when a squire asks.

Test yourself

1. Why does the lawyer in the coach argue for taking Joseph in? Not out of pity. Because they might be proved to have been last in his company, so if he died they might be called to account for his murder, and he wants to prevent a jury finding that they fled for it.

munotes.in96

Law in Joseph Andrews

2. Who actually helps Joseph, and why does the detail matter? The postillion, who strips off his only garment and swears he would rather ride in his shirt all his life than let a fellow creature lie in that condition. Fielding adds that he has since been transported for robbing a hen-roost, so the only charitable person in the scene is a convicted thief.

3. List three defects in the justice's conduct in Book II chapter XI. He is drunk and has prejudged the case; he swears the witnesses without reading their depositions and orders a mittimus; and he refuses Adams a hearing, then reverses himself entirely when a squire vouches that Adams is a gentleman.

4. What does Scout say a lawyer can do about a law he cannot change? That the utmost in a lawyer's power is to prevent the law's taking effect, which he offers to do for Lady Booby as well as anybody.

5. Explain the lawyer's remark about the young tree. Joseph was charged with cutting a hazel twig worth three halfpence and committed to Bridewell. The lawyer says this was lenient, because had they described the same act as cutting a young tree it would have been a capital offence and both would have hanged. The point is that the accused's life turned on the choice of a word in the charge.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in97

Chapter Nineteen

Characters in Joseph Andrews

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

Parson Adams is the good man of the book, learned, poor, brave and hopeless at everything practical; Joseph is the servant who says no; Fanny is the girl everyone in the book tries to take; and Lady Booby is a woman with power who cannot get the one thing she wants.

Parson Abraham Adams

Placing. Abraham Adams is the curate of Lady Booby's parish, a clergyman of great learning and no worldly sense, who walks across England beside Joseph and is the real hero of the novel.

He is genuinely learned, and it is useless to him. He knows Greek and Latin, carries a manuscript of Aeschylus that he transcribed himself, and can correct a gentleman's Latin verse on the spot. In the world of the book that learning gets him mistaken for a robber carrying a book in cipher, and taunted by a wit who has forgotten his own schooling.

He is desperately poor and never complains of it. He has a wife and six children on twenty-three pounds a year. He sets out for London to sell nine volumes of sermons, and the entire expedition collapses because his wife packed shirts instead. He has to borrow fourteen shillings from a pedlar because a fellow clergyman refuses him.

He is brave without calculating. When a woman screams, the gentleman who has just been discoursing on heroic virtue runs away and Adams runs towards it, and knocks down her attacker. He is set on by hounds and fights them. He is the only person in the coach scene's moral world who would have acted at once, and Fielding puts him elsewhere at that moment precisely so we can see the others.

He judges by conduct and not by rank, which is the point of him. He will not stop the banns because a couple are poor, and he tells Lady Booby that the poor have little enough share of this world already. He rebukes Peter Pounce for calling charity a mean virtue.

He is human, and Fielding proves it in the one scene that matters. He is telling Joseph that a Christian must be able to resign anything Providence takes when he is told his youngest son has drowned. He stamps about the room in agony, and when Joseph offers back his own arguments he says: "Child, child, do not go about impossibilities." The boy is alive. Adams then turns round and begins the same lecture again.

What he is for. He is Fielding's answer to the question the whole novel asks: what does a good person actually look like. The answer is somebody ridiculous, poor, easily fooled, wrong about almost everything practical, and completely reliable when it costs him something.

munotes.in98

Characters in Joseph Andrews

Joseph Andrews

Placing. Joseph is a footman in Lady Booby's household, the brother of Richardson's Pamela, and the title character.

He begins as a joke and stops being one. The parody requires a handsome young man who protects his chastity from his mistress and writes to his sister about it. By Book II he is a serious young man who has been robbed, stripped and abandoned, and who takes his part in every fight in the book.

He is loyal and physically capable. He beats the hounds off Adams, knocks down Beau Didapper for insulting Fanny, and is the one who notices that the sermons are not in the saddlebags.

He grows. By Book IV he can answer Adams back. When Adams resumes his lecture on not setting the heart too absolutely on any person, Joseph interrupts to say that it is easier to give advice than to take it, and he is right.

What he is for. He is the ordinary decent person the plot happens to, and the vehicle of the novel's argument about rank: he behaves in exactly the same way before and after he is discovered to be a gentleman's son, and everybody else's behaviour to him changes completely.

Fanny Goodwill

Placing. Fanny is a dairymaid, Joseph's beloved, and, as the last book reveals, the Andrewses' own daughter, stolen in infancy by gypsies.

She is defined by what other people try to do to her. A man attempts to rape her and is knocked down by Adams. The roasting squire's household plans to get her companions drunk so that the squire can get at her. Beau Didapper makes advances and is knocked down. She is jeered at by a room of gentlemen in front of a magistrate.

She is not weak. She sets out alone to find Joseph when she hears he has been hurt, and she refuses to be seated at the squire's table away from him.

She has little to say, and that is a criticism worth making. Fielding gives her beauty, constancy and danger, and very few words. A candidate who notices that, and says the novel is more interested in what happens to her than in what she thinks, is making a real critical point rather than repeating a summary.

What she is for. She is the test the novel applies to every man in it. How a man behaves towards a beautiful girl with no money and no protector is Fielding's quickest way of telling you what he is.

Lady Booby

Placing. Lady Booby is the widow of Sir Thomas Booby, Joseph's mistress in the household sense, and the antagonist of the novel.

She is genuinely in the grip of something. The mourning for her husband is mocked, but the desire for Joseph is not a joke to her, and Book IV gives her a chapter of real inner conflict between her passion and her pride.

munotes.in99

Characters in Joseph Andrews

She uses power because persuasion fails. She cannot make Joseph want her, so she dismisses him. She cannot stop his marriage by asking, so she orders Adams to stop the banns. When he refuses, she sends for a lawyer, and the lawyer sends for a justice.

She is the novel's clearest statement of how the law reaches a poor person. Nothing she does is violent. She speaks to a lawyer, who speaks to a justice, and two young people end up in Bridewell over a hazel twig.

What she is for. She shows that the danger to Joseph and Fanny is not wickedness but ordinary social power used without restraint by somebody who never has to see the consequences.

The others, in short

Mrs Slipslop. Lady Booby's chambermaid, who also wants Joseph and who mangles long words at every opportunity. She refuses to recognise Fanny in the coach, which sets up Fielding's essay on high people and low people.

Peter Pounce. Lady Booby's steward, grown rich by lending money to the servants at heavy interest. He tells Adams that charity is a mean virtue, mostly a matter of the poor giving to the poor, and Adams gets out of his coach rather than travel with him.

Parson Trulliber. A clergyman with a farm, who mistakes Adams for a pig dealer, refuses him fourteen shillings, and tells him he is no Christian. He is the anti-Adams: the same office, the opposite man.

The pedlar. Poor, unnamed for most of the book, and the person who lends Adams the money, saves his son from drowning, and supplies the information that resolves Fanny's parentage. Fielding gives every decisive act of kindness in the novel to people with nothing.

Mr Wilson. The gentleman whose life story fills Book III, a reformed man of the town living quietly in the country, and, as it turns out, Joseph's father.

Beau Didapper. A small fashionable man of no substance who tries to buy Fanny's favour and is knocked down.

Distinctions worth a table

AdamsTrulliber
OfficeCurateClergyman with a farm
WealthTwenty-three pounds a year, six childrenPigs, land, comfortable
Response to a fellow clergyman in needWould give what he has not gotRefuses fourteen shillings and calls him no Christian
LearningGreek and Latin, a manuscript of AeschylusNot shown
FunctionThe good manThe proof that the office is not the man

What beginners get wrong

They reduce Adams to absent-mindedness. The forgotten sermons are one joke. His courage, his poverty and his refusal to stop a poor couple's marriage are the character.

munotes.in100

Characters in Joseph Andrews

They call Joseph the hero and stop. Say why the book is named after him and yet belongs to Adams, and you have made an argument.

They ignore Fanny's silence. Noticing it is worth more than describing her beauty for a page.

They treat Lady Booby as a comic villain. Book IV gives her genuine internal conflict, and her power is the real threat in the plot.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a character sketch of Parson Adams."

A model answer. Abraham Adams is the curate of Lady Booby's parish and the true hero of Joseph Andrews, a man of great learning, no worldly sense, and complete moral reliability. His learning is real and useless to him: he carries a manuscript of Aeschylus that he transcribed himself, and it gets him taken before a justice as a man with a book in cipher who may be in a plot against the Government. His poverty is extreme and never complained of: he keeps a wife and six children on twenty-three pounds a year, sets out to sell nine volumes of sermons that his wife has replaced with shirts, and has to borrow fourteen shillings from a pedlar after a fellow clergyman refuses him. His courage is instinctive: when a woman screams, the gentleman who has just been discoursing on heroic virtue runs away and Adams runs towards it. And his judgment is by conduct and never by rank: he refuses Lady Booby's order to stop the banns because the parties are poor, telling her that the poor have little share enough of this world already. Fielding's final touch is the one that makes him human rather than a model: told that his youngest son has drowned, he stamps about the room in agony, and when Joseph gives him back his own arguments about resignation he answers, "Child, child, do not go about impossibilities."

Why it scores. Five qualities, each proved by an incident, and a closing detail that complicates rather than repeats.

Quick revision

Adams: learned, poor, brave, unworldly, judges by conduct, and breaks down over his son after preaching resignation.

Joseph: begins as a parody of Pamela, becomes a serious young man, behaves identically before and after his rank changes.

Fanny: constant, endangered by every man with power in the book, given very little to say.

Lady Booby: uses dismissal, then a parson, then a lawyer, then a justice, and never touches anybody herself.

Slipslop, Peter Pounce, Trulliber, the pedlar, Wilson, Didapper: the supporting cast, and the pedlar is the one who matters.

Test yourself

1. Write the opening sentence of a character sketch of Parson Adams. Abraham Adams is the poor and learned curate who walks home across England beside Joseph, and he is the character in whom Fielding puts everything he means by goodness: courage without calculation, charity without means, and an almost total incapacity to look after himself.

munotes.in101

Characters in Joseph Andrews

2. Why is the drowning scene the best evidence in a sketch of Adams? Because it shows the gap between his doctrine and his heart. He is preaching resignation to Providence when he is told his son is dead, cannot practise a word of it, and then resumes the lecture the moment the boy is found alive.

3. What is the function of Parson Trulliber? To be Adams's opposite in the same office. He has land, pigs and money, refuses a fellow clergyman fourteen shillings, and tells him he is no Christian, which proves that the office guarantees nothing.

4. What criticism can fairly be made of Fielding's handling of Fanny? That she is given beauty, constancy and constant danger but very little speech or interior life, so the novel is more interested in what happens to her than in what she thinks.

5. How does Lady Booby pursue Joseph after he refuses her? She has him dismissed; she orders Adams not to publish the banns; when he refuses she employs lawyer Scout; and Scout arranges for a justice to commit Joseph and Fanny to Bridewell on a charge of cutting a twig.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in102

Chapter Twenty

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

Syllabus topic 1.2, "Joseph Andrews - Henry Fielding"

In one line

The novel has one central theme, charity, and it tests it by putting the same question to everybody in the book: when a stranger needs something that will cost you, what do you actually do?

Theme one: charity, and the difference between saying and doing

The proposition. Fielding's argument is that goodness is a matter of conduct and not of profession, and that people who talk most about virtue do least.

The evidence, in order. Learn this list; it is the backbone of any essay on this novel.

Who is testedWhat they professWhat they do
The coach passengers, I.xiiRespectabilityRefuse a naked dying man a greatcoat
The postillion, I.xiiNothing. He is a servantGives his only garment, and is later transported for theft
The gentleman of bravery, II.ixHeroic virtue and friendshipRuns away at a scream
Adams, II.xNothing in advanceRuns towards it and knocks the attacker down
Parson Trulliber, II.xivA clergymanRefuses fourteen shillings and calls Adams no Christian
The pedlar, II.xvNothingLends the money, having almost none
The gentleman of promises, II.xviHorses, a living, everythingDisappears before morning
Peter Pounce, III.xiiiPrudenceCalls charity a mean virtue
Lady Booby, IV.iiPropriety and the good of the parishSends a lawyer and a justice after two poor young people

The position the play of the novel takes. Every act of real charity in the book is performed by somebody with nothing: the postillion, the pedlar, and Adams, who cannot even pay his own way. Fielding is not sentimental about the poor, since the postillion is a thief, but he is completely certain that profession is worthless.

Theme two: hypocrisy and vanity

The proposition. Fielding wrote in his preface that the only true source of the ridiculous is affectation, and that affectation proceeds from vanity or hypocrisy.

Where it is worked. Lady Booby's mourning. Mrs Slipslop's long words. Barnabas's religion, which is exercised over a bowl of punch. Trulliber's Christianity. Beau Didapper's fashion. The wit at the justice's table, who taunts Adams with Latin he has forgotten. Peter Pounce's contempt for charity while lending at interest to servants poorer than himself.

Theme three: rank, and how it decides everything

The proposition. In this society the treatment a person receives depends on what rank they are taken to be, not on what they have done.

Where it is worked. The justice will not commit a gentleman, and says so out loud. Joseph is committed for a twig and released to a squire's custody without further question. Mrs Slipslop will not recognise Fanny in the coach. Lady Booby will not have a footman marry in her parish. And the ending proves the point by changing Joseph's rank without changing Joseph: everybody's behaviour towards him alters, and he is exactly the same person.

munotes.in103

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

Theme four: chastity, and the parody of Pamela

The proposition. Richardson made chastity a commodity that paid. Fielding makes it a virtue that costs.

Where it is worked. Joseph refuses Lady Booby and loses his place. He refuses Mrs Slipslop. Fanny keeps her constancy through three attempts to take it from her by force or money. Neither of them is rewarded for it until an accident of birth intervenes, and Fielding leaves you to notice that the reward comes from a birthmark and not from the virtue.

Theme five: the road

The proposition. A journey lets a writer put the same person in front of every kind of society in turn.

Where it is worked. Inn after inn, coach after coach, magistrate, squire, clergyman, pedlar. The travellers own nothing and control nothing, so every encounter is a test of the other party. The structure is the argument.

Reference to context: the passages that are set

1. "He wished they had passed by without taking any notice; but that now they might be proved to have been last in his company; if he should die they might be called to some account for his murder." Book I chapter XII. Spoken by the young lawyer in the stage-coach that stops for Joseph, who has been robbed, stripped and thrown into a ditch. He is arguing for taking Joseph in on the ground of the passengers' own legal risk, not out of pity, which is Fielding's point.

2. "that he would rather ride in his shirt all his life than suffer a fellow-creature to lie in so miserable a condition." Book I chapter XII. Sworn by the postillion, who has just stripped off his only garment to cover the naked Joseph when nobody else in the coach would lend a greatcoat. Fielding adds in a parenthesis that this lad has since been transported for robbing a hen-roost.

3. "Is it no punishment, sir, for an innocent man to lie several months in gaol?" Book II chapter XI. Spoken by Parson Adams to the justice of the peace, who has ordered a mittimus against him and Fanny without hearing them and has told him he may prove his innocence at the assizes. It is the novel's sharpest statement that committal before trial is itself a punishment.

4. "Nobody can say I have committed a gentleman since I have been in the commission." Book II chapter XI. Spoken by the same justice, immediately after a squire tells him that Adams is a clergyman of good character. He instantly offers to take bail for Adams and commit Fanny alone, which shows that rank and not evidence has decided the case.

munotes.in104

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

5. "Madam, if any one puts in a sufficient caution, and assigns a proper reason against them, I am willing to surcease." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Parson Adams to Lady Booby, who has ordered him to stop publishing the banns of marriage between Joseph and Fanny. To surcease is to stop, and Adams is saying he will do so only for a lawful objection; when she gives poverty as her reason he refuses, saying the poor have little share enough of this world already.

6. "The utmost that was in the power of a lawyer was to prevent the law's taking effect." Book IV chapter III. Spoken by lawyer Scout to Lady Booby, when she threatens to send to another lawyer because she dislikes his opinion on the law of settlement. It states, in one line, what Fielding thinks men like Scout are for.

7. "Yes, and with great lenity too; for if we had called it a young tree, they would have been both hanged." Book IV chapter V. Spoken by lawyer Scout to Mr Booby, who has asked whether they would really commit two people to Bridewell for a twig. The remark shows that the difference between a month in a house of correction and the gallows lay in the word chosen to describe the same act.

8. "Child, child, do not go about impossibilities." Book IV chapter VIII. Spoken by Parson Adams to Joseph, moments after being told that his youngest son has drowned, when Joseph offers him back the arguments about resignation to Providence that Adams himself had been urging on Joseph a minute earlier. The boy is soon found alive, rescued by the pedlar.

Nine more the University has actually set

Note. Added by the past paper check. Every one is from Book IV, and eight of the nine come from two chapters: chapter II, where Lady Booby confronts Parson Adams, and chapter III, where she sends for Lawyer Scout.

A. "I will have no more vagabonds settled here." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Lady Booby to Parson Adams, on being told that the banns of Joseph and Fanny have been published. She is using the language of the settlement laws, under which a parish could refuse to let a poor stranger settle in it, and she is applying it to a man she wants for herself.

B. "Well, and you did very wisely and honestly too, notwithstanding she is the greatest beauty in the parish." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Lady Booby to Adams, after he says that he had earlier dissuaded the couple from marrying at once. The compliment is bitter, since her objection to Fanny is precisely that she is a beauty, and Lady Booby's jealousy is the real ground of everything she says in the scene.

munotes.in105

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

C. "I tell you a reason: he is a vagabond, and he shall not settle here, and bring a nest of beggars into the parish." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Lady Booby to Adams, and it is her answer when he says that he will stop the marriage if anyone assigns a proper reason against it. Joseph is the "vagabond", and the reason she gives is that the poor should not be allowed to marry and multiply, which is the law of settlement turned into a private weapon.

D. "I know not what your ladyship means by the terms master and service. I am in the service of a Master who will never discard me for doing my duty." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Parson Adams to Lady Booby, after she threatens to have him turned out of his cure. It is the moment the scene turns from a quarrel about a marriage into a statement about conscience: the Master he means is God, and he says he has never been able to pay for a licence anyway.

E. "I condemn my humility, for demeaning myself to converse with you so long." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Lady Booby to Adams, ending the interview. She has failed to move him and cannot answer him, so she withdraws on the ground of rank, which is Fielding's regular way of showing that his gentry lose arguments and then punish the winner.

F. "I would obey your ladyship in everything that is lawful; but surely the parties being poor is no reason against their marrying." Book IV chapter II. Spoken by Parson Adams to Lady Booby. He adds that God forbid there should be any such law, and that it would be barbarous to deny the poor the common privileges nature allows them. It is the most direct statement in the novel of the principle Lady Booby and Scout are trying to defeat.

G. "If she sent to a hundred lawyers, not one or all of them could alter the law." Book IV chapter III. Said by Lawyer Scout, in reply to Lady Booby's threat to send to another lawyer if he cannot give her the answer she wants. He follows it at once with the sentence set out as passage 6 above, that the utmost in a lawyer's power is to prevent the law taking effect, which is the novel's judgment on him and on his trade.

H. "The ugliest creature almost I ever beheld; a poor dirty drab, your ladyship never saw such a wretch." Book IV chapter III. Spoken by Lawyer Scout to Lady Booby, describing Fanny. He has never seen her; he is telling his client what she wishes to hear, having just been told that Adams described Fanny as a beauty. The line is set often, and the answer that scores says who says it and why he says it.

munotes.in106

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

I. "Don't tell me your facts and your ifs; I don't understand your gibberish." Book IV chapter III. Spoken by Lady Booby to Scout, when he begins to qualify his advice with the actual state of the law about settlement. "Gibberish" means unintelligible jargon, and the line shows that what she wants from a lawyer is not law but obedience.

How to place a passage from this novel

Look for the names. Adams, Joseph, Fanny, Slipslop, Trulliber, Booby, Didapper, Pounce and Scout belong to no other text on this paper.

Look for the eighteenth-century legal furniture. Mittimus, Bridewell, settlement, banns, assizes and justice of the peace point here rather than to Dickens, whose court is a Victorian one with attorneys and serjeants.

Look for the narrator. Fielding talks to the reader directly, calls him "reader", and makes jokes about his own chapters. Nobody else on this paper does that.

What beginners get wrong

They write "charity" and stop. Prove it with the table above. Three tests, three refusals, three people with nothing who help.

They confuse this novel's law with Pickwick's. Both have a trial-like scene, but this one is a committal before a country justice in the 1740s and Pickwick's is a jury trial in a London court in the 1830s.

They mistake the parody for the theme. The Pamela joke sets the plot going; charity is what the book is about.

A worked answer

Question. "Charity is the theme of Joseph Andrews. Discuss."

The thesis sentence. Fielding's subject is not charity as a feeling but charity as conduct, and he proves his case by putting the same test to different people three times and recording what each of them does.

The evidence, in one paragraph. In Book I chapter XII a coachful of respectable people refuse a naked and bleeding man a greatcoat, and the postillion gives him his only garment. In Book II chapter XIV a clergyman with land and pigs refuses a fellow clergyman fourteen shillings and tells him he is no Christian, and a penniless pedlar then lends the money. In Book II chapter XVI a gentleman promises Adams horses, a living and every kindness, and disappears before morning.

The turn that lifts the answer. Fielding is not sentimental about the poor. The postillion has since been transported for robbing a hen-roost, and the novel says so in the same sentence that records his generosity. The argument is not that poverty makes people good; it is that professions of goodness are worth nothing and only conduct counts.

munotes.in107

Themes and Reference to Context: Joseph Andrews

The conclusion. Which is why the ending is not a betrayal of the theme. Joseph behaves identically before and after he is found to be a gentleman's son, and everybody else's behaviour to him changes completely.

Quick revision

Themes: charity as conduct rather than profession; hypocrisy and vanity, which Fielding calls affectation; rank deciding treatment; chastity that costs instead of paying; the road as a structure.

The three tests: the coach and the postillion; Trulliber and the pedlar; the gentleman of promises and nobody.

Set passages: the lawyer's calculation; the postillion's oath; Adams on lying months in gaol; the justice on never committing a gentleman; Adams on surceasing; Scout on preventing the law taking effect; the young tree; and "do not go about impossibilities".

Test yourself

1. State Fielding's theme of charity in one sentence and prove it twice. That goodness is shown by conduct and never by profession: the coach passengers who can afford a greatcoat refuse one while the postillion gives his only garment, and Parson Trulliber, a clergyman with land, refuses fourteen shillings that a penniless pedlar then lends.

2. Place: "Nobody can say I have committed a gentleman since I have been in the commission." The justice of the peace in Book II chapter XI, immediately after a squire vouches for Adams as a clergyman of good character. It shows that the outcome turned on rank rather than on the depositions he had sworn without reading.

3. What does "surcease" mean, and who says it to whom? To stop or desist. Parson Adams says it to Lady Booby in Book IV chapter II, meaning he will stop publishing the banns of Joseph and Fanny's marriage if anybody enters a sufficient caution and gives a proper reason.

4. How does the ending prove the theme of rank? Joseph behaves in exactly the same way before and after he is discovered to be Mr Wilson's son, and everybody else's behaviour towards him changes completely. The virtue was always there; only the rank is new.

5. What does Fielding say in his preface is the source of the ridiculous? Affectation, which he says proceeds from vanity or hypocrisy. That is the theory behind Slipslop's long words, Trulliber's religion, Barnabas's punch and Didapper's fashion.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in108

Chapter Twenty-One

The Pickwick Papers: Dickens, and the Law He Knew From Inside

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

The Pickwick Papers is a comic novel about an elderly gentleman and his friends travelling about England, in the middle of which the hero is sued for breach of promise of marriage by his landlady, loses, refuses to pay, and goes to a debtors' prison rather than reward the attorneys who brought the case.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: The Pickwick Papers, published in twenty monthly parts between 1836 and 1837, is Charles Dickens's first novel, and its central action is the suit of Bardell against Pickwick, an action for breach of promise of marriage tried at the Guildhall before Mr Justice Stareleigh, which ends in a verdict for the plaintiff with damages of seven hundred and fifty pounds.

Why a law syllabus sets it

Dickens knew the law from the bottom. At fifteen he was a solicitor's clerk in Gray's Inn; he then taught himself shorthand and worked as a reporter in the courts of Doctors' Commons and later in Parliament. He had seen a debtors' prison from the inside as a child, because his father was imprisoned for debt in the Marshalsea, and the whole family went in with him.

So the trial in this novel is not a novelist's guess at what a court is like. The layout of the room, the attorney's seat below the desks of the King's Counsel, the calling of a tales when there are not enough special jurymen, the summing-up read from notes, the paying of court fees in a side room afterwards, are all reported by a man who used to take shorthand notes in exactly such a room.

The book, and how it came to be shaped like this

It began as a commission to write letterpress, that is, words, to accompany a set of sporting plates by an artist. Dickens took the job, changed the balance so that the words led and the pictures followed, and invented a club of gentlemen who travel and observe. It came out in monthly numbers, so the story grew as it went along, and its shape is a series of episodes rather than a single plot.

Two things happened during the run that matter. The arrival of Sam Weller in chapter 10 turned a slow-selling serial into the publishing sensation of the decade. And the Bardell action, planted in chapter 12, gave the loose episodes a thread that runs to chapter 53.

How to use this in an answer. If asked whether the novel has a plot, say that it has one action rather than a plot, that the action is Bardell against Pickwick, and that it is the law that gives the book its spine.

munotes.in109

The Pickwick Papers: Dickens, and the Law He Knew From Inside

The cast of the action

NameRole
Samuel PickwickThe defendant, a retired gentleman of independent property
Martha BardellThe plaintiff, his landlady in Goswell Street, a widow
Master BardellHer small son, produced in court for effect
Dodson and FoggThe plaintiff's attorneys, who take the case on speculation
Serjeant BuzfuzThe plaintiff's leading counsel
Mr SkimpinBuzfuz's junior
Serjeant SnubbinPickwick's leading counsel
Mr PhunkySnubbin's junior, whose name the judge cannot get right
Mr PerkerPickwick's attorney
Mr Justice StareleighThe judge, sitting for the indisposed Chief Justice
Sam WellerPickwick's servant, and a witness
Mrs Cluppins, Mrs SandersThe plaintiff's witnesses
Winkle, Snodgrass, TupmanPickwick's friends, and unwilling witnesses against him

The vocabulary you need before the trial

Breach of promise of marriage. A civil action by which a person, in practice almost always a woman, sued for damages when an engagement was broken. It is dealt with fully in its own chapter.

Serjeant. A senior barrister of a now abolished rank, the Serjeants-at-Law, who had the exclusive right of audience in some courts. Buzfuz and Snubbin are serjeants; Skimpin and Phunky are their juniors.

Attorney. In this period, the lawyer who prepares a case and instructs a barrister, roughly what a solicitor is today. Dodson and Fogg and Perker are attorneys.

Special jury. A jury of men of a higher property qualification, which either party could demand. When too few attend, the court presses common jurymen into the panel, which is called praying a tales.

Damages laid at. The amount the plaintiff claims. Here it is fifteen hundred pounds, and the jury awards seven hundred and fifty.

Costs. The expenses of the litigation. Who pays them is the hinge of the second half of the novel.

The Fleet. A London prison for debtors, where a person could be held until the debt was paid or he was formally discharged.

What Dickens is attacking, stated as three propositions

One. That litigation is a trade, and the parties are its raw material. Dodson and Fogg take the case on speculation and charge nothing unless they get it out of Pickwick, a fact Sam Weller cheerfully announces from the witness box. Mrs Bardell is their instrument, and by chapter 46 she is in the Fleet herself, arrested at their suit for their own costs.

Two. That advocacy is performance, and a jury will be moved by anything. Buzfuz reads a note about chops and tomato sauce as a coded love letter, and the jury takes notes.

Three. That the law's machinery falls hardest on people who cannot pay. Pickwick can afford the damages and refuses on principle. Mrs Bardell cannot, and goes to prison for the costs of an action brought in her name.

munotes.in110

The Pickwick Papers: Dickens, and the Law He Knew From Inside

What beginners get wrong

They call the trial a criminal trial. It is a civil action for damages. Nobody is prosecuted, and no one can be imprisoned for the verdict itself, only for refusing to pay what follows from it.

They think Mrs Bardell is the villain. She misunderstands a conversation, and two attorneys build an action on it. Dickens is careful to show her being used.

They date the novel to the trial's period without checking. The action is heard on the fourteenth of February, and the novel appeared in 1836 and 1837.

A worked answer

Question. "Why is a comic novel like The Pickwick Papers set on a law syllabus?"

A model answer. Because its central action is a lawsuit reported by a man who had worked inside the courts, and because that lawsuit is used to make three arguments a law student should meet early. Dickens was a solicitor's clerk at fifteen and then a shorthand reporter in the courts and in Parliament, so the procedure in chapter 34 is observed rather than invented, down to the praying of a tales when too few special jurymen attend and the low seat below the King's Counsel from which an attorney whispers instructions. The first argument is that litigation can be a trade: Dodson and Fogg take the case on speculation and charge nothing unless they recover from Pickwick. The second is that advocacy is performance: a note reading "Chops and tomato sauce" is read to a jury as a coded love letter. The third is that the machinery falls hardest on those who cannot pay: Pickwick can afford the damages and refuses on principle, while Mrs Bardell, who won, is imprisoned in the Fleet on a cognovit for her own attorneys' costs.

What makes it an answer rather than a description. Every claim is attached to a fact in the text, and the three arguments are ranked so that the last one is the most serious.

Quick revision

Dickens: solicitor's clerk at fifteen, then a shorthand reporter in the courts and in Parliament, and the son of a man imprisoned for debt.

Published in twenty monthly parts, 1836 to 1837, fifty-seven chapters.

The action: Bardell against Pickwick, breach of promise of marriage, damages laid at fifteen hundred pounds, verdict for the plaintiff, seven hundred and fifty pounds.

The lawyers: Dodson and Fogg for the plaintiff, instructing Serjeant Buzfuz and Mr Skimpin; Perker for the defendant, instructing Serjeant Snubbin and Mr Phunky. The judge is Mr Justice Stareleigh.

Three targets: litigation as a trade, advocacy as performance, and imprisonment for debt.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between an attorney and a serjeant in this novel? An attorney prepares the case and instructs counsel, as Perker and Dodson and Fogg do. A serjeant was a senior barrister who argued it in court, as Buzfuz and Snubbin do.

munotes.in111

The Pickwick Papers: Dickens, and the Law He Knew From Inside

2. Why is Dickens's own biography relevant? He was a solicitor's clerk and then a shorthand reporter in the courts, so the procedural detail is reported rather than imagined, and his father was imprisoned for debt, which is the experience behind the Fleet chapters.

3. What are the damages claimed, and what are awarded? Claimed, or laid at, fifteen hundred pounds. Awarded, seven hundred and fifty.

4. Is Bardell against Pickwick a criminal case? No. It is a civil action for damages for breach of promise of marriage. Pickwick's later imprisonment is not a punishment for the verdict but the consequence of his refusing to pay the damages and costs.

5. Name the four counsel and say who instructs them. For the plaintiff, Serjeant Buzfuz leading Mr Skimpin, instructed by Dodson and Fogg. For the defendant, Serjeant Snubbin leading Mr Phunky, instructed by Mr Perker.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in112

Chapter Twenty-Two

The Pickwick Papers: the Road to the Trial

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

Pickwick decides to hire a manservant, asks his landlady a series of questions about the expense of keeping two people instead of one, and she thinks he is proposing marriage and throws her arms round his neck at the exact moment his three friends walk in.

Chapter 12: the proposal that is not a proposal

The setting. Pickwick lodges at Mrs Bardell's house in Goswell Street. She is a widow, "the relict and sole executrix of a deceased custom-house officer", with a small boy. Pickwick has decided to engage Sam Weller as a servant and has sent the boy out on an errand so that he can raise it.

The conversation, in its real order. He asks whether she thinks it a much greater expense to keep two people than to keep one. She says that depends on the person. He says the person he has in his eye possesses the right qualities, and adds that this person has a considerable knowledge of the world and a great deal of sharpness which may be of material use to him. She colours. He says he has made up his mind, and that she will think it strange that he never consulted her and never mentioned it until he sent her little boy out that morning.

Every sentence is true of hiring a servant. Every sentence is also what a man might say if he were proposing, and Mrs Bardell, who has "long worshipped Mr Pickwick at a distance", hears the second meaning.

The two lines that seal it. He says it will save her a good deal of trouble. Then, of her son: "He, too, will have a companion, a lively one, who'll teach him, I'll be bound, more tricks in a week than he would ever learn in a year."

She rises from her chair and flings her arms round his neck. He struggles, hears somebody on the stairs, and begs her not to. The door opens on Tupman, Winkle and Snodgrass.

Why this matters legally. The three friends are the "three of his own friends, most unwilling witnesses" whom Buzfuz will call, and their evidence is that they found the plaintiff in the defendant's arms. That is the whole of the direct evidence of a promise, and it is true as far as it goes.

Chapter 18: the writ

Mrs Bardell, in a state of hysterics, tells her friends what she believes has happened. A writ follows: Pickwick receives notice that an action has been commenced against him by Dodson and Fogg on behalf of Mrs Bardell. The chapter's own title is worth quoting, because it tells you Dickens's view of the case: it is "briefly illustrative of two points; first, the power of hysterics, and, secondly, the force of circumstances".

munotes.in113

The Pickwick Papers: the Road to the Trial

Chapter 20: Dodson and Fogg

Pickwick, who cannot believe the action is serious, goes to the attorneys' office in Freeman's Court to tell them there has been a mistake.

What he finds. A firm that treats him with elaborate courtesy while writing everything down. When he says the whole thing is a fabrication, Dodson and Fogg are careful to have witnesses to what he says. They will not discuss the merits. They know, and he does not, that the merits are not the point.

The professional facts that come out later. Sam Weller tells the court in chapter 34 that the two ladies had praised Dodson and Fogg for taking the case "on spec", that is, on speculation, and charging nothing at all for costs unless they got them out of Mr Pickwick. That single answer is the most damaging evidence in the trial, and it comes from a witness called by the other side.

Chapter 26: the progress of the action

A short chapter that follows the case as a piece of machinery. Sam Weller visits Mrs Bardell's house, hears the ladies talking about the trial, and reports back. The action moves forward on its own, with neither party doing anything, which is Dickens's point: once started, litigation runs.

Chapter 31: all about the law

Pickwick's own preparation. He goes with Perker to consult Serjeant Snubbin, who has to be reminded what the case is, and who advises settlement in the mildest possible terms. Dickens's description of the profession here is unsentimental: a barrister with more work than he can read, a clerk who manages access to him, and a client who is a file.

The scene worth remembering. Perker tells Pickwick that his defence, being that the whole thing was a misunderstanding, is exactly what any guilty defendant would say. Truth is not, in itself, a strategy.

The two letters

Buzfuz will produce two notes at the trial, and it is worth having them here because they are the documentary evidence of an engagement.

"Garraways, twelve o'clock. Dear Mrs. B.--Chops and tomato sauce. Yours, Pickwick."

"Dear Mrs. B., I shall not be at home till to-morrow. Slow coach." and then: "Don't trouble yourself about the warming-pan."

What they actually are. Notes from a lodger to his landlady about his dinner and his return. Snubbin says exactly that at the trial.

What Buzfuz makes of them. That they are covert, sly and underhanded, designed to mislead any third party into whose hands they might fall, and that "warming-pan" is a mere cover for hidden fire, a substitute for some endearing word, agreeably to a preconcerted system of correspondence.

munotes.in114

The Pickwick Papers: the Road to the Trial

Why it is the best-known joke in English legal fiction. Because the method is real. A document with an innocent meaning is read aloud in a tone that supplies a guilty one, and the jury is invited to supply the rest. Any law student who has watched a cross-examination will recognise it.

What beginners get wrong

They say Pickwick proposed and changed his mind. He never proposed. He was engaging a servant, and every word he used was true of that.

They say Mrs Bardell lied. She did not. She misheard, and by the time attorneys were involved the misunderstanding had a life of its own.

They forget the friends. The only eyewitness evidence of an embrace comes from Pickwick's own friends, who are called by the plaintiff.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "Do you think it a much greater expense to keep two people, than to keep one?"

The two-sentence answer. Spoken by Mr Pickwick to his landlady Mrs Bardell in her parlour in Goswell Street in chapter 12 of Dickens's The Pickwick Papers, at the moment he is working up to telling her that he intends to engage Sam Weller as a manservant. Mrs Bardell, who has long admired him, understands the question as the opening of a proposal of marriage, and the misunderstanding that follows is the whole foundation of the action of Bardell against Pickwick.

The follow-up you should be ready for. Every sentence Pickwick speaks in the scene is literally true of hiring a servant, including the promise that her son will have a companion who will teach him more tricks in a week than he would learn in a year, and that is why neither party is lying when the case comes to trial.

Quick revision

Chapter 12: the two-people conversation, the companion for the boy, the embrace, and the three friends in the doorway.

Chapter 18: hysterics, and the writ from Dodson and Fogg.

Chapter 20: Pickwick calls at Freeman's Court and is carefully recorded; the firm acts on speculation and charges nothing unless it recovers from him.

Chapter 26: the action moves on its own.

Chapter 31: the consultation with Serjeant Snubbin, and Perker's warning that an innocent defence sounds exactly like a guilty one.

The letters: chops and tomato sauce, and the warming-pan.

Test yourself

1. What was Pickwick actually talking about in chapter 12? Engaging Sam Weller as his manservant. Every question he asks, about the expense of two people, about the person's sharpness and knowledge of the world, about a companion for the boy, is true of a servant.

2. What is the only direct evidence of a promise of marriage? That Tupman, Winkle and Snodgrass walked in and found Mrs Bardell in Pickwick's arms. Buzfuz calls them "three of his own friends, most unwilling witnesses".

munotes.in115

The Pickwick Papers: the Road to the Trial

3. What do the two letters really say, and what does Buzfuz say they mean? They are notes from a lodger to his landlady about chops and tomato sauce and about not troubling herself over a warming-pan. Buzfuz calls them covert and underhanded and treats the warming-pan as a code word standing in for an endearment.

4. Why is Sam Weller's answer about "on spec" so damaging? Because it tells the court, from the plaintiff's own side of the case, that the attorneys are running the action for their own costs and will charge nothing unless they recover from Pickwick.

5. What does Perker warn Pickwick about his defence? That saying the whole thing was a misunderstanding is precisely what a guilty defendant would say, so the truth of it gives him no advantage in the eyes of a jury.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in116

Chapter Twenty-Three

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

An action for breach of promise of marriage is tried at the Guildhall on the fourteenth of February before a short, irritable judge and a jury including a chemist who has left an errand boy in charge of his drugs, and is won by an advocate who reads two notes about dinner as coded love letters.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: chapter 34 reports the trial of Bardell against Pickwick, in which Serjeant Buzfuz for the plaintiff opened the case with a speech of great rhetorical effect, called four witnesses, and obtained a verdict for the plaintiff with damages of seven hundred and fifty pounds on damages laid at fifteen hundred.

Before the court sits

Perker, over breakfast, tells Pickwick the most cynical thing in the chapter and possibly in the novel.

A good, contented, well-breakfasted juryman is a capital thing to get hold of. Discontented or hungry jurymen, my dear sir, always find for the plaintiff.

He explains why: near dinner time the foreman takes out his watch, announces that he dines at five, and suggests the plaintiff is the man, upon which two or three agree and the rest follow comfortably. This is the frame Dickens puts round everything that follows, and it belongs in any answer on the trial.

The court, and who sits where

Dickens describes the room exactly. Pickwick is put on the low seat beneath the desks of the King's Counsel, the place made for attorneys so they can whisper instructions to counsel, invisible to the spectators and facing the judge.

The barristers are described with a reporter's eye: those with a brief carry it conspicuously and scratch their noses with it; those without carry law books with red labels; those with neither put their hands in their pockets and look as wise as they can. They chat about the news of the day "in the most unfeeling manner possible, just as if no trial at all were coming on".

Mr Justice Stareleigh

He sits in the absence of the Chief Justice, who is indisposed. He is "a most particularly short man, and so fat, that he seemed all face and waistcoat", and when he has sat down all that can be seen of him is two queer little eyes, one broad pink face and about half of a comical wig.

Three things establish him as a judge, and each is worth a line in an answer.

He is impatient with anyone who inconveniences him. The chemist objects to serving on the jury because he has no assistant. Told he should hire one, he says he cannot afford it. The judge, reddening, tells him: "Then you ought to be able to afford it, Sir."

munotes.in117

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

He does not listen. He gets Mr Phunky's name wrong, writing him down as Mr Monkey, and observes that he never had the pleasure of hearing the gentleman's name before.

He sleeps. When Buzfuz pauses for breath, the silence wakes the judge, who "immediately wrote down something with a pen without any ink in it, and looked unusually profound, to impress the jury with the belief that he always thought most deeply with his eyes shut". At the end of Buzfuz's speech, Dickens notes in six words that Buzfuz sat down "and Mr Justice Stareleigh woke up".

The jury

Only ten special jurymen attend, so Buzfuz prays a tales and two common jurymen are pressed in: Richard Upwitch, a greengrocer, and Thomas Groffin, a chemist. The chemist warns the court, before being sworn, that there will be murder before the trial is over, because he has left nobody but an errand boy in his shop, and the boy believes Epsom salts means oxalic acid and syrup of senna means laudanum.

Why Dickens puts this in. A man's whole fortune is about to be decided by twelve men, two of whom are there by accident, one of whom is thinking about poison.

The staging of the plaintiff

Mrs Bardell is led in "in a drooping state", supported by Mrs Cluppins. Dodson hands in an extra-sized umbrella and Fogg a pair of pattens, "each of whom had prepared a most sympathising and melancholy face for the occasion". Master Bardell is placed on the floor of the court in front of his mother, in what Dickens calls "a commanding position in which he could not fail to awaken the full commiseration and sympathy of both judge and jury".

Perker's whispered comment is the key to the whole chapter: "Capital fellows those Dodson and Fogg; excellent ideas of effect, my dear Sir, excellent."

Serjeant Buzfuz's speech

How it opens. He has never in his whole professional experience approached a case with feelings of such deep emotion, and could never have supported the responsibility were he not sustained by a certainty that the cause of truth and justice must prevail with the high-minded and intelligent dozen of men before him. Dickens notes drily that counsel begin this way because it puts the jury on the best terms with themselves, and that several jurymen at once began taking voluminous notes.

The devices, and you should be able to name them.

DeviceWhere it appears
Flattery of the juryThe opening paragraph
Pathos over a dead husbandMr Bardell "glided almost imperceptibly from the world", when in fact he was knocked on the head with a quart-pot in a public-house cellar
Reading a document with a supplied meaning"Apartments furnished for a single gentleman", treated as an act of trusting innocence
Metaphor in place of evidence"The serpent was on the watch, the train was laid, the mine was preparing, the sapper and miner was at work"
Abuse of the defendant"Revolting heartlessness", "systematic villainy", and a warning that gestures of dissent will not go down with the jury
Trivial facts made sinisterHalfpence and sixpences given to the boy; patting him on the head; "How should you like to have another father?"
The lettersChops and tomato sauce, and the warming-pan
The perorationThe bill down and no tenant, the child's games neglected, and "Damages, gentlemen, heavy damages"
munotes.in118

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

The line MU quotes. The paper of February 2026 printed this and asked for the speaker and the damages demanded.

Damages, gentlemen, heavy damages is the only punishment with which you can visit him; the only recompense you can award to my client.

The answer is Serjeant Buzfuz, and the damages were laid at fifteen hundred pounds.

The witnesses

Mrs Cluppins. Admits she was in the back room "unbeknown to Mrs Bardell", having gone in to say good morning, and heard voices. Asked whether she listened, she replies with dignity that she would scorn the action and that the voices forced themselves upon her ear. The judge is puzzled by "on the jar" and has to be told it means partly open, then says he will make a note of it. Snubbin does not cross-examine, because Pickwick wishes it stated that her account is in substance correct.

Mrs Sanders and the Pickwickians. Winkle is examined by Skimpin and made to look ridiculous, and his evidence, that he saw Mrs Bardell in Pickwick's arms, is technically true and completely misleading.

Sam Weller. Called by the plaintiff, and the best thing in the chapter. Asked whether he remembers going to Mrs Bardell's house in November, he says he went to pay the rent but they did get talking about the trial. Invited to say what passed, he obliges.

they said what a wery gen'rous thing it was o' them to have taken up the case on spec, and to charge nothing at all for costs, unless they got 'em out of Mr. Pickwick.

Dodson and Fogg turn red and whisper to Buzfuz, who announces that it is useless to try to get at evidence through the impenetrable stupidity of this witness and tells him to stand down. Sam asks whether any other gentleman would like to ask him anything. Dickens's own summary is that Sam went down "after doing Messrs. Dodson & Fogg's case as much harm as he conveniently could, and saying just as little respecting Mr. Pickwick as might be, which was precisely the object he had had in view all along."

munotes.in119

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

The defence, the summing-up and the verdict

The defence. Snubbin makes a long and emphatic speech praising Pickwick's character and argues that the letters relate to Pickwick's dinner and to preparations for receiving him on his return. Dickens declines to report it, on the ground that his readers can judge Pickwick better than Snubbin could. That refusal is itself a comment: the defence is true and unmemorable, and the case has already been decided by rhetoric.

The summing-up. Stareleigh reads as much of his notes as he can decipher at short notice and comments as he goes. Dickens reduces it to a circle: if Mrs Bardell were right, it was perfectly clear that Mr Pickwick was wrong, and if they thought Mrs Cluppins's evidence worthy of credence they would believe it, and if they didn't, why, they wouldn't.

The verdict. The jury retire; the judge retires to a mutton chop and a glass of sherry. After a quarter of an hour they find for the plaintiff, with damages of seven hundred and fifty pounds.

Immediately afterwards. Pickwick meets Dodson and Fogg in a side room while Perker pays the court fees, and tells them that not one farthing of costs or damages will they ever get from him if he spends the rest of his existence in a debtor's prison. Dodson laughs and says he will think better of it before next term.

The last line of the chapter. Tony Weller, Sam's father, shakes his head and delivers the popular verdict on the whole proceeding.

Oh, Sammy, Sammy, vy worn't there a alleybi!

How to write "Critically examine the trial"

Your position. That the trial is technically regular and substantially worthless: the forms are all observed, and nothing that decides it has anything to do with what happened in Goswell Street.

Paragraph one. Say what the action is and how it ends.

Paragraph two. The evidence. There is one embrace, seen by the defendant's friends, and two notes about dinner. Nothing else. Neither party gives evidence, because at this date the parties to a civil action could not be witnesses in their own cause, which is why the case is fought entirely on inference.

Paragraph three. The advocacy. Buzfuz's method, with two or three devices named from the table above.

Paragraph four. The court. A judge who sleeps, a jury made up in part by a tales, and a summing-up that decides nothing.

Paragraph five. The attorneys, and Sam Weller's answer about "on spec". This is the point at which a critical answer becomes an argument rather than a description.

munotes.in120

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

Conclusion. That Dickens's target is not the rules but the gap between the dignity of the forms and the interests actually being served, and that the proof is what happens next: the successful plaintiff ends up in the Fleet at her own attorneys' suit.

What beginners get wrong

They retell the speech and stop. The speech is one paragraph of an answer. The evidence, the court and the attorneys are the rest.

They say Pickwick was found guilty. It is a civil action. He was found liable and damages were awarded against him.

They omit Sam Weller's evidence. It is the moment the novel tells you what the case is really about.

They think the judge decides the case. The jury decides it. Stareleigh's contribution is a summing-up that leaves them exactly where they were.

A worked answer

Question. "Critically examine the trial of Bardell against Pickwick." The opening and the plan.

Opening paragraph. The trial of Bardell against Pickwick is procedurally regular and substantially worthless. Every form is observed: a special jury is empanelled, a tales is prayed when only ten attend, counsel open and reply, witnesses are examined and cross-examined, and the judge sums up. Nothing that decides the case has any connection with what happened in Goswell Street, and this answer argues that Dickens's target is precisely that gap between the dignity of the forms and the interests they serve.

The plan of the rest. One paragraph on the evidence: a single embrace seen by the defendant's own friends and two notes about dinner, with neither party competent to testify. One on Buzfuz's method, naming three devices. One on the court itself, the sleeping judge, the accidental jurymen and the circular summing-up. One on Sam Weller's answer about the case being taken on speculation. One on what happened afterwards, since the successful plaintiff ended in the Fleet at her own attorneys' suit. A conclusion in the words of the question.

The sentence to end on. A verdict that sends the winner to prison is the strongest evidence available about whose action it really was.

Quick revision

Fourteenth of February, at the Guildhall, before Mr Justice Stareleigh.

Perker's rule: hungry jurymen find for the plaintiff.

Ten special jurymen, a tales prayed, a greengrocer and a chemist pressed in.

Staging: the umbrella, the pattens, the child on the floor of the court.

Buzfuz: flattery, pathos, the placard, the serpent and the mine, "systematic villainy", chops and tomato sauce, the warming-pan, and "heavy damages".

Witnesses: Mrs Cluppins, Mrs Sanders, Winkle, and Sam Weller, whose "on spec" answer wrecks the attorneys.

Snubbin's defence is not reported. The summing-up is a circle. Verdict for the plaintiff, seven hundred and fifty pounds.

munotes.in121

Bardell against Pickwick: the Trial

Test yourself

1. What are the damages laid at, and what does the jury award? Laid at fifteen hundred pounds. Awarded, seven hundred and fifty.

2. Name three of Buzfuz's rhetorical devices with an example of each. Flattery of the jury, in his opening about the high-minded and intelligent dozen; false pathos, in describing Mr Bardell as gliding imperceptibly from the world when he was in fact killed with a quart-pot; and supplying a meaning to an innocent document, in his reading of the warming-pan note.

3. Why can neither Pickwick nor Mrs Bardell give evidence? Because at this period the parties to a civil action were not competent witnesses in their own cause. That is why the whole case is built on inference from other people's observations and from two notes.

4. What does Sam Weller reveal, and why does Buzfuz stop questioning him? That Dodson and Fogg took the case on speculation and would charge nothing for costs unless they got them out of Mr Pickwick. Buzfuz stops because every further question invites more damage, and covers the retreat by calling the witness impenetrably stupid.

5. What is Dickens's real target in this chapter? Not the rules of procedure, which are followed, but the distance between the solemnity of the forms and the interests they actually serve. The judge sleeps, the jury is half accidental, the advocacy is performance, and the attorneys are running the case for their own costs.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in122

Chapter Twenty-Four

Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

Pickwick refuses to pay a farthing, is arrested for the costs and taken to the Fleet Prison, stays there for months on principle, and comes out only when he learns that Mrs Bardell has been imprisoned by Dodson and Fogg for their own bill and that the only way to free her is to pay.

What happens, chapter by chapter

Chapter 40: the arrest. Trinity term begins. Mr Namby, a sheriff's officer, arrives at the George and Vulture with a writ, and Pickwick is taken first to a sponging house, a lock-up kept by an officer where a debtor could stay, at his own expense, while friends were given a chance to settle. Perker urges payment; Pickwick refuses; he is committed to the Fleet.

Chapter 41: inside the Fleet. Pickwick is introduced to the prison's own economy. He must be "chummed" on other prisoners, that is, allotted to share a room, unless he pays for a room of his own. He learns that everything inside can be bought, that drink is sold in defiance of the rules at a "whistling shop", and that the poorest prisoners live on the common side in conditions Dickens describes without softening.

Chapter 42: what the Fleet is. More of the prison, and the crucial observation for an essay: a debtors' prison is not a punishment fixed by a court for a term. A man stays until his creditor is satisfied or he is formally discharged, so a person with no money can stay for life while a person with money leaves at once. Punishment falls in inverse proportion to ability to pay.

Chapter 43: Sam gets himself imprisoned. Sam Weller will not leave his master. He arranges with his own father, Tony Weller, to have himself arrested for a debt of twenty-five pounds that Tony pretends to be owed, and walks into the Fleet as a prisoner in order to keep serving Pickwick. He refuses to name his detaining creditor.

Chapter 44: the Chancery prisoner. The most serious pages in the book. A man who has been in the Fleet for twenty years on a Chancery matter dies there. Dickens's target here is not the debt but the delay: a suit in Chancery could outlive the parties, and this one does.

Chapter 45: the interview. Pickwick, moved by what he has seen, pays for the release of others and is visited by his friends. He is offered the chance to leave and refuses again.

Chapter 46: Mrs Bardell is arrested. A clerk named Jackson calls on Mrs Bardell with an invitation to an outing, and in the coach mentions, in passing, that she gave Dodson and Fogg a cognovit for the amount of their costs after the trial. She answers that she did, "just as a matter of form". The coach stops. It is not Freeman's Court. It is the Fleet.

munotes.in123

Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet

Chapter 47: Pickwick pays. Perker explains the position. Mrs Bardell can be released only if the costs are paid, and only Pickwick can pay them. He has spent months in prison rather than give Dodson and Fogg a farthing, and he now pays both his own costs and hers to get a woman out of gaol. His benevolence, in Dickens's own chapter title, "proves stronger than his obstinacy".

Chapter 53: the exit of Dodson and Fogg. They appear once more, are told exactly what Pickwick thinks of them, and are shown out. They have lost nothing.

Chapter 57: the club is dissolved. Pickwick retires, Sam marries, and the novel ends away from the law altogether.

The cognovit, explained properly

What it is. A cognovit, in full cognovit actionem, is a written acknowledgment by a defendant that the plaintiff's claim is good, on which judgment can be entered without any trial. Signing one hands the other side a judgment in advance.

What Mrs Bardell signed. A cognovit in favour of her own attorneys, for their costs. She describes it as a matter of form, which is what she was told it was.

What it meant. Once she signed, Dodson and Fogg did not need to sue her or prove anything. They could execute on the cognovit, and they did, taking her to the Fleet.

Why it is the sharpest point in the novel. Consider the outcome. The plaintiff won her action and was awarded seven hundred and fifty pounds. She ends in prison. The defendant lost and refused to pay, and he ends up paying, but voluntarily and to free her. The only people who gain anything are the attorneys, and their client's imprisonment is simply a step in collecting their bill.

Imprisonment for debt, in four facts a law student should know

One. It was civil, not criminal. No offence had been committed. The creditor's remedy was to take the debtor's body.

Two. It had no fixed term. Release depended on payment, on the creditor's consent, or on discharge under the insolvency provisions. That is why the Chancery prisoner in chapter 44 has been inside for twenty years.

Three. The prisoner paid his own way. Food, a room, and comforts were bought. The poor lived on the common side on charity, so the prison reproduced the inequality that had put people there.

Four. Dickens was writing from his own family's experience. His father was imprisoned for debt in the Marshalsea when Dickens was twelve, and the boy was sent to work in a blacking factory. Imprisonment for debt in England was substantially abolished by the Debtors Act 1869, more than thirty years after this novel, and the campaign against it is one of the things the book belongs to.

munotes.in124

Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet

Dodson and Fogg: a character sketch of a firm

They are always correct. They never threaten, never lie in a way that can be pinned on them, and take care to have witnesses when Pickwick loses his temper in their office.

They take the risk and keep the profit. The case is run on speculation. If it fails they charge nothing; if it succeeds they take their costs, and if the defendant will not pay they take them from their own client.

They stage the case. The umbrella and the pattens handed in at court, the melancholy faces, the child placed in front of the judge. Perker, a lawyer himself, admires the workmanship: "excellent ideas of effect, my dear Sir, excellent."

They are never punished. No court censures them, no rule catches them, and they leave the novel exactly as they entered it. That is Dickens's most serious charge: not that the law was broken, but that none of this required breaking it.

Two questions this material answers

"Critically examine the trial between Bardell and Pickwick." The trial chapter answers most of it, but the strongest conclusion comes from here: the proceedings ended in a verdict for the plaintiff and the plaintiff went to prison, so the outcome tells you who the litigation was actually for.

"Discuss Dickens's satire of the legal profession." Use three things: the attorneys who work on speculation and enforce a cognovit against their own client, the advocate who reads a note about chops as a love letter, and the prison that holds people until somebody pays.

What beginners get wrong

They think Pickwick is imprisoned for the damages. He is arrested and imprisoned because he refuses to pay, and it is the costs that are enforced. Refusing to pay a judgment debt was what put a person in the Fleet.

They think he gives in. He does not. He pays to release Mrs Bardell, and Dickens is explicit that benevolence, not obstinacy, decides it.

They forget Sam. Sam Weller has himself arrested on a debt arranged with his own father so that he can stay with his master, which is the novel's best single act of loyalty.

They leave out the Chancery prisoner. He is the answer to anyone who says the Fleet chapters are comic.

A worked answer

Question. "Explain how Mrs Bardell came to be imprisoned, although she won her case."

A model answer in five steps. First, after the verdict she signed a cognovit in favour of her own attorneys, Dodson and Fogg, for the amount of their costs. Second, a cognovit is a written acknowledgment that the other side's claim is good, on which judgment may be entered without any trial, so signing one hands over a judgment in advance; she was told it was a matter of form and says so herself. Third, Pickwick refused to pay a farthing of damages or costs, so the attorneys could recover nothing from him. Fourth, they therefore executed on the cognovit against their own client, and a clerk named Jackson took her by a trick, in a coach she believed was going on an outing, to the Fleet Prison. Fifth, she could be released only if the costs were paid, and the only person able to pay them was the defendant, so Pickwick, who had spent months in prison rather than give them a penny, paid both bills to get her out.

munotes.in125

Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet

The point to close on. Nothing in that sequence required any rule to be broken, and that is Dickens's charge.

Quick revision

Chapter 40 arrest by Namby and the sponging house; 41 chummage and the whistling shop; 42 the common side; 43 Sam has himself arrested by arrangement with his father; 44 the Chancery prisoner dies after twenty years; 45 Pickwick pays for others' release; 46 Mrs Bardell taken to the Fleet on a cognovit for her own attorneys' costs; 47 Pickwick pays both bills and both go free; 53 Dodson and Fogg exit unpunished; 57 the club is dissolved.

Cognovit: a written confession of judgment allowing execution without a trial. Mrs Bardell signed one "just as a matter of form".

Debtors' prison: civil, indefinite, self-financed, abolished substantially by the Debtors Act 1869.

Test yourself

1. Why is Pickwick imprisoned? Not as a punishment for losing the action. He refuses to pay the damages and costs, and a judgment creditor could take a debtor's body, so he is arrested and committed to the Fleet.

2. What is a cognovit and what did Mrs Bardell's do to her? A written acknowledgment that the other party's claim is good, on which judgment may be entered without trial. She gave one to her own attorneys for their costs, and they executed on it and had her imprisoned in the Fleet.

3. Why does Pickwick finally pay? Because Mrs Bardell cannot be released unless the costs are paid, and he is the only person who can pay them. He gives up his principle in order to get a woman out of prison.

4. What does the Chancery prisoner add to the book? He shows that the system's cruelty is not confined to comedy: a man may spend twenty years inside on a suit that never ends, and die there. It is the point at which Dickens stops being funny.

munotes.in126

Dodson and Fogg, Costs and the Fleet

5. In one sentence, what is Dickens's charge against the profession here? That everything which ruins the parties was done within the rules: the attorneys acted lawfully at every step, and the result was that the winner of the case went to prison and only the lawyers gained.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in127

Chapter Twenty-Five

Breach of Promise of Marriage

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

Breach of promise of marriage was a civil action for damages, brought by a person whose engagement had been broken, and it existed because an engagement was treated as a contract and because a jilted woman in the nineteenth century really had lost something the law could measure.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: an action for breach of promise of marriage lay at common law where one party to an agreement to marry refused to perform it, the remedy being damages assessed by a jury, and it was abolished in England and Wales by section 1 of the Law Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1970.

What had to be proved

Four things, and Bardell against Pickwick can be tested against each.

One. A promise to marry. It did not have to be written or formal. It could be inferred from conduct and from the way the parties behaved towards each other.

Two. Acceptance, so that there was an agreement. Both sides had to be bound.

Three. Breach. A refusal to marry, or a marriage to somebody else, or a repudiation by conduct.

Four. Damage. Which the law largely presumed, and which the jury measured.

Applied to the novel. The only evidence of a promise is that three men walked into a room and found Mrs Bardell in Pickwick's arms, plus two notes about dinner. There is no writing, no witness to any words of promise, and no date. That the action succeeded on that material is Dickens's point, and it is the answer to a question asking whether the verdict was justified.

Why the action existed, stated fairly

It is easy to laugh at it, and the novel invites you to. An answer that only laughs is incomplete, because the action protected something real.

A woman's engagement was her career. In a society where a middle-class woman could not easily earn, marriage was the settlement of her whole economic future. A broken engagement removed it.

Her reputation was damaged. A long engagement, publicly known, followed by a public rejection, put her at a disadvantage in a marriage market that judged her by exactly that.

She might have acted on the promise. Refusing other offers, leaving employment, moving, spending on preparations.

The action was one of the very few a woman could bring in her own name. A married woman's separate legal personality was heavily restricted for most of the nineteenth century, so a claim available to an unmarried woman was unusual.

Why it fell into disrepute

The damages were assessed by juries, and juries were sentimental. Buzfuz knows this. Everything he does, the widow's weeds, the fainting, the child placed in front of the judge, is aimed at the assessment of damages rather than at proof of a promise.

munotes.in128

Breach of Promise of Marriage

It was open to abuse. A case could be built on ambiguous conduct and pressed by attorneys with an interest in the costs, which is exactly what Dickens describes.

It became a way of buying off scandal. Defendants settled to avoid the publicity of a trial, which meant the threat was worth money whether or not the claim was good.

Society changed. As women's access to work, property and divorce widened through the twentieth century, the economic premise of the action weakened.

The abolition in England and Wales

Section 1 of the Law Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1970 is headed "Engagements to marry not enforceable at law", and it provides:

(1) An agreement between two persons to marry one another shall not under the law of England and Wales have effect as a contract giving rise to legal rights and no action shall lie in England and Wales for breach of such an agreement, whatever the law applicable to the agreement.

(2) This section shall have effect in relation to agreements entered into before it comes into force, except that it shall not affect any action commenced before it comes into force.

Read the words carefully, because they do two separate things. The agreement is deprived of contractual effect, and separately no action lies for breach of it. And the closing words, "whatever the law applicable to the agreement", shut out the argument that a promise governed by some other system of law could still be sued on in England.

Subsection (2) is the transitional provision. It reaches back to engagements already made, but it does not disturb any action already commenced.

The position in India

The action has not been abolished in India. There is no Indian statute corresponding to section 1 of the 1970 Act, and an agreement to marry is treated as a contract, so a suit for damages for its breach is maintainable.

Keep this short in an English answer and do not overstate it. What a student can safely say is this: England abolished the action by statute in 1970; India has passed no such statute, so the claim survives here as an ordinary contract claim, and questions about promises to marry are also litigated in India in quite different contexts that belong to later semesters. Anything more detailed is a subject for the law of contract paper and not for this one.

The distinctions an examiner may want

Breach of promise of marriageAn ordinary breach of contract
Subject matterAn agreement to marryAny lawful agreement
ProofOften inferred from conduct, without writingUsually by the terms agreed
DamagesAssessed by a jury, and covering injured feelings and lost position, not only money lostCompensation for loss actually flowing from the breach
Who typically suedIn practice, womenEither party
Position in England nowAbolished by statute in 1970Unaffected
munotes.in129

Breach of Promise of Marriage

How this feeds an essay on the trial

A good answer uses the law twice.

Early, to be fair to Mrs Bardell. The action she brought was a real one, available to her because the law recognised that a broken engagement cost a woman something. She is not a fraud; she is mistaken and then used.

Late, to make the criticism land. Because damages were at large and juries were moved by feeling, the action rewarded advocacy of exactly Buzfuz's kind. Dickens is not attacking a silly rule; he is showing a rule whose method of assessment invited the performance he describes.

What beginners get wrong

They call it a criminal charge. It is civil, and the remedy is damages.

They say Dickens got the law wrong. He did not. The procedure in chapter 34 is accurate down to the tales and the attorney's seat.

They say the action was abolished because it was ridiculous. It was abolished in England and Wales because its social basis had gone, and the statute says only that engagements are not enforceable at law.

They import the English abolition into India. Section 1 of the 1970 Act applies to England and Wales, and it says so on its face.

A worked answer

Question. "What had to be proved in an action for breach of promise of marriage, and was it proved here?"

The elements, stated first. A promise to marry, which need not be in writing and could be inferred from conduct; acceptance, so that there was an agreement; breach, by refusal, repudiation or marriage to another; and damage, which the law largely presumed and the jury measured.

Applying them to the case. On the first element the evidence was that Tupman, Winkle and Snodgrass walked into a room and found Mrs Bardell in Pickwick's arms, together with two notes in the defendant's hand about chops and tomato sauce and a warming-pan. There was no writing containing any promise, no witness to any words of promise, and no date. On the second element there was nothing at all except the same embrace. Breach was not seriously in issue. Damage was assumed, and the jury awarded seven hundred and fifty pounds on a claim laid at fifteen hundred.

The conclusion, which must take a position. On that material a promise could only be inferred, and the inference was supplied by Serjeant Buzfuz rather than by the evidence. Since damages in such actions were at large and juries were moved by feeling, the action rewarded exactly the advocacy Dickens describes, and the verdict is better explained by the performance than by the proof.

munotes.in130

Breach of Promise of Marriage

Quick revision

Four elements: a promise, acceptance, breach, and damage.

Why it existed: marriage was a woman's economic settlement, reputation was affected, she may have acted on the promise, and it was one of the few actions she could bring herself.

Why it fell: sentimental juries, easy abuse, settlement to avoid scandal, and social change.

Abolished in England and Wales by section 1 of the Law Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1970: an agreement to marry has no effect as a contract, and no action lies for its breach.

Not abolished in India, where such an agreement remains a contract.

In the novel: no writing, no witness to any promise, two notes about dinner, damages laid at fifteen hundred pounds and seven hundred and fifty awarded.

Test yourself

1. State the elements of the action. A promise to marry, accepted so that there is an agreement, a breach by refusal or repudiation, and damage, which the law largely presumed and the jury measured.

2. Give two reasons why the action existed. Because marriage was the economic settlement of a middle-class woman's life, so that a broken engagement removed her future provision; and because a publicly broken engagement damaged her reputation and position, which the law treated as a real loss.

3. What does section 1 of the Law Reform (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1970 provide? That an agreement between two persons to marry one another shall not under the law of England and Wales have effect as a contract giving rise to legal rights, and that no action shall lie in England and Wales for breach of such an agreement, whatever the law applicable to the agreement.

4. Is the action available in India? There is no Indian statute abolishing it, and an agreement to marry is treated as a contract, so a suit for damages for its breach is maintainable. The English abolition applies to England and Wales only.

5. On the evidence given at the trial, was the verdict justified? On the material before the jury there was an embrace witnessed by three men and two notes capable of an innocent reading, and no evidence of any words of promise. The verdict is explicable by the advocacy and by the fact that damages in such actions were at large, which is precisely Dickens's argument.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in131

Chapter Twenty-Six

Characters in The Pickwick Papers

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

Pickwick is an innocent who learns what the world is and refuses to be changed by it; Sam Weller is the shrewdness Pickwick lacks; Mrs Bardell is a woman who misunderstands one conversation and is destroyed by professionals; and Dodson and Fogg are the professionals.

Mr Samuel Pickwick

Placing. Samuel Pickwick is the founder of the Pickwick Club, a retired gentleman of independent property, and the defendant in Bardell against Pickwick.

He begins as a figure of fun and ends as the moral centre of the book. In the early chapters he is a comic scientist observing the world and getting it wrong. By the Fleet chapters he is the person whose judgment the reader trusts.

He is innocent in the exact sense. He does not see what other people are doing. He talks to Mrs Bardell about engaging a servant without noticing what she is hearing. He goes to Dodson and Fogg's office to explain the mistake, and does not understand that he is giving them evidence.

He is obstinate on principle, and the principle is a real one. He tells the attorneys after the verdict that not one farthing will they ever get from him if he spends the rest of his existence in a debtor's prison, and he means it. He refuses to pay because paying would reward the people who manufactured the case.

He gives way for the right reason. He does not weaken. He pays only when he learns that Mrs Bardell is herself in the Fleet and that his money alone can free her. Dickens's chapter title says it: his benevolence proves stronger than his obstinacy.

He changes what he knows without changing what he is. After the Fleet he is quieter and sadder, and no less kind. That is Dickens's answer to the question the novel asks: what happens to a good man who is shown how the world works.

Sam Weller

Placing. Sam Weller is a boot-cleaner at the White Hart when Pickwick meets him, becomes his servant, and is the most popular character Dickens ever invented.

He supplies the worldly knowledge Pickwick has not got. He knows what attorneys are, what a sponging house is, how the Fleet works, and what people are likely to be doing when they say something else.

He is the best witness in the book because he understands what a witness is for. Called by the plaintiff, he answers every question truthfully, volunteers the one fact that damages the attorneys most, and gives away nothing about his master. Dickens says exactly that: he did Dodson and Fogg's case as much harm as he conveniently could and said as little about Mr Pickwick as might be, which was precisely his object all along.

munotes.in132

Characters in The Pickwick Papers

He talks in a manner that has a name. A Wellerism is a saying with an incongruous attribution attached, of the form "as the soldier said when he polished his boots". They are his signature and are worth a line in a sketch.

His loyalty is the plot's best act. He arranges with his own father to be arrested for a debt of twenty-five pounds so that he can be imprisoned in the Fleet alongside Pickwick, and refuses to name his detaining creditor.

Mrs Martha Bardell

Placing. Mrs Bardell is a widow, the relict and sole executrix of a custom-house officer, who keeps lodgings in Goswell Street and is the plaintiff in the action.

She is not a schemer. Dickens gives her a genuine misunderstanding, in a scene where every word Pickwick says is capable of the meaning she takes, and he tells us she had long worshipped Pickwick at a distance.

She is taken over. From chapter 18 the action belongs to Dodson and Fogg. They stage her in court with an umbrella, a pair of pattens and her child on the floor in front of the judge.

She ends worse off than the man she sued. She signs a cognovit for her attorneys' costs, calling it a matter of form, and is taken to the Fleet on it. Her release is bought by the defendant.

What she is for. She is the proof of the novel's argument. If the litigation had been about her wrong, it would not have ended with her in prison.

Dodson and Fogg

Placing. Attorneys of Freeman's Court, Cornhill, for the plaintiff.

They are a pair, and Dickens never separates them. They speak almost interchangeably, and Dickens has Dodson answer "for self and partner".

They take the case on speculation. No costs unless recovered from Pickwick, which is Sam's evidence at the trial and the fact that explains their conduct.

They are professionals of effect. The umbrella and the pattens are their idea, and Perker, their opponent, admires it: "excellent ideas of effect, my dear Sir, excellent."

They break no rule. Everything they do is lawful. That is the charge.

The rest, in short

Mr Perker. Pickwick's attorney, a small brisk man with a snuff-box, cynical and competent. He explains that hungry jurymen find for the plaintiff and that an honest defence sounds like a guilty one, and he pays the court fees while Pickwick is still stunned.

Serjeant Buzfuz. The plaintiff's counsel, red-faced, who greets his opponent pleasantly and then calls the defendant a systematic villain. He is the novel's picture of advocacy as performance.

Serjeant Snubbin. Pickwick's counsel, overworked and detached, who has to be reminded of the case and whose truthful speech Dickens declines to report.

munotes.in133

Characters in The Pickwick Papers

Mr Justice Stareleigh. The judge: short, fat, irritable, asleep for much of the trial, and unable to get counsel's name right.

Tupman, Winkle and Snodgrass. Pickwick's companions, whose function in the action is to be the witnesses whose truthful evidence convicts an innocent man.

Tony Weller. Sam's father, a coachman, whose contribution to jurisprudence is the last line of the trial chapter: "vy worn't there a alleybi!"

Mrs Cluppins and Mrs Sanders. Mrs Bardell's friends and witnesses, whose evidence is that they overheard things they were not supposed to hear.

Distinctions worth a table

PerkerDodson and Fogg
SideDefendantPlaintiff
How paidBy a client who can payOn speculation, out of the other side
Attitude to the caseAdvises settlement; thinks it a nuisanceRuns it hard, and stages it
Attitude to the opponent's methodsProfessional admirationNot shown
End of the novelPaid, unchangedPaid, unchanged

What beginners get wrong

They call Mrs Bardell a liar. Dickens is careful to show that she believed what she said.

They treat Sam as comic relief. He is the practical intelligence of the book, and his evidence is the most effective thing anybody does in court.

They say Pickwick is defeated. He loses the action and wins the argument, and Dickens gives him the last word by making him pay for his opponent's freedom.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a short note on Sam Weller."

A model answer. Sam Weller is the boot-cleaner whom Mr Pickwick engages as his servant, and he is the practical intelligence the novel's hero entirely lacks. He knows what attorneys are, what a sponging house is and how the Fleet works, and he supplies that knowledge without ever appearing to instruct his master. His loyalty is the strongest thing in the book: he arranges with his own father to be arrested for a debt of twenty-five pounds so that he can follow Pickwick into the debtors' prison, and refuses to name his detaining creditor. His finest moment is in the witness box, where, called by the plaintiff, he answers every question truthfully and volunteers that the ladies had praised Dodson and Fogg for taking the case on speculation and charging nothing for costs unless they got them out of Mr Pickwick, at which Buzfuz abandons the cross-examination and calls him impenetrably stupid. Dickens's own summary is exact: Sam went down after doing the attorneys' case as much harm as he conveniently could and saying as little about his master as might be, which was precisely his object all along. His speech is famous for the Wellerism, a saying with an incongruous attribution attached, of the pattern "as the soldier said when he polished his boots".

munotes.in134

Characters in The Pickwick Papers

Why it scores. It gives a placing sentence, three qualities each proved by an incident, and one technical term correctly used.

Quick revision

Pickwick: innocent, obstinate on principle, imprisoned by choice, pays only to free Mrs Bardell.

Sam Weller: worldly, loyal to the point of imprisoning himself, best witness in the book, speaks in Wellerisms.

Mrs Bardell: honest misunderstanding, taken over by her attorneys, ends in the Fleet on a cognovit for their costs.

Dodson and Fogg: on speculation, masters of effect, never censured.

Perker, Buzfuz, Snubbin, Stareleigh, the three friends, Tony Weller, Cluppins and Sanders.

Test yourself

1. Why does Pickwick refuse to pay? Because paying would put money into the hands of Dodson and Fogg, who manufactured the action, and he tells them so in the side room after the verdict: not one farthing if he spends the rest of his life in a debtor's prison.

2. What finally makes him pay, and why is it not a defeat? Learning that Mrs Bardell has been imprisoned by her own attorneys on a cognovit for their costs and that only his money can release her. He abandons the principle for a person, which Dickens presents as the stronger impulse.

3. What is a Wellerism? A saying with an incongruous attribution attached, of the pattern "as the soldier said when he polished his boots", and it is Sam Weller's characteristic form of speech.

4. How does Sam damage the plaintiff's case while being called as her witness? By answering truthfully that the ladies had praised Dodson and Fogg for taking the case on speculation and charging nothing for costs unless they got them out of Mr Pickwick, which tells the court whose action it really is.

5. Why does Dickens make Mrs Bardell sympathetic? Because the satire is aimed at the profession and not at her. If she were a fraud the trial would be about a liar being caught; because she is honest, the trial is about a system that can turn an honest mistake into a judgment and then imprison the person who won.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in135

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

Syllabus topic 1.3, "The Pickwick Papers - Charles Dickens"

In one line

The novel's themes are the satire of a legal profession that lives on litigation, the cruelty of imprisonment for debt, the difference between innocence and ignorance, and the loyalty of a servant to a master.

Theme one: the satire of the law

The proposition. Dickens's charge is not that the law is broken but that it is followed, and that following it produces the wrong result for everybody except the lawyers.

Where it is worked, in ascending order of seriousness.

TargetThe scene
Advocacy as performanceBuzfuz on chops and tomato sauce, chapter 34
The judgeStareleigh asleep, writing with a dry pen, chapter 34
The juryTen special jurymen, a tales, the chemist and his errand boy, chapter 34
Attorneys as speculatorsSam Weller's "on spec" evidence, chapter 34
The client as raw materialMrs Bardell staged with umbrella, pattens and child, chapter 34
Costs as the real subjectMrs Bardell taken to the Fleet on a cognovit, chapter 46
DelayThe Chancery prisoner, twenty years, chapter 44

The position the novel takes. That the forms are dignified and the substance is a trade. The proof is the outcome: the winner is imprisoned, the loser pays, and the attorneys are unaffected.

Theme two: imprisonment for debt

The proposition. A prison that holds a person until somebody pays punishes poverty and nothing else.

Where it is worked. The sponging house in chapter 40. Chummage and the whistling shop in chapter 41. The common side in chapter 42. Sam's voluntary arrest in chapter 43. The Chancery prisoner's death in chapter 44. Mrs Bardell in chapter 46.

The position the novel takes. Unambiguous. This is the one subject on which Dickens stops joking, and the Chancery prisoner is where he stops.

Theme three: innocence, experience and benevolence

The proposition. Pickwick's innocence is not stupidity; it is a refusal to assume the worst, and the novel asks what happens to it when the worst turns out to be true.

Where it is worked. The Goswell Street conversation, where he does not imagine being misheard. The visit to Dodson and Fogg, where he does not imagine being recorded. The Fleet, where he learns what the world does to people without money. And the payment at the end, where he acts on the same instinct he began with, now knowing what it costs.

Theme four: master and servant

The proposition. The one relationship in the book that neither money nor law can spoil.

Where it is worked. Sam refuses to leave Pickwick, has himself arrested to follow him into the Fleet, protects him in the witness box, and delays his own marriage. Against this Dickens sets the professional relationships in the book, every one of which is for hire.

munotes.in136

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

Theme five: England on the road

The proposition. Like Fielding a century earlier, Dickens uses a journey to put his characters in front of a whole society.

Where it is worked. Eatanswill and its election, the inns, the coaches, the country houses, the prison. The structure is inherited from the eighteenth-century comic novel, and comparing it with Joseph Andrews is a legitimate and often rewarded move in an essay.

Reference to context: the passages that are set

1. "A good, contented, well-breakfasted juryman is a capital thing to get hold of. Discontented or hungry jurymen, my dear sir, always find for the plaintiff." Chapter 34. Spoken by Perker, Pickwick's attorney, over breakfast on the morning of the trial. It sets the tone of the whole chapter by suggesting that the verdict may turn on the jury's digestion rather than on the evidence.

2. "Damages, gentlemen, heavy damages is the only punishment with which you can visit him; the only recompense you can award to my client." Chapter 34. Spoken by Serjeant Buzfuz, counsel for Mrs Bardell, at the close of his address to the jury. The damages demanded were fifteen hundred pounds, and the jury awarded seven hundred and fifty.

3. "Chops and tomato sauce. Yours, Pickwick." Chapter 34. Read out by Serjeant Buzfuz as one of two letters said to prove a promise of marriage. It is in fact a note from a lodger to his landlady about his dinner, and Buzfuz's treatment of it as a covert communication is the best-known piece of legal satire in English fiction.

4. "Why, gentlemen, who does trouble himself about a warming-pan?" Chapter 34. Spoken by Serjeant Buzfuz about the second letter, in which Pickwick tells Mrs Bardell not to trouble herself about the warming-pan. He argues that the word must be a cover for hidden fire and a substitute for some endearment in a preconcerted system of correspondence.

5. "they said what a wery gen'rous thing it was o' them to have taken up the case on spec, and to charge nothing at all for costs, unless they got 'em out of Mr. Pickwick." Chapter 34. Spoken by Sam Weller in the witness box, called as a witness for the plaintiff. It reveals that the plaintiff's attorneys are running the action for their own costs, and Buzfuz abandons the cross-examination immediately.

6. "Oh, Sammy, Sammy, vy worn't there a alleybi!" Chapter 34, the last line. Spoken by Tony Weller, Sam's father the coachman, to Sam outside the court after the verdict. It is the popular verdict on the whole proceeding, and it is funny because an alibi is a defence to a crime and this was a civil action about an engagement.

munotes.in137

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

7. "You may try, and try, and try again, Messrs. Dodson and Fogg, but not one farthing of costs or damages do you ever get from me, if I spend the rest of my existence in a debtor's prison." Chapter 34. Spoken by Mr Pickwick to the plaintiff's attorneys in a side room immediately after the verdict, while Perker is paying the court fees. He keeps the promise for several months and gives it up only to release Mrs Bardell.

8. "You gave them a cognovit for the amount of your costs, after the trial, I'm told." Chapter 46. Spoken by Jackson, a clerk of Dodson and Fogg, to Mrs Bardell in a coach which she believes is taking her on an outing. She answers that she did, "just as a matter of form". The coach is in fact taking her to the Fleet Prison.

Five more the University has actually set

Note. Added by the past paper check. All five are from chapter 34, the trial.

A. "The plaintiff is a widow; yes, gentlemen, a widow." Spoken by Serjeant Buzfuz in his opening speech for Mrs Bardell, in what Dickens calls a melancholy voice. It is the first move of the speech: before any fact is stated the jury is told the plaintiff's condition, and the whole address is built on the sympathy that word is meant to produce.

B. "Apartments furnished for a single gentleman. Inquire within." The written placard Mrs Bardell placed in her front parlour window in Goswell Street, read aloud in court by Buzfuz. He treats an ordinary advertisement for a lodger as evidence of a design upon a husband, and the passage is the clearest instance in the text of a document being given a meaning it does not carry.

C. "I wonder what the foreman of the jury, whoever he'll be, has got for breakfast." Spoken by Mr Snodgrass on the morning of the fourteenth of February, at the opening of chapter 34, by way of keeping up a conversation. Perker answers that he hopes it is a good one, and then explains that a contented, well-breakfasted juryman is a capital thing to get hold of, which is the remark set out as passage 1 above.

D. "What were you doing in the back room, ma'am?" inquired the little judge. Spoken by Mr Justice Stareleigh to Mrs Cluppins during her evidence, after she has placed Mr Pickwick's sitting-room on the first floor front. Her answer, that she will not deceive his Lordship and was there on a private matter, is what leads her to admit she overheard the conversation through a door left ajar, which is how the case's best evidence arrives by eavesdropping.

munotes.in138

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

E. "I know I ought to do, if I got on as well as I deserved; but I don't, my Lord," answered the chemist. Spoken by Thomas Groffin, the chemist pressed on to the jury when a tales is prayed, replying to Mr Justice Stareleigh, who has reddened and told him that he ought to be able to afford an assistant. Groffin is one of two common jurymen sworn that morning, the other being Richard Upwitch, the greengrocer, and he warns the court before taking the oath that there will be murder before the trial is over, since he has left nobody but an errand boy in his shop who believes that Epsom salts means oxalic acid.

F. "Your little boy is a very long time gone." Spoken by Mr Pickwick to Mrs Bardell in chapter 12, as she finishes dusting his rooms and he works himself up to ask whether keeping two people costs much more than keeping one. He is talking about hiring a servant, Sam Weller, and she believes he is proposing marriage; the whole action of the trial grows from the conversation that begins with this line, which is why the examiner sets it.

How to place a passage from this novel

Names decide it. Pickwick, Bardell, Weller, Buzfuz, Snubbin, Stareleigh, Dodson, Fogg, Perker, Cluppins, Snodgrass, Winkle and Tupman appear in no other text on this paper.

Speech decides it. Sam and Tony Weller's dialect, with "v" for "w" and "w" for "v", is unmistakable.

Legal vocabulary decides it. Tales, special jury, serjeant, cognovit, sponging house and the Fleet belong to the Victorian court, not to Fielding's country justice.

What beginners get wrong

They treat the novel as one long joke. The Fleet chapters and the Chancery prisoner are not comic, and an answer that misses them misses the argument.

They attribute Buzfuz's lines to the judge, or Perker's to Snubbin. Keep the sides straight: Buzfuz and Skimpin, instructed by Dodson and Fogg, are for the plaintiff; Snubbin and Phunky, instructed by Perker, are for the defendant.

They say the satire is against Mrs Bardell. It is against the profession, and she is one of its casualties.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss Dickens's treatment of imprisonment for debt."

Paragraph one, the position. Dickens treats the debtors' prison as the point at which the comedy of the novel stops, and he makes three arguments about it, in ascending order of seriousness.

Paragraph two, that it punished poverty. A debtor stayed until his creditor was satisfied or he was discharged, so there was no fixed term, and a man with money left at once while a man without money did not leave at all. Inside, everything had to be bought: a room, food, and relief from being chummed on other prisoners, so the prison reproduced the inequality that had filled it.

munotes.in139

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

Paragraph three, that it was civil and not criminal. Pickwick has committed no offence. He is there because a judgment creditor could take a debtor's body, and because he refuses on principle to pay Dodson and Fogg. Mrs Bardell, who committed no offence either, is there because she signed a cognovit for her own attorneys' costs.

Paragraph four, the Chancery prisoner. In chapter 44 a man who has been inside for twenty years on a Chancery matter dies there. Dickens makes no joke in these pages, and the point is delay rather than debt: a suit could outlive the parties to it.

Conclusion. Dickens is writing from his own family's experience, his father having been imprisoned for debt, and the campaign the novel belongs to succeeded long afterwards, imprisonment for debt being substantially abolished in England by the Debtors Act 1869.

Quick revision

Themes: satire of the profession; imprisonment for debt; innocence meeting experience; master and servant; England on the road.

The escalation of the satire: performance, then a sleeping judge, then an accidental jury, then attorneys on speculation, then a client imprisoned for her own lawyers' costs, then a man dead in prison after twenty years of Chancery.

Set passages: the well-breakfasted juryman; heavy damages; chops and tomato sauce; the warming-pan; Sam on "spec"; the alibi; not one farthing; the cognovit.

Test yourself

1. State Dickens's central charge against the law in one sentence. That nothing which ruins the parties requires any rule to be broken: the procedure is regular throughout, and its regular operation ends with the successful plaintiff in prison and the attorneys paid.

2. Place: "vy worn't there a alleybi!" Tony Weller, Sam's father, speaking to Sam outside the court immediately after the verdict in chapter 34. It is the last line of the trial chapter, and the joke is that an alibi is a defence to a criminal charge while this was a civil action for breach of promise.

3. Which passage shows that the action is really about costs? Sam Weller's evidence in chapter 34 that Dodson and Fogg took the case on speculation and would charge nothing unless they recovered from Mr Pickwick, confirmed in chapter 46 when they imprison their own client on a cognovit for those costs.

4. Why are the Fleet chapters necessary to the novel's argument? Because they show the consequence of the trial for everybody in it, and because they make the point that a debtors' prison punishes inability to pay rather than any wrong. Without them the trial is only a funny chapter.

munotes.in140

Themes and Reference to Context: The Pickwick Papers

5. Compare the use of the road in this novel and in Joseph Andrews. Both use a journey to bring the central characters before every level of society in turn, so that each encounter tests the people met rather than the travellers. Dickens inherits the structure from Fielding, and both novels put a legal scene at the centre of the journey.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in141

Chapter Twenty-Eight

Adam Bede: George Eliot and the World of the Novel

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

Adam Bede is a novel about a village carpenter, a farmer's niece who is seduced by the young squire, and the trial for child murder that follows, written by a novelist who set out to show ordinary people exactly as they are.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Adam Bede, published in 1859, is George Eliot's first full-length novel, set in the rural Midlands in 1799 to 1801, in six books, whose central action is the seduction of Hetty Sorrel by Arthur Donnithorne, her trial and conviction for child murder, and her reprieve at the place of execution.

The author's name

The book is by George Eliot, which is a pen name. The writer was Mary Ann Evans. A student should use "George Eliot" throughout an answer, because that is how the book is published and how MU prints it, and may mention the real name once.

Why the pen name matters here. It is the same subject as the novel: a woman's respectability and the difference between what a person is and what a community will allow them to be. Eliot's own position, living with a man she could not marry, is not part of an examination answer, but it explains why the novel treats Hetty's disgrace with an attention nobody else was giving it.

Why a law syllabus sets it

Because Book Fifth is a criminal trial for a capital offence, described from the point of view of the man who loves the accused, and because the novel makes you understand a crime before it lets you judge it.

Three legal questions run through it, and each is a possible essay.

One. What was Hetty actually guilty of? She left a newborn child under timber choppings in a wood and sat down a quarter of a mile away. She did not kill it with her hands. The novel is careful about that, and the law of 1800 was not.

Two. What is a fair trial worth to a person who cannot speak? Hetty does not plead, does not testify, and her counsel is not permitted to address the jury on the facts. Everything that could be said for her is said in a plea for mercy that comes too late to affect the verdict.

Three. Where does responsibility lie? Arthur is not on trial, is not charged with anything, and is the only person who could have prevented all of it. He arrives at the gallows with the reprieve.

The world: Hayslope in 1799

A village where everyone knows everyone. Work, church, chapel and the farm calendar organise the year. Reputation is a public fact and there is nowhere to go with a private one.

munotes.in142

Adam Bede: George Eliot and the World of the Novel

Two religions in it. The Church of England, represented by Mr Irwine, the rector, comfortable and humane and not very searching. And Methodism, a movement of open-air preaching and personal conversion, represented by Dinah Morris, a woman preacher. Dinah's right to preach at all is contested in the novel, which is historically accurate.

Three classes that matter. The squire's family at the Chase, who own the land. The tenant farmers, the Poysers at the Hall Farm, respectable and proud. And the craftsmen and labourers, Adam among them. Hetty is a farmer's niece and Arthur is the heir to the estate, and the distance between those two positions is the engine of the plot.

Chapter XVII, and George Eliot's own statement of her method

Chapter XVII is titled "In Which the Story Pauses a Little", and the author stops the novel to explain what she is doing. It is the most quoted chapter in the book after the trial, and it is the source of any answer on realism.

What she argues. That she will not idealise. That she would rather paint people as they are, with their commonness and their mistakes, than invent noble characters who never existed. That there is a truth and a beauty in ordinary faces and ordinary lives that a taste for the heroic misses.

Why it matters for the trial. Because it is the licence for what happens to Hetty. A novelist writing to a pattern would have made Hetty either wicked or wholly innocent. Eliot makes her vain, thoughtless, frightened and very young, and then puts her in a criminal court.

How to use it in an answer. Say that the trial is the test of the doctrine in chapter XVII: the novel refuses to simplify the person the law has to classify.

The main people

NameWho they are
Adam BedeA carpenter of Hayslope, upright, proud, hardworking, in love with Hetty
Hetty SorrelMrs Poyser's niece, a dairymaid at the Hall Farm, seventeen and beautiful
Arthur DonnithorneThe young squire, heir to the estate, twenty-one, well-meaning and weak
Dinah MorrisA Methodist preacher, Hetty's cousin, who visits her in the prison
Mr IrwineThe rector of Broxton, Arthur's friend and confessor
Mrs PoyserHetty's aunt, the sharpest tongue in the novel
Seth BedeAdam's gentler brother, who loves Dinah
Bartle MasseyThe schoolmaster, who stays with Adam through the trial

The vocabulary you need

Assizes. The periodic sittings at which serious criminal cases were tried in the counties by judges sent out from London. Hetty is tried at the assizes at Stoniton.

The dock. The enclosure in which a prisoner stands during a criminal trial.

Capital offence. One punishable by death.

munotes.in143

Adam Bede: George Eliot and the World of the Novel

Reprieve. An order postponing or cancelling the execution of a sentence. What Arthur brings is a commutation, that is, the substitution of a lesser punishment.

Transportation. Removal to a penal colony overseas for a term of years or for life, used as the standard substitute for hanging.

Methodist. A member of the movement founded by John Wesley, which permitted lay and, for a time, women preachers.

What beginners get wrong

They write "Mary Ann Evans" throughout. Use the published name and mention the real one once.

They call it a Victorian novel about Victorian life. It was published in 1859 but it is set sixty years earlier, in 1799 to 1801, and the law that convicts Hetty is the law of that earlier period.

They treat chapter XVII as a digression. It is the novel's statement of its own method and the best material for any question about realism.

They forget the epilogue. The novel ends in 1801 and then adds a short final chapter, and the marriages there are part of the argument.

A worked answer

Question. "What does George Eliot mean by realism, and where does she say it?"

A model answer. She says it in chapter XVII of Adam Bede, titled "In Which the Story Pauses a Little", where she stops the narrative to address the reader directly about her method. Her argument is that she will not idealise: she would rather paint people as they actually are, with their commonness, their dullness and their mistakes, than invent noble characters who never existed, because there is a truth and a beauty in ordinary faces and ordinary lives that a taste for the heroic misses entirely. The doctrine is then tested by the novel itself. A writer working to a pattern would have made Hetty Sorrel either an innocent victim or a wicked girl, and Eliot makes her vain, ignorant, frightened and seventeen, and then puts her in a criminal dock on a capital charge. That is the real force of chapter XVII: it is a promise, and the trial is where the promise is kept.

How to use it. Name the chapter and its title, state the argument in a sentence, and then prove that the novel obeys it. Naming the chapter is worth a mark on its own.

Quick revision

George Eliot is the pen name of Mary Ann Evans. Adam Bede, 1859, six books, fifty-five chapters, set 1799 to 1801.

Hayslope: a village of squire, tenant farmers and craftsmen, with the Church of England and Methodism side by side.

Chapter XVII is the author's defence of realism: ordinary people painted as they are, not idealised.

Central action: Arthur seduces Hetty; she bears a child in secret, abandons it, is tried for child murder, convicted, sentenced to death, and reprieved at the gallows.

munotes.in144

Adam Bede: George Eliot and the World of the Novel

The trial is in 1800, which decides which law applies.

Test yourself

1. Who is George Eliot? The pen name of Mary Ann Evans, under which Adam Bede was published in 1859.

2. When is the novel set, and why does the date matter? It opens on 18 June 1799 and closes in 1801, so the trial falls in 1800. The date matters because the law governing a charge of child murder changed in 1803, and Hetty is tried under the older and harsher rule.

3. What is the argument of chapter XVII? That the novelist should paint people as they actually are, including their commonness and their faults, rather than idealise them, and that there is truth and beauty in ordinary lives that a taste for the heroic overlooks.

4. Name the three social levels in Hayslope and place the main characters in them. The squire's family at the Chase, where Arthur Donnithorne is heir; the tenant farmers, the Poysers at the Hall Farm, where Hetty lives as a niece and dairymaid; and the craftsmen and labourers, among whom Adam Bede is a carpenter.

5. Why is Dinah Morris's preaching historically significant in the novel? Because she is a woman preaching in the open air as a Methodist at a time when the right of women to preach was contested, and the novel makes that contest part of its picture of the period.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in145

Chapter Twenty-Nine

Adam Bede: the Story, Books First to Fourth

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

The first four books show a village at work, a young squire who cannot resist a beautiful dairymaid, a carpenter who loves her and does not know, and the point at which the two men fight in a wood and everything after that becomes inevitable.

Book First, chapters I to XVI: Hayslope

The opening. The novel begins in Adam's workshop on 18 June 1799, with the workmen singing and Adam finishing a job after hours. Chapter II is the preaching: Dinah Morris preaches on the village green, and the chapter is the reader's introduction to Methodism and to her.

The households. Chapter IV brings the death of Adam's father, Thias Bede, drowned in the brook, and the sorrow of the Bede home. Chapter V introduces Mr Irwine, the rector. Chapter VI takes the reader to the Hall Farm, the Poysers' place, and chapter VII to the dairy, where Arthur first sees Hetty at work.

Hetty's world. Chapter IX is titled "Hetty's World", and it is where an examiner will look for evidence of her character. She dreams of finery, of being a lady, of Arthur; she has almost no imagination for other people. Chapter XV, "The Two Bed-Chambers", sets her beside Dinah in the plainest possible contrast, the one dressing up in secret before a mirror, the other praying.

The wood. Chapters XII and XIII, "In the Wood" and "Evening in the Wood", are the beginning of it. Arthur meets Hetty in the Chase, kisses her, tells himself that nothing serious is happening, and resolves each time to stop.

Chapter XVI, "Links". Arthur, uneasy, half tries to confess to Mr Irwine and does not manage it. This is one of the novel's great near-misses: the whole tragedy could have stopped in one conversation.

Book Second, chapters XVII to XXI

Chapter XVII, "In Which the Story Pauses a Little". The author's defence of realism, dealt with in the previous chapter of these notes.

The rest. Chapter XVIII is church, chapter XIX Adam on a working day, chapter XX Adam visiting the Hall Farm, and chapter XXI the night school. These chapters build Adam's world and his prospects: he is about to be made manager of the woods, and he intends to marry Hetty.

Book Third, chapters XXII to XXVI: the birthday feast

Arthur comes of age, and the whole neighbourhood is entertained at the Chase. Chapters XXII to XXVI are the going, the dinner, the health-drinking, the games and the dance. Adam is publicly honoured; Hetty dances with Arthur; and in the middle of the festivity Hetty loses the locket Arthur gave her, which is the small physical sign that the secret is not safe.

How to use these chapters. They are the novel's picture of the whole community at its happiest, placed immediately before the catastrophe. In an essay on structure, say that Eliot spends a book on the feast so that the reader knows exactly what Hetty loses.

munotes.in146

Adam Bede: the Story, Books First to Fourth

Book Fourth, chapters XXVII to XXXV: the crisis and the betrothal

Chapter XXVII, "A crisis". Adam, walking home through the Chase, sees Arthur and Hetty together, and understands. He confronts Arthur, they fight, and Adam knocks him down. It is the pivot of the novel: the friendship between the two men ends, and Adam forces Arthur to write to Hetty and break it off.

Chapters XXVIII to XXXI. Arthur writes the letter. Adam delivers it. Hetty reads it alone in her bed-chamber, and the chapter titled "In Hetty's Bed-Chamber" is where the reader sees the extent of her hopelessness. She is already pregnant, though the novel says so only by implication.

Chapter XXXII, "Mrs Poyser 'Has Her Say Out'". The comic high point of the novel, and famous on its own: Mrs Poyser tells the old squire exactly what she thinks of him and his farm management, to his face. It is often set as a passage, and it matters because it shows that plain speech is possible in this village for everybody except the person who needs it most.

Chapter XXXIV, "The Betrothal". Hetty accepts Adam. She does not love him; she is trying to save herself. Adam is happier than he has ever been.

Chapter XXXV, "The Hidden Dread". Hetty understands her condition and what it will mean. The last chapter of Book Fourth leaves her preparing to run.

The two silences that cause the tragedy

Any essay on this novel should notice them.

Arthur does not tell Mr Irwine. Chapter XVI puts him in the rector's room with the words nearly out of his mouth. He talks about a hypothetical man in trouble and cannot go on. One sentence would have ended it.

Hetty tells nobody. She cannot tell the Poysers, because respectability is the whole of their standing. She cannot tell Adam. She thinks of Dinah and decides that if she tells Dinah, others will know at last. Her isolation is complete before she leaves the farm, and the novel builds it carefully.

What beginners get wrong

They call Hetty wicked from the start. She is vain, ignorant and seventeen, and the novel takes trouble over the difference.

They think Arthur intends harm. He does not, and that is the criticism. He intends nothing at all, repeatedly, and the novel treats thoughtlessness as a form of responsibility.

They skip Mrs Poyser. Her scene with the squire is one of the most quoted passages in the book.

munotes.in147

Adam Bede: the Story, Books First to Fourth

A worked answer

Question. "Trace the steps by which Hetty Sorrel becomes isolated."

A model answer in five steps, each anchored to a chapter. First, in chapters XII and XIII Arthur meets her in the Chase and the affair begins in secret, so from the start there is something she cannot tell. Second, in chapter XVI Arthur half tries to confess to Mr Irwine and cannot, so the one adult who could have stopped it never learns. Third, in chapter XXVII Adam sees them together, knocks Arthur down, and forces him to write a letter breaking it off, which she reads alone in chapter XXXI. Fourth, she cannot tell the Poysers, whose entire standing in Hayslope is respectability, and she cannot tell Adam, whom in chapter XXXIV she accepts in the hope of saving herself. Fifth, she thinks of Dinah and rejects the idea, because if she tells Dinah other people will come to know at last.

The sentence that lifts it. By the time she leaves the farm in Book Fifth there is not one person alive who knows her condition, and Eliot has built that isolation deliberately, one refusal at a time, so that the reader can see the trial coming before the characters can.

Quick revision

Book First: the workshop, Dinah's preaching, Thias Bede's death, the Hall Farm and the dairy, Hetty's world, the two bed-chambers, the meetings in the wood, and Arthur's failed confession to Mr Irwine.

Book Second: the chapter in which the story pauses, church, Adam at work, the night school.

Book Third: Arthur's coming of age, the feast, the health-drinking, the games and the dance.

Book Fourth: Adam sees them in the Chase and knocks Arthur down; the letter is written and delivered; Mrs Poyser has her say out; Hetty becomes engaged to Adam; the hidden dread.

Test yourself

1. What happens in chapter XXVII, and why is it the pivot? Adam sees Arthur and Hetty together in the Chase, confronts him and knocks him down, and then makes him write a letter breaking off the affair. It ends the friendship, and it sets Hetty on the road she takes in Book Fifth.

2. Why does Hetty accept Adam? Not out of love. She is pregnant and abandoned, and marriage to Adam is the only way she can imagine of avoiding disgrace.

3. What is the significance of chapter XVI? Arthur almost confesses to Mr Irwine and cannot. The novel's tragedy turns on silences, and this is the first and most avoidable of them.

4. Why does Eliot spend a whole book on the birthday feast? To show the community whole and happy immediately before it is broken, so that the reader measures what Hetty and Arthur destroy.

munotes.in148

Adam Bede: the Story, Books First to Fourth

5. What is the contrast in "The Two Bed-Chambers"? Hetty secretly dressing up and admiring herself before a mirror, and Dinah at prayer in the next room. The chapter sets the novel's two women against each other in one image, and it is the shortest route to a character comparison in an answer.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in149

Chapter Thirty

Adam Bede: the Story, Books Fifth and Sixth

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

Hetty runs away to find Arthur, fails, gives birth alone in a strange town, abandons the child in a wood, is arrested, tried, convicted and sentenced to hang, confesses to Dinah in the condemned cell, and is reprieved at the foot of the gallows by Arthur riding through the crowd.

Book Fifth, chapters XXXVI to XLVIII

Chapters XXXVI and XXXVII, the two journeys. "The Journey of Hope" and "The Journey in Despair". Hetty leaves the Hall Farm saying she is going to visit Dinah, and travels instead towards Windsor to find Arthur. She learns his regiment has gone to Ireland. The second chapter is the road back, with no destination and almost no money, and it contains her attempt to drown herself in a pool, which she cannot carry out.

Chapter XXXVIII, "The Quest". Adam, when Hetty does not arrive at Dinah's, goes looking for her, and follows her track. Chapter XXXIX, "The Tidings", is the news reaching Hayslope: a young woman has been arrested at Stoniton for child murder.

Chapter XL, "The Bitter Waters Spread". The effect on the Poysers, whose whole standing is respectability, and on Adam, who at first refuses to believe it.

Chapters XLI to XLIII, the trial. "The Eve of the Trial", "The Morning of the Trial", "The Verdict". Adam sits by the dock. Hetty does not plead, and a plea of not guilty is entered for her. Two witnesses give the evidence: Sarah Stone, the widow who took her in and in whose house the child was born, and John Olding, the labourer who found a baby's hand under the timber choppings in the wood. The jury convict without a recommendation to mercy, the judge puts on the black cap, and at the words about hanging Hetty shrieks and faints.

Chapter XLIV, "Arthur's Return". Arthur, who has been abroad and knows nothing, comes home to his grandfather's funeral and learns everything at once.

Chapter XLV, "In the Prison". Dinah is admitted to the condemned cell. Hetty is silent and hard until Dinah prays with her, and then she confesses. Her own words are the most important evidence in the book, and they are not evidence in the trial because she never gave them.

I did do it, Dinah... I buried it in the wood... the little baby... and it cried... I heard it cry... ever such a way off... all night... and I went back because it cried.

She adds the sentence that a lawyer notices at once: "I didn't kill it. I didn't kill it myself. I put it down there and covered it up, and when I came back it was gone."

Chapter XLVI, "The Hours of Suspense", and XLVII, "The Last Moment". The cart carries Hetty and another woman towards the gallows through a crowd. Dinah tells her to close her eyes and prays with her. A shout goes up, and it is not a shout of cruelty: Arthur Donnithorne is riding through the crowd at full gallop with, in George Eliot's words, "a hard-won release from death".

munotes.in150

Adam Bede: the Story, Books Fifth and Sixth

Chapter XLVIII, "Another Meeting in the Wood". Adam and Arthur meet again in the Chase, where the fight happened. Arthur tells him the sentence has been commuted to transportation, and that he is leaving Hayslope himself.

Book Sixth, chapters XLIX to LV

The recovery. Chapters XLIX to LI move the novel back to ordinary life: the Hall Farm, the Bede cottage, Sunday morning. Adam is changed, quieter and older.

Chapters LII to LV. "Adam and Dinah", "The Harvest Supper", "The Meeting on the Hill", "Marriage Bells". Adam realises that he loves Dinah. Dinah, who has resolved on a life of preaching and service, struggles with it and accepts him. They marry.

The epilogue. A short final section set in 1807. Hetty died on the voyage home after her sentence was remitted, so she never returns. Arthur, who has been away with his regiment, comes back ill and much altered. Adam and Dinah have children. Dinah no longer preaches, because the Methodist conference has forbidden women to preach, which is an accurate piece of history and which some readers find the saddest thing in the book.

The reprieve, and what it actually is

A student should be exact about this, because it is often misstated in answers.

Hetty is not acquitted. The verdict stands. She was convicted of child murder and sentenced to death.

What Arthur obtains is a commutation. The sentence of death is replaced by transportation. He obtains it by going to the authorities with everything he knows, which necessarily involves telling them what he did.

It arrives at the last possible moment. The cart has reached the place of execution. Eliot places it there deliberately: the reader is made to feel the machinery running to its end and stopping only because one man finally acted.

It does not save her life in the long run. The epilogue records that she died on the voyage home when the sentence was remitted, which is Eliot refusing the comfortable ending.

What beginners get wrong

They say Hetty is pardoned or found innocent. She is convicted, and the death sentence is commuted to transportation.

They say Arthur rescues her. He arrives with the reprieve, and he is also the reason she is in the cart. An answer should say both.

They forget that the confession is not evidence. Hetty tells Dinah what happened after she has been convicted, in a cell, to a preacher. Nothing she says there was before the jury.

munotes.in151

Adam Bede: the Story, Books Fifth and Sixth

They end the novel at the reprieve. Book Sixth and the epilogue carry the novel's judgment on everybody, and Dinah's silencing is part of it.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "It was a shout of sudden excitement at the appearance of a horseman cleaving the crowd at full gallop."

The two-sentence answer. These words are the narrator's, in chapter XLVII of George Eliot's Adam Bede, at the place of execution outside Stoniton, correcting the reader's assumption that the shout from the waiting crowd was a yell of cruelty as the cart carrying Hetty Sorrel and Dinah Morris reached the gallows. The horseman is Arthur Donnithorne, who is carrying what Eliot calls a hard-won release from death, that is, a commutation of Hetty's sentence to transportation, which he has obtained by telling the authorities what he himself had done.

The trap in this passage. It is not a pardon and not an acquittal. The conviction stands, and the epilogue records that Hetty died on the voyage home, so an answer that treats this as a happy ending has missed what Eliot does with it.

Quick revision

XXXVI to XXXVII: the journey of hope to Windsor and the journey in despair back, with the attempt at the pool.

XXXVIII to XL: Adam's search, the news of an arrest at Stoniton, the effect on the Poysers.

XLI to XLIII: the eve, the morning, and the verdict; Sarah Stone and John Olding are the witnesses; guilty, without recommendation to mercy; the black cap and Hetty's shriek.

XLIV to XLVII: Arthur returns; Dinah brings Hetty to confess in the cell; the cart to the gallows; Arthur arrives with a hard-won release from death.

XLVIII: Adam and Arthur meet again in the wood; the sentence is commuted to transportation.

Book Sixth: Adam and Dinah marry. The epilogue: Hetty dies on the voyage home, Arthur returns ill, and Dinah has given up preaching because the conference has forbidden it to women.

Test yourself

1. What exactly does Arthur bring to the gallows? A commutation of the death sentence, described by Eliot as a hard-won release from death. Hetty remains convicted, and the punishment becomes transportation.

2. Who are the two principal witnesses at the trial, and what does each say? Sarah Stone, a widow of Stoniton who took Hetty in and in whose house the child was born and was dressed in clothes she made herself; and John Olding, a labourer who heard a cry in Hetton Coppice, found a baby's hand among the timber choppings, and later found Hetty sitting against the same bush.

munotes.in152

Adam Bede: the Story, Books Fifth and Sixth

3. What does Hetty confess to Dinah, and how does it differ from what the jury believed? That she buried the child in the wood and heard it cry, and went back because it cried, but that she did not kill it with her own hands and that when she returned it was gone. The jury convicted her of murder, without ever hearing her account.

4. Why is the epilogue important? Because it refuses a comfortable ending: Hetty dies on the voyage home, Arthur comes back ill and diminished, and Dinah stops preaching because women have been forbidden to. The novel does not restore what was broken.

5. What is the significance of Adam and Arthur meeting again in the wood? It is the same place as the fight in chapter XXVII, so the novel measures the distance travelled. Arthur brings the news of the commutation and announces that he is leaving Hayslope, which is the only reparation available to him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in153

Chapter Thirty-One

Hetty Sorrel's Trial

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

A seventeen-year-old girl stands in the dock of a great hall at the Stoniton assizes, says nothing at all, and is convicted of murdering her newborn child on the evidence of two strangers, without her counsel being allowed to address the jury on her behalf.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: chapters XLI to XLIII report the trial of Hester Sorrel at the assizes for child murder, at which a plea of not guilty was entered on her behalf, two witnesses for the prosecution were examined, character evidence was given by Mr Irwine in support of a plea for mercy, and the jury returned a verdict of guilty without any recommendation to mercy, whereupon sentence of death was passed.

The court

Eliot describes the room exactly: a grand old hall fitted up for the day as a court of justice, light falling through high pointed windows of old painted glass, armour on the walls and tapestry under the great window. She notes that it is a place usually haunted by memories of old kings and queens, and that on this day nobody in it felt anything but a living sorrow.

Why the description matters. The grandeur is set against a girl of seventeen who is not able to follow what is happening. The gap between the dignity of the setting and the helplessness of the person in the dock is the chapter's method.

The stages of the trial

One. The arraignment. Hetty is asked whether she pleads guilty or not guilty and does not answer. A plea of not guilty is entered for her. Bartle Massey reports it to Adam: "she didn't speak when they asked her if she'd plead 'guilty' or 'not guilty,' and they pleaded 'not guilty' for her."

Two. What her counsel can do. Bartle Massey also reports that the counsel engaged for her "puts a spoke in the wheel whenever he can, and makes a deal to do with cross-examining the witnesses and quarrelling with the other lawyers", and that this is all he can do for the money. That is not a joke about a bad barrister. It is an exact description of the law, and it is explained below.

Three. Sarah Stone's evidence. A widow who keeps a small shop in Church Lane, Stoniton. She took Hetty in on a Saturday evening in February when she asked for a lodging; the child was born in her house that night; she made the baby clothes herself and identified them in court; she left Hetty sitting by the fire with the baby on her lap while she went to consult her minister, and came back an hour and a half later to find the candle burning and both of them gone. She did not give information, because she had no thought that Hetty meant to do any harm.

munotes.in154

Hetty Sorrel's Trial

Its effect on Adam. He takes hope from it. Hetty took the child with her, so she cannot have meant to kill it; the child may have died naturally and she hid it. Eliot lets the reader share that hope for one page.

Four. John Olding's evidence. A labourer of Tedd's Hole. He saw Hetty in a red cloak sitting under a haystack near Hetton Coppice, looking white and scared. Later, in the wood, he heard a cry, could not place it, went on, came back an hour later, and saw "something odd and round and whitish lying on the ground under a nut-bush". He stooped and found it was a little baby's hand. He dug the child out from among the timber choppings and it was cold. The next morning, returning with a constable, he found Hetty sitting against the same bush with a big piece of bread on her lap.

Its effect. Adam gives a faint groan and hides his face. Eliot writes that it was the supreme moment of his suffering, and Hetty, for the first time in the trial, is seen to tremble.

Five. Character evidence. Mr Irwine goes into the witness box and speaks of Hetty's unblemished character in her own parish and the virtuous habits in which she was brought up. Eliot's comment on it is the most important legal sentence in the novel.

This testimony could have no influence on the verdict, but it was given as part of that plea for mercy which her own counsel would have made if he had been allowed to speak for her, a favour not granted to criminals in those stern times.

Six. The verdict. The jury retire for hardly more than a quarter of an hour. The prisoner is made to hold up her hand. The verdict is "Guilty", and Eliot records that there was a sigh of disappointment from some hearts that it was followed by no recommendation to mercy.

Seven. The sentence. The judge puts on the black cap, the chaplain appears behind him in his canonicals, and the judge speaks her full name, "Hester Sorrel". Then the words MU quoted.

But at the words "and then to be hanged by the neck till you be dead," a piercing shriek rang through the hall. It was Hetty's shriek.

She falls in a fainting fit and is carried out of court.

Why her counsel could not speak for her

This is the point that makes the chapter more than sad, and it should be in every answer on this trial.

munotes.in155

Hetty Sorrel's Trial

The rule. Until 1836, a person on trial for a felony, that is, a serious crime, was not allowed the assistance of counsel in the fullest sense. Counsel could examine and cross-examine witnesses and could argue points of law, but could not address the jury on the facts on the prisoner's behalf. The prisoner had to speak for herself or not at all.

The change. The rule was altered by the Prisoners' Counsel Act 1836, also called the Trials for Felony Act 1836, which allowed counsel to make a full defence for a prisoner charged with felony. Hetty is tried in 1800, so the old rule applies to her.

What it means in this case. Hetty cannot or will not speak. Her counsel may not speak for her on the facts. So the only version of events the jury ever hears is the prosecution's, and the story she eventually tells Dinah in the cell, which is materially different, is told after conviction to a person with no standing in the case.

The question it raises, and it is a good essay question. Would the verdict have been the same if her account had been before the jury? The answer is not obviously yes: her account is of abandonment and panic, not of killing, and a jury told that she went back because she heard it cry might have returned a different verdict, or added the recommendation to mercy that they conspicuously withheld.

The defendant who never speaks

Count what Hetty says in three chapters of trial: nothing. She does not plead. She does not testify, and at this date she could not have testified even if she had wished, because a prisoner was not a competent witness in her own defence. She stands, in Eliot's words, "like a statue of dull despair", her hands crossed and her eyes fixed on them.

The three effects Eliot gets from that silence.

She makes the trial happen to Hetty rather than involve her, which is what a trial felt like to most prisoners in 1800.

She makes the reader supply what the court cannot hear, so that we condemn the process rather than the girl.

She saves the confession for chapter XLV, where it is given to a woman in a cell and to God, and not to a court at all.

How to answer "Describe the trial of Hetty Sorrel"

Paragraph one. The charge, the court, and Hetty's silence at arraignment.

Paragraph two. Sarah Stone's evidence, and why it gives Adam hope.

Paragraph three. John Olding's evidence, and the moment the hope ends.

Paragraph four. What could not be done for her: no address to the jury by counsel, no evidence from the prisoner, character evidence admitted only as a plea for mercy that could not affect the verdict.

munotes.in156

Hetty Sorrel's Trial

Paragraph five. The verdict, the absence of a recommendation to mercy, the black cap, and the shriek.

Paragraph six. The confession in chapter XLV set against the verdict, and your judgment on whether the trial did justice.

What beginners get wrong

They give Hetty a defence speech. She says nothing at any point in the trial.

They say her counsel was incompetent. He was doing everything the law of 1800 permitted, and Eliot says so.

They treat the confession as part of the trial. It comes after conviction, in the condemned cell, to Dinah.

They forget the missing recommendation to mercy. The jury could have added one and did not, and Eliot draws attention to it.

A worked answer

Question. "Describe the trial of Hetty Sorrel."

Paragraph one. Hetty Sorrel is tried at the Stoniton assizes for the murder of her newborn child, in a grand old hall fitted up as a court. Asked whether she pleads guilty or not guilty she does not answer, and a plea of not guilty is entered for her. She says nothing at any point in the trial and gives no evidence, since a prisoner was not then a competent witness in her own defence.

Paragraph two. Two witnesses prove the case. Sarah Stone, a widow of Church Lane, Stoniton, took her in on a Saturday evening in February, saw the child born in her house, made the baby clothes and identified them in court, and returned after an hour and a half to find the candle burning and the girl and the baby gone. John Olding, a labourer, heard a cry in Hetton Coppice, came back an hour later and found a little baby's hand under a nut-bush among timber choppings, and the next morning found Hetty sitting against the same bush.

Paragraph three. Mr Irwine gives evidence of her unblemished character, and Eliot records that it could have no influence on the verdict, being part of a plea for mercy which her own counsel would have made if he had been allowed to speak for her, a favour not granted to criminals in those stern times.

Paragraph four. The jury retire for hardly more than a quarter of an hour and return a verdict of guilty, with no recommendation to mercy, at which Eliot notes a sigh of disappointment. The judge puts on the black cap and speaks her name, and at the words about being hanged by the neck a piercing shriek rings through the hall and she faints and is carried out.

Paragraph five, the judgment. The trial was regular and the girl was unrepresented in the only way that mattered: her account, given afterwards to Dinah in the cell, was never before the jury, and on that account she abandoned a living child and returned because she heard it cry, which is not the same as killing it.

munotes.in157

Hetty Sorrel's Trial

Quick revision

Chapters XLI to XLIII: the eve, the morning, the verdict. Stoniton assizes, a great hall fitted up as a court.

Hetty does not plead; not guilty is entered for her. She never speaks and never gives evidence.

Sarah Stone: the lodging, the birth, the baby clothes she made, the empty room.

John Olding: the cry in the coppice, the baby's hand under the choppings, Hetty against the bush the next morning.

Mr Irwine's character evidence could not affect the verdict; it was part of a plea for mercy that counsel was not allowed to make, because counsel could not address the jury for a prisoner charged with felony until the Prisoners' Counsel Act 1836.

Guilty, with no recommendation to mercy. The black cap, "Hester Sorrel", and the shriek at the words of the sentence.

Test yourself

1. Why does Hetty plead nothing? She does not answer when asked, and the court enters a plea of not guilty on her behalf. She is silent throughout the trial.

2. What could Hetty's counsel do, and what could he not do? He could cross-examine the prosecution witnesses and argue points of law. He could not address the jury on the facts on her behalf, because until the Prisoners' Counsel Act 1836 a prisoner charged with felony was not allowed a full defence by counsel.

3. Why does Eliot say Mr Irwine's evidence could have no influence on the verdict? Because it was character evidence offered in support of a plea for mercy, and a plea for mercy is directed to the sentence and to the prerogative of pardon rather than to the question the jury has to answer.

4. What is the significance of the jury adding no recommendation to mercy? It shows how completely the court was against her. Eliot notes the sigh of disappointment, and the omission is what leaves the death sentence standing until Arthur obtains a commutation.

5. Would her confession have changed the verdict? It is arguable both ways, and an answer should say so. Her account is of abandoning a living child in panic and returning because she heard it cry, which is not the same as killing it, and a jury that heard it might at least have recommended mercy. Against that, the law of the time treated concealment of the child's death by an unmarried mother as strong evidence of murder, which is the subject of the next chapter.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in158

Chapter Thirty-Two

Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

At the date of Hetty's trial an unmarried woman who concealed the death of her newborn child was presumed by statute to have murdered it unless she could produce a witness that the child was born dead, and that is why a girl who abandoned a living baby in a wood was convicted of murder.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: the offence charged was the murder of her newborn child, and the applicable law was the statute of 1624, 21 James I chapter 27, which raised a presumption of murder against the mother of an illegitimate child who concealed its death, a presumption removed only in 1803, three years after the trial in the novel.

The statute Hetty is tried under

The Act. 21 James I chapter 27, of 1624, entitled "An Act to prevent the destroying and murthering of bastard children".

What it did. Where the mother of an illegitimate child concealed the death of that child, whether by secret burial or otherwise, so that it could not be known whether it was born alive or not, she was to suffer death as in the case of murder, unless she could prove by at least one witness that the child was born dead.

Read the shape of that rule carefully, because it is unusual.

Ordinary criminal caseUnder the 1624 Act
The prosecution proves every elementConcealment is proved, and murder is presumed
The accused need prove nothingThe accused must prove the child was born dead
Proof beyond reasonable doubtA witness is required, and Hetty was alone
Doubt favours the accusedDoubt convicts

Apply it to Hetty. She gave birth alone in a stranger's house, left with the child, buried it under timber choppings in a wood, and told nobody. That is concealment. She has no witness to the child's condition at any point, because she made sure there was none. Under the Act, the presumption does the rest.

Which is why the two witnesses matter as much as they do. Sarah Stone proves the birth and the concealment of the departure. John Olding proves the burial. Between them they establish everything the statute needed, and there is no witness at all for the other side.

The law changed three years later

The repeal. The 1624 Act was repealed with effect from 1 July 1803 by the Malicious Shooting or Stabbing Act 1803, commonly called Lord Ellenborough's Act, 43 George III chapter 58.

What the new Act did. Two things that would have mattered enormously to Hetty.

One. It put the burden back on the prosecution. From 1803 the mother of a bastard child was to be tried for murder by the same rules of evidence as anybody else, so the prosecution had to prove the child was born alive and was killed.

munotes.in159

Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve

Two. It created a lesser offence. Where a woman was acquitted of the murder, the jury could find her guilty of concealing the birth, punishable by imprisonment for a term not exceeding two years.

The point for an essay, stated in one sentence. Had Hetty Sorrel been tried three years later, the prosecution would have had to prove that the child was born alive and died by her act, and a jury unable to be sure of that could have convicted her of concealment of birth and sent her to prison for up to two years instead of to the gallows.

George Eliot never cites either Act. She was writing a novel and not a case note. What she does is set the trial precisely in 1800 and describe a procedure that fits that year exactly, and a law student is entitled to supply the rule the novel is silent about.

What Hetty actually did, on her own account

Her confession in chapter XLV is not evidence in the trial, but it is the material for any moral judgment.

I did do it, Dinah... I buried it in the wood... the little baby... and it cried... I heard it cry... ever such a way off... all night... and I went back because it cried.

And then: "I didn't kill it. I didn't kill it myself. I put it down there and covered it up, and when I came back it was gone."

How a lawyer reads that. She abandoned a living child in circumstances where death was practically certain, and she stayed within earshot. Whether that is murder depends on what she intended and foresaw, and on the standard of the time. What it is not is a killing by an act of violence, and the difference is exactly what the presumption in the 1624 Act removed from the jury's consideration.

How the novel reads it. As neither innocence nor wickedness but as terror. She had tried to drown herself and could not. She could not go home and could not go on. The thought of getting rid of the child, in her own words, "came all of a sudden" and then "got stronger and stronger".

The reprieve, and what it actually is

It is not an acquittal and not a pardon. The conviction stands. What Arthur obtains is a commutation: the sentence of death is replaced by transportation.

Who grants it. Not the trial judge. Mercy of this kind was exercised by the Crown, in practice on the advice of the Home Secretary or the judge, and obtaining it meant persuading somebody in authority with new information. That is why Arthur's part is decisive: the new information is his own conduct, and giving it costs him his standing.

munotes.in160

Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve

The timing is deliberate. The cart has reached the place of execution and the crowd shouts, and Eliot lets the reader believe for a moment that the shout is cruelty. It is Arthur riding through with, in her words, "a hard-won release from death".

And it does not save her. The epilogue records that Hetty died on the voyage home when the sentence was remitted. Eliot refuses to let the rescue undo the story.

Three questions this material answers

"Discuss the trial of Hetty Sorrel with reference to the law of the period." Use the statute, the presumption, the missing witness, and the 1803 change.

"Was justice done to Hetty Sorrel?" Argue it. Against: a presumption that reversed the burden of proof, counsel who could not address the jury, a defendant who could not testify and did not speak, and a father of the child who was never charged with anything. For: a child died as a direct result of what she did, and the community's horror is not manufactured.

"Discuss the responsibility of Arthur Donnithorne." He commits no offence known to the law of 1800. He is nevertheless the cause of everything, and the novel's judgment is that thoughtlessness at the top of a society is paid for at the bottom of it.

What beginners get wrong

They apply modern law. Infanticide as a separate and lesser offence, and the modern rules on diminished responsibility, belong to the twentieth century and not to 1800.

They say Hetty was innocent. She buried a living child. The argument is about what that amounts to in law, not about whether it happened.

They call the reprieve a pardon. It is a commutation of the sentence, and the conviction stands.

They forget the date. Everything in this chapter turns on the trial being in 1800 rather than after 1803.

A worked answer

Question. "Would Hetty Sorrel have been convicted if she had been tried a few years later?"

Step one, fix the date. The novel opens on 18 June 1799 and the trial falls in 1800.

Step two, state the law then in force. The statute of 1624, 21 James I chapter 27, provided that where the mother of an illegitimate child concealed its death she should suffer death as in a case of murder unless she proved by at least one witness that the child was born dead. Concealment was proved against Hetty by both prosecution witnesses, and she had no witness to anything, because she had made certain there was none.

munotes.in161

Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve

Step three, state the law shortly afterwards. From 1 July 1803 that statute was repealed by Lord Ellenborough's Act, 43 George III chapter 58, which required the prosecution to prove murder in the ordinary way and created the separate lesser offence of concealment of birth, punishable by imprisonment not exceeding two years.

Step four, answer the question asked. Tried in 1804 rather than 1800, Hetty would have faced a prosecution obliged to prove that the child was born alive and died by her act. On the evidence actually given, that it was found cold among timber choppings and that she was sitting nearby, a jury could well have been left in doubt, and the available verdict would then have been concealment of birth and a sentence of up to two years' imprisonment instead of death.

The closing sentence. Nothing about Hetty's conduct would have differed. Only the burden of proof would have moved, and the whole difference between the gallows and a prison term lies in that.

Quick revision

The offence charged: murder of her newborn child, a capital felony.

The governing statute: 21 James I chapter 27 of 1624, which presumed murder where the mother of a bastard child concealed its death, unless she proved by at least one witness that it was born dead.

The effect: the burden of proof lay on Hetty, and she had no witness because she was alone.

Repealed from 1 July 1803 by Lord Ellenborough's Act, 43 George III chapter 58, which restored the ordinary burden of proof and created the lesser offence of concealment of birth, punishable by up to two years' imprisonment.

Her own account: she buried it, heard it cry, went back because it cried, and says she did not kill it herself.

The reprieve is a commutation to transportation, obtained by Arthur, arriving at the place of execution. She dies on the voyage home.

Test yourself

1. Which statute governed a charge of this kind in 1800, and what did it do? The Act of 1624, 21 James I chapter 27. Where the mother of an illegitimate child concealed the child's death, she was to suffer death as in a case of murder unless she could prove by at least one witness that the child was born dead.

2. Why is that rule so damaging to Hetty? Because it reverses the burden of proof. She has to prove the child was born dead, and she gave birth and abandoned the child alone, so there is no witness she could call.

3. What changed in 1803? Lord Ellenborough's Act repealed the 1624 statute, so the prosecution had to prove murder in the ordinary way, and it created a separate lesser offence of concealment of birth punishable by up to two years' imprisonment.

munotes.in162

Child Murder, Concealment of Birth and the Reprieve

4. What is the difference between what Hetty confesses and what she was convicted of? She was convicted of murdering the child. She confesses to burying it alive, hearing it cry, and returning because it cried, and she insists she did not kill it herself. The difference is between an act of killing and an abandonment whose consequence was death.

5. Explain the legal nature of what Arthur brings. A commutation of the death sentence to transportation, obtained from the authorities on the strength of what he was able to tell them. It is not an acquittal and not a pardon, and the conviction remains.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in163

Chapter Thirty-Three

Characters in Adam Bede

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

Adam is a good workman who has to learn that being right is not enough; Hetty is a beautiful girl with no imagination for anybody else, who is destroyed by it; Dinah is goodness that acts; and Arthur is a decent young man who does immense harm by never meaning anything.

Hetty Sorrel

Placing. Hetty Sorrel is Mrs Poyser's niece, a dairymaid at the Hall Farm, seventeen years old and the beauty of the parish, and she is tried at the Stoniton assizes for the murder of her newborn child.

Her beauty is described as a fact about other people. Eliot repeatedly shows men looking at her and reading virtues into her face that are not there. That is the novel's first observation about her: she is judged by an appearance she did not choose and cannot live up to.

She has almost no imagination for other people. Chapter IX, "Hetty's World", is the evidence. She dreams of dress, of being a lady, of Arthur. She does not think about Adam's feelings, or her aunt's, or the consequences of anything. This is not wickedness; it is a poverty of mind, and Eliot is precise about it.

She is vain in a way that is made to matter. The secret dressing-up in "The Two Bed-Chambers", the ear-rings, the locket. The novel treats her vanity gently until the moment it becomes fatal, and then does not spare her.

She is completely alone from the middle of the book. She cannot tell the Poysers, whose standing is respectability itself. She cannot tell Adam. She thinks of Dinah and rejects it because others would learn. By the time she leaves the farm nobody in the world knows.

And she is a child. Her confession is the speech of a terrified girl: she tried to drown herself and could not, she did not know where to go, the thought of getting rid of the baby came all of a sudden. Eliot gives her no eloquence at all.

What she is for. She is the test of the novel's own doctrine in chapter XVII. Eliot said she would paint people as they are, and Hetty is the hardest case: a shallow girl who does a terrible thing and whom the reader is nevertheless required to see whole.

Adam Bede

Placing. Adam Bede is a carpenter of Hayslope, the best workman in the district, honest, proud, and in love with Hetty.

He is upright and knows it. His standard is work well done and duty performed, and he applies it to everybody. In the early chapters that is admirable. It is also why he is hard on his father, hard on Seth's gentleness, and slow to forgive.

munotes.in164

Characters in Adam Bede

His judgment of people is poor. He loves Hetty for a character she does not have, and he trusts Arthur completely until the moment in the Chase.

The fight is the turning point of his life as well as hers. He knocks Arthur down and then forces him to write the letter, and what he is defending is not only Hetty but his own view of how the world should work.

Suffering changes him. Bartle Massey stays with him through the trial; he sits by the dock; he hears the sentence. Eliot's judgment is that he learns fellow feeling, which he had not needed before. In Book Sixth he is quieter, gentler and able to forgive Arthur.

What he is for. He is the novel's argument that goodness without imagination is incomplete, and that the thing which completes it is sorrow.

Dinah Morris

Placing. Dinah Morris is a Methodist preacher, a mill worker from Snowfield, Hetty's cousin, and the only person who reaches Hetty at the end.

She is goodness that acts. Where others deplore, she goes: to Lisbeth Bede when Thias drowns, to the sick and poor of Snowfield, to the condemned cell at Stoniton.

Her preaching is the novel's opening set piece. Chapter II puts a woman on the village green addressing a crowd, and the novel takes seriously both her authority and the resistance to it.

The prison scene is what she is in the book for. Hetty is silent and hard. Dinah does not argue, accuse or comfort. She prays aloud, holds her, and waits, and Hetty confesses. It is the only thing in the novel that changes anybody's inner state.

The epilogue complicates her. Dinah has given up preaching, because the Methodist conference has forbidden women to preach. Eliot records it without comment, and it is the most arguable point in any answer on her.

What she is for. She is the one person whose religion is not a manner. Set her against Mr Irwine, who is kind and cultivated and never asks Arthur the question that would have stopped everything.

Arthur Donnithorne

Placing. Arthur Donnithorne is the young squire, heir to the Donnithorne estate, twenty-one at the start of the novel, an officer, and the father of Hetty's child.

He is likeable, and the novel insists on it. He wants to be a good landlord, is generous, is popular with the tenants, and thinks well of himself for good reasons.

He never intends anything. Every stage of the affair is something he means to stop. He resolves after the first meeting in the wood, and again after the second, and he goes to Mr Irwine intending to confess and talks about something else.

munotes.in165

Characters in Adam Bede

He is protected by his position at every point. Nobody can refuse him. Hetty cannot; the Poysers depend on the estate; Mr Irwine is his friend; and no law reaches him at all.

He does the one thing that can be done, too late. He obtains the commutation, which requires him to tell the authorities what he has done, and then leaves Hayslope. In the epilogue he comes back ill and diminished.

What he is for. He is Eliot's demonstration that harm does not require a villain. He is the strongest argument in the book that responsibility and criminal liability are different things.

The others, in short

Mrs Poyser. Hetty's aunt, mistress of the Hall Farm, and the funniest character in Eliot. Her scene with the old squire in chapter XXXII is set on its own.

Mr Irwine. The rector, humane, cultivated, and not searching enough. He gives the character evidence at the trial that cannot affect the verdict.

Seth Bede. Adam's brother, gentle, Methodist, who loves Dinah and accepts that she does not love him.

Bartle Massey. The schoolmaster, sharp-tongued and loyal, who feeds Adam and sits with him through the trial and brings him the news from the courtroom.

Lisbeth Bede. Adam's mother, querulous and devoted.

Distinctions worth a table

HettyDinah
Introduced byHer beauty, seen by menHer preaching, heard by a crowd
Inner lifeDreams of dress and of being a ladyPrayer and the needs of others
Response to troubleConcealment and flightGoing towards it
In the prisonSilent, hard, then confessingPraying, waiting, holding
EndTransported, dies on the voyage homeMarried to Adam, no longer preaching

What beginners get wrong

They write Hetty as either a victim or a murderess. Eliot wrote a shallow, frightened girl who did a terrible thing, and an answer that will not hold both has not read chapter XVII.

They make Adam faultless. His hardness towards his father and his misjudgment of Hetty are in the text, and his change is the point of his story.

They treat Arthur as a villain. He is worse than a villain for the novel's purposes, because he is ordinary.

They leave Dinah's silencing out. The epilogue's note that she no longer preaches is part of Eliot's judgment on the world of the novel.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a character sketch of Arthur Donnithorne."

A model answer. Arthur Donnithorne is the young squire of Hayslope, heir to the estate, twenty-one years old at the opening of the novel, and the father of Hetty Sorrel's child. The first thing to say about him is that he is likeable, and that George Eliot insists on it: he means to be a good landlord, he is generous, he is popular with the tenants, and he thinks well of himself for reasons that are not false. The second is that he never intends anything. Every stage of the affair is something he resolves to stop, and in chapter XVI he goes to Mr Irwine intending to confess, talks about a hypothetical man in trouble, and leaves without saying it. The third is that his position protects him at every point: Hetty cannot refuse him, the Poysers depend on the estate, the rector is his friend, and no law of 1800 reaches him at all. The fourth is that when he finally acts he acts decisively and too late, obtaining the commutation that arrives at the gallows, which requires him to tell the authorities what he has done, and then leaving Hayslope. What he is for is the novel's demonstration that great harm does not require a villain: he is the strongest argument in the book that moral responsibility and criminal liability are different things.

munotes.in166

Characters in Adam Bede

Why this scores. It refuses the easy line. Calling Arthur a seducer and stopping would miss the whole point Eliot is making about thoughtlessness at the top of a society.

Quick revision

Hetty: beautiful, vain, without imagination for others, utterly alone by Book Fifth, silent at trial, confessing in the cell.

Adam: upright, proud, a poor judge of people, changed by suffering into somebody who can forgive.

Dinah: goodness that acts, the preacher on the green, the only person who reaches Hetty, silenced in the epilogue.

Arthur: likeable, weak, protected by rank, never intends harm, obtains the commutation too late.

Mrs Poyser, Mr Irwine, Seth, Bartle Massey, Lisbeth.

Test yourself

1. Write the opening sentence of a character sketch of Hetty Sorrel. Hetty Sorrel is the seventeen-year-old dairymaid of the Hall Farm whose beauty makes everyone around her imagine a character she does not possess, and George Eliot's achievement is to make the reader see her whole at the moment the law is required to classify her.

2. What is the strongest evidence of Hetty's want of imagination? Chapter IX, "Hetty's World", in which her inner life is shown to consist almost entirely of dress, admiration and the wish to be a lady, with no attention to what anybody else is feeling.

3. How does Adam change, and what changes him? He begins as a man whose standard is duty done and who is hard on those who fail it, and he ends able to pity and to forgive. What changes him is the trial and the months around it, and Eliot presents suffering as the thing that supplies what his uprightness lacked.

4. Is Arthur a villain? No, and that is the criticism. He is generous, popular and well-intentioned, and he causes the whole catastrophe by never intending anything, protected at every stage by a position that makes refusal impossible for the people around him.

munotes.in167

Characters in Adam Bede

5. Why is the prison scene the centre of Dinah's character? Because it is the only moment in the novel in which one person's action changes another's inner state. She does not argue or accuse; she prays aloud and waits, and Hetty, silent through an entire trial, speaks.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in168

Chapter Thirty-Four

Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede

Syllabus topic 1.4, "Adam Bede - George Eliot"

In one line

The novel's argument is that deeds carry their own consequences, that those consequences fall on people who did not choose them, and that the only thing which can be done afterwards is fellow feeling.

Theme one: consequences

The proposition. George Eliot's moral universe has no forgiveness that undoes anything. An act produces effects that run on, and the person who did it cannot call them back.

Where it is worked. Arthur's two meetings in the wood produce a child, a trial and a death. Adam's blow produces the letter, which produces Hetty's despair. Hetty's concealment produces the presumption that convicts her. Even the reprieve does not restore her: she dies on the voyage home.

The position the novel takes. Explicitly and repeatedly, that consequences cannot be separated from acts, and that a man who intends nothing is answerable for what follows all the same.

Theme two: realism, and the refusal to idealise

The proposition. Stated by the author herself in chapter XVII: she will paint people as they are, ordinary faces and ordinary lives, rather than invent noble characters who never existed.

Where it is worked. In Hetty, who is not a fallen angel; in Adam, who is proud and hard; in Mr Irwine, who is kind and insufficient; in Mrs Poyser, whose talk is exactly the talk of a farmer's wife. And in the trial, where the novel refuses to make its accused either innocent or monstrous.

Theme three: rank, and who pays

The proposition. The same act costs the two people involved in it entirely different amounts.

Where it is worked. Arthur is the heir and Hetty is a dairymaid. He is not charged with anything, because he has committed no offence known to the law. She is charged with a capital felony. He goes abroad with his regiment; she is sentenced to hang. The novel never states the comparison as a slogan and never lets you forget it.

Theme four: religion, in two kinds

The proposition. The novel sets an established church that is comfortable against a Methodism that is uncomfortable and asks which one does anything.

Where it is worked. Mr Irwine is cultivated, humane and popular, and does not press Arthur when Arthur nearly confesses. Dinah preaches in the open air, visits the sick, and goes into the condemned cell. Eliot is not unfair to Irwine: he is a good man. She simply shows what each kind of religion does when it is needed.

Theme five: work

The proposition. In this novel, what a person makes with their hands is a moral fact about them.

Where it is worked. The novel opens in a workshop and the first thing we see Adam do is finish a job properly after hours. Craft, the farm, the dairy, the harvest supper. Against them stand Hetty's dreams and Arthur's leisure, and the novel's judgment is in the arrangement.

munotes.in169

Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede

Reference to context: the passages that are set

1. "But at the words 'and then to be hanged by the neck till you be dead,' a piercing shriek rang through the hall. It was Hetty's shriek." Chapter XLIII. The narrator, describing the moment sentence of death is passed on Hester Sorrel at the Stoniton assizes, after a verdict of guilty with no recommendation to mercy. It is the first sound Hetty makes in three chapters of trial, and she faints and is carried out of court.

2. "I did do it, Dinah... I buried it in the wood... the little baby... and it cried... I heard it cry... ever such a way off... all night... and I went back because it cried." Chapter XLV. Spoken by Hetty to Dinah Morris in the condemned cell at Stoniton, after Dinah has prayed with her. It is her confession, and it comes after her conviction and so was never before the jury.

3. "I didn't kill it. I didn't kill it myself. I put it down there and covered it up, and when I came back it was gone." Chapter XLV. Also spoken by Hetty to Dinah in the cell, immediately after the confession above. It is the distinction on which any legal discussion of the case turns, between abandoning a child and killing it.

4. "This testimony could have no influence on the verdict, but it was given as part of that plea for mercy which her own counsel would have made if he had been allowed to speak for her, a favour not granted to criminals in those stern times." Chapter XLIII. The narrator, on Mr Irwine's evidence of Hetty's good character. It records the rule that until 1836 counsel for a prisoner charged with felony could not address the jury on the facts.

5. "She didn't speak when they asked her if she'd plead 'guilty' or 'not guilty,' and they pleaded 'not guilty' for her." Chapter XLII. Spoken by Bartle Massey to Adam Bede, reporting what he has seen in court. It establishes that Hetty is silent from the arraignment onwards.

6. "And I saw it was a little baby's hand." Chapter XLIII. The last words of John Olding's evidence about what he found under a nut-bush among the timber choppings in Hetton Coppice. Eliot notes that a thrill ran through the court and that Hetty, for the first time, seemed to be listening.

7. "It was a shout of sudden excitement at the appearance of a horseman cleaving the crowd at full gallop." Chapter XLVII. The narrator, at the place of execution, correcting the reader's assumption that the crowd's shout was cruelty. The horseman is Arthur Donnithorne, carrying a hard-won release from death.

munotes.in170

Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede

8. Chapter XVII, "In Which the Story Pauses a Little". Not a single quotable line but a whole chapter, in which the author stops the narrative to defend her refusal to idealise her characters. It is the source for any question on realism in this novel, and an answer should name the chapter by its title.

Four more the University has actually set

Note. Added by the past paper check. All four are from chapter XLIII, the day of the trial, and three of them are the words of the two witnesses.

A. "Those are the clothes. I made them myself, and had kept them by me ever since my last child was born." Spoken by Sarah Stone, the widow of Church Lane, Stoniton, identifying in court the baby clothes produced as evidence. She adds that she took a deal of trouble for both the child and the mother, and that she could not help taking to the little thing and being anxious about it. The line proves that the child was born alive and cared for in her house, which is the foundation of the case against Hetty.

B. "I left the prisoner sitting up by the fire in the kitchen with the baby on her lap." Spoken by Sarah Stone, describing the evening she went out to fetch an acquaintance because she feared the girl was taking a fever. She came back to find the candle burning and the girl and the baby gone, and it is this departure, with a child a day or two old, that turns the case from misfortune into a charge.

C. "My name is John Olding. I am a labourer, and live at Tedd's Hole, two miles out of Stoniton." The opening of the evidence of the second witness, a rough peasant, who describes seeing a young woman in a red cloak sitting under a haystack near Hetton Coppice about one o'clock in the afternoon. His evidence carries the case to its end, and Adam's hope collapses in the middle of it.

D. "There was a lot of timber-choppings put together just where the ground went hollow, like, under the bush, and the hand came out from among them." Spoken by John Olding, describing what he found in the wood. He says a hole was left in one place through which he could see the child's head, so that he made haste, cleared away the turf and the choppings and took the child out. It is the passage that produces the thrill through the court noted as passage 6 above.

munotes.in171

Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede

How to place a passage from this novel

Names. Adam, Seth, Hetty, Dinah, Arthur, Irwine, Poyser, Bartle Massey and Lisbeth belong only to this text.

Places. Hayslope, the Hall Farm, the Chase, Snowfield, Stoniton.

Register. Eliot's narrator speaks in long, weighted sentences and addresses the reader directly about method, which distinguishes her from Dickens's comic narrator and from Twain's.

Dialect. The Poysers and the Bedes speak a Midlands dialect, but without the "v" and "w" exchange that marks the Wellers in Pickwick.

What beginners get wrong

They call it a novel about a seduction. It is a novel about what a seduction costs, and two thirds of the book is the cost.

They quote chapter XVII without naming it. Naming the chapter and its title is worth a mark.

They confuse the confession with evidence. It is given in the cell after conviction.

They summarise instead of arguing. Every theme above is a proposition, and an answer must take a position on it.

A worked answer

Question. "Deeds have consequences. Discuss with reference to Adam Bede."

Paragraph one, the thesis. George Eliot's moral universe contains no forgiveness that undoes anything. An act produces effects that run on past the person who did it, and fall on people who never chose them, and the novel is constructed to make the reader watch that happen.

Paragraph two, Arthur. Two meetings in a wood in Book First produce a child, a capital charge, a trial and a death, and Arthur is not present for any of it. The novel makes the distance between the act and its consequence the measure of his fault.

Paragraph three, Adam. His blow in chapter XXVII is justified and produces the letter, which produces Hetty's despair, which produces the flight. Even the right action has consequences its author did not intend.

Paragraph four, Hetty. Her concealment is the very thing that convicts her, because the law of 1800 presumed murder from concealment.

Paragraph five, the reprieve. And the consequence outlives even the rescue: Arthur arrives at the gallows with a commutation, and the epilogue records that she died on the voyage home. Eliot will not let the reader off.

Conclusion. The only thing the novel offers against consequence is fellow feeling, which is what Adam acquires through suffering and what Dinah brings into the condemned cell, and neither of them can undo a single fact.

Quick revision

Themes: consequences; realism and the refusal to idealise; rank and who pays; two kinds of religion; work as a moral fact.

Chapter XVII is the author's statement of method and the answer to any question on realism.

munotes.in172

Themes and Reference to Context: Adam Bede

The set passages: the sentence of death and Hetty's shriek; the confession; "I didn't kill it myself"; the note on counsel not being allowed to address the jury; the plea entered for her; the baby's hand; and the horseman at the gallows.

The comparison that carries any essay: the same act sends one person abroad with a regiment and the other to the assizes on a capital charge.

Test yourself

1. State the theme of consequences and prove it twice. That an act produces effects which cannot be recalled and which fall on people who did not choose them. Arthur's two meetings in the wood end at a gallows, and the reprieve that saves Hetty from hanging does not save her life, since the epilogue records that she died on the voyage home.

2. Place: "And I saw it was a little baby's hand." The close of John Olding's evidence in chapter XLIII, describing what he found under a nut-bush among timber choppings in Hetton Coppice. It is the moment Adam's hope collapses and the first moment Hetty is seen to listen.

3. What does chapter XVII argue, and why is it relevant to the trial? That the novelist should paint ordinary people as they really are rather than idealise them. It is relevant because the trial requires the law to classify a person the novel has refused to simplify.

4. How does the novel handle the difference between Arthur's position and Hetty's? Without ever stating it as a slogan. He commits no offence known to the law and goes abroad with his regiment; she is tried for a capital felony and sentenced to death. The comparison is left for the reader to make.

5. Why does Eliot correct the reader about the shout at the execution? Because the reader, like the characters, expects cruelty from a crowd at a hanging. Making the shout be excitement at a rider bringing a reprieve is Eliot's way of refusing an easy view of the community, immediately after showing what that community's law was about to do.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in173

Chapter Thirty-Five

Pudd'nhead Wilson: Twain, and a Plot Made Out of Law

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

A slave woman swaps her own baby for her master's in the cradle, the two boys grow up in each other's places, and twenty-three years later a lawyer nobody takes seriously proves who is who by their fingerprints, in open court, in 1830.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Pudd'nhead Wilson, published in 1894 and set in the Missouri town of Dawson's Landing from 1830, turns on the exchange of two infants by the slave Roxana, and on the trial at which David Wilson establishes the identity of the murderer of Judge Driscoll by comparing finger-prints he had collected as a hobby for twenty years.

Why a law syllabus sets it

Because more of this novel's plot is made of law than of anything else, and MU asks about it directly. The February 2026 paper set "Discuss in detail the evidences presented by Puddn'head Wilson."

Three legal ideas hold the book up.

One. The law decides who a person is. Roxana is one sixteenth black and looks white. Her son is thirty-one parts white. Both are slaves, and Twain says so in words a lawyer should notice: "by a fiction of law and custom a negro". If the law can make identity out of a fraction, then identity is a legal fact and not a natural one, and the whole plot follows from that.

Two. Property law reaches into the ending. Tom is convicted of murder and sentenced to imprisonment for life, and then his late master's creditors point out that he was a slave and their property, and had been wrongly left off an inventory. The Governor pardons the murderer, and the creditors sell him down the river.

Three. Evidence can outrun the law that admits it. Wilson identifies a murderer by fingerprints in 1830, decades before any court accepted the technique. The novel is a fantasy of proof: it shows what certainty would look like, in a system that ordinarily has none.

Mark Twain

Who. Samuel Langhorne Clemens, writing as Mark Twain, an American novelist whose subject was the Mississippi valley and slavery.

When. The novel was published in 1894 and set from 1830, so it is written about slavery thirty years after slavery ended in the United States, by a man who grew up in a slave state.

The odd history of the book. It began as a farce about a pair of Italian twins and turned into a tragedy about identity as Twain wrote it, and the twins remained in it. That is why the Italian brothers occupy so much of a book that is not about them, and a student may say so.

munotes.in174

Pudd'nhead Wilson: Twain, and a Plot Made Out of Law

Dawson's Landing, and the vocabulary

The place. A small slaveholding town on the Missouri side of the Mississippi, half a day's journey below St Louis, with a first family or two, a judge, a doctor, and everyone's business known to everyone.

Down the river. To be sold to the plantations of the deep South, where the work was harder and life shorter. It is the worst thing that can happen to a slave in this book, it is used as a threat in the second chapter, and it is the last event in the novel.

Chattel. Personal property. A slave was chattel, which is why an estate's creditors can claim a man.

Inventory. The list of a deceased person's property made for the benefit of creditors. The whole ending turns on an item wrongly left off one.

F.F.V. First Families of Virginia, the aristocratic descent the Driscolls and Howards claim.

Pudd'nhead. A fool. Wilson earns the name in chapter I with a joke the town cannot understand, and it costs him his practice for twenty years.

The calendar

Every chapter opens with an epigraph from "Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar", a set of sardonic maxims. They are Twain's own voice, and they comment on the chapter they head. Two examples a student can use: "Training is everything. The peach was once a bitter almond", which heads the chapter about the twins and speaks to the nature-and-nurture theme, and "Even the clearest and most perfect circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault", which heads chapter XX, the chapter of the trial.

The people

NameWho they are
David WilsonA young lawyer from New York, nicknamed Pudd'nhead, who collects finger-prints
RoxanaA slave, one sixteenth black, nurse to two infants, mother of one of them
Valet de Chambre, called ChambersRoxy's son, later put in the master's cradle and called Tom
Thomas à Becket Driscoll, the real TomPercy Driscoll's son, put into the slave's place
Percy DriscollThe father, whose estate is insolvent at his death
Judge York DriscollHis brother, who adopts Tom and is murdered by him
Luigi and Angelo CapelloItalian twins who arrive in the town and are accused of the murder
Pembroke HowardA friend of the Judge, and counsel for the prosecution

What beginners get wrong

They think the fingerprints are the murder mystery. The reader knows who did the murder. The suspense is whether Wilson will prove it, and what else the proof will reveal.

They call the twins the villains. They are innocent, accused, and cleared.

They treat the substitution as a fairy tale device. It is the plot's premise and its argument: the switch works because the law's definition of who a person is has nothing to do with the person.

munotes.in175

Pudd'nhead Wilson: Twain, and a Plot Made Out of Law

They stop at the trial. The conclusion, with the creditors and the pardon, is where the book's argument lands.

A worked answer

Question. "Why is Pudd'nhead Wilson called a tragedy?"

A model answer. The title page reads The Tragedy of Pudd'nhead Wilson, and the word is earned by the last page rather than by the trial. Wilson himself ends well: after twenty years as the town fool he is vindicated and made. The tragedy belongs to three other people. It belongs to Roxana, who exchanged the babies to save her son from being sold down the river and was repaid by being treated as a slave by him, refused when she was ruined, and finally sold down the river by him, so that Twain's last word on her is that the spirit in her eye was quenched and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land. It belongs to the false Tom, who was made cruel and cowardly by twenty-three years of being told he could do as he liked, and who is convicted of murder, pardoned because he is somebody's property, and sold down the river. And it belongs to the real heir, restored at twenty-three to wealth and freedom he cannot use, unable to read or write, at home nowhere, whose story Twain declines to follow because it would be a long one.

The sentence to finish on. A comedy would have ended when the innocent were cleared. This book goes on for three more pages, and every one of them takes something away.

Quick revision

The Tragedy of Pudd'nhead Wilson, 1894, set from 1830 at Dawson's Landing, Missouri, twenty-one chapters and a conclusion.

Roxana is one sixteenth black, her son thirty-one parts white, and both are slaves by what Twain calls a fiction of law and custom.

Wilson is nicknamed Pudd'nhead for a joke in chapter I and keeps finger-print records for twenty years.

Every chapter is headed by a maxim from Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar.

The ending: the murderer is convicted, then pardoned by the Governor because he is property, and sold down the river by the creditors.

Test yourself

1. Why is this novel on a law syllabus? Because its plot is built out of legal ideas: that the law defines who a person is by a fraction of descent, that a human being can be an asset on an inventory, and that a new kind of evidence can settle a question the ordinary law of the time could not.

2. What does Twain mean by "a fiction of law and custom"? That Roxy's son, thirty-one parts white in appearance and descent, is treated as black and enslaved because the law says so, not because of anything observable about him. The phrase concedes that the classification is made rather than found.

munotes.in176

Pudd'nhead Wilson: Twain, and a Plot Made Out of Law

3. What is the significance of "down the river"? It means being sold to the plantations of the deep South, where conditions were far worse. It is the standing threat in the novel and the punishment with which it ends.

4. What is Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar? A set of sardonic maxims by Wilson, one of which heads every chapter, which serve as Twain's own commentary on the action.

5. How did the novel come to have Italian twins in it? It began as a farce about the twins and became a tragedy about identity as Twain wrote it, and they remained in the finished book, which is why they occupy so much of a novel that is not about them.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in177

Chapter Thirty-Six

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters I to X

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

A lawyer ruins his practice with one joke, a slave woman saves her son from being sold by putting him in her master's cradle, and the two boys grow up as master and servant with nobody in the world knowing except her.

The chapters

I, "Pudd'nhead Wins His Name". David Wilson, newly arrived from New York, hears a dog howling and says he wishes he owned half of it so that he could kill his half. The town takes this literally, decides he is a fool, and nicknames him Pudd'nhead. His legal practice never recovers, and he lives by surveying and accounts for twenty years while pursuing two hobbies: palmistry and the collecting of finger-prints on glass slides.

II, "Driscoll Spares His Slaves". Percy Driscoll loses small sums to a thief among his four slaves. He threatens to sell all four down the river unless the guilty one confesses, and three confess at once out of terror. He congratulates himself on his mercy for selling them only within the state, and enters the fact in his diary as a generous act. Roxy, who is the fourth, was the thief and was not suspected.

How the chapter works. Twain shows the threat, the terror it produces, and the master's satisfaction with his own kindness, in that order. Nothing in the rest of the book is possible without the reader believing that being sold down the river is worth any risk to avoid.

III, "Roxy Plays a Shrewd Trick". In chapter III Roxy, having seen how close the four came to the river, dresses her own child in the master's baby's clothes and puts him in the master's cradle, and puts the master's son in her own. The children are five months old and indistinguishable. She practises on herself until she can call her own son Master Tom without flinching, and after a while she almost believes it.

IV, "The Ways of the Changelings". In chapter IV the two boys grow. The false Tom is spoiled, greedy and cruel, and Chambers, who is the real heir, becomes his servant and takes his beatings. Roxy discovers that she cannot treat her own son as a son, because he treats her as a slave.

V, "The Twins Thrill Dawson's Landing". Luigi and Angelo Capello arrive and the town is captivated. This is the chapter headed by the calendar entry that states the novel's theme: "Training is everything. The peach was once a bitter almond."

VI, "Swimming in Glory". Chapter VI is the twins at the height of their popularity, entertained everywhere while the town competes to receive them.

VII, "The Unknown Nymph". A mysterious young woman is glimpsed in Tom's room. She is Tom himself, in the disguise he uses for his thefts, though the reader does not learn that until chapter X.

munotes.in178

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters I to X

VIII, "Marse Tom Tramples His Chance". In chapter VIII Roxy, freed by her master's will and returned to Dawson's Landing after years as a chambermaid on a steamboat, comes to her son for help. She has lost her savings in a bank failure. Tom refuses her contemptuously, and she turns on him.

IX, "Tom Practises Sycophancy". In chapter IX Roxy tells him what he is: not the heir, not white in law, her own son, and a slave whom she put in the cradle. He can be sold if it is known, and from this point she has him.

X, "The Nymph Revealed". Chapter X is where Tom's world collapses. Twain gives him a moment of something like conscience, and then he begins to steal to pay his gambling debts, dressed in the woman's disguise of chapter VII, and to plot.

The three legal facts planted in these chapters

One. A slave is property, and property can be sold. The threat in chapter II is not cruelty for its own sake. It is the exercise of an owner's right, and the diary entry that follows it is a man congratulating himself on not exercising the right fully.

Two. Descent decides status, and appearance does not. Twain states the rule in chapter II in the passage every answer on this book should use:

To all intents and purposes Roxy was as white as anybody, but the one sixteenth of her which was black outvoted the other fifteen parts and made her a negro. She was a slave, and salable as such. Her child was thirty-one parts white, and he, too, was a slave, and by a fiction of law and custom a negro.

Three. Status passes through the mother. That is why the child of a white father and a slave mother is a slave. The novel does not state the rule as a rule, and it does not need to: the whole plot rests on it, and a law student should be able to name it.

What Roxy's act actually is

Consider it as a lawyer would, because an examiner may ask you to judge her.

In law, at the time, it is a fraud on the estate. She converts one item of her master's property into his heir and removes his heir into slavery. The creditors' complaint in the conclusion is founded on exactly this.

In fact it is a mother saving her child from a fate she has just watched three people beg to avoid. She does not do it for gain and takes nothing for herself.

munotes.in179

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters I to X

And the novel makes her pay for it twice. Her son treats her as a slave, and then sells her down the river himself, which is the crime the book cannot forgive.

How to use this in an answer. Say that Twain sets the law's description of the act against the human description, and that the gap between them is the subject of the novel.

What beginners get wrong

They call Roxy a villain. The novel's judgment is on the system that made her choice worth making.

They forget Tom is not the heir from the beginning. He is put in the cradle at seven months and knows nothing about it until chapter IX.

They skip chapter II. The threat of the river is the premise of everything, and an answer that starts at the substitution has left out why it happened.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "by a fiction of law and custom a negro."

The two-sentence answer. These words are the narrator's, in chapter II of Mark Twain's Pudd'nhead Wilson, describing Roxana's infant son, who is thirty-one parts white and indistinguishable from his master's child but is a slave nonetheless. Twain has just said that the one sixteenth of Roxy which was black outvoted the other fifteen parts and made her a negro, salable as such, and the phrase concedes that the classification is something the law assigns rather than anything that can be observed.

Why an examiner sets it. Because the whole plot depends on it. If identity were a natural fact the exchange in the cradle could not work, and it works precisely because the only difference between the two babies is a legal label and a set of clothes.

Quick revision

I: the joke about the dog; the nickname; the finger-print records.

II: the theft, the threat to sell all four down the river, three confessions, the master's satisfaction, and the passage on the one sixteenth.

III: Roxy exchanges the babies at five months and trains herself to believe it.

IV: the changelings grow; Tom is cruel and Chambers serves him.

V to VII: the twins arrive and are lionised; the calendar entry "Training is everything" heads chapter V; the unknown nymph in Tom's room is Tom in disguise.

VIII to X: Roxy returns ruined, is refused, and tells Tom who he is; Tom turns to theft and disguise. The public kicking is later, in chapter XI.

Test yourself

1. How does Wilson get his nickname, and what does it cost him? He says of a howling dog that he wishes he owned half of it so that he could kill his half. The town takes it literally and concludes he is a fool, and he gets no legal practice for twenty years.

munotes.in180

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters I to X

2. What happens in chapter II, and why is it necessary to the plot? Percy Driscoll threatens to sell all four of his slaves down the river unless the thief confesses; three confess in terror; he sells them within the state instead and records his own generosity. It is necessary because it establishes what Roxy is trying to save her son from.

3. Quote and explain the passage on Roxy's status. That the one sixteenth of her which was black outvoted the other fifteen parts and made her a negro, salable as such, and that her child, thirty-one parts white, was also a slave and by a fiction of law and custom a negro. It states that status is assigned by law rather than observed.

4. Why can Roxy's substitution succeed? Because the two children are the same age and indistinguishable in appearance, and because status depends on descent through the mother rather than on anything visible. The only difference between them is their clothes.

5. What does Roxy get for what she did? Her son treats her as a slave, refuses her when she is ruined, and later sells her down the river himself.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in181

Chapter Thirty-Seven

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters XI to XXI

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

Tom robs his way through the town, sells his own mother down the river, murders his uncle for the money in a cash box, watches two innocent men be tried for it, and is destroyed in open court by a hobby everybody had laughed at for twenty years.

The chapters

XI, "Pudd'nhead's Startling Discovery". The twins visit Wilson, who reads their palms, and Wilson takes their finger-prints. This is also the chapter of the kicking and the challenge that follows: Luigi kicks Tom at a public meeting, and Judge Driscoll, told of it, is enraged that his nephew took the insult to a court instead of demanding satisfaction.

XII, "The Shame of Judge Driscoll". Chapter XII is the duel. The Judge's code is the code of the First Families of Virginia, and his shame is that his nephew took an insult to a court instead of demanding satisfaction, so he fights Luigi himself.

XIII, "Tom Stares at Ruin". Chapter XIII is Tom's debts and his fear of exposure, with his uncle threatening to disinherit him.

XIV, "Roxana Insists Upon Reform". In chapter XIV Roxy discovers that Tom has been stealing, and forces terms on him: he is to give up gambling and confess to his uncle.

XV, "The Robber Robbed". Chapter XV follows the stolen goods around the town, and Tom's position worsens.

XVI, "Sold Down the River". The centre of the book's moral action. Tom, to raise money, sells his own mother, promising her it will be to a farmer up the river, and she is sold to a planter in the deep South. He knows exactly what he is doing, and Twain refuses to soften it.

XVII, "The Judge Utters Dire Prophecy". In chapter XVII the twins stand in the election and Judge Driscoll speaks against them, prophesying the ruin the next chapters deliver.

XVIII, "Roxana Commands". Chapter XVIII brings Roxy back: she has escaped from the plantation and returned. She confronts Tom and forces him to recover her freedom, which means finding money, which means robbing his uncle.

XIX, "The Prophecy Realized". Chapter XIX is the murder. Tom, disguised as a woman, enters Judge Driscoll's room at night to steal from the cash box, is discovered, and kills the Judge with the twins' Indian knife, which he had earlier stolen from them. He leaves the knife and escapes past the window.

XX, "The Murderer Chuckles". In chapter XX the twins are found in the room with the body and are charged. Wilson, who has never had a case in his life, is engaged for the defence. The prosecution is led by Pembroke Howard, and its case is that the bloody finger-prints on the knife handle were left by the killer, that the knife belonged to the twins, and that the twins were found standing over the body. Tom sits in court enjoying it. The chapter is headed by the calendar entry "Even the clearest and most perfect circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault".

munotes.in182

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters XI to XXI

XXI, "Doom". The trial's second day, and the whole of it belongs to the next chapter of these notes.

The Conclusion, which the answer must reach

Wilson is made. The town that called him Pudd'nhead for twenty years serenades him, and one wit observes that he has resigned from the position and the rest of them are elected to it.

The twins go home. Cleared, but weary of Western adventure, they retire to Europe.

Roxy is broken. Twain's sentence is exact: "the spirit in her eye was quenched, her martial bearing departed with it, and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land."

The real heir cannot use his inheritance. Rich and free at twenty-three, he can neither read nor write, his manners are the manners of a slave, he is miserable in the white man's parlour, and the gallery he used to sit in is closed to him. Twain declines to follow him further, saying it would be a long story, which is the coldest line in the book.

And the ending in law. Tom confesses and is sentenced to imprisonment for life. Then the creditors of the Percy Driscoll estate come forward. Their argument, which the town accepts, is that Tom was lawfully their property and had been for eight years, that they had lost his services all that time through an error in the inventory for which they were not to blame, and that if he had been delivered up in the first place they would have sold him and he could not have murdered anybody. Twain records the town's reasoning without comment.

Everybody granted that if "Tom" were white and free it would be unquestionably right to punish him, it would be no loss to anybody; but to shut up a valuable slave for life, that was quite another matter.

The Governor pardons him at once, and the creditors sell him down the river.

Why the Conclusion is the most important page in the novel

It reverses everything the trial achieved. The trial produced the truth. The Conclusion shows the law setting the truth aside because the truth is inconvenient to a property claim.

It makes the punishment fall on the value, not the wrong. A murderer is released from prison because imprisoning him would waste an asset, and the sentence he actually serves is slavery.

It closes the circle. The book opens with a threat to sell people down the river and ends with a man sold down the river, and the man is the one who sold his own mother there.

munotes.in183

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters XI to XXI

It is the answer to the question "is this a comedy?" The title page says The Tragedy of Pudd'nhead Wilson, and the last page earns the word.

What beginners get wrong

They stop at the courtroom. The Conclusion is where the argument is.

They say Tom is executed. He is sentenced to imprisonment for life, pardoned, and sold.

They forget the real heir. His fate, unusable freedom, is Twain's judgment on the whole idea that changing a person's legal status changes their life.

They soften chapter XVI. Tom sells his own mother down the river by a trick, and the book's moral arithmetic depends on the reader holding that against him.

A worked answer

Question. "Was justice done at the end of Pudd'nhead Wilson?"

Paragraph one, what the trial achieved. Two innocent men were cleared, a murderer was identified beyond argument, and a fraud twenty-three years old was uncovered. On any ordinary measure the trial was a success, and it was achieved by a lawyer the town had treated as a fool.

Paragraph two, what the Conclusion did to it. The murderer confessed and was sentenced to imprisonment for life. Then the creditors of the Percy Driscoll estate claimed him as property wrongly omitted from an inventory eight years before, argued that they had already lost his services through no fault of theirs, and pointed out that had he been delivered to them he would have been sold and could not have killed anybody. Twain records that everybody saw reason in this, and that everybody granted that punishing a white and free man would be no loss to anybody, while shutting up a valuable slave for life was quite another matter. The Governor pardoned him and the creditors sold him down the river.

Paragraph three, the answer. So justice was done and then undone, and the thing that undid it was not corruption but property law working normally. The punishment that was finally inflicted attached to the man's status and not to his crime.

Paragraph four, the closing observation. The book opens with a threat to sell four people down the river and ends with a man sold down the river, and the man is the one who had earlier sold his own mother there. Twain leaves the arithmetic to the reader.

Quick revision

XI to XII: finger-prints of the twins taken; the kicking; the Judge fights the duel his nephew refused.

XIII to XV: Tom's debts, his thefts, Roxy's discovery.

XVI: Tom sells Roxy down the river.

XVIII to XIX: Roxy escapes and returns; Tom, disguised as a woman, robs Judge Driscoll and kills him with the twins' Indian knife.

munotes.in184

Pudd'nhead Wilson: the Story, Chapters XI to XXI

XX: the twins are charged; Wilson defends them; the prosecution relies on the bloody finger-prints on the knife.

XXI: the proof in court.

Conclusion: Tom confesses and is sentenced to life; the creditors claim him as property left off an inventory; the Governor pardons him and they sell him down the river.

Test yourself

1. Why does Tom murder Judge Driscoll? For money. He needs it to buy his mother out of slavery after she escapes and forces him to act, and he is discovered while robbing his uncle's cash box and kills him with the stolen Indian knife.

2. What does Tom do to Roxy in chapter XVI? He sells his own mother into slavery, telling her it will be to a farmer up the river, and she is sold to a planter in the deep South.

3. What is the creditors' argument in the Conclusion? That Tom was lawfully their property for eight years, that they lost his services through an error in the inventory for which they were not to blame, and that had he been delivered up to them he would have been sold and could not have committed the murder.

4. Why does the Governor pardon a convicted murderer? Because as a slave he is a valuable asset belonging to the creditors, and imprisoning him for life would take that value away from people who had done nothing wrong. Twain reports that everybody saw the reason in this.

5. What happens to the real heir, and why does Twain include it? He is suddenly rich and free at twenty-three, cannot read or write, has the manners of a slave, and is at home nowhere. Twain includes it to show that reversing a legal status does not undo what the status did to a person.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in185

Chapter Thirty-Eight

The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

Wilson defends two innocent men by conceding the prosecution's main point, then proving by enlarged fingerprints that the marks on the knife are not theirs, and then proving from the same records that the man everyone believes to be Tom Driscoll is a slave, an impostor and the murderer.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: at the trial of the Capello twins for the murder of Judge Driscoll, David Wilson admitted the prosecution's contention that the person whose blood-stained finger-prints were on the knife handle was the murderer, and then established by comparison of pantograph enlargements of finger-prints, verified by the jury under a magnifying glass, that those prints were not the twins' but those of the accused's own cousin, who was in truth Roxana's son and a slave.

The case for the prosecution

Set it out first, because a good answer shows what Wilson had to defeat.

One. The twins owned the Indian knife with which the Judge was killed.

Two. The knife was found in the room.

Three. The bloody finger-prints on its handle were left by the murderer. This is the prosecution's central claim, urged, in Twain's words, strenuously, persistently and defiantly.

Four. The twins were found standing over the body, having made no attempt to escape.

Five. They had a motive: Luigi's life was said to be at risk from the Judge.

Six. They had offered a large reward for the knife, which no thief claimed, suggesting the theft was invented.

Wilson's method, in the order he uses it

This sequence is the answer, and it should be reproduced in order.

Step one: he concedes the central claim. He rises and says that the claim given the front place by the prosecution, that the person whose finger-prints are on the knife handle is the murderer, is granted. Twain records the effect: an electrical surprise, a buzz of astonishment, and people saying the overworked lawyer had lost his mind.

Why the concession is the whole strategy. By accepting the prosecution's own proposition, Wilson makes their case depend entirely on the prints matching the twins. He does not have to argue about motive or opportunity at all. If the prints are not the twins', the prosecution has proved the twins innocent by its own reasoning.

Step two: he offers an alternative theory. That the motive was robbery, not revenge; that a person was in the room several minutes before the twins entered; that this person was a man dressed in woman's clothes, seen leaving by the back gate; and that a tin cash box with three thousand dollars stood on the table. Twain tells the reader that some of this is guesswork, "hardy guesses" designed to fill gaps, and that Wilson watched Tom's face to see whether they landed. They did.

munotes.in186

The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence

Step three: he explains the science before he uses it. He tells the court that every human being carries from cradle to grave physical marks which do not change, by which he can always be identified without shade of doubt. They are, he says, a man's "physiological autograph", which cannot be counterfeited, disguised, hidden or worn away. Not the face, which age changes; not the hair, which falls out; not the height or the form, of which duplicates exist.

Step four: he makes the evidence visible. He has enlarged his glass-plate records ten times with a pantograph onto white cardboard and reinforced every line with ink, so that patterns which look alike to the naked eye can be told apart at a distance of many feet.

Step five: he lets the jury do the comparing. He hands the foreman a powerful magnifying glass. The jury compare the accused men's prints with the marks on the window panes, and report that they are identical. They compare the same cardboard with the signature on the knife handle, and report that they are exactly identical. Then he asks them to compare the prints of the accused with the prints left by the assassin, and the foreman answers: "They do not even resemble."

Step six: he turns from acquittal to accusation. "These men are innocent. I have no further concern with them. We will now proceed to find the guilty."

Step seven: the infant records. He produces the finger-prints of two children, called A and B, taken at five months and again at seven months. Each child's two sets tally. Then he produces prints of each at eight months, and neither tallies with that child's earlier ones. He gives the jury the explanation: somebody changed those children in the cradle, between seven months and eight months, and the person who did it is in this house.

Step eight: the identification. He produces A's print at the age of twelve, and asks the jury to compare it with the assassin's signature on the knife handle. The foreman answers: "To the minutest detail!" Wilson then names him.

The murderer of your friend and mine, York Driscoll of the generous hand and the kindly spirit, sits in among you. Valet de Chambre, negro and slave, falsely called Thomas à Becket Driscoll, make upon the window the finger-prints that will hang you!

Tom slides to the floor in a faint. Wilson's last words in the scene are "There is no need. He has confessed."

What is proved, and what is only guessed

An examiner will reward a candidate who separates them.

munotes.in187

The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence

Proved by the records. That the marks on the knife are not the twins'. That the marks on the knife are the accused Tom's. That the two children were exchanged between seven and eight months. All three rest on the same physical evidence and are checked by the jury themselves.

Guessed, and admitted by Twain to be guessed. The motive of robbery. The person in the room beforehand. The man in woman's clothes at the back gate. Twain says explicitly that Wilson tried "a few hardy guesses" which could help if they hit and would probably do no harm if they missed.

The point worth making in an essay. Wilson wins by combining certainty with bluff, and Twain tells the reader which is which. That honesty is what makes the chapter a study of advocacy and not just a conjuring trick.

Would a court in 1830 have accepted it?

This is the best question that can be asked about the chapter, and the honest answer has three parts.

No court did. Fingerprint identification was developed as a system in the later nineteenth century, decades after 1830 and only shortly before Twain wrote in 1894. The novel is deliberately anachronistic.

The demonstration is designed to answer that objection. Notice that Wilson never asks the court to take the science on trust. He explains the principle, enlarges the marks so that they can be seen from across the room, and then has the jury perform every comparison themselves with a magnifying glass. It is proof by demonstration rather than by expert opinion, which is exactly how a court with no rule on the subject could have been persuaded.

And Twain knows what he is doing. The epigraph he puts at the head of chapter XX is "Even the clearest and most perfect circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault." He heads the chapter of circumstantial evidence with a warning against it, and then supplies the one kind of evidence that is not.

What beginners get wrong

They say Wilson denies the prosecution's case. He grants its central claim, and that is the point.

They say he calls an expert. He is the expert, and he asks to be sworn and to testify himself, but the comparisons are made by the jury.

They think the finger-prints only identify the murderer. They also prove the exchange in the cradle, which is what turns an acquittal into a tragedy.

They forget the two children. A and B, at five, seven and eight months, are the second half of the proof and the half candidates omit.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own: "Discuss in detail the evidences presented by Puddn'head Wilson."

Paragraph one, the position. Wilson wins by conceding the prosecution's central claim and then proving that it destroys their case rather than his, and his evidence is of one kind only: finger-prints, made usable by enlargement and verified by the jury themselves.

munotes.in188

The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence

Paragraph two, the concession. The prosecution urged persistently that the person whose blood-stained finger-prints were on the knife handle was the murderer. Wilson rose and granted it, to general astonishment, because once granted, the prosecution's own proposition acquits his clients the moment the prints are shown to be somebody else's.

Paragraph three, the explanation before the proof. He told the court that every human being carries from cradle to grave physical marks that never change, a physiological autograph that cannot be counterfeited, disguised, hidden or worn away by time, and which is not the face, the hair, the height or the form, because duplicates of all of those exist.

Paragraph four, the method. He had made pantograph enlargements ten times the natural size on white cardboard, with every line reinforced in ink, so that patterns which look identical to the naked eye can be distinguished across a courtroom. He then handed the foreman a magnifying glass and made the jury do every comparison.

Paragraph five, the four comparisons. The accused men's prints against the window panes: identical. The same against the knife handle: exactly identical. The accused men's prints against the assassin's: they do not even resemble. And then the infant records of two children marked A and B, tallying at five and seven months and not at eight, which proves that the children were exchanged in the cradle, followed by A's print at the age of twelve against the knife: to the minutest detail.

Paragraph six, the honest qualification. Not everything Wilson said was proved. Twain tells the reader that the motive of robbery, the person in the room beforehand and the figure in woman's clothes at the back gate were hardy guesses hazarded to fill gaps, and that Wilson watched Tom's face to see whether they had hit. A full answer separates the proof from the bluff, because the chapter is a study of advocacy and not only of science.

Quick revision

Prosecution: the twins' knife, found in the room, bloody prints on the handle left by the murderer, the twins standing over the body, motive, and the unclaimed reward.

Wilson grants that the prints on the handle are the murderer's.

He explains the physiological autograph: unchanging from cradle to grave, not counterfeitable, not the face or hair or height or form.

He enlarges the records ten times with a pantograph and inks the lines.

The jury compare: the twins' prints match the window panes, and do not even resemble the knife.

munotes.in189

The Trial and the Fingerprint Evidence

The infant records of A and B tally at five and seven months and not at eight: the children were exchanged in the cradle.

A's print at twelve matches the knife to the minutest detail. Tom faints, and Wilson says he has confessed.

Test yourself

1. Why does Wilson concede the prosecution's main claim? Because it makes their case depend entirely on the prints being the twins'. Once he shows the prints are somebody else's, the prosecution's own proposition proves his clients innocent.

2. What does Wilson mean by a physiological autograph? The pattern on the ball of a finger, which he says every human being carries from cradle to grave, which does not change, which cannot be counterfeited, disguised, hidden or worn away, and of which there is no duplicate among all the people in the world.

3. How does he make the evidence usable by a jury? By enlarging his glass-plate records ten times with a pantograph onto white cardboard and inking every line, so that patterns can be distinguished at a distance, and then having the jurymen make each comparison themselves with a magnifying glass.

4. What do the records of children A and B prove? That each child's prints at five and seven months tally with each other, that neither tallies with the print taken at eight months of the child bearing the same letter, and therefore that the two children were exchanged in the cradle between seven and eight months.

5. Distinguish what Wilson proved from what he guessed. Proved: that the knife prints are not the twins', that they are Tom's, and that the children were exchanged. Guessed: that the motive was robbery, that somebody was in the room before the twins, and that the figure at the back gate was a man in woman's clothes. Twain says the guesses were hazarded to fill gaps, and that Wilson watched Tom's face to see whether they had hit.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in190

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Slavery, and the Law That Makes the Plot Possible

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

The plot works because in this society a person's status was decided by descent through the mother and by a fraction of ancestry rather than by anything anybody could see, so two identical babies could be given opposite futures by changing their clothes.

The three rules the novel rests on

Twain never states any of them as a rule. He does not need to, and a law student's job is to name what the novel assumes.

One. Status follows the mother. A child born to an enslaved woman was a slave, whoever the father was. This is why Roxy's son, whose father was a white gentleman of the town, is a slave from birth.

Two. A fraction of ancestry decides classification. Roxy is one sixteenth black. Her son is thirty-one parts white. Both are classified as black and enslaved. Twain's sentence is the whole point and should be quoted in any answer.

To all intents and purposes Roxy was as white as anybody, but the one sixteenth of her which was black outvoted the other fifteen parts and made her a negro. She was a slave, and salable as such. Her child was thirty-one parts white, and he, too, was a slave, and by a fiction of law and custom a negro.

Three. A slave is chattel, that is, personal property. He or she can be bought, sold, mortgaged, inventoried on death and claimed by creditors. Everything in the Conclusion follows from this.

Why "a fiction of law and custom" is the key phrase

What a legal fiction is. A statement that a court or a system treats as true for legal purposes although it is known not to be true, adopted because some rule depends on it.

What Twain is saying. That the classification of these people as black is not a description of them but an assignment made by law and habit. He puts the word "fiction" in himself, which saves a student from having to argue the point.

Why it matters to the plot. If identity were a natural fact, the exchange in the cradle could not work. It works precisely because the only thing that distinguishes the two babies is a legal label and a set of clothes. Twain's argument is that a system which can be defeated by swapping two blankets was never describing anything real.

The four places the law does the work

The threat, chapter II. Percy Driscoll can lawfully sell four human beings down the river for a small theft, and sells them within the state instead and records his own mercy in a diary. The novel's whole motive force is an owner's lawful power.

The exchange, chapter III. Roxy converts one piece of her master's property into his heir and puts his heir into slavery. In law it is a fraud on the estate; in fact it is a mother acting on a terror the reader has just watched three people show.

munotes.in191

Slavery, and the Law That Makes the Plot Possible

The sale of Roxy, chapter XVI. Tom sells his own mother. He can do it because she is saleable and because a sale is a transaction the law will support.

The Conclusion. Tom is convicted of murder and sentenced to imprisonment for life. Then the creditors of the Percy Driscoll estate claim him as an asset wrongly omitted from an inventory eight years earlier, and argue that they should not bear the loss of his services. Twain reports the town's reasoning without adding a word of his own.

Everybody granted that if "Tom" were white and free it would be unquestionably right to punish him, it would be no loss to anybody; but to shut up a valuable slave for life, that was quite another matter.

The Governor pardons him and the creditors sell him down the river.

What the ending actually says about law

Three propositions, and any of them will carry an essay.

One. Property beat crime. A murderer's punishment was set aside because carrying it out would have destroyed value belonging to innocent third parties. The criminal law simply gave way.

Two. Punishment attached to status, not to conduct. The same man, if white, would have gone to prison. Being a slave, he went to the plantations. The wrong he did made no difference to which happened.

Three. The law's own paperwork decided a life. The creditors' claim rests on an error in an inventory. A clerical omission eight years earlier is what stands between a man and a life sentence, and Twain lets that sit without comment.

Identity, and the nature-and-nurture question

An examiner may set this as a theme rather than a legal question, and the two overlap.

The novel's evidence for nurture. The false Tom, raised as a master's son, is spoiled, cowardly and cruel. The real heir, raised as a slave, is servile. When they are restored to their true positions, the real heir cannot use his freedom: he cannot read, his manners are a slave's, and Twain says he was at home nowhere. Twenty-three years of treatment produced two people, and their birth had nothing to do with it.

The novel's complication. Twain also writes lines that sound like the older view, that Tom's bad qualities came from "the nigger in him", and readers have argued about them for a century. The best position for a student is that these are Tom's own thoughts and the town's assumptions, reported by a narrator who spends the whole book demonstrating the opposite, and that the calendar entry heading chapter V settles Twain's own view: "Training is everything. The peach was once a bitter almond."

munotes.in192

Slavery, and the Law That Makes the Plot Possible

What beginners get wrong

They describe the rule as "the one-drop rule" without checking. In this book the fractions are stated: one sixteenth for Roxy, thirty-one parts white for her son. Use Twain's own figures.

They think the pardon is mercy. It is an accounting decision, and Twain makes the reasoning explicit.

They treat the substitution as unbelievable. It is believable exactly because the law's categories had no physical content, which is the argument.

They leave the creditors out of an answer on the law. The creditors are the law's last word in this book.

A worked answer

Question. "How does the law of slavery drive the plot of Pudd'nhead Wilson?"

Step one, name the three rules the novel never states. That the status of a child follows the mother, so a slave woman's child is a slave whoever the father was; that a fraction of ancestry classifies a person regardless of appearance; and that a slave is chattel, capable of being bought, sold, mortgaged, inventoried on death and claimed by creditors.

Step two, show the first two producing the premise. Roxy is one sixteenth black and looks white. Her son is thirty-one parts white. Both are slaves, and Twain writes that the boy is a negro by a fiction of law and custom. Because nothing physical corresponds to the difference, two indistinguishable babies can be given opposite futures by changing their clothes.

Step three, show the third producing the plot's four turning points. Percy Driscoll can lawfully threaten to sell four human beings down the river for a small theft, which is what frightens Roxy into acting. Roxy can be sold by her own son in chapter XVI. And in the Conclusion the creditors can claim a convicted murderer as an asset left off an inventory.

Step four, state the conclusion. The law of slavery is not background in this novel; it is the mechanism. It supplies the motive for the substitution, the means of the worst act in the book, and the ending, in which a murderer is pardoned because imprisoning him would waste value belonging to somebody else.

Quick revision

Three rules assumed and never stated: status follows the mother; a fraction of ancestry classifies; a slave is chattel.

Twain's phrase: "by a fiction of law and custom a negro". Roxy one sixteenth black, her son thirty-one parts white, both slaves.

Four legal events: the threat to sell four slaves down the river; the exchange in the cradle; the sale of Roxy by her son; and the creditors' claim in the Conclusion.

munotes.in193

Slavery, and the Law That Makes the Plot Possible

The ending: convicted, sentenced to life, pardoned because he is a valuable asset, and sold down the river.

Nature and nurture: two boys shaped entirely by how they were treated, and a calendar entry that says training is everything.

Test yourself

1. State the three legal rules the plot assumes. That the status of a child follows the mother, so a slave woman's child is a slave; that a fraction of ancestry classifies a person as black regardless of appearance; and that a slave is chattel, capable of being sold, inventoried and claimed by creditors.

2. Quote and explain Twain's phrase about the fiction. That Roxy's child was "by a fiction of law and custom a negro". A legal fiction is something treated as true for legal purposes although known not to be true, and Twain is saying the classification is an assignment made by law rather than a description of the person.

3. Why does the exchange in the cradle succeed? Because the two babies are indistinguishable and the only things that separate them are their clothes and a legal label. Nothing physical corresponds to the difference the law makes.

4. Explain the legal position at the end of the novel. Tom confesses to murder and is sentenced to imprisonment for life. The creditors of the Percy Driscoll estate then claim him as their property, wrongly left off an inventory eight years before, and argue they should not lose his value. The Governor pardons him and the creditors sell him down the river.

5. What does the ending show about the relationship between property law and criminal law in that society? That property won. A man's punishment for murder was set aside because inflicting it would have destroyed an asset belonging to somebody else, so what happened to him was decided by his status as property and not by what he had done.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in194

Chapter Forty

Characters in Pudd'nhead Wilson

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

Wilson is a clever outsider who waits twenty years to be proved right; Roxana is the strongest person in the book and the one who suffers most; Tom is what an upbringing can make of a child; and Chambers is what it can make of another.

David Wilson

Placing. David Wilson is a young lawyer who arrives in Dawson's Landing from New York, is nicknamed Pudd'nhead within a day for a joke the town cannot follow, and gets no legal practice for twenty years.

He is destroyed by a single misunderstanding. The joke about owning half a dog is the kind of thing an educated man says. The town takes it literally and files him permanently as a fool. Twain's point is that a small community's judgment, once made, is not revisable.

He keeps working anyway. He surveys, keeps accounts, studies his finger-print records far into the night, copies them and enlarges them with a pantograph, and tells nobody what he is looking for. Twenty years of an unrewarded hobby is the reason the twins are acquitted.

He is a good lawyer when he finally gets a case. He does not argue with the prosecution's central claim; he adopts it. He explains his evidence before producing it. He lets the jury make every comparison itself. He also bluffs, and Twain says so.

He is not the hero of a triumph. The town that mocked him now cheers every sentence he speaks, and Twain's joke is that they have simply transferred the title of pudd'nhead to themselves. Wilson is vindicated by a crowd whose judgment was never worth anything either way.

What he is for. He is the outsider who sees what the community cannot, and the novel's demonstration that being right and being believed have nothing to do with each other.

Roxana

Placing. Roxana, called Roxy, is a slave in Percy Driscoll's household, one sixteenth black, a nurse to two infants, and the mother of one of them.

She is the most vital person in the book. Twain describes her as of majestic form and stature, with a noble and stately grace, easy and independent among her own people and necessarily meek before white ones. Her speech is the liveliest in the novel.

She acts out of terror, and the terror is justified. She has just watched three people confess to a theft they did not commit rather than be sold down the river. She exchanges the babies to save her son from that.

Her punishment is her son. He treats her as a slave because she has made him a master. He refuses her when she is ruined. He sells her down the river by a trick. Every stroke of it comes from what she did for him.

munotes.in195

Characters in Pudd'nhead Wilson

She is broken at the end, and Twain says so in one sentence. "The spirit in her eye was quenched, her martial bearing departed with it, and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land."

What she is for. She is the human cost of the system, and the proof that the novel's real subject is not a detective puzzle. Any answer that treats Pudd'nhead Wilson as a mystery story has to explain away Roxy.

Tom Driscoll, that is, Valet de Chambre

Placing. Roxy's son, put into the master's cradle at seven months, raised as Thomas à Becket Driscoll, heir to Judge Driscoll, and revealed in court as a slave and a murderer.

He is thoroughly bad and the novel explains him. He is cruel to Chambers as a boy, a gambler and a thief as a young man, a coward at the public meeting, a man who robs his own uncle and kills him, and a son who sells his mother.

He was made, not born. He is thirty-one parts white and would have been Chambers if the blankets had not been swapped. The whole force of the character is that his qualities came from being told all his life that he could do as he liked.

He collapses instantly when the proof arrives. He does not deny the finger-prints, fight, or run. He faints, and Wilson says, "There is no need. He has confessed."

His end is the novel's argument. Sentenced to life imprisonment, pardoned because he is somebody's property, and sold down the river, which is where the book began.

Chambers, the real heir

Placing. Percy Driscoll's son, put into the slave's cradle at seven months, raised as Chambers, and restored to his name and fortune at twenty-three.

He is barely a character, and that is the point. He has almost no lines. Twain gives him a childhood of being beaten for Tom's faults and a servility that becomes second nature.

The restoration destroys him. Rich and free, he cannot read or write, his speech is the dialect of the slave quarter, his manners are a slave's, he cannot bear the white man's parlour, and the gallery where he used to sit in church is closed to him.

Twain refuses to follow him. "But we cannot follow his curious fate further, that would be a long story." A student should quote that line, because the refusal is a judgment.

The others, in short

Judge York Driscoll. The Judge, a man of the old code, who fights the duel his nephew would not and is murdered by him. Twain calls him, in Wilson's mouth, "York Driscoll of the generous hand and the kindly spirit".

munotes.in196

Characters in Pudd'nhead Wilson

Percy Driscoll. Tom's supposed father, whose threat to sell his slaves begins the plot and whose insolvent estate ends it.

Luigi and Angelo Capello. The Italian twins, lionised, then accused, then acquitted, then retired to Europe. They are the accident of the book's composition, and they carry the false accusation the plot needs.

Pembroke Howard. Friend of the Judge, and counsel for the prosecution at the trial.

Distinctions worth a table

TomChambers
BornSlave, thirty-one parts whiteFree, white, the heir
Raised asThe heirA slave
BecomesCruel, cowardly, a thief and a murdererServile, illiterate, at ease nowhere else
Restored toHis true status, and sold down the riverHis true status, and unable to use it
What the pair proveThat upbringing made both of them, and that the law's categories made the upbringing

What beginners get wrong

They call Wilson the hero and stop. He is vindicated, but the novel's last pages are about Roxy and Chambers, not about him.

They treat Roxy as a criminal. The novel makes the reader understand her before it lets anybody judge her.

They explain Tom by his ancestry. The whole design of the book contradicts that, and the calendar entry "Training is everything" is Twain's own answer.

They forget Chambers. He is the control in the experiment, and an answer that leaves him out has only half the argument.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a character sketch of Roxana."

A model answer. Roxana is a slave in Percy Driscoll's household, one sixteenth black and to all appearance white, nurse to two infants and mother of one of them, and she is the strongest presence in the novel. Twain introduces her as majestic in form and stature, with a noble and stately grace, easy and independent among her own people and necessarily meek before white ones, and gives her the liveliest speech in the book. Her decisive act is made out of terror rather than ambition: she has just watched three fellow slaves confess to a theft they did not commit rather than be sold down the river, and she exchanges the babies in the cradle to put her own son beyond that reach, taking nothing for herself. The novel then makes her pay for it in three instalments, and each is worse than the last: her son treats her as a slave because she has made him a master, he refuses her when she returns ruined, and in chapter XVI he sells her by a trick to a planter in the deep South. When it is over Twain does not describe her feelings but her bearing: the spirit in her eye was quenched, her martial bearing departed with it, and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land. What she is for is to make the book a tragedy rather than a detective story, and any answer that treats Pudd'nhead Wilson as a puzzle has to explain her away.

munotes.in197

Characters in Pudd'nhead Wilson

Quick revision

Wilson: nicknamed for a joke, unemployed for twenty years, keeps finger-print records, wins the case by conceding the prosecution's claim, and is cheered by the people who mocked him.

Roxy: one sixteenth black, magnificent, exchanges the babies to save her son from the river, is treated as a slave by him, sold down the river by him, and broken at the end.

Tom: raised as an heir, cruel, cowardly, a thief, a murderer, sells his mother, faints when the prints are compared, and is pardoned and sold.

Chambers: raised as a slave, restored and useless, whose story Twain declines to tell.

Test yourself

1. Why does Wilson lose twenty years of his career? Because of a single remark in chapter I, that he wished he owned half of a howling dog so that he could kill his half, which the town took literally and treated as proof that he was a fool.

2. What is the strongest sentence in the book about Roxy's fate? "The spirit in her eye was quenched, her martial bearing departed with it, and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land."

3. How does the novel explain Tom's character? By his upbringing. He is thirty-one parts white and was born a slave, and everything he becomes follows from being raised as a master's son who could do as he liked, which is why the calendar entry "Training is everything" heads a chapter of the book.

4. Why does Twain include Chambers's fate? Because Chambers is the control case. The same exchange made one boy a tyrant and the other a servant, and restoring the second to wealth and freedom cannot undo twenty-three years, which shows that the damage was done by treatment and not by birth.

5. Is Wilson's vindication a happy ending? Only for him, and Twain undercuts even that: the same town that called him a pudd'nhead for twenty years now cheers every word he says, and one of them observes that the title is not vacant because they have elected themselves to it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in198

Chapter Forty-One

Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson

Syllabus topic 1.5, "Puddn'head Wilson - Mark Twain"

In one line

The novel's themes are identity as something the law assigns rather than discovers, the making of a person by upbringing, the blindness of a small town, and an irony so complete that the last act of the book undoes the justice of the one before it.

Theme one: identity

The proposition. Who a person is, in this society, is decided by law and custom, not by anything about the person.

Where it is worked. Roxy's one sixteenth. Her son's thirty-one parts white. The exchange of two indistinguishable babies by changing their clothes. Twenty-three years in which nobody notices. And the finger-prints, which are the only thing in the book that identifies a person by the person.

The position the novel takes. That the legal identity was a fiction, in Twain's own word, and that the only true identity is a physical mark which the law of that time did not use.

Theme two: nature and nurture

The proposition. People are made by how they are treated.

Where it is worked. Tom and Chambers, raised in each other's places, become exactly what their treatment predicts. The restoration at the end changes their status and cannot change them. And the calendar entry heading chapter V states it: "Training is everything. The peach was once a bitter almond."

The complication to acknowledge. The novel sometimes reports the town's assumption, and Tom's own, that his faults come from his ancestry. A good answer notices those passages, attributes them to the characters and the community, and sets against them the whole design of the book, which is an experiment in upbringing.

Theme three: the town, and its judgment

The proposition. A small community decides what a person is on almost no evidence and never revises it.

Where it is worked. Wilson is a pudd'nhead for twenty years because of one joke. The twins are heroes, then murderers, then heroes again, on the same facts. And at the end the town cheers Wilson's every sentence, having learned nothing, which is why Twain gives them the line about the title of pudd'nhead not being vacant.

Theme four: slavery, and property

The proposition. A system that makes people into assets will, when the two conflict, protect the asset.

Where it is worked. The threat to sell four people for a small theft. Roxy sold by her son. And the Conclusion, in which a convicted murderer is pardoned because imprisoning him would waste the creditors' property.

Theme five: irony

The proposition. Twain's method throughout is to make outcomes the exact reverse of what the people in them intend.

Where it is worked, and this list is the answer to any question on irony in the novel.

munotes.in199

Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson

The intentionThe outcome
Roxy saves her son from being sold down the riverHe sells her down the river, and is sold down the river himself
Wilson's hobby makes him a laughing-stockThe same hobby makes him a made man
Tom's exchange gives him everythingThe exchange is what hangs the identification on him
The trial establishes the truthThe Conclusion sets the truth aside for a debt
Chambers is restored to wealth and freedomHe can use neither

Reference to context: the passages that are set

1. "It's so! Heavens, what a revelation! And for twenty-three years no man has ever suspected it!" Chapter XXI, in the section where Wilson works through the night. Spoken by David Wilson alone in his room, at the moment he realises from his own finger-print records that the two children were exchanged in the cradle twenty-three years earlier. MU set this in February 2026 and asked what the revelation was and who had hidden the truth: the revelation is the substitution, and the person who hid it is Roxana.

2. "To all intents and purposes Roxy was as white as anybody, but the one sixteenth of her which was black outvoted the other fifteen parts and made her a negro." Chapter II. The narrator, introducing Roxana. It continues that her child was thirty-one parts white and was also a slave, "by a fiction of law and custom a negro", and it is the passage on which every legal reading of the novel rests.

3. "Training is everything. The peach was once a bitter almond; cauliflower is nothing but cabbage with a college education." The epigraph to chapter V, from Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar. Twain's own comment, and the novel's clearest statement of the nature and nurture theme.

4. "Even the clearest and most perfect circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault." The epigraph to chapter XX, from the Calendar. It heads the chapter in which the twins are charged on circumstantial evidence, and it is the warning the novel then answers with a different kind of proof.

5. "This autograph consists of the delicate lines or corrugations with which Nature marks the insides of the hands and the soles of the feet." Chapter XXI. Part of Wilson's explanation to the court of what a finger-print is, in the speech in which he calls it a man's "physiological autograph" which cannot be counterfeited, disguised, hidden, or made illegible by time.

6. "The murderer of your friend and mine, York Driscoll of the generous hand and the kindly spirit, sits in among you." Chapter XXI. Spoken by Wilson in court, at the moment he turns from clearing the twins to naming the murderer, and immediately before he calls on Valet de Chambre, falsely called Thomas à Becket Driscoll, to make the finger-prints that will hang him.

munotes.in200

Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson

7. "Everybody granted that if 'Tom' were white and free it would be unquestionably right to punish him, it would be no loss to anybody; but to shut up a valuable slave for life, that was quite another matter." The Conclusion. The narrator, reporting the town's reasoning on the creditors' claim. The Governor then pardons the murderer, and the creditors sell him down the river.

8. "The spirit in her eye was quenched, her martial bearing departed with it, and the voice of her laughter ceased in the land." The Conclusion. The narrator, on Roxana after everything. It is the novel's last word on the person who set the plot in motion.

Three more the University has actually set

Note. Added by the past paper check. All three are from the trial in chapter XXI.

A. "I have other testimony, and better." Spoken by Wilson in court, after he has told the judge that he will not call the witnesses whose evidence has just been given against his clients. The room takes it for a surrender, and murmurs that he gives up without hitting a lick; the line is the hinge of the trial, because the better testimony he means is the finger-print record he has been keeping for twenty-three years.

B. "Between the ages of seven months and eight months those children were changed in the cradle, and the person who did it is in this house!" Spoken by Wilson at the climax of his address to the court, after one of what Twain calls his effect-collecting pauses. Roxy, sitting in the room, is the person he means, and the sentence turns a murder trial into the exposure of a substitution made twenty-three years earlier.

C. Mr Rogers and Mr Buckstone. Not a quotation but a question the University has set: who they are. They are the two townsmen who ran into the house behind Mrs Pratt on the night of the murder and found the twins standing over Judge Driscoll's body. The twins asked them to examine their hands and clothes for blood and no stains were found, and both men afterwards gave confirmatory evidence at the trial. Buckstone also appears earlier in the book as the local political organiser who takes the twins to the anti-rum meeting.

D. "De Lord have mercy on me, po' misable sinner dat I is!" Spoken by Roxy in court, flung on her knees with her face in her hands, at the moment Wilson names her as the person who changed the children in the cradle. It is her only utterance at the trial, it is her confession, and the clock strikes twelve immediately afterwards.

munotes.in201

Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson

E. "We not only grant that claim, but we welcome it and strongly endorse it." Spoken by Wilson to the court, accepting rather than disputing the prosecution's contention about the knife. It is his method throughout the trial: he concedes everything that can be conceded, so that the one thing he does dispute, the identity of the hand that held the knife, carries the whole case.

How to place a passage from this novel

Names. Roxy, Roxana, Pudd'nhead, Wilson, Chambers, Driscoll, Luigi, Angelo, Dawson's Landing.

Vocabulary. Down the river, the calendar, finger-prints, pantograph.

Voice. The calendar epigraphs are aphorisms with a sting, unlike anything else on this paper. Roxy's dialect is American and unmistakable.

What beginners get wrong

They call it a detective novel. The reader knows who did the murder from chapter XIX. The book is about identity and slavery, and the detection is the instrument.

They quote the calendar without saying what it is. Name it: Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar, one entry at the head of every chapter, Twain's own commentary.

They end at the courtroom. The Conclusion reverses it, and the argument is there.

They read the passages about Tom's ancestry as Twain's view. Attribute them to the town and to Tom, and set the design of the whole novel against them.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss irony as the method of Pudd'nhead Wilson."

Paragraph one, define and claim. Irony is a gap between what is intended and what happens, created deliberately so that the reader sees it. In this novel it is not an occasional effect but the structure: almost every important intention produces its own reverse.

Paragraph two, the central case. Roxana exchanges the babies to save her son from being sold down the river. He grows up to sell her down the river, and at the end of the book he is sold down the river himself. One decision, taken out of love, produces both of those.

Paragraph three, the others in one sweep. Wilson's hobby makes him a laughing-stock for twenty years and then makes his reputation in a single morning. The exchange that gave Tom his position is the very thing that identifies him as the murderer, because it left two sets of infant prints that do not match. The trial produces the truth and the Conclusion sets the truth aside for a debt. And the real heir is restored to wealth and freedom he cannot use.

Paragraph four, the calendar. Twain reinforces it by heading every chapter with a maxim from Pudd'nhead Wilson's Calendar, and by putting at the head of the chapter of circumstantial evidence the line "Even the clearest and most perfect circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault", immediately before supplying the one kind of evidence that is not.

munotes.in202

Themes and Reference to Context: Pudd'nhead Wilson

Conclusion. The irony is not decoration or wit. It is how Twain argues: a society whose categories are fictions will produce outcomes that reverse the intentions of everyone inside it.

Quick revision

Themes: identity as a legal fiction; nature and nurture; the town's unrevisable judgment; slavery and property; and irony as the novel's method.

The irony table: Roxy saved her son and he sold her; Wilson's folly made him; the exchange convicted the man it enriched; the trial found truth and the Conclusion set it aside.

Set passages: "what a revelation"; the one sixteenth; training is everything; circumstantial evidence; the physiological autograph; "sits in among you"; the creditors' reasoning; and the last sentence on Roxy.

Test yourself

1. Place: "It's so! Heavens, what a revelation! And for twenty-three years no man has ever suspected it!" David Wilson, alone in his room in chapter XXI, on realising from his own finger-print records that the two children were exchanged in the cradle. The revelation is the substitution, and the person who concealed it for twenty-three years is Roxana.

2. Explain the title's use of the word tragedy. The book's full title is The Tragedy of Pudd'nhead Wilson. The tragedy is not Wilson's, since he is vindicated: it is Roxana's, who saved her son and was sold by him; the false Tom's, who was made by an upbringing he did not choose; and the real heir's, who is restored to a life he cannot live.

3. Give three examples of irony in the novel. Roxy exchanges the babies to save her son from being sold down the river, and he sells her down the river and is himself sold there. Wilson's hobby makes him a laughing-stock for twenty years and then makes his reputation. And the exchange that gave Tom his position is the very thing that identifies him as the murderer.

4. What does the Calendar contribute? It supplies Twain's own voice as a running commentary. Each chapter is headed by a maxim which comments on it, and two of them state the novel's central positions: that training is everything, and that even the clearest circumstantial evidence is likely to be at fault.

5. Why is the Conclusion essential to any answer on this novel? Because it reverses the justice the trial achieved. The murderer is pardoned because he is somebody's property and imprisoning him would waste value, and he is sold down the river. It is the point at which the novel says plainly that in this society property outranked crime.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in203

Module II

Law & Literature: Speeches & Essays*Marks allotted 25

munotes.in

Chapter Forty-Two

Plato's Apology: the Trial of Socrates

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Apology - Plato"

In one line

The Apology is the speech Socrates made in his own defence when he was tried at Athens for corrupting the young and for not believing in the gods of the state, written down by his pupil Plato, and it ends with a sentence of death that Socrates refuses to try to avoid.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: the Apology is Plato's record of the defence delivered by Socrates before an Athenian court in 399 BC on a charge of impiety and corrupting the youth, comprising three speeches, one before the verdict, one on the assessment of penalty, and one after sentence of death was passed.

First, the word "apology"

It does not mean saying sorry. The Greek word apologia means a defence, a speech made in answer to an accusation. Socrates apologises for nothing in this work, and an answer that treats the title as an expression of regret has begun by misreading it.

A useful sentence for a paper. "The title means a defence and not an expression of regret, and the speech is in fact the least apologetic document in Greek literature."

Who and when

Socrates, born about 469 BC, a stonemason's son of Athens, who wrote nothing and spent his life questioning people in public places about what they claimed to know. He says in the speech that he is more than seventy years of age and is appearing in a court for the first time.

Plato, his pupil, who wrote this account. He is named in the speech itself, among the friends who offer to stand surety for a fine.

399 BC, five years after Athens had lost a long war with Sparta and had suffered a brief and violent oligarchy. That background matters and is dealt with below.

The translation. Ours is Benjamin Jowett's, which is the version Indian syllabuses have used for a century and the one that is out of copyright. Different translations give different words for the famous passages, so use one translation throughout an answer.

The court

A student of law should be able to say how this differs from the courts in the rest of this paper.

FeatureAn Athenian trial as the Apology shows itA modern criminal trial
ProsecutorA private citizen, here Meletus, supported by Anytus and LyconThe State
JudgesA large jury of ordinary citizens, who decide law and fact togetherA judge on law, a jury or the judge on fact
AdvocatesNone. The accused speaks for himselfCounsel appear
TimeThe whole case decided in one day, which Socrates complains ofAs long as it takes
PenaltyAssessed by the same body, choosing between the two proposalsFixed by the judge within the law
AppealNoneOrdinarily available
munotes.in204

Plato's Apology: the Trial of Socrates

Two consequences follow, and both are in the text. Socrates says that if there were a law at Athens, as there is in other cities, that a capital cause should not be decided in one day, he believes he would have convinced them. And because the court had to pick one of the two proposed penalties, the counter-penalty Socrates proposed was itself a decision about whether he lived.

The charge

Socrates has the affidavit read and states it.

Socrates is a doer of evil, who corrupts the youth; and who does not believe in the gods of the state, but has other new divinities of his own.

Break it into counts, as he does. First, corrupting the young. Second, not believing in the gods the city acknowledges. Third, introducing new divinities of his own. The second and third are in tension, and Socrates uses that tension to destroy Meletus in cross-examination.

The older accusers, which is the part students miss

Before he answers Meletus, Socrates says he must answer an older and more dangerous set of accusers: the reputation built up over many years, by people he cannot name and cannot cross-examine, that there is "one Socrates, a wise man, who speculated about the heaven above, and searched into the earth beneath, and made the worse appear the better cause."

Why this matters. He is describing prejudice, and he says exactly why it is harder to fight than a charge: it began when the jurors were children, the case went by default because there was nobody to answer it, and he must "simply fight with shadows in my own defence, and argue when there is no one who answers."

The legal point. This is the clearest statement in ancient literature of something every lawyer meets: that the accusation on the paper is not always the accusation being tried.

What was really on trial

The Apology never says so, and a careful answer marks the difference between what the text states and what history supplies.

What the text gives. Socrates has made enemies by going to politicians, poets and artisans, showing each of them that they did not know what they thought they knew, and being hated for it.

What the background supplies. Athens had recently lost a war and endured an oligarchy, and men who had been close to Socrates had been prominent in the city's disasters. A prosecution on a charge of impiety was one of the few ways to reach a man whose real offence was influence.

How to use it. Say that the indictment charged impiety and the trial was about something else, and that Socrates himself points at the something else when he insists that his real accusers are old, anonymous and unanswerable.

munotes.in205

Plato's Apology: the Trial of Socrates

Why a law syllabus sets it

It is the oldest surviving speech of defence. Everything on this paper about advocacy has a common ancestor here.

It poses the question of conscience against the State. Socrates says plainly that if the court offered to release him on condition that he stopped philosophising, he would refuse and obey God rather than them. That is civil disobedience stated at its source, and MU sets Gandhi two topics later.

It shows what a fair trial is by showing one that was not. No counsel, one day, no appeal, a jury of hundreds voting immediately, and a prejudice older than the charge.

And it is about a man who would not plead. He refuses to bring his family into court to weep, refuses to beg, and says he would rather die having spoken after his own manner than speak in their manner and live.

What beginners get wrong

They translate the title as an apology in the modern sense. It means a defence.

They think Socrates wrote it. He wrote nothing. Plato did.

They say he was tried for atheism. The charge as recorded has three counts, and the second and third contradict each other, which is the hinge of his cross-examination of Meletus.

They forget it is three speeches. Defence, counter-penalty, and last words, delivered at three different stages.

A worked answer

Question. "What was Socrates charged with, and was the charge the real reason for his trial?"

A model answer. The affidavit, as Socrates has it read in court, was that he is a doer of evil who corrupts the youth, and who does not believe in the gods of the state but has other new divinities of his own. That is a charge of impiety with a count of corrupting the young attached, and it is what the court formally tried. Socrates himself says that it was not the real reason. He devotes the first part of his defence to what he calls his older accusers: a reputation, built up over many years by people he cannot name and cannot cross-examine, that he speculated about the heavens and the earth and made the worse appear the better cause. Those accusers, he says, began when the jurors were children, and the case went by default because there was nobody to answer it, so that he must fight with shadows. Behind that lay the enmity he had earned by questioning politicians, poets and artisans in public until each was shown not to know what he claimed to know, and behind that again lay a city that had recently lost a war and suffered an oligarchy and had reason to distrust a man of his influence.

munotes.in206

Plato's Apology: the Trial of Socrates

The sentence to close on. The indictment charged impiety; the trial was about a lifetime of asking people questions they could not answer, and Socrates is the first defendant on record to have said so in open court.

Quick revision

Apology means a defence, not an expression of regret.

Athens, 399 BC. Socrates is over seventy and in a court for the first time. Plato wrote the account and is named in it.

Accusers: Meletus, supported by Anytus and Lycon.

The charge: a doer of evil who corrupts the youth, does not believe in the gods of the state, and has other new divinities of his own.

The older accusers: an anonymous reputation that he searched the heaven above and the earth beneath and made the worse appear the better cause.

The court: a private prosecutor, a large citizen jury, no advocates, one day, no appeal, and a penalty chosen between the two proposed.

Three speeches: the defence, the counter-penalty, and the last words.

Test yourself

1. What does the word apology mean here? A defence, from the Greek apologia, meaning a speech made in answer to an accusation. Socrates expresses no regret at any point.

2. State the charge in the words Socrates has read out. That Socrates is a doer of evil, who corrupts the youth, and who does not believe in the gods of the state but has other new divinities of his own.

3. Who are the older accusers, and why does Socrates fear them more? The anonymous makers of his reputation, who told the jurors when they were children that there was one Socrates who speculated about the heaven above and searched the earth beneath and made the worse appear the better cause. He fears them more because he cannot name them or cross-examine them, and because the charge went unanswered for years.

4. Give three ways this trial differs from a modern criminal trial. The prosecutor was a private citizen rather than the State; the accused spoke for himself with no counsel; and the whole capital case was decided in a single day with no appeal, the penalty being chosen by the same jury between the two proposals put to it.

5. Why is this text on a law syllabus? Because it is the oldest surviving speech of defence, because it states the conflict between individual conscience and the authority of the State in its original form, and because it shows, from the inside, a trial in which prejudice older than the indictment decided the outcome.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in207

Chapter Forty-Three

Apology: the Defence Speech

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Apology - Plato"

In one line

Socrates answers the old prejudice first, explains why he made so many enemies by taking an oracle seriously, destroys the prosecutor in three minutes of cross-examination, and then tells the court that he will not stop even if they order him to.

How the speech is built

Seven movements, in order. An answer that follows this order will not go wrong.

One. The apology for his manner. He is over seventy and in a court for the first time, a stranger to the language of the place, and he asks to be allowed to speak as he does in the marketplace. "Never mind the manner, which may or may not be good; but think only of the truth of my words."

Two. The older accusers. Dealt with in the previous chapter: an anonymous reputation he cannot cross-examine.

Three. The oracle, and why he became unpopular.

Four. The cross-examination of Meletus.

Five. Why he will not stop, and the answer to the suggestion that he should be ashamed of a life that has brought him to this.

Six. The gadfly, and the refusal to plead for pity.

Seven. Commitment of the cause to the court and to God.

The oracle, which is the key to the whole defence

What happened. His friend Chaerephon went to Delphi and asked the oracle whether anyone was wiser than Socrates, and the priestess answered that there was no man wiser. Socrates says he knew he had no wisdom, small or great, and could not understand what the god meant, since a god cannot lie.

What he did about it. He set out to find somebody wiser, so that he could go back to the god with a refutation in his hand. He went first to a politician of great reputation, and found that the man thought himself wise and was not, and said so, and was hated for it. Then to the poets, and found that they could not explain their own best passages, so that they write not by wisdom but by a sort of genius and inspiration. Then to the artisans, who did know many things he did not, but who, because they were good workmen, believed themselves wise in high matters too.

What he concluded. That in each case he was better off, because "he knows nothing, and thinks that he knows; I neither know nor think that I know." The god's meaning was that human wisdom is worth little or nothing, and that the wisest man is the one who knows he does not know.

Why this is the centre of the speech. It explains, in one story, both what Socrates did with his life and why he was on trial for it. His whole method is an act of obedience to the god, and every enemy he made was made in the course of it. A candidate who can tell the oracle story properly has the spine of any answer on this text.

munotes.in208

Apology: the Defence Speech

The cross-examination of Meletus

This is the passage a law student should enjoy most, because it is an advocate's cross-examination conducted by the accused.

Point one, on corrupting the young. He gets Meletus to say that everybody in Athens improves the young except Socrates, who alone corrupts them, and then asks whether the same is true of horses: does everyone improve them and one man only spoil them? The comparison exposes the absurdity, since with horses it is the few trainers who improve and the many who do harm.

Point two, on doing harm knowingly. He argues that a man who corrupts his neighbours makes them worse, and worse neighbours do him harm, so nobody would corrupt those he lives among on purpose. Either he does not corrupt them, or he does it unintentionally, and unintentional faults are matters for instruction and not for a court, "which is a place not of instruction, but of punishment."

Point three, the contradiction in the indictment. He asks Meletus to say plainly whether the charge is that he teaches other gods, so that he does believe in gods, or that he is a complete atheist. Meletus takes the second: "I mean the latter, that you are a complete atheist," and adds that Socrates says the sun is stone and the moon earth. Socrates answers that Meletus is accusing Anaxagoras, whose books can be bought for a drachma at the most, and that the jury are not so illiterate as not to know it. Then he closes the trap: the affidavit itself charges him with introducing new divinities, and a man who believes in divine things must believe in divinities, and one who believes in divinities must believe in gods. The indictment therefore contradicts itself.

How to write about it. Say that Socrates does to Meletus exactly what he has spent his life doing to everyone else, and that the effect is to show that the prosecutor had not thought about his own charge. Then add the sharper point: it did not save him, because the case was never really about the indictment.

Why he will not stop

Asked whether he is not ashamed of a course of life that is likely to bring him to an untimely end, he answers that a man worth anything ought not to calculate the chance of living or dying, but only whether he is doing right or wrong. He compares himself to a soldier who has been given a post and must remain at it. God has ordered him to examine himself and others; leaving that post out of fear of death would be desertion.

munotes.in209

Apology: the Defence Speech

And the argument about death itself. To fear death is to think oneself wise when one is not, since nobody knows whether death is the greatest good or the greatest evil. That is the very ignorance he has spent his life exposing.

The refusal in advance. He tells the court plainly that if they offered to acquit him on condition that he stopped philosophising, he would answer that he would obey God rather than them, and would go on doing exactly as before while he had life and strength.

The gadfly

The best-known image in the speech, and it is worth knowing exactly.

if I may use such a ludicrous figure of speech, am a sort of gadfly, given to the state by God; and the state is a great and noble steed who is tardy in his motions owing to his very size, and requires to be stirred into life.

He is fastening on the city all day long, arousing and persuading and reproaching it. If they kill him they will sleep on for the rest of their lives, unless God sends another. His proof that he was given to them by God, he says, is his poverty: he has neglected all his own concerns for years without ever taking pay, and even his accusers do not dare to say otherwise.

In an answer. Use the gadfly for the idea that a critic is a service to the State and not an enemy of it, and note that the image concedes that criticism is irritating.

The refusal to plead for pity

Athenian defendants commonly brought their weeping children into court and begged. Socrates refuses, and gives three reasons: it would be a disgrace to a man of his reputation, it would teach the jury that he thinks death an evil, and, most importantly, it would ask the judges to break their oath and decide by favour rather than by law.

The sentence to quote for that last point. He says that the judge is not there to make a present of justice, but to give judgment, and that he has sworn to judge according to the laws.

Why this matters to a law student. He is refusing to corrupt the tribunal in his own favour when his life is at stake, and he loses because of it.

A worked answer

Question. "How does Socrates use the oracle in his defence?"

A model answer. The oracle is the pivot of the whole speech, because it converts a lifetime of making enemies into an act of obedience. Chaerephon asked at Delphi whether any man was wiser than Socrates and was told there was none. Socrates, knowing he had no wisdom and knowing a god cannot lie, set out to refute the answer by finding a wiser man. He went to a politician of high reputation, and found that the man thought himself wise and was not; then to the poets, who could not explain their own finest passages and therefore wrote by inspiration and not by knowledge; then to the artisans, who knew real things but supposed that their skill made them wise about everything else. Each examination produced an enemy, and together they produced the reputation that put him on trial. His conclusion was that the god meant that human wisdom is worth little, and that he was wiser than the others only in this, that they knew nothing and thought they knew, while he neither knew nor thought he knew.

munotes.in210

Apology: the Defence Speech

Why the answer scores. It gives the story in order, names the three classes examined, states the conclusion in Socrates's own terms, and connects the story to the charge, which is what the question is really asking.

Quick revision

The order: his manner, the older accusers, the oracle, Meletus, why he will not stop, the gadfly, and the commitment of his cause.

The oracle: Chaerephon at Delphi; the politician, the poets, the artisans; "he knows nothing, and thinks that he knows; I neither know nor think that I know."

Meletus: the horses comparison; nobody corrupts his neighbours on purpose; a court is a place of punishment and not of instruction; and the indictment contradicts itself, because new divinities imply gods.

The soldier at his post: a man should ask only whether he acts rightly, not whether he will live or die.

The gadfly: a great and noble steed, tardy from its size, stirred into life; his poverty is his proof.

The refusal to plead: a judge has sworn to judge by the laws and is not there to make a present of justice.

Test yourself

1. What did the oracle say, and what did Socrates do about it? Chaerephon asked at Delphi whether anyone was wiser than Socrates and was told there was none. Socrates, believing he had no wisdom but that a god cannot lie, went to politicians, poets and artisans in turn to find a wiser man, and found that each thought himself wise and was not.

2. Give the three moves in the cross-examination of Meletus. That everyone improves the young except Socrates, which the comparison with horse trainers exposes as absurd; that nobody would knowingly corrupt the people he lives among, so the fault, if any, is unintentional and belongs to instruction rather than to a court; and that the indictment contradicts itself, since it charges him with introducing new divinities while Meletus claims he is a complete atheist.

munotes.in211

Apology: the Defence Speech

3. Explain the gadfly image. Socrates says he is a gadfly given to the State by God, the State being a great and noble steed made sluggish by its own size, which he stings into life by questioning and reproaching it all day long. If they kill him they will sleep on unless God sends another.

4. Why does Socrates refuse to bring his family into court to beg? Because it would disgrace his reputation, because it would suggest he regards death as an evil when nobody knows whether it is, and above all because it would ask the judges to decide by favour when they have sworn to judge according to the laws.

5. What does he say he would do if acquitted on condition that he stopped? That he would obey God rather than the court, and would continue exactly as before while he had life and strength.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in212

Chapter Forty-Four

Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Apology - Plato"

In one line

Convicted by a narrow margin, Socrates is asked what penalty he proposes instead of death, and answers that what he deserves is to be fed at public expense for the rest of his life, before settling, at his friends' insistence, on a fine they will pay.

Stage one: the verdict, and how close it was

Socrates says he is not grieved, that he expected it, and that he is only surprised the votes were so nearly equal.

had thirty votes gone over to the other side, I should have been acquitted.

He adds a second observation with a sting in it: without the assistance of Anytus and Lycon, Meletus would not have obtained a fifth part of the votes, "as the law requires, in which case he would have incurred a fine of a thousand drachmae."

Two points for an answer. The margin was narrow enough that a shift of thirty votes would have acquitted him, so the case was genuinely contested. And Athenian law fined a prosecutor who failed to win a fifth of the votes, a rule designed to discourage vexatious prosecutions, which Socrates points out Meletus only just escaped.

Stage two: how the penalty was decided

The procedure. The prosecution proposed a penalty and the defendant proposed another, and the court chose between the two. It could not invent a third.

Why that matters here. Meletus proposed death. Whatever Socrates proposed became the only alternative, so the counter-penalty was in substance an argument for his own life. Everything he says next has to be read against that.

Stage three: the counter-penalty

What he says he deserves. He asks what return should be made to a man who has neglected wealth, family interests, military office, speaking in the assembly, magistracies and parties, in order to go to each citizen privately and persuade him to seek virtue and wisdom before his private interests. The answer is a good thing suitable to such a man.

There can be no reward so fitting as maintenance in the Prytaneum.

What that means. The Prytaneum was the public hall in which the city fed, at its own expense and as an honour, people such as victors at the Olympic games. Socrates says he deserves it more than a winner of the chariot race, because the victor gives the appearance of happiness and he gives the reality, and because the victor has enough and he is in want.

Whether this is defiance. He denies it: he says he speaks so because he is convinced that he never intentionally wronged anyone, that the time has been too short to convince them, and that "as I am convinced that I never wronged another, I will assuredly not wrong myself."

munotes.in213

Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words

Why he rejects the ordinary penalties, one by one. Death he will not propose, because he does not know whether it is a good or an evil, and it would be irrational to propose something that might be an evil in place of something unknown. Imprisonment he rejects, because it would make him the slave of the magistrates of the year. A fine with imprisonment until it is paid comes to the same thing, since he has no money. Exile he rejects at length: if his own citizens cannot endure his conversation, others certainly will not, and he would be driven from city to city for the rest of his life.

The suggestion that he simply keep quiet. Somebody will say that he could go abroad and hold his tongue. He answers that to do so would be disobedience to God, and that this is the hardest thing of all to make them believe.

daily to discourse about virtue, and of those other things about which you hear me examining myself and others, is the greatest good of man, and that the unexamined life is not worth living.

The final proposal. He would have offered what he could pay, but he has nothing, so he proposes one mina. Then his friends intervene: Plato, Crito, Critobulus and Apollodorus bid him say thirty minae and offer themselves as sureties, and he proposes that.

How to judge it. An answer should say both things. The proposal of maintenance in the Prytaneum made a sentence of death far more likely, and Socrates knew it. And the final proposal of thirty minae with named sureties was a serious offer that the court rejected.

Stage four: the last words to those who condemned him

Sentence of death is passed, and he speaks again.

The reproach. Not much time will be gained, he tells them, in return for the name they will get from those who wish to reproach the city, who will say that they killed Socrates, a wise man. He is far advanced in years, and their desire would have been fulfilled in the course of nature.

The reason he was condemned. Not want of arguments, but want of the willingness to say what they wished to hear, with weeping and wailing and lamentations.

I would rather die having spoken after my manner, than speak in your manner and live.

The image that carries it. The difficulty is not to avoid death but to avoid unrighteousness, for that runs faster than death. He is old and slow, and the slower runner, death, has overtaken him; his accusers are quick, and the faster runner, unrighteousness, has overtaken them.

The prophecy. He tells them that punishment far heavier than they have inflicted awaits them, because there will be more accusers than before, whom he had restrained, and younger and therefore more severe. Killing men is not a way of escaping censure; the easiest and noblest way is not to be disabling others but to be improving yourselves.

munotes.in214

Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words

Stage five: the last words to those who acquitted him

He calls these, and only these, his judges, and tells them a wonderful circumstance. The inner divine sign that has opposed him all his life, even about trifles, made no sign of opposition that morning: not when he left his house, not on his way to the court, not while he was speaking. He takes that silence as an intimation that what has happened to him is good.

The argument about death. Either death is a state of nothingness and utter unconsciousness, which would be like a dreamless sleep and a gain; or it is a migration of the soul to another place, where he could question the great dead as he has questioned the living, which would be an unspeakable happiness.

The closing lines of the work.

The hour of departure has arrived, and we go our ways, I to die, and you to live. Which is better God only knows.

A worked answer

Question. "Why did Socrates propose maintenance in the Prytaneum, and what does the proposal tell us about him?"

A model answer. He proposed it because the Athenian procedure required the convicted man to name an alternative to the penalty proposed by the prosecution, and Socrates refused to name anything he did not believe he deserved. Having neglected wealth, office and every private advantage in order to persuade his fellow citizens to care for virtue before their own interests, he says that what is due to him is a benefit fitting such a man, and that no benefit fits better than being fed at public expense in the Prytaneum, an honour reserved for victors at the games. He adds that he deserves it more than the winner of a chariot race, who gives the appearance of happiness while he gives the reality, and who has enough while Socrates is in want. He then explains why he will not propose anything else: he will not propose death, because nobody knows whether death is an evil and it would be irrational to choose a certain evil over an unknown; nor imprisonment, which would make him a slave of the magistrates; nor a fine he cannot pay; nor exile, since if his own city cannot bear his conversation no other will. Only at his friends' insistence does he propose thirty minae, with Plato, Crito, Critobulus and Apollodorus as sureties.

munotes.in215

Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words

The judgment to end on. The proposal was consistent and it was fatal. It told the court that he did not accept the verdict, and a body asked to choose between death and a public dinner is unlikely to choose the dinner. He denies that he is braving them, and says only that he will not wrong himself, and both things can be true at once.

Quick revision

The verdict: a shift of thirty votes would have acquitted him; Meletus barely escaped the fine of a thousand drachmae for failing to obtain a fifth of the votes.

The procedure: the court chooses between the two proposed penalties and can invent no third.

Meletus proposes death. Socrates proposes maintenance in the Prytaneum, an honour for Olympic victors.

He rejects death, imprisonment, a fine he cannot pay, and exile, giving a reason for each.

"The unexamined life is not worth living" is spoken here, in this second speech.

He proposes one mina, then thirty minae with Plato, Crito, Critobulus and Apollodorus as sureties.

After sentence: he was condemned for want of willingness to beg, not want of arguments; unrighteousness runs faster than death; a prophecy of more accusers to come.

To those who acquitted him: the divine sign was silent all morning; death is either a dreamless sleep or a migration; "I to die, and you to live. Which is better God only knows."

Test yourself

1. How close was the verdict, and how do we know? Socrates says that had thirty votes gone the other way he would have been acquitted, and that without Anytus and Lycon the prosecutor would not have obtained a fifth of the votes and would have been fined a thousand drachmae.

2. Why was the counter-penalty so important? Because the court had to choose between the penalty proposed by the prosecution and the one proposed by the defendant, and could invent no third. Meletus had proposed death, so whatever Socrates named became the only alternative to it.

3. What is the Prytaneum, and why is the proposal provocative? The public hall where Athens fed certain citizens at its own expense as an honour, including victors at the games. Proposing it as his penalty amounts to saying he deserves a reward rather than a punishment, and it made a sentence of death far likelier.

4. Where does "the unexamined life is not worth living" occur, and in what argument? In the second speech, on the assessment of penalty, answering the suggestion that he might go abroad and keep quiet. He says that to stop would be disobedience to God, that daily discourse about virtue is the greatest good of man, and that the unexamined life is not worth living.

munotes.in216

Apology: the Counter-Penalty and the Last Words

5. What are the two possibilities he offers about death? Either it is a state of nothingness and utter unconsciousness, which would be like a dreamless sleep and therefore a gain; or it is a migration of the soul to another place, where he could go on questioning the great dead, which he calls an unspeakable happiness.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in217

Chapter Forty-Five

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

Syllabus topic 2.1, "Apology - Plato"

In one line

The Apology's themes are conscience against the State, the value of knowing that you do not know, the duty of a citizen to criticise, and the question of whether a court that follows its own procedure can still do an injustice.

Theme one: conscience against the State

The proposition. Where the law of the city and the command of conscience conflict, Socrates obeys conscience, and accepts the city's punishment for doing so.

Where it is worked. He tells the court that if they offered to acquit him on condition he gave up philosophy, he would obey God rather than them. He compares himself to a soldier ordered to a post, who may not desert it out of fear of death. And he does not run: he stays, is convicted, and is executed.

The distinction that earns marks. He disobeys the command and submits to the penalty. He does not deny the court's authority to try him, does not escape, and does not ask his friends to rescue him. That combination, disobedience plus submission to punishment, is what later writers call civil disobedience.

The forward link that MU's own syllabus invites. Two topics later this syllabus sets Gandhi, who developed exactly that combination into a method. A sentence connecting the two is worth making, and the chapter on Gandhi supplies the other half.

Theme two: wisdom is knowing that you do not know

The proposition. Human wisdom is worth little, and the wisest person is the one who is aware of their own ignorance.

Where it is worked. The oracle story, and its conclusion: "he knows nothing, and thinks that he knows; I neither know nor think that I know." The politicians, poets and artisans each fail the same way. And the argument about death, where he says that to fear death is to think oneself wise when one is not, because nobody knows whether death is a good or an evil.

Theme three: the critic as a service to the State

The proposition. A person who forces a community to examine itself is doing it good, however irritating the process.

Where it is worked. The gadfly and the great noble steed. His poverty as proof that he never did it for money. And the warning that if they kill him they will sleep on for the rest of their lives.

The complication to acknowledge. The image concedes that he is a nuisance. He does not claim to be pleasant, and he predicts, correctly, that they will strike out at him as a sleeper struck out of temper.

Theme four: the trial itself

The proposition, for a law student. Every rule of the Athenian procedure was followed, and the result is still remembered as an injustice.

munotes.in218

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

Where it is worked. The one-day rule, which he says he would have overcome if there had been time. The absence of counsel. The prejudice older than the charge. The all-or-nothing choice of penalty, which turned his refusal to beg into a death sentence. And the jurors' oath, which he refuses to ask them to break.

The conclusion available to you. That procedural regularity is not the same as justice, which is exactly the argument the Pickwick chapters make about a Victorian court and the Adam Bede chapters make about an English assize. Making that connection across three texts is the strongest thing a candidate can do with this paper.

Theme five: the fear of death

The proposition. Death should not be feared, because nobody knows what it is, and only unrighteousness should be feared.

Where it is worked. The soldier at his post. "The difficulty, my friends, is not to avoid death, but to avoid unrighteousness; for that runs faster than death." The silence of the divine sign on the morning of the trial. And the two possibilities: a dreamless sleep or a migration in which he can question the great dead.

Reference to context: the six passages the University sets

Note. Added by the past paper check. This text is set for reference to context more often than any other in Module II, and the examiner returns to the same six places. Two sentences each is what the paper allows.

A. "There can be no reward so fitting as maintenance in the Prytaneum, O men of Athens." Spoken by Socrates after the verdict of guilty, when Athenian procedure required the convicted man to propose his own penalty. The Prytaneum was the public hall in which the city fed its greatest benefactors, Olympic victors among them, at public expense, so he is proposing not a punishment but a public honour, on the ground that a poor man who has spent his life urging his fellow citizens to seek virtue deserves it more than a winner of the chariot race.

B. "There are many reasons why I am not grieved, O men of Athens, at the vote of condemnation." Spoken immediately after the verdict. He says he expected it, and is surprised only that the votes were so nearly equal, since a change of thirty votes would have acquitted him. The line sets the tone of everything he says after conviction, which is that the outcome was foreseen and does not alter the argument.

C. "For if I tell you that to do as you say would be a disobedience to the God, and therefore that I cannot hold my tongue, you will not believe that I am serious." Spoken while he explains why he will not accept exile and silence as a penalty. He adds the sentence for which the whole speech is remembered, that daily discourse about virtue is the greatest good of man and that the unexamined life is not worth living, and he admits that his hearers are still less likely to believe him.

munotes.in219

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

D. "And now, O men who have condemned me, I would fain prophesy to you; for I am about to die, and in the hour of death men are gifted with prophetic power." Spoken after the sentence of death, addressed to those who voted against him. The prophecy that follows is that his accusers will not be rid of criticism by killing him, because more critics will come and they will be harsher, since the way to escape censure is not to silence others but to improve oneself.

E. "He and his are not neglected by the gods; nor has my own approaching end happened by mere chance." Spoken to the friends who voted for his acquittal, as part of his argument that no evil can happen to a good man in life or after death. He is saying that his conviction is not an accident but the time at which it was better for him to die and be released from trouble, which is why he is not angry with those who condemned him.

F. "The hour of departure has arrived, and we go our ways: I to die, and you to live. Which is better God only knows." The last sentence of the Apology, spoken to the whole court as he leaves it. It refuses the consolation his friends want from him and returns instead to the position he has held throughout, that nobody knows what death is and that pretending to know is the ignorance he has spent his life exposing.

And a seventh, from the same page as E. Where a paper quotes "there is great reason to hope that death is a good, for one is going into a state of nothingness and utter unconsciousness", the context is his account of the two possibilities: that death is a dreamless sleep, which he calls an unspeakable gain, or that it is a migration of the soul to another place, where he could question the dead as he questioned the living.

Socrates: a character sketch in the form MU wants

Placing. Socrates is the accused and the speaker of the Apology, an Athenian in his seventies who wrote nothing and spent his life questioning his fellow citizens about what they claimed to know.

He is fearless without being theatrical. He refuses to bring weeping children into court, refuses to beg, and states plainly that he would rather die having spoken in his own manner than live having spoken in theirs.

munotes.in220

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

He is a formidable examiner. The cross-examination of Meletus takes three moves and leaves the indictment contradicting itself, and it is conducted by a man with no legal training and no counsel.

He is obedient in a way that looks like defiance. Every refusal is grounded in obedience: to the god at Delphi, to the post he says he was given, to the oath the jurors swore.

He is poor and says so as evidence. His poverty is the proof he offers that he never taught for money and never sought anything for himself.

He is not humble in the ordinary sense. He proposes to be fed at public expense for life. A sketch that leaves this out has flattered him.

What he is for. He is the first figure in Western writing to state that a person may be right against everybody, and to accept the price of it in public.

The essay questions this text attracts, and how to open each

"The Apology is a defence of free speech." Discuss. Open by agreeing with a qualification: it defends the freedom to question rather than the freedom to say anything, and it grounds that freedom in a duty rather than a right, because Socrates claims to be obeying a god and not exercising a liberty.

"Was Socrates justly tried?" Open with the distinction between the regular and the just: every Athenian rule was observed, and the outcome is still remembered as a judicial murder. Then take the four features from theme four in order.

"Discuss Socrates as a character." Use the sketch above, and make sure the Prytaneum proposal is in it.

"What is the relevance of the Apology to a student of law today?" Three heads: the origin of the speech of defence; conscience against the State, which runs forward to Gandhi and to constitutional protections of belief; and the demonstration that a trial can be procedurally perfect and substantially wrong.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss the conflict between individual conscience and State authority in the Apology."

Paragraph one, the position. Socrates presents the conflict at its sharpest and then resolves it in a way that most people who quote him do not notice: he disobeys the command and accepts the punishment, and it is the second half that makes the first half something other than lawlessness.

Paragraph two, the disobedience. He tells the court that if they offered acquittal on condition that he gave up philosophy, he would answer that he would obey God rather than them, and would continue exactly as before while he had life and strength. He compares himself to a soldier who has been given a post and may not desert it for fear of death.

munotes.in221

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

Paragraph three, the submission. He does not deny the court's jurisdiction, does not flee, does not ask that the jurors be moved by pity, and expressly refuses to invite them to break the oath by which they have sworn to judge according to the laws. When sentence is passed he says he must abide by his award and lets his accusers abide by theirs.

Paragraph four, why the combination matters. Disobedience alone is defiance; submission alone is obedience; the two together assert that the individual may be right against the State while leaving the State's authority intact. That is the shape Gandhi later gave a method, and this syllabus sets Gandhi two topics after this one.

Paragraph five, the cost, and the conclusion. The position was fatal, and Socrates knew it: he says he was condemned not for want of arguments but for want of willingness to say what the court wished to hear. The Apology therefore does not argue that conscience will prevail. It argues that it should be maintained even when it will not, which is a harder claim and the reason the speech has lasted.

Quick revision

Five themes: conscience against the State; wisdom as knowing that you do not know; the critic as a service; the difference between a regular trial and a just one; and the fear of death.

The civil disobedience formula: disobey the command, accept the penalty, do not deny the court's authority.

The oracle produces the theory of wisdom; the gadfly produces the theory of criticism.

For the trial: one day, no counsel, prejudice older than the charge, an all-or-nothing penalty, and jurors under oath he will not ask to break.

For a character sketch: fearless, a formidable examiner, obedient in a way that looks like defiance, poor and using it as evidence, and not humble, since he proposes a public dinner as his sentence.

Test yourself

1. What exactly does Socrates do that makes his position civil disobedience rather than defiance? He refuses to obey a command that would silence him, and at the same time submits to the court's authority: he does not deny its jurisdiction, does not escape, does not ask the jurors to break their oath, and accepts the sentence.

2. State the theory of wisdom the oracle story produces. That human wisdom is worth little, and that the wisest person is the one who knows they do not know. Socrates concludes that he is better off than those he examined only in this, that they knew nothing and thought they knew, while he neither knew nor thought he knew.

munotes.in222

Apology: Themes, and How to Answer on It

3. Was the trial regular, and was it just? It was regular: a private prosecutor, a citizen jury, a defence delivered in person, a vote, and a choice between two proposed penalties, all as Athenian law required. It is nevertheless remembered as an injustice, because the prejudice that decided it was older than the indictment, because a capital case was decided in a day, and because the procedure turned a refusal to beg into a sentence of death.

4. How does this text connect to the others on your paper? Through the question a court cannot answer for itself: whether following its own rules is enough. Bardell against Pickwick is regular and worthless, Hetty Sorrel's trial is regular and merciless, and the Apology is the earliest and clearest statement of the problem.

5. What is the single detail most often left out of a character sketch of Socrates? That he proposed maintenance in the Prytaneum, a public honour, as his own penalty. A sketch that presents him only as humble and long-suffering has not accounted for it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in223

Chapter Forty-Six

Bacon, Of Judicature: the Essay

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Of Judicature - Francis Bacon"

In one line

Of Judicature is a short essay by Francis Bacon setting out what a judge owes to the people who sue, to the lawyers who plead, to the court's own officers, and to the State, and it opens with the sentence that has been quoted about judges ever since.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Of Judicature is essay 56 of Bacon's Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, written in 1612, in which the office of a judge is defined as jus dicere and not jus dare, and the judge's duty is then set out under four heads, namely his duty to the parties, to the advocates, to the clerks and ministers of justice, and to the sovereign or State.

The author, and where the essay sits in his life

Francis Bacon, 1561 to 1626, lawyer, member of Parliament, philosopher of science, and Lord Chancellor of England from 1618 to 1621.

The Essays went through three editions. The first, in 1597, had ten essays. The second, in 1612, had thirty-eight, and Of Judicature is one of the new ones. The last, in 1625, had fifty-eight, and the essay stands at number 56 there.

The date matters and is often got wrong. Of Judicature was written in 1612, six years before Bacon became Lord Chancellor and nine years before he was impeached for taking gifts from suitors. He wrote the rules first and broke them afterwards, which is the whole subject of the third chapter in this set. He did not write the essay to justify himself, because the fall had not happened.

The opening sentence, which is the thing to know

JUDGES ought to remember, that their office is jus dicere, and not jus dare; to interpret law, and not to make law, or give law.

The Latin, translated by Bacon himself in the same sentence. Jus dicere means to declare or state the law. Jus dare means to give law, that is, to make it. Bacon supplies the English immediately, so a student never needs to guess.

What the proposition claims. That a judge's function is to find out what the law already is and apply it, not to decide what the law ought to be and impose it.

Bacon's own reason for it. He compares a judge who makes law with the authority claimed by the Church of Rome, which "under pretext of exposition of Scripture, doth not stick to add and alter; and to pronounce that which they do not find; and by show of antiquity, to introduce novelty." The charge is that a law-making judge pretends to be discovering what he is in fact inventing, and pretends that his novelty is ancient.

munotes.in224

Bacon, Of Judicature: the Essay

The objection a modern student should be ready to make. Judges do make law, and everybody now admits it: they decide cases no rule covers, they interpret ambiguous statutes, and in a common law system their decisions bind later courts. The interesting question is not whether Bacon was right but what he was warning against, and the answer is the judge who reaches the result he prefers and then dresses it as discovery. Read that way the sentence is a warning about honesty, not a description of what courts do.

The qualities Bacon wants in a judge

Three pairs, in one sentence, and each pair sets a virtue against its counterfeit.

The qualityThe counterfeit it is set against
LearnedWitty
ReverendPlausible
AdvisedConfident

Judges ought to be more learned, than witty, more reverend, than plausible, and more advised, than confident.

Read the pairs properly. Witty here means clever and quick, plausible means winning and easy to like, and confident means sure of oneself. Bacon is not against cleverness; he is saying that in a judge the quieter quality of each pair must be the stronger. And then he settles the matter in one clause: "Above all things, integrity is their portion and proper virtue."

The landmark, and the fountain

Bacon then gives two images for the harm a corrupt judge does, and both are quotable.

The landmark. "Cursed (saith the law) is he that removeth the landmark." A landmark, or mere-stone, is the boundary stone between two properties. Moving one is a small and secret fraud with a large effect. Bacon says the man who mislays a mere-stone is to blame, but the unjust judge "is the capital remover of landmarks, when he defineth amiss, of lands and property."

The fountain. This is the sentence to memorise.

One foul sentence doth more hurt, than many foul examples. For these do but corrupt the stream, the other corrupteth the fountain.

What it means. A bad act by a private person is a pollution of the stream: real harm, but downstream and local. A bad judgment is a pollution of the source, because everything that comes afterwards flows from it. Bacon supports it with a line he attributes to Solomon: a righteous man falling down before the wicked is as a troubled fountain and a corrupt spring.

How a law student should use it. It is the best short statement of why judicial corruption is treated as worse than ordinary crime, and it is also, incidentally, an argument about precedent: a wrong decision does not stay in its own case.

The four heads, announced

The essay then divides itself, and the division is the structure of everything that follows.

munotes.in225

Bacon, Of Judicature: the Essay

The office of judges may have reference unto the parties that use, unto the advocates that plead, unto the clerks and ministers of justice underneath them, and to the sovereign or state above them.

Those four are the subject of the next chapter of these notes. Learning them in Bacon's own order is the single most useful thing to do with this essay, because almost any question on it can be answered by taking the relevant head and unpacking it.

The style: why it reads as it does

It is aphoristic. An aphorism is a short pointed statement of a general truth. Bacon writes in them, one after another, with very little connecting material, which is why the essay is so quotable and why it can feel abrupt.

It is dense with Latin and Scripture. Bacon quotes the Vulgate, Solomon, and the Roman Twelve Tables, and usually translates or paraphrases in the same breath. A student should quote the Latin only where the English is given beside it in the essay itself.

It is addressed to judges, not about them. The mood is advisory throughout: judges "ought to remember", "ought to beware", "must beware". It belongs to a very old form, the book of advice to those in office.

A sentence you can use about the style. Bacon compresses a whole doctrine into a clause and then moves on, so that the essay reads less like an argument than like a set of rules cut in stone.

What beginners get wrong

They translate jus dicere and jus dare wrongly, or not at all. Bacon translates them himself in the same sentence: to interpret law, and not to make law or give law.

They date the essay after Bacon's fall. It was written in 1612; the impeachment was in 1621.

They quote "one foul sentence" without the second half. The image only works with the stream and the fountain.

They treat the essay as a general piece on justice. It is specifically about the office of a judge, under four heads, and an answer that does not use the four heads has not used the essay.

A worked answer

Question. Reference to context: "Judges ought to remember, that their office is jus dicere, and not jus dare."

The two-sentence answer. These are the opening words of Francis Bacon's essay Of Judicature, essay 56 of the Essays or Counsels, Civil and Moral, written in 1612 while Bacon was a law officer of the Crown and six years before he became Lord Chancellor. Bacon translates the Latin himself in the same sentence, to interpret law and not to make law or give law, and he supports the rule by comparing a law-making judge with the authority claimed by the Church of Rome, which under pretext of expounding Scripture adds and alters and introduces novelty under a show of antiquity.

munotes.in226

Bacon, Of Judicature: the Essay

If the examiner asks for comment as well. Add that modern courts openly accept that judges make law in interpreting statutes and developing precedent, so that Bacon's rule is best read today not as a description of what judges do but as a warning against the judge who decides what he prefers and then presents the choice as a discovery.

Quick revision

Francis Bacon, 1561 to 1626, Lord Chancellor 1618 to 1621. Of Judicature written 1612, essay 56 in the 1625 edition of fifty-eight essays.

The opening: the office of a judge is jus dicere and not jus dare, to interpret law and not to make law, and the Church of Rome is the comparison.

The qualities: more learned than witty, more reverend than plausible, more advised than confident, and above all integrity.

The landmark: the unjust judge is the capital remover of landmarks.

The fountain: one foul sentence does more hurt than many foul examples, because the examples corrupt the stream and the sentence corrupts the fountain.

The four heads: the parties that sue, the advocates that plead, the clerks and ministers underneath, and the sovereign or State above.

The style: aphoristic, dense with Latin and Scripture, and advisory in mood.

Test yourself

1. Translate jus dicere and jus dare, and say who supplies the translation. To declare or state the law, and to give or make law. Bacon supplies both translations himself in the opening sentence: to interpret law, and not to make law, or give law.

2. Why does Bacon bring in the Church of Rome? As the example of an authority which, while claiming only to expound a text, adds to it and alters it, pronounces what it does not find there, and passes off novelty as antiquity. That is what he says a law-making judge does.

3. Explain the image of the stream and the fountain. Bad conduct by private persons corrupts the stream, doing real but local harm downstream. A single unjust judgment corrupts the fountain, the source from which everything afterwards flows, and so does more damage than many bad examples.

4. When was the essay written, and why does the date matter? In 1612, for the second edition of the Essays. It matters because Bacon became Lord Chancellor only in 1618 and was impeached in 1621 for taking gifts from suitors, so he set out the standard years before he failed it, and the essay is not a defence written after the event.

5. What are the four heads under which Bacon organises the judge's duty? To the parties who sue, to the advocates who plead, to the clerks and ministers of justice underneath him, and to the sovereign or State above him.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in227

Chapter Forty-Seven

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Of Judicature - Francis Bacon"

In one line

Bacon divides a judge's duty by the people it is owed to: the parties who sue, the advocates who plead, the officers of the court below him, and the State above him, and he gives specific rules under each.

Head one: the parties who sue

The opening image. Some, he says, turn judgment into wormwood, and some into vinegar, "for injustice maketh it bitter, and delays make it sour." Learn that pair: injustice makes judgment bitter, delay makes it sour. It is the shortest statement in English of the two ways a court fails people.

The principal duty. "The principal duty of a judge, is to suppress force and fraud; whereof force is the more pernicious, when it is open, and fraud, when it is close and disguised." And to these he adds contentious suits, which "ought to be spewed out, as the surfeit of courts." A contentious suit is litigation brought for its own sake, and Bacon treats it as something a court has eaten too much of.

Making inequality equal. A judge should prepare his way to a just sentence as God does, by raising valleys and taking down hills. When one side comes with "an high hand, violent prosecution, cunning advantages taken, combination, power, great counsel", the virtue of a judge is seen in making inequality equal, so that he may plant his judgment upon even ground.

Why that is a modern idea in an old sentence. Bacon is saying that formal equality between parties is not enough where one side has money, power and better lawyers, and that correcting for that imbalance is part of the judicial function rather than a departure from it.

Against strained construction. "Judges must beware of hard constructions, and strained inferences; for there is no worse torture, than the torture of laws." A hard construction is a forced reading of words; a strained inference is a conclusion the facts will not carry. The phrase "the torture of laws" means twisting the law until it confesses what you want.

A link worth making in an essay. This is precisely what Portia does to Shylock's bond in Act IV Scene i of The Merchant of Venice: a construction so strict that the instrument cannot be performed at all. Bacon, writing at almost the same period, calls that the worst torture there is.

On penal laws. Where laws impose punishment, judges "ought to have care, that that which was meant for terror, be not turned into rigor". If penal laws have long been unused, or have become unfit for the present time, they should be confined by wise judges in the execution. Bacon backs this with a maxim: it is the office of a judge to consider not only the matter but the times of the matter.

munotes.in228

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

On capital cases. The sentence to know for any question about mercy:

In causes of life and death, judges ought (as far as the law permitteth) in justice to remember mercy; and to cast a severe eye upon the example, but a merciful eye upon the person.

How to explain that last clause. Be severe about the conduct, because the sentence is a public example; be merciful about the human being in front of you. It is the same distinction the trial chapters of this paper keep running into, and it is worth setting beside Portia's mercy speech and beside the jury in Adam Bede who added no recommendation to mercy.

Head two: the advocates who plead

The governing sentence.

Patience and gravity of hearing, is an essential part of justice; and an overspeaking judge is no well-tuned cymbal.

What an overspeaking judge does wrong. Bacon lists it: it is no grace to a judge to find out for himself what he might have heard in due time from the bar; to show quickness of wit by cutting off evidence or counsel too short; or to forestall information by asking questions, even pertinent ones.

The second set of four, and this is the one candidates confuse. The parts of a judge in hearing are four:

  1. To direct the evidence.
  2. To moderate length, repetition, or impertinency of speech.
  3. To recapitulate, select, and collate the material points of what has been said.
  4. To give the rule or sentence.

"Whatsoever is above these is too much", and Bacon says the excess comes from one of four causes: from glory and a willingness to speak, from impatience to hear, from shortness of memory, or from want of a staid and equal attention.

On advocates who overbear the court. It is strange, he says, that the boldness of advocates should prevail with judges, who should imitate God, "who represseth the presumptuous, and giveth grace to the modest". And it is stranger still that judges should have noted favourites among counsel, which cannot but cause multiplication of fees and suspicion of by-ways.

On praising and rebuking counsel. The judge owes an advocate some commendation where a cause is well handled and fairly pleaded, "especially towards the side which obtaineth not", because it preserves the client's confidence in his counsel and lowers his own opinion of his case. He also owes the public a civil reprehension of advocates where there is cunning counsel, gross neglect, slight information, indiscreet pressing or an overbold defence.

On the moment of decision. Counsel must not "chop with the judge", that is, bandy words with him, nor try to reopen the case after sentence has been declared; and on the other side the judge must not meet the cause half way, nor give a party occasion to say that his counsel or his proofs were not heard.

munotes.in229

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

Head three: the clerks and ministers of justice

The principle. "The place of justice is an hallowed place", and not only the bench but the floor and the precincts of it ought to be preserved without scandal and corruption. Justice cannot yield her fruit, he says, among "the briars and brambles of catching and polling clerks, and ministers." To poll means to fleece.

The four bad instruments. This is a list an examiner can ask for by itself.

Bacon's descriptionIn plain English
Sowers of suits, who make the court swell and the country pinePeople who stir up litigation for their own profit
Those who engage courts in quarrels of jurisdiction, who are not amici curiae but parasiti curiaeOfficers who push a court beyond its bounds for their own scraps and advantage
The left hands of courts, full of nimble and sinister tricksOfficials who divert straight proceedings into oblique lines and labyrinths
The poller and exacter of feesThe officer who fleeces litigants with charges

The image for the last one. It "justifies the common resemblance of the courts of justice, to the bush whereunto, while the sheep flies for defence in weather, he is sure to lose part of his fleece." A person who runs to a court for shelter leaves some of himself behind in the branches. That is the most quotable sentence in this part of the essay.

And the good officer. Bacon balances it: "an ancient clerk, skilful in precedents, wary in proceeding, and understanding in the business of the court, is an excellent finger of a court; and doth many times point the way to the judge himself."

Head four: the sovereign and the State

The governing maxim. "Salus populi suprema lex", the safety of the people is the supreme law, which Bacon attributes to the conclusion of the Roman Twelve Tables. Laws that are not directed to that end, he says, are "but things captious, and oracles not well inspired."

Consultation, both ways. It is a happy thing in a State when kings and states often consult with judges, and when judges often consult with the king and state: the first where a matter of law arises in business of state, the second where a consideration of state arises in a matter of law.

Where the line falls. Many things brought to judgment may be meum and tuum, mine and thine, that is, an ordinary private dispute, while the reason and consequence of them may touch a point of state. By matter of state Bacon means not only the parts of sovereignty but whatever introduces a great alteration or a dangerous precedent, or manifestly concerns a great portion of the people.

munotes.in230

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

That just laws and policy are not enemies. "Let no man weakly conceive, that just laws and true policy have any antipathy; for they are like the spirits and sinews, that one moves with the other."

The most famous image in this part.

let judges also remember, that Solomon's throne was supported by lions on both sides: let them be lions, but yet lions under the throne.

What it means, and the argument about it. A judge should be a lion, that is, strong, and a lion under the throne, that is, not setting himself against the sovereign power. Bacon adds that judges should be "circumspect that they do not check or oppose any points of sovereignty."

This is the part of the essay a modern law student should argue with. Judicial independence, as it is now understood, requires exactly the capacity to check the executive that Bacon warns against. A good answer states Bacon's position, notes that he wrote under a king who claimed to rule by divine right, and observes that his own contemporary Sir Edward Coke fell out with James I precisely by refusing to be a lion under the throne. An answer that simply praises the image has not thought about it.

And the closing balance. Bacon does not leave judges powerless. He tells them not to be ignorant of their own right, since there is left to them "as a principal part of their office, a wise use and application of laws", and he ends on a line of Paul's: we know that the law is good, if a man use it lawfully.

A worked answer

Question. "Set out the four parts of a judge's duty according to Bacon."

A model answer. Bacon divides the office of a judge by the people to whom the duty is owed. First, to the parties who sue: his principal duty is to suppress force and fraud, to spew out contentious suits, to make inequality equal where one side comes with power and great counsel, to avoid hard constructions and strained inferences because there is no worse torture than the torture of laws, to see that penal laws meant for terror are not turned into rigour, and in causes of life and death to cast a severe eye upon the example but a merciful eye upon the person. Second, to the advocates who plead: patience and gravity of hearing are an essential part of justice, and an overspeaking judge is no well-tuned cymbal; his parts in hearing are four, to direct the evidence, to moderate length and repetition, to recapitulate and collate the material points, and to give the rule or sentence, and whatever is above these is too much. Third, to the clerks and ministers below him: the place of justice is a hallowed place, and he must keep it free of the four bad instruments, the sowers of suits, those who engage courts in quarrels of jurisdiction, the officers full of sinister tricks, and the exacters of fees, while valuing the ancient clerk who is an excellent finger of a court. Fourth, to the sovereign and State above him: the safety of the people is the supreme law, kings and judges should consult one another, and judges should be lions, but lions under the throne.

munotes.in231

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

The mark of a first-class answer. It gives the heads in Bacon's own order and quotes one phrase under each, and it does not confuse the four heads with the four parts of a judge in hearing, which belong under the second head only.

Quick revision

Head one, the parties: injustice makes judgment bitter and delay makes it sour; suppress force and fraud; spew out contentious suits; make inequality equal; no hard constructions, for there is no worse torture than the torture of laws; penal laws meant for terror not turned into rigour; in life and death, a severe eye on the example and a merciful eye on the person.

Head two, the advocates: patience and gravity of hearing; an overspeaking judge is no well-tuned cymbal; the four parts in hearing are to direct the evidence, moderate speech, recapitulate and collate, and give sentence; no noted favourites; commend the losing counsel; counsel must not chop with the judge.

Head three, the officers: the place of justice is a hallowed place; the four bad instruments; the sheep that loses part of its fleece in the bush; the ancient clerk as an excellent finger of a court.

Head four, the State: salus populi suprema lex; mutual consultation; meum and tuum against matter of state; just laws and true policy like spirits and sinews; lions, but lions under the throne; and a wise use and application of laws is still the judge's own.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish Bacon's two sets of four. The four HEADS of duty are owed to the parties, the advocates, the clerks and ministers, and the sovereign or State. The four PARTS of a judge in hearing, which fall under the second head only, are to direct the evidence, to moderate length, repetition or impertinency of speech, to recapitulate, select and collate the material points, and to give the rule or sentence.

munotes.in232

Of Judicature: the Four Parts of a Judge's Duty

2. What does Bacon mean by making inequality equal? That where one party comes to court with power, money, cunning advantages and great counsel, the judge must correct the imbalance, as God prepares his way by raising valleys and taking down hills, so that judgment can be planted on even ground.

3. Explain "there is no worse torture, than the torture of laws". It follows his warning against hard constructions and strained inferences. To torture the law is to twist its words or force an inference until it yields the answer one wants, and Bacon says this is the worst form of torture a court can practise.

4. List the four bad instruments and give the image Bacon attaches to the fourth. Sowers of suits; those who embroil courts in quarrels of jurisdiction, who are parasites of the court rather than friends of it; officers full of sinister tricks who bend straight proceedings into labyrinths; and the exacter of fees. Of the last, Bacon says courts are like the bush to which a sheep runs for shelter in bad weather and is sure to lose part of its fleece.

5. What does "lions, but yet lions under the throne" mean, and what can be said against it? That judges should be strong but should not set themselves against the sovereign power or check any point of sovereignty. Against it, a modern student should say that judicial independence now requires precisely that capacity to check the executive, that Bacon wrote under a king claiming divine right, and that his contemporary Sir Edward Coke fell from office for refusing to be such a lion.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in233

Chapter Forty-Eight

Of Judicature: Bacon in Practice, and How to Answer on It

Syllabus topic 2.2, "Of Judicature - Francis Bacon"

In one line

Nine years after writing that integrity is a judge's proper virtue, Bacon was Lord Chancellor of England, was impeached for taking gifts from people with cases before him, confessed, and never held office again.

What happened, in order

1612. Bacon writes Of Judicature, including the sentence "Above all things, integrity is their portion and proper virtue", and the warning that one foul sentence corrupts the fountain.

1616. Sir Edward Coke, Chief Justice of the King's Bench, refuses to halt a case at the king's command, telling James I that the stay required was a delay of justice and contrary to law and the judges' oath, and obtains his colleagues' signatures to a letter saying so. He is dismissed in November 1616, and Bacon, then Attorney General, was among those who worked for his removal.

1618. Bacon becomes Lord Chancellor, the highest judicial office in England.

1621. He is impeached by Parliament for bribery and corruption: taking gifts from suitors who had cases before him. He does not defend himself. He confesses.

The sentence. A fine of forty thousand pounds, imprisonment at the king's pleasure, exclusion from any office or employment in the State, a bar on sitting in Parliament, and a prohibition on coming within twelve miles of the court.

What was actually enforced. Very little of it. The fine was never collected and his imprisonment in the Tower lasted about three days. But he never sat in Parliament or held office again, and he spent his last five years writing.

What can fairly be said in his defence

An answer that only convicts him is a weak answer. Three things are properly said on the other side, and none of them is an excuse.

One. Gifts from suitors were common. Judicial officers of the period were poorly paid and were expected to receive presents. Bacon was doing what many did, which is a reason the practice needed stopping and not a reason he was blameless.

Two. He decided against the men who gave. In the cases that brought him down, he gave judgment against the two petitioners whose gifts were complained of. His own position was that his judgments were never sold, only that gifts were taken.

Three. He was caught in a political fight. Parliament in 1621 was pursuing the king's favourite, the Duke of Buckingham, and Bacon was reachable where Buckingham was not.

And the answer to all three, which a good candidate supplies. Bacon himself had written that a judge must be free of even the suspicion of by-ways, and that the place of justice is a hallowed place whose precincts must be preserved without scandal. On his own standard, taking gifts from a suitor and then deciding his case is not saved by deciding it against him.

munotes.in234

Of Judicature: Bacon in Practice, and How to Answer on It

How to use this in an essay, without moralising

Four positions are available. Take one and argue it.

Position one: the essay is discredited by the author's conduct. The weakest of the four, and easy to attack: rules are not falsified by being broken, or every law would fail the moment somebody disobeyed it.

Position two: the essay is strengthened by it. Bacon knew the temptations of judicial office better than most people who write about them, and the specificity of his warnings, about noted favourites among counsel, about the multiplication of fees, about the suspicion of by-ways, reads like a man describing pressures he had felt.

Position three: the gap is the lesson. A code of conduct that depends on the character of the person applying it will fail, and what the seventeenth century lacked was not good advice but enforcement. Bacon's fall is an argument for institutions rather than for aphorisms.

Position four, the sharpest. Read the essay's fourth head against the Coke episode. Bacon told judges to be lions under the throne, and helped remove from office the judge who would not be one, and was himself destroyed four years later by the Parliament he had told judges not to check. The essay's weakest doctrine, judicial deference to sovereignty, is the one its author enforced, and its strongest, integrity, is the one he failed.

The Coke comparison, which is worth a paragraph on its own

BaconCoke
OfficeAttorney General, then Lord ChancellorChief Justice of the Common Pleas, then of the King's Bench
Doctrine on the CrownJudges should be lions under the throneJudges are bound by their oath, and a royal order to stay a case is a delay of justice contrary to law
FateImpeached in 1621 for taking gifts; confessed; barred from officeDismissed in 1616 for refusing to delay a case at the king's command
AfterwardsWrote for five years and died in 1626Returned to Parliament and became a chief architect of the Petition of Right

What the table is for. It lets a candidate say something exact rather than general: the two greatest lawyers of the age disagreed about the fourth head of this essay, one wrote it and lost office for corruption, the other defied it and lost office for independence, and the modern law of judicial independence follows Coke.

The essay's value to a law student today, in three sentences

It supplies the vocabulary. Jus dicere and not jus dare, the fountain and the stream, the torture of laws, a severe eye on the example and a merciful eye on the person, and lions under the throne are phrases that turn up in judgments and in argument to this day.

munotes.in235

Of Judicature: Bacon in Practice, and How to Answer on It

It states the duties in a form that can be remembered under examination conditions, which is exactly what a set of aphorisms is for.

And it is a warning that comes with its own evidence, because its author is the proof that writing the rule is not the difficult part.

What beginners get wrong

They say Bacon wrote the essay to justify himself. He wrote it in 1612 and fell in 1621.

They say he was convicted of selling judgments. He was impeached for taking gifts from suitors, and confessed to that; in the cases complained of he had decided against the givers.

They present the fall as the end of the argument. It is the beginning of it. The question is what a code of judicial conduct is worth, and there are at least four defensible answers.

They leave Coke out. The comparison is the single most useful piece of context available on this essay.

A worked answer

Question. "Bacon preached what he did not practise. Does that destroy the value of Of Judicature?"

Paragraph one, the position. No, but it changes what the essay is good for. It is worth less as the testimony of a good judge and considerably more as evidence that good rules do not enforce themselves.

Paragraph two, the facts, stated fairly. Bacon wrote in 1612 that above all things integrity is a judge's portion and proper virtue, and that one foul sentence corrupts the fountain. He became Lord Chancellor in 1618. In 1621 Parliament impeached him for taking gifts from suitors; he did not defend himself but confessed, and was fined forty thousand pounds, imprisoned at the king's pleasure, and barred from office and from Parliament, though the fine was never collected and the imprisonment lasted about three days.

Paragraph three, what is said for him. That gifts from suitors were then usual among poorly paid judicial officers; that in the cases complained of he decided against the men who had given; and that Parliament was in truth pursuing the king's favourite and reached Bacon because it could not reach Buckingham.

Paragraph four, why none of that saves him on his own terms. He had himself written that a judge must avoid even the suspicion of by-ways and that the precincts of justice must be preserved without scandal. Deciding against a man whose gift you have taken does not answer a standard pitched at suspicion.

Paragraph five, the argument that matters. The proper conclusion is not that Bacon was a hypocrite, which is cheap, but that a system relying on the character of individual judges will fail, and that what the age lacked was not advice but institutions: fixed salaries, rules against gifts, and a means of enforcement. Bacon's fall is the best available argument for the machinery that later replaced his aphorisms.

munotes.in236

Of Judicature: Bacon in Practice, and How to Answer on It

Paragraph six, the sharpest point available. The essay's fourth head tells judges to be lions under the throne. Bacon helped drive Sir Edward Coke from office in 1616 for refusing to be one, and was himself brought down by Parliament five years later. The doctrine he enforced is the one modern law has abandoned, and the doctrine he failed, integrity, is the one it has institutionalised.

Quick revision

1612 the essay; 1616 Coke dismissed for refusing to delay a case at the king's command, Bacon among those who worked for it; 1618 Lord Chancellor; 1621 impeached for taking gifts from suitors, confessed.

The sentence: forty thousand pounds, imprisonment at the king's pleasure, barred from office and Parliament, kept twelve miles from court. The fine was never collected; the imprisonment lasted about three days.

For him: gifts were usual; he decided against the givers; Parliament was really pursuing Buckingham.

Against him: his own standard was suspicion, not proof.

Four positions on the gap: it discredits the essay; it strengthens it; it argues for institutions rather than aphorisms; or, read against Coke, it shows him enforcing his weakest doctrine and failing his strongest.

Test yourself

1. When did Bacon write the essay, and when did he fall? He wrote Of Judicature in 1612 for the second edition of the Essays, became Lord Chancellor in 1618, and was impeached in 1621.

2. What exactly was he impeached for, and what did he do? For bribery and corruption, in the form of taking gifts from suitors who had cases before him. He did not defend himself; he confessed.

3. Give the sentence and say how much of it was carried out. A fine of forty thousand pounds, imprisonment at the king's pleasure, exclusion from office and from Parliament, and a bar on approaching within twelve miles of the court. The fine was never collected and he was in the Tower about three days, but he never held office or sat in Parliament again.

4. Why is the Coke episode worth knowing here? Because Coke, as Chief Justice, refused in 1616 to halt a case at the king's command, saying the stay was a delay of justice contrary to law and the judges' oath, and was dismissed for it, partly through Bacon's efforts. He is the contemporary who refused to be a lion under the throne, and modern judicial independence follows him rather than Bacon.

5. State the strongest position on the gap between the essay and the man. That the failure argues for institutions rather than against the rules: a code that depends on individual character will be broken, and Bacon's fall is the best evidence for the fixed salaries, prohibitions on gifts and enforcement machinery that later replaced his advice.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in237

Chapter Forty-Nine

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

Syllabus topic 2.3, "Some Reminiscences of the Bar - M.K Gandhi"

In one line

Gandhi recalls that he never lied in his legal practice, warned every new client that he would not take a false case or coach a witness, and then tells of the day he insisted on telling a court about an arithmetical error in an award that was entirely in his own client's favour.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Some Reminiscences of the Bar is chapter 44 of Part V of Gandhi's An Autobiography, in which he recalls incidents from his South African practice bearing upon the practice of truth, and in particular a case in which he insisted, against the advice of his senior counsel, on admitting to the court an error in an arbitration award which favoured his own client.

Where the piece comes from

The book. An Autobiography, or The Story of My Experiments with Truth, written in Gujarati and published in weekly instalments from 1925, and translated into English. It is arranged in five parts and one hundred and sixty-seven short chapters. This is chapter 44 of Part V, and it is numbered 121 in the sequence as a whole.

MU cites it differently. The syllabus gives the source as The Law and the Lawyers, edited by S. B. Kher, Navajivan, which is a compilation of Gandhi's writings on law. The piece is genuinely from the Autobiography, and the compilation reprints it. Saying so in an answer costs one clause and shows you have looked.

Where it stands in the story. Gandhi says at the outset that before coming to a narrative of his life in India, it seems necessary to recall a few South African experiences he had deliberately left out. He practised as a lawyer in South Africa from 1893, and this looks back over those years.

Why he wrote it. Because lawyer friends asked him for his reminiscences of the bar. He says the number is so large that describing them all would fill a volume, so he will recall only those "which bear upon the practice of truth", and that his friends seem to think the legal profession might profit by hearing of occasions when he refused to swerve from it.

What he says about the profession

The saying he heard as a student. "As a student I had heard that the lawyer's profession was a liar's profession." He adds at once why it did not affect him: he had no intention of earning either position or money by lying.

What he claims for his own practice. Four things, and each is a separate proposition.

  1. He never resorted to untruth in his profession.
  2. A large part of his practice was in the interest of public work, for which he charged nothing beyond out-of-pocket expenses, and sometimes met even those himself.
  3. He never made his fees conditional on winning, and expected neither more nor less whether the client won or lost.
  4. He wished in his heart of hearts to win only if his client's case was right, and remembers only one occasion when, having won, he suspected that his client had deceived him.
munotes.in238

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

The warning he gave every new client. This is the sentence to quote for any question on professional ethics.

I warned every new client at the outset that he should not expect me to take up a false case or to coach the witnesses.

And the result he reports. That he built up such a reputation that no false cases came to him, and that some clients "would keep their clean cases for me, and take the doubtful ones elsewhere."

The temptation he says he resisted. He knew that his opponents had tutored their witnesses, and that if he encouraged his own client or witnesses to lie he could win. He says he always resisted it.

The case that was a severe trial

The facts, and they are worth getting exactly. The case came from one of his best clients. It involved highly complicated accounts and had gone on a long time, having been heard in parts before several courts. The book-keeping part of it was finally referred by the court to the arbitration of qualified accountants.

The award. It was entirely in favour of Gandhi's client. But the arbitrators had made an error in calculation, small but serious, because an entry that should have been on the debit side had been put on the credit side.

The position. The opponents were opposing the award, but on other grounds. Nobody had noticed the error. Gandhi was junior counsel.

The disagreement. When the senior counsel became aware of the error, he took the view that their client was not bound to admit it, and that no counsel was bound to admit anything against his client's interest. Gandhi said they ought to admit it.

The senior counsel's argument, which deserves to be stated fairly. If they admitted it, the court would very likely cancel the whole award; no sane counsel would imperil his client's case to that extent; and if the matter went back for a fresh hearing there was no telling what the client would have to spend or how it would end.

Gandhi's answer. Where is the certainty that the court will uphold a wrong award simply because we do not admit the error? And if the admission brings the client to grief, what harm is there? And then the practical question that settles it: "Where is the surety of the court not detecting the error or our opponent not discovering it?"

munotes.in239

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

The senior counsel withdraws. "Well then, will you argue the case? I am not prepared to argue it on your terms." Gandhi answers that he will argue it if the client wishes, and that he will have nothing to do with the case if the error is not admitted.

The client decides. The client is present throughout. He is a little embarrassed, but he trusts Gandhi and has known him from the first, and he says: "Well, then, you will argue the case and admit the error. Let us lose, if that is to be our lot. God defend the right."

And there the chapter stops. "What happened in the court we shall see in the next chapter."

What happened, from chapter 45

This is the following chapter, "Sharp Practice?", and not the prescribed piece. It is given because every question about the outcome requires it, and because MU's own topic label names only chapter 44.

Gandhi appeared before the Supreme Court "in fear and trembling". As soon as he referred to the error, one of the judges said: "Is not this sharp practice, Mr. Gandhi?" He says he boiled within, but answered that he was surprised his Lordship should suspect sharp practice without hearing him out. The judge said it was no charge but a mere suggestion. Gandhi replied that the suggestion amounted to a charge, and asked to be heard out and then arraigned if there were occasion. The judge apologised for the interruption and asked him to go on.

The interruption turned out to help him: it fixed the court's attention on his argument from the start. He explained the discrepancy in detail, the court heard him patiently, and the judges were satisfied that it was due entirely to inadvertence, so that they were not disposed to cancel an award that had cost so much labour.

When opposing counsel tried to attack the award, the judges interrupted him, and the very judge who had begun with the suspicion asked him: "Supposing Mr. Gandhi had not admitted the error, what would you have done?" The objection was overruled, and the court either confirmed the award with the error rectified or directed the arbitrator to rectify it; Gandhi says he forgets which.

The conclusion he draws. That he was confirmed in his conviction "that it was not impossible to practise law without compromising truth."

And the caveat he adds, which candidates always leave out.

Let the reader, however, remember that even truthfulness in the practice of the profession cannot cure it of the fundamental defect that vitiates it.

munotes.in240

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

Not this text: the trial of 1922, and why it turns up

Note. Added by the past paper check. Two papers on this text list, and many on the older one, have set "Discuss Gandhi's defence at his trial" or "Trial of Mahatma Gandhi". That is a different piece, which the older prescribed list carried and this syllabus does not, and a candidate who has read only the prescribed chapter would be stranded by it. The outline below is enough to answer such a question or to recognise it and choose another.

What it was. On 18 March 1922, at Ahmedabad, Gandhi was tried for sedition under section 124A of the Indian Penal Code, which punished bringing or attempting to bring into hatred or contempt, or exciting disaffection towards, the Government established by law in British India. The charge rested on three articles he had published in his weekly Young India: "Tampering with Loyalty", "The Puzzle and its Solution" and "Shaking the Manes". Shankarlal Ghelabhai Banker, the printer and publisher of the paper, was tried with him.

What Gandhi did. He pleaded guilty. He then made a statement in which he said that he had deliberately preached disaffection, that non-cooperation with evil was as much a duty as cooperation with good, and that he was there to invite and cheerfully submit to the highest penalty that could be inflicted on him. He offered the judge a choice: to resign the post if he believed the system he administered was good for the people, or to inflict on him the severest penalty if he believed the law was one Gandhi had rightly broken.

What the court did. The judge, C.N. Broomfield, District and Sessions Judge of Ahmedabad, said that it was impossible to ignore that Gandhi was in a different category from any person he had ever tried or was likely to try, and sentenced him to six years' simple imprisonment, adding that if the Government later thought fit to reduce it nobody would be better pleased than he. Banker was given a year.

How it connects to the prescribed chapter. The man who told a South African court about an error in his own client's favour is the same man who, twenty years later, refused to let his counsel put up any defence and asked for the maximum sentence. Both are the same argument about truth in a courtroom, made first as an advocate and then as an accused, and a question on either can borrow from the other.

A worked answer

Question. "Describe the incident of the arbitration award and say what it shows."

A model answer. The case was brought to Gandhi by one of his best clients and concerned highly complicated accounts, and after long proceedings the court referred the book-keeping to arbitration by qualified accountants. The award came back entirely in the client's favour, but it contained a calculation error, small in amount and serious in nature, because an entry that belonged on the debit side had been placed on the credit side. Nobody had noticed it: the opponents were attacking the award on other grounds. The senior counsel took the view that no counsel is bound to admit anything against his client's interest, and warned that an admission would probably lead the court to cancel the whole award and expose the client to the cost of a fresh hearing. Gandhi answered that there was no certainty the court would uphold a wrong award merely because they kept silent, and asked where the surety was that the court or the opponent would not discover the error themselves. The senior counsel refused to argue on those terms, Gandhi said he would argue it himself or leave the case, and the client, who was present, chose Gandhi: "Let us lose, if that is to be our lot. God defend the right."

munotes.in241

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

What it shows, in three propositions. That a lawyer's duty not to mislead the court can conflict directly with the client's immediate interest. That the conflict is real and not imaginary, because the senior counsel's advice was competent and cautious rather than dishonest. And, from the following chapter, that the honest course was also the successful one, since the court accepted that the error was inadvertent and refused to cancel the award, though Gandhi is careful not to claim that honesty always pays.

What beginners get wrong

They give the outcome as part of this chapter. The prescribed piece ends before the hearing. Say so, and then give the outcome from the next chapter.

They make the senior counsel a villain. He gives cautious, competent advice in the client's interest, and Gandhi records it without contempt. The value of the incident depends on the opposing view being reasonable.

They forget the client. The decision was the client's, made in the room, and he made it knowing he might lose.

They leave out the final caveat. Gandhi ends by saying that truthfulness cannot cure the profession of the fundamental defect that vitiates it, and an answer that presents him as a straightforward admirer of the bar has misread him.

Quick revision

Chapter 44 of Part V of An Autobiography; MU cites it from The Law and the Lawyers, ed. S. B. Kher, which reprints it.

He recalls only those experiences bearing upon the practice of truth.

As a student he heard that the lawyer's profession was a liar's profession, and it did not influence him.

munotes.in242

Gandhi: Some Reminiscences of the Bar

He warned every new client that he would not take a false case or coach the witnesses, and no false cases came to him.

The case: complicated accounts, arbitration, an award wholly in his client's favour containing a calculation error, an entry on the credit side that belonged on the debit side.

The senior counsel: no counsel is bound to admit what goes against his client. Gandhi: where is the surety that the court or the opponent will not find it?

The client chose Gandhi. "Let us lose, if that is to be our lot. God defend the right."

The outcome, in chapter 45: the judge's question "Is not this sharp practice, Mr. Gandhi?", the patient hearing, the finding of inadvertence, and the award upheld with the error rectified.

The caveat: truthfulness cannot cure the profession of the fundamental defect that vitiates it.

Test yourself

1. Where does the piece come from, and how does MU cite it? It is chapter 44 of Part V of Gandhi's An Autobiography, or The Story of My Experiments with Truth. MU's syllabus cites it from The Law and the Lawyers, edited by S. B. Kher, which is a compilation that reprints it.

2. What exactly was the error in the award? An error in calculation by the arbitrators, small in amount but serious in kind, in which an entry that ought to have been on the debit side was placed on the credit side. The award as a whole was entirely in favour of Gandhi's client.

3. State the senior counsel's argument. That no counsel is bound to admit anything that goes against his client's interest; that admitting the error would very likely lead the court to cancel the whole award; and that a fresh hearing would expose the client to unknown expense and an unknown result.

4. How did the case end? In the following chapter, the judge asked whether this was not sharp practice, then apologised and heard Gandhi fully. The court accepted that the error was due to inadvertence, refused to cancel an award that had cost so much labour, overruled the opponents' objection, and either confirmed the award with the error rectified or directed the arbitrator to rectify it.

5. What is Gandhi's final caution about the profession? That even truthfulness in the practice of the profession cannot cure it of the fundamental defect that vitiates it, so that his own success is not offered as a defence of the bar as such.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in243

Chapter Fifty

Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics

Syllabus topic 2.3, "Some Reminiscences of the Bar - M.K Gandhi"

In one line

Gandhi's three working rules were that he would not take a false case, would not coach a witness, and would not let his fee depend on winning, and the incident of the award shows what happens when the first of those collides with a client's interest.

The three rules, and what each one is doing

Rule one: no false case. He warned every new client at the outset that he should not expect him to take up a false case. The result he reports is that no false cases came to him, and that some clients kept their clean cases for him and took the doubtful ones elsewhere.

What the rule is not. It is not a refusal to defend a person who may be guilty. Gandhi is talking about a client who wants a false story told, not about a weak case. That distinction matters, because the objection to his rule is that everyone is entitled to representation, and the answer is that being represented is not the same as having lies told for you.

Rule two: no coaching of witnesses. He says his opponents in South Africa often had their witnesses tutored, and that if he had encouraged his own client or witnesses to lie he could have won. Coaching here means telling a witness what to say rather than helping him say what he saw.

Rule three: no fee conditional on the result. In fixing his fees he does not recall ever making them conditional on winning, and expected neither more nor less whether the client won or lost.

Why a law student should notice rule three. A lawyer paid only if he wins has a personal financial interest in the outcome of the case he is presenting. That is precisely the arrangement Dickens attacks in The Pickwick Papers, where Dodson and Fogg take the action on speculation and charge nothing unless they recover from Pickwick, and where Sam Weller's evidence about it is the most damaging thing said at the trial. The two texts are two topics apart on this syllabus and they are about the same problem.

The conflict the incident exposes

Set it out as a lawyer would, because that is what makes it an examination answer rather than a story.

The dutyWhat it required here
To the clientTo obtain the best result available, which meant saying nothing about an error nobody had noticed
To the courtNot to allow a tribunal to act on a document known to be wrong
To the other sideNot to take advantage of a mistake made by the court's own arbitrators
To himselfNot to do what he had told every client he would not do
munotes.in244

Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics

The senior counsel resolved it one way. No counsel is bound to admit anything against his client's interest, and the risk to the client of an admission is real and large.

Gandhi resolved it the other way, and gave a practical reason as well as a moral one. The moral reason is that he would not be party to a wrong award. The practical reason is the one that persuades: there is no certainty that the court will uphold a wrong award simply because nobody mentions it, and no surety that the court or the opponent will not find the error themselves.

The point to make about that. Gandhi does not present honesty as a sacrifice of the client's interest. He argues that concealment was also the riskier course, and the outcome bore him out. An answer that treats him as choosing principle over prudence has missed half his argument.

Where this stands in Indian professional ethics today

One paragraph, no more.

An advocate in India is enrolled and governed under the Advocates Act 1961. Section 49(1)(c) of that Act empowers the Bar Council of India to make rules prescribing the standards of professional conduct and etiquette to be observed by advocates, and those rules are contained in Part VI, Chapter II of the Bar Council of India Rules. The first section of that chapter is headed as the advocate's duty to the court, and the rules that follow deal in turn with duties to the client, to the opponent and to colleagues.

What a student may safely say. That the three rules Gandhi set himself, before any of this machinery existed, correspond to duties an Indian advocate now owes as a matter of professional obligation rather than of private conscience, and that the duty to the court is placed first in the modern rules just as Gandhi placed it first in practice.

Do not cite rule numbers in an English paper unless you are certain of them. Naming the Act and the rule-making power is enough, and the detailed rules are the subject of the Professional Ethics paper later in this course.

The line about the profession, and how to handle it

Gandhi ends the sequence with a caution.

Let the reader, however, remember that even truthfulness in the practice of the profession cannot cure it of the fundamental defect that vitiates it.

What is the defect he means? He does not say in this chapter. Elsewhere in his writing he is critical of a profession that lives on other people's quarrels, prospers when litigation multiplies, and can be afforded only by those with money. A candidate may say this much and should mark it as inference, not quotation.

munotes.in245

Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics

Why an answer should include the line. Because it stops the piece being a comfortable story. Gandhi is not saying that a good lawyer redeems the bar. He is saying that he found it possible to practise honestly, and that this does not settle the larger question.

How to use it in an essay. As the final paragraph. State what he proved, that law can be practised without compromising truth, and then state what he refused to claim, that practising it honestly makes the profession itself sound.

Comparison worth making

BaconGandhi
PositionA judge writing about judgesA practitioner writing about practice
FormAphorisms, addressed to the officeNarrative, addressed to a conflict
Standard setIntegrity above all thingsNo false case, no coached witness, no conditional fee
Whether he kept itNo; impeached in 1621 for taking gifts from suitorsYes, on his own account, and at the cost of his senior counsel withdrawing
Value to a studentThe vocabulary of judicial dutyA worked example of a duty in conflict

The sentence that uses the table. These two topics, set side by side by MU, give a student both halves of professional ethics: the rules stated by a man who broke them, and a rule tested by a man who kept it.

A worked answer

Question. "What does Some Reminiscences of the Bar teach a student of law?"

Paragraph one, the position. It teaches that the duties of an advocate can conflict, that the conflict is real rather than academic, and that the resolution Gandhi chose was defensible on prudential as well as on moral grounds.

Paragraph two, the rules. Gandhi set himself three: he would not take a false case, would not coach a witness, and would not make his fee conditional on winning. He told every new client the first of these at the outset, and reports that as a result no false cases came to him, some clients keeping their clean cases for him and taking the doubtful ones elsewhere.

Paragraph three, the conflict. In the case of the arbitration award his duty to the client pointed one way and his duty to the court another. His senior counsel took the orthodox view that no counsel is bound to admit what goes against his client, and warned that an admission might cause the whole award to be cancelled at heavy cost. Gandhi said the error must be admitted, and would have withdrawn from the case rather than conceal it.

Paragraph four, the argument that persuades. He did not rest on conscience alone. He asked where the certainty was that a court would uphold a wrong award simply because nobody mentioned it, and where the surety was that the court or the opponent would not discover it. Concealment carried its own risk, and the court in the event accepted that the error was inadvertent and upheld the award with it corrected.

munotes.in246

Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics

Paragraph five, the modern frame. What Gandhi set himself as private rules are today professional obligations: an advocate in India is governed by the Advocates Act 1961, under which the Bar Council of India prescribes standards of professional conduct and etiquette, and those rules place the duty to the court first, as Gandhi did in practice.

Paragraph six, the honest ending. He closes by warning that truthfulness in practice cannot cure the profession of the fundamental defect that vitiates it. The lesson is therefore not that an honest lawyer vindicates the bar, but that honesty is possible in it, which is a smaller and more useful claim.

Quick revision

Three rules: no false case, no coaching of witnesses, no fee conditional on the result.

The conflict: duty to the client against duty to the court, with the senior counsel taking the orthodox view.

Gandhi's two reasons: the moral one, that he would not be party to a wrong award; and the practical one, that there was no surety the error would stay hidden.

The link to Pickwick: a fee that depends on winning gives the lawyer a personal stake, which is what Dodson and Fogg have.

Modern India: the Advocates Act 1961, under which the Bar Council of India prescribes standards of professional conduct and etiquette; duty to the court comes first.

The closing caution: truthfulness cannot cure the profession of its fundamental defect.

Test yourself

1. State Gandhi's three rules. That he would not take up a false case; that he would not coach witnesses; and that he would not make his fee conditional on winning, expecting neither more nor less whether his client won or lost.

2. Is refusing a false case the same as refusing to defend a guilty person? No. Gandhi is refusing to have a false story told, not refusing representation to a person whose case is weak or who may have done what is alleged. The distinction is essential, because everyone is entitled to be represented and nobody is entitled to have lies told for them.

3. Give Gandhi's practical argument for admitting the error. That there was no certainty the court would uphold a wrong award merely because the error was not mentioned, and no surety that the court itself or the opponent would fail to discover it, so that concealment carried its own and possibly greater risk.

4. How do Gandhi's rules relate to Indian professional ethics today? They correspond to duties that are now imposed rather than self-imposed. An advocate is governed by the Advocates Act 1961, under which the Bar Council of India prescribes the standards of professional conduct and etiquette, and the duty to the court is placed first among them.

munotes.in247

Gandhi: Truth in Practice, and Professional Ethics

5. Why should an answer include his final caution? Because without it the piece reads as a defence of the profession, which Gandhi expressly declines to give. He says that even truthfulness in practice cannot cure the profession of the fundamental defect that vitiates it, so his claim is only that honest practice is possible.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in248

Chapter Fifty-One

Kalam: Joy of Reading

Syllabus topic 2.4, "Joy of Reading - A.P.J Abdul Kalam"

In one line

Joy of Reading is a short essay in which Abdul Kalam says that books have been the companions of his life, names the three that formed him, and asks every Indian family to build a small library at home.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Joy of Reading is an essay by Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, collected in The Very Best of A.P.J. Abdul Kalam: The Righteous Life, in which he describes reading as the source of imagination and inspiration, recalls the books that shaped his own thinking, and proposes that every home should keep a library so that children grow up among books.

Who Kalam was, and why MU sets him

The man. Avul Pakir Jainulabdeen Abdul Kalam, born 1931 at Rameswaram in Tamil Nadu, the son of a boat owner, educated at Madras Institute of Technology, an aerospace scientist who worked at the Indian Space Research Organisation and the Defence Research and Development Organisation, and President of India from 2002 to 2007. He died in 2015 while giving a lecture to students at Shillong.

Why he is on a law syllabus. He is the only living memory on this paper. Every other author here is a century or more dead. MU's course objectives ask for texts that inculcate "the importance of ethics, new ideas and human sensitivity", and Kalam is the piece chosen to speak directly to an Indian student about what to do with their own mind.

And why an English paper sets a scientist. Because the essay is about the habit that the whole of this course depends on. A student who does not read cannot answer a reference to context, cannot write a precis, and cannot analyse a text. The essay is the syllabus arguing for itself.

The argument of the essay

Four propositions, in the order the essay puts them.

One. Books are companions rather than tools. Kalam's claim is not that reading is useful for examinations but that a book stays with a person for life, and can be returned to in difficulty. The word he uses for books is the language of friendship.

Two. Particular books make particular people. He does not argue in the abstract. He names the books that formed him, which is the essay's method: it proves the general claim by a personal example.

Three. Reading produces imagination, and imagination produces everything else. For Kalam, who spent his life in engineering, the chain runs from reading to imagination to creativity to national development. That is why the essay's tone is not literary but practical.

Four. Therefore, build a home library. The proposal at the end is concrete and small: not a public programme but a shelf in every house, so that a child grows up in a room with books in it.

munotes.in249

Kalam: Joy of Reading

The books he names

The essay's centre is a short list of the books that shaped him, and a student should be able to name them and say what each gave him.

BookAuthorWhat Kalam takes from it
Light from Many LampsLillian Eichler WatsonA collection of inspirational passages with commentary, which he describes as a source of guidance in difficulty
ThirukkuralThiruvalluvarThe classical Tamil work of couplets on virtue, wealth and love, which he quotes throughout his writing
Man the UnknownAlexis CarrelA book on the human being as a whole, body and mind together, by a doctor turned philosopher and Nobel laureate, which shaped how he thought about human capacity
The Holy QuranA constant companion throughout his life, named beside the other three

The one with a story attached is Light from Many Lamps. Kalam describes finding it in 1953 in a second-hand bookshop in Madras, and reading and rereading it so often that the copy had to be bound and rebound to hold together. It is a collection of inspirational passages with commentary, and he says it brought him solace in hours of sadness and balance when his own emotions threatened to carry him away. A question asking about "the various books" wants that detail, because it shows you have read the essay rather than a list.

The Thirukkural is the one to be able to say something about, because it is the Indian text in the list and the one an Indian examiner is most likely to ask about. It is a Tamil classic of 1,330 couplets, traditionally attributed to the poet Thiruvalluvar, arranged in three parts on virtue, on wealth or polity, and on love. Kalam quoted it constantly in his speeches.

The home library proposal

What he asks for. That every family keep books at home, so that children see reading as an ordinary domestic activity rather than a school exercise.

The reasoning. A child who grows up in a house with books becomes a reader without being made to. The habit is formed by the environment rather than by instruction, which is why the proposal is about furniture and not about schooling.

The oath, which is the part to quote. Kalam did not leave the proposal general. He asked audiences to take an oath in three generations: that they would start a home library of twenty books, of which ten would be children's books; that their sons and daughters would enlarge it to two hundred; and that their grandchildren would build a library of two thousand. The library, he said, becomes a lifelong treasure and the precious property of the family.

munotes.in250

Kalam: Joy of Reading

And the detail that proves he meant it literally. He administered the oath at book fairs, and the reported effect was that the audience went straight to the stalls and cleared most of the books within the hour.

Why it is characteristic of him. Kalam's public life was full of proposals of this shape: small, concrete, addressed to families and children rather than to governments, and expressed as something anybody could begin doing that evening.

The two stories the essay tells

The essay does not argue in the abstract. It proves its claim twice, with two people, and MU examines both by name.

V. Kathiresan, the driver who became a professor

The facts, which are on the public record. V. Kathiresan joined Kalam as his driver in January 1982 at the Defence Research and Development Laboratory at Hyderabad, where Kalam was then director, and worked with him for about nine years. Kalam noticed that in every free hour the man was reading: newspapers, magazines, whatever came to hand. He had failed English in his tenth standard examination.

What Kalam did. He urged him to continue his studies, arranged for him to rewrite the paper he had failed, helped him with his English, bought him books and paid his fees.

What Kathiresan then did, which is the point of the story. He cleared the tenth standard in 1982, then the twelfth with history, then a bachelor's degree and a master's in history by correspondence, then a bachelor's and a master's in education, and in 2002 a doctorate in history from Manonmaniam Sundaranar University, on the zamindari system in the Tirunelveli district. He became a teacher of history in a government college and now guides research scholars of his own.

The meeting that produced the story. In January 2011 Kalam went to Madurai to inaugurate a paediatric oncology unit at a hospital there. A man came up to him afterwards whose face he half recognised, and it was Kathiresan, by then a doctor of philosophy. It is that meeting the essay recounts.

What the story is doing in an essay about reading. It is the strongest form of Kalam's claim. Reading in the free hours of a working life, with no institution behind it and no examination in view, changed what the man was able to become. A student writing on this should end there rather than on the qualifications, because the qualifications are the evidence and the habit is the argument.

Steven, the boy who was not expected to speak

Note. Give the outline and do not invent detail. What follows is the course of the story as published accounts of the essay describe it.

munotes.in251

Kalam: Joy of Reading

The situation. A boy named Steven suffered a brain injury, and the family was told that he would not speak. They refused to accept it and set out to teach him anyway, working at it daily.

What the family did. They read to him constantly, and the reading was done in his presence rather than at him, so that books and voices became the ordinary furniture of the room. His mother and sister played the piano where he could hear it. They exercised the muscles he would need, in ways as homely as dabbing peanut butter on his lips so that licking it off worked his tongue and jaw.

The turning point. After about three months, Steven moved of his own accord towards the children's books and turned the pages until he came to one filled with pictures of animals. On a later night he crawled to the same book and opened it at the same page, which showed that he was remembering. In time he began to make new sounds, humming the music he had been hearing.

What Kalam takes from it. That the capacity to learn is not settled by a prognosis, and that books, offered patiently and long before there is any sign of a result, are what reach a mind nobody else can reach. It is the same claim as the Kathiresan story made at the other end of a life.

How to answer it for thirteen marks. Place the story in the essay, give the situation, give what the family did in three specific things, give the turning point with the detail of the same page opened twice, and then say what the story proves and why Kalam chose it. Close by connecting it to the home library proposal, since both say that the presence of books in a room does the work.

How MU examines this essay

This is the practical part of the chapter, and it is unusual.

It is examined in two ways, and both appear regularly.

The first is a question about your own reading. In February 2026 the paper set, worth thirteen marks, "Write a review of a book that has been source of inspiration to you", and in January 2025 the same idea appeared as "Books can be sources of inspiration, writes Dr Kalam. In about 300 words, write a review of a book which has been a source of inspiration to you." That is the essay's method turned back on the candidate, and the book review chapter that follows is the preparation for it.

The second is a direct question, and it comes in four forms.

Question actually setDateMarksWhere the answer is
The story of V. Kathiresan3 April 20236The section above
Explain the story of Steven as narrated by A.P.J. Abdul Kalam22 April 202413The section above
What are Dr Kalam's views on home libraries as given in The Joy of Reading21 February 202612The home library proposal, with the oath
Describe various books narrated by A.P.J. Abdul Kalam in The Joy of Reading11 May 202613The books he names, with Light from Many Lamps in detail
munotes.in252

Kalam: Joy of Reading

A quotation from the essay has also been set for reference to context, on 22 April 2024: "Another book that I have cherished is Man the Unknown by Dr Alexis Carrel, a doctor turned philosopher and a Nobel Laureate", with the follow-up asking the central theme of that book, which is that body and mind must be treated together because the human being is a whole. On 11 May 2026 the Kathiresan passage was set the same way, asking who is addressed and by whom.

What follows for revision. This essay is examined more often and at greater length than its two pages suggest. Learn the four books, the two stories and the oath, and you have covered every question the University has asked on it.

Themes worth naming

Reading as self-education. Kalam is largely describing what books did for him outside a classroom, which is why the essay appeals to students who feel that their real education is their own responsibility.

The ordinary origin. He came from a small town and a family without money, and his account of reading is the account of a person for whom books were the available road. That is the part Indian students find nearest to themselves.

Books and character. The claim is not that reading makes you clever but that it makes you a particular kind of person, which is why the three books he names are about conduct and human capacity rather than about engineering.

Continuity with the rest of Module 2. Socrates says the unexamined life is not worth living; Kalam says the unread life is a poorer one. Both are claims that a person has a duty to their own mind, and an essay may connect them.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a short note on Kalam's Joy of Reading." Six marks, roughly a page.

A model answer. Joy of Reading is an essay by Dr A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, aerospace scientist and President of India, collected in The Very Best of A.P.J. Abdul Kalam: The Righteous Life. Its argument is that books are lifelong companions rather than instruments of study, and that a person can be formed by particular books at particular moments. Kalam proves the claim from his own life rather than in the abstract, naming the works that shaped him: Lillian Eichler Watson's Light from Many Lamps, Thiruvalluvar's Thirukkural, the Tamil classic of couplets on virtue, wealth and love, and Alexis Carrel's Man the Unknown. From reading he traces a chain to imagination, from imagination to creativity, and from creativity to what a country becomes, which is why the essay reads as practical rather than literary. It ends in a proposal that is characteristically small and concrete: that every family should keep a library at home, so that children grow up among books and acquire the habit from their surroundings rather than from instruction. The essay's place on this syllabus is easy to justify, since every skill the course tests, from reference to context to precis to critical analysis, depends on the habit it recommends.

munotes.in253

Kalam: Joy of Reading

Why this scores. It places the author and the source, states the argument in stages, names the three books with a word about the Indian one, gives the proposal, and ends with a judgment rather than a summary.

Quick revision

A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, 1931 to 2015, aerospace scientist, President of India 2002 to 2007, born at Rameswaram.

The essay is in The Very Best of A.P.J. Abdul Kalam: The Righteous Life.

Four propositions: books are companions; particular books make particular people; reading produces imagination and imagination everything else; therefore build a home library.

The books: Light from Many Lamps by Lillian Eichler Watson, found in a second-hand shop in Madras in 1953 and rebound from rereading; the Thirukkural of Thiruvalluvar, 1,330 Tamil couplets in three parts on virtue, wealth and love; Man the Unknown by Alexis Carrel, a doctor turned philosopher and Nobel laureate; and the Holy Quran, a constant companion.

The oath: twenty books at home of which ten are children's books, two hundred in the next generation, two thousand in the one after.

The two stories: V. Kathiresan, the driver at Hyderabad who read in his free hours and became a doctor of history; and Steven, the boy who was not expected to speak and who was read to until he began to remember and to sound.

MU examines this essay both through the book review and directly, by name, on the two stories, the books and the home library.

Test yourself

1. Who was Kalam, and when did he live? Avul Pakir Jainulabdeen Abdul Kalam, 1931 to 2015, an aerospace scientist who worked at ISRO and DRDO and was President of India from 2002 to 2007. He was born at Rameswaram in Tamil Nadu and died while lecturing to students at Shillong.

2. State the argument of the essay in four steps. That books are companions for life rather than tools for examinations; that particular books form particular people, which he proves from his own reading; that reading produces imagination and imagination produces creativity and national development; and that therefore every family should keep a library at home.

munotes.in254

Kalam: Joy of Reading

3. Name the three books he identifies and say what the Indian one is. Light from Many Lamps by Lillian Eichler Watson, the Thirukkural of Thiruvalluvar, and Man the Unknown by Alexis Carrel. The Thirukkural is a Tamil classic of 1,330 couplets arranged in three parts, on virtue, on wealth or polity, and on love.

4. What is the home library proposal, and why is it typical of Kalam? That every household should keep books, so that children grow up among them and take up reading from their surroundings rather than from instruction. It is typical because his proposals were characteristically small, concrete, addressed to families and children, and capable of being started at once.

5. Who was V. Kathiresan, and why is he in an essay about reading? Kalam's driver at the Defence Research and Development Laboratory at Hyderabad from 1982, who read in every free hour and had failed English in the tenth standard. Kalam had him rewrite that paper, helped him with English, bought him books and paid his fees, and Kathiresan went on to a master's degree, a doctorate in history in 2002 and a college teaching post. He is in the essay because he is the claim proved: reading done in the spare hours of a working life changed what the man could become.

6. Give the outline of the story of Steven. A boy who suffered a brain injury and was not expected to speak. His family refused the prognosis, read to him constantly, played the piano in his hearing and exercised the muscles he would need, using such homely means as peanut butter on his lips to make him work his tongue. After about three months he moved by himself to the children's books and stopped at a page of animal pictures, and later returned to the same page, which showed that he remembered; in time he began to hum. Kalam uses it to show that books reach a mind before anything else does.

7. How is this essay usually examined? Not by a direct question but through the skill it recommends. The February 2026 paper set an essay of thirteen marks asking the candidate to write a review of a book that had been a source of inspiration, which is the same task Kalam performs for his own three books.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in255

Chapter Fifty-Two

How to Write a Book Review

Syllabus topic 2.4, "Joy of Reading - A.P.J Abdul Kalam"

In one line

A book review tells a reader what a book is, what it is trying to do, how well it does it, and whether they should read it, in that order, with your judgment supported by something from the book.

What a review is not

It is not a summary. A summary tells the story. A review tells the reader whether the book is worth their time and why. If your answer could have been written by somebody reading the back cover, it is a summary.

It is not a report. A report is neutral. A review has a verdict.

It is not an essay on the subject of the book. A review of a book about Ambedkar is about the book, not about Ambedkar.

It is not a list of everything you liked. One clear judgment, supported, beats five unsupported compliments.

The structure that scores

Six parts, and the whole answer runs to about two and a half pages for thirteen marks.

1. The heading. Title, author, and, if you know them, publisher and year. Two lines, set out plainly. An examiner sees at once that you know the form.

2. The opening paragraph: what the book is, and your verdict. Three or four sentences. Name the kind of book, state its subject in one clause, and give your judgment. The verdict goes at the start, not at the end.

3. What the book contains. One or two paragraphs. Enough of the content that a reader who has not opened it can follow your argument, and no more. For a novel, do not give away the ending. For a work of non-fiction, name the main claim and the shape of the argument.

4. What the book does well, with evidence. One paragraph per point, each proved by something specific: an episode, a chapter, a passage, a character. This is where marks are won.

5. What is weak, or what a reader should be warned about. One paragraph. A review with no criticism reads as advertising. If you genuinely think the book has no faults, say what it does not attempt, or who will not enjoy it.

6. The closing paragraph: the recommendation. Who should read it and why. If the question asked for a book that inspired you, this is where you say what it changed, and be specific rather than emotional.

The mistakes that cost marks

Retelling the plot. The single commonest failure.

Giving away the ending. In a review of a novel it is a fault of form, not just of taste.

Praise without evidence. "The book is very inspiring and every student must read it" says nothing that could not be said about any book.

munotes.in256

How to Write a Book Review

Writing about the author instead of the book. A paragraph on the author's life is worth one sentence at most, unless the book is about the author's life.

Forgetting the instruction. If the question says a book that inspired YOU, a review of a book you have not read will show, because you will have nothing specific to say about its effect.

No verdict. An answer that describes and never judges has not written a review.

The vocabulary of judgment

Reviewers need verbs and adjectives that make a claim. Learn a few and use them precisely.

Instead ofWrite
very goodconvincing, well argued, absorbing, closely observed
very badunconvincing, repetitive, thin, sentimental, overlong
interestingoriginal, unexpected, timely, unsettling
the writer saysthe writer argues, shows, claims, demonstrates, assumes
I liked itit holds the attention, it repays a second reading

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Write a review of a book that has been source of inspiration to you." Thirteen marks.

A model review.

Wings of Fire: An Autobiography. By A.P.J. Abdul Kalam with Arun Tiwari.

Wings of Fire is the autobiography of a scientist who became President of India, and it is the rare inspirational book that inspires by showing work rather than by giving advice. Kalam sets out to explain how a boy from a boatman's family in Rameswaram came to lead India's missile programme, and the answer the book gives is neither talent nor luck but a long series of ordinary days.

The narrative runs from his childhood in a small coastal town, through his education and his failure to qualify as a fighter pilot, to his years at the Defence Research and Development Organisation and the Indian Space Research Organisation, and the projects he led there. Roughly the first half is a life and the second half is an account of how large technical projects are actually run in India.

Its greatest strength is its honesty about failure. Kalam describes the disappointment of missing selection as a pilot, and the collapse of a satellite launch vehicle for which he was responsible, and he describes them without the softening that autobiographies usually apply. The account of the failed launch, and of the press conference that followed it, teaches more about responsibility than any number of exhortations, because the reader sees a man take the blame in public and go back to work.

Its second strength is that it names the people who made the work possible: teachers, colleagues, and his elder brother and his father. The book is unusual among success stories in giving so much space to other people's contributions.

The weaknesses are real. The technical chapters assume more patience with organisational detail than a general reader may have, and the later sections, which move between projects and committees, lose the shape that the early chapters possess. A reader who comes for the childhood and the philosophy will find the middle heavy going.

munotes.in257

How to Write a Book Review

I recommend it to any student who suspects that achievement belongs to other kinds of people. Its usefulness to me was not encouragement but information: it showed what a working life looks like from the inside, which is a more durable thing to be given than confidence.

Why the model scores. It has a heading, a verdict in the first paragraph, an account of the contents that gives away nothing gratuitously, two strengths each proved by a specific episode, a genuine weakness, and a recommendation that says what the book did rather than how it felt.

If the question names the book

Sometimes the examiner will set a book rather than let you choose. The structure does not change. What changes is that you must have something specific to say about that book, which is an argument for reading at least one book on the reading list properly rather than skimming several.

A safe preparation. Prepare one book thoroughly, of any kind, so that you can produce two strengths, one weakness and one recommendation, each with an example attached. That preparation answers the question whether or not the book is named.

Quick revision

A review is not a summary, a report, an essay on the subject, or a list of compliments.

Six parts: heading; what the book is and your verdict; what it contains; what it does well with evidence; what is weak; and the recommendation.

The verdict goes in the first paragraph, not the last.

Every judgment carries an example.

Never give away the ending of a novel.

Prepare one book completely: two strengths, one weakness, one recommendation, each with an example.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between a review and a summary? A summary reports what is in the book. A review judges it: it says what the book is trying to do, how well it does it, and whether the reader should read it, with the judgment supported by evidence from the book.

2. Where does the verdict belong? In the opening paragraph. A reader should know your view before they know your reasons, and an answer that withholds the judgment until the last line reads as a summary with an opinion attached.

3. Why must a review contain a criticism? Because a review that finds nothing to fault reads as advertising rather than assessment. If you genuinely think the book has no faults, say instead what it does not attempt, or which readers will not enjoy it.

munotes.in258

How to Write a Book Review

4. How do you prove a strength? By attaching it to something specific: an episode, a chapter, a character, a passage. "The book is honest about failure" is an assertion; "the book is honest about failure, as in the account of the launch that failed and the press conference afterwards" is a review.

5. What preparation answers this question whether or not the book is named? Knowing one book thoroughly enough to produce two strengths, one weakness and one recommendation, each with an example attached, since that material fits the six-part structure whatever book the paper allows you to use.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in259

Chapter Fifty-Three

Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War

Syllabus topic 2.5, "Why the Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War - B.R. Ambedkar"

In one line

Speaking on All India Radio while the Quit India movement was under way, Ambedkar explained why Indian labour was helping the British war effort instead of opposing it, and argued that the only thing worth getting out of the war was a new social order.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: this is the text of a broadcast delivered by Dr B.R. Ambedkar from the Bombay station of All India Radio while he was Labour Member of the Viceroy's Executive Council, published in Indian Information on 1 January 1943, in which he set out the reasons for Indian labour's support of the war against Nazism and for its demand that victory be followed by a new order founded on liberty, equality and fraternity.

The occasion, which decides how the speech reads

Who was speaking. Dr Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar, 1891 to 1956. Born into the Mahar community, then treated as untouchable. Educated at Elphinstone College in Bombay, Columbia University in New York and the London School of Economics, and called to the bar at Gray's Inn. Later the chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution of India and independent India's first Law Minister.

In what capacity. As Labour Member of the Viceroy's Executive Council, an office he took up in July 1942 and held until October 1946. That is a government post: he was, in effect, the labour minister of the Government of India during the war, and the reforms of working hours, welfare and wage machinery of those years came out of his department.

When. The broadcast was published in Indian Information on 1 January 1943, so it belongs to the last weeks of 1942 or the first days of 1943.

And what was happening at the time. The Second World War was going badly in Asia. Singapore had fallen and Burma had been overrun. Within India, the Congress had passed the Quit India resolution in August 1942, weeks after Ambedkar took office, and its leaders were in prison. The country was in the middle of a mass movement against the very government Ambedkar had just joined.

Why the occasion matters more here than for any other text on this paper. Ambedkar is not writing an essay. He is a member of the wartime government, on government radio, explaining to a country in revolt why one section of it is co-operating. Every choice in the speech follows from that position, and a student who describes the broadcast without the situation has described half of it.

The opening move

He begins with what he calls a fact that must arrest the attention of all: that in the midst of "this sudden surge of non-co-operation with and opposition to the war effort which we are witnessing in India", labour has been actively co-operating in the prosecution of the war.

munotes.in260

Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War

Notice what he does not do. He does not attack the Quit India movement by name at this point, and he does not deny that the opposition exists. He states it as a fact to be explained, and then spends the whole speech explaining it.

And the disclaimer he makes at once. Labour has secured gains during the war, security through legislation and conditions of welfare enforced on employers, and more will follow. But, he says, if labour is determined to accelerate the war effort, "it is not simply because of the lure of these immediate gains. There arc other and stronger reasons which are at the base of this determination."

Why that disclaimer is the hinge of the speech. He is answering, before anybody makes it, the obvious charge: that labour supports the war because the government has bought it. He concedes the gains and then says the reason lies elsewhere, and the rest of the broadcast is that elsewhere.

What labour wants: fair conditions of life

The first substantive section, and the source of the speech's most quoted material.

Labour is not content with securing merely fair conditions of work. What Labour wants is fair conditions of life.

He then defines the three terms of the French revolutionary formula in his own way, and the definitions are the part to learn.

Liberty. Not merely the negative idea of the absence of restraint, and not confined to the right to vote. Labour's conception is positive and involves government by the people, and he adds a sharp qualification: government by the people does not mean parliamentary democracy, because "Parliamentary Democracy is a form of Government in which the function of the people has come to be to vote for their masters and leave them to rule." Liberty also includes the right to equal opportunity and the duty of the State to provide the fullest facilities for growth to every individual according to his needs.

Equality. The abolition of privileges of every kind, "in law, in the civil service, in the Army, in taxation, in trade and in industry: in fact the abolition of all processes which lead to inequality."

Fraternity. An all-pervading sense of human brotherhood, unifying all classes and all nations, with peace on earth and goodwill towards man as its motto.

How to use these in an answer. Quote the definition of liberty in particular, because the criticism of parliamentary democracy inside it is unexpected and shows the candidate has read the speech rather than a summary. And note that the same three words, liberty, equality and fraternity, are the ones Ambedkar would later place at the centre of the Constitution's Preamble and of his final speech to the Constituent Assembly.

munotes.in261

Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War

The Nazi order, and the argument about race

The structure of the argument. These three things are labour's ideals, and they constitute the New Order. The New Order cannot be established if the Allies lose. If the Allies fail there will still be a new order, but it will be the Nazi order, "an Order in which liberty will be found to be suppressed, equality denied, and fraternity expurgated as a pernicious doctrine."

Then the part addressed specifically to Indians, and this is what MU asked about in February 2026. He says the most important part of the Nazi order is the creed of racial gradation. The Nazis regard the German race as the race of supermen, place the other white races below them, and give the last place to the brown races, in which Indians are included. And, he says, they have declared that the brown races shall be the serfs of the German and white races, without education and without liberty, political or economic.

The evidence he offers. That the fury with which Hitler denounced the British government in Mein Kampf for having given Indians education and political liberty is well known.

The conclusion he draws. "The Nazi ideology is a direct menace to the liberty and freedom of Indians." Given that fact, there is the strongest reason why Indians should come forward to fight Nazism.

Why the argument is well made. It is addressed to the self-interest of the audience rather than to abstract virtue, and it turns the nationalist objection round: a person who wants Indian freedom has more reason to fight Nazism than anybody, because Nazism is explicitly committed to denying it.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "What is Dr. Ambedkar's attitude to Hitler and his ideology?" Six marks, a short note.

A model answer. Ambedkar treats Nazism not as a distant European quarrel but as a direct threat to Indians, and he argues the point from the content of the ideology itself rather than from loyalty to Britain. The most important part of the Nazi order, he says, is the creed of racial gradation: the Nazis hold the German race to be a race of supermen, place the other white races below it, and assign the last place in the gradation to the brown races, among which they include Indians. He adds that the Nazis have declared that the brown races shall be the serfs of the German and white races, denied education and denied liberty, both political and economic. As evidence that this is not speculation, he points to the fury with which Hitler denounced the British government in Mein Kampf for having given Indians education and political liberty. His conclusion is stated flatly: the Nazi ideology is a direct menace to the liberty and freedom of Indians, and given that fact there is the strongest reason why Indians should come forward to fight it. The attitude is therefore neither neutral nor merely dutiful but actively hostile, and the hostility rests on an Indian interest: a movement whose declared programme is the permanent servitude of brown people cannot be a matter of indifference to a country demanding its own freedom.

munotes.in262

Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War

Why it scores. It gives the doctrine, the gradation, the specific consequence for Indians, the evidence from Mein Kampf, and the conclusion, and it ends by naming what kind of argument Ambedkar is making.

Quick revision

Dr B.R. Ambedkar, 1891 to 1956, born a Mahar, educated at Columbia and the London School of Economics, called to the bar at Gray's Inn, later chairman of the drafting committee of the Constitution and first Law Minister of India.

Speaking as Labour Member of the Viceroy's Executive Council, an office held from July 1942 to October 1946.

Broadcast from the Bombay station of All India Radio, published in Indian Information on 1 January 1943.

The context: the war going badly in Asia, and the Quit India movement under way since August 1942 with Congress leaders in prison.

The opening: labour is co-operating in the war effort in the midst of a surge of non-co-operation, and the reason is not the immediate gains.

Fair conditions of life, not merely of work: liberty defined positively and against parliamentary democracy; equality as the abolition of all privilege; fraternity as human brotherhood across classes and nations.

The Nazi order: racial gradation, brown races last and to be serfs, Hitler's denunciation of Britain in Mein Kampf for educating Indians, and therefore a direct menace to Indian freedom.

Test yourself

1. In what capacity was Ambedkar speaking, and when? As Labour Member of the Viceroy's Executive Council, the office he held from July 1942 to October 1946. The broadcast was made from the Bombay station of All India Radio and published in Indian Information on 1 January 1943.

2. Why does the occasion matter? Because the Quit India movement had begun in August 1942, weeks after he took office, and Congress leaders were in prison. He is a member of the wartime government explaining on government radio why one section of the country is co-operating while much of it is not, and every argument in the speech is shaped by that position.

3. How does he define liberty? Positively, not merely as the absence of restraint and not confined to the right to vote. It involves government by the people, which he says is not the same as parliamentary democracy, since under that form the function of the people has become to vote for their masters and leave them to rule. It also includes equal opportunity and a duty on the State to provide the fullest facilities for growth to each individual according to his needs.

munotes.in263

Ambedkar: Why Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War

4. What is his answer to the charge that labour has simply been bought? He concedes the gains at once, security through legislation and welfare conditions enforced on employers, and says that labour's determination is not simply because of the lure of these immediate gains, and that other and stronger reasons lie at the base of it. The rest of the speech supplies those reasons.

5. Why, on his argument, should an Indian nationalist in particular oppose Nazism? Because the Nazi creed of racial gradation places the brown races last and declares that they shall be serfs of the German and white races, without education or liberty, and because Hitler denounced Britain in Mein Kampf precisely for giving Indians education and political liberty. A person who wants Indian freedom therefore has the strongest of all reasons to fight it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in264

Chapter Fifty-Four

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

Syllabus topic 2.5, "Why the Indian Labour is Determined to Win the War - B.R. Ambedkar"

In one line

Ambedkar answers four objections in turn, from those indifferent to a Nazi victory, from pacifists, from pessimists and from nationalists, and ends by saying that without victory in the war independence would be idle twaddle.

The four objections, and his answers

He organises the middle of the speech as a series of replies. Learning the four in order is the quickest way to hold the whole broadcast.

Objection one: some do not mind a Nazi victory. His answer is short and contemptuous. Not many take this view, and those who do are not serious: "They arc embittered politicians who will not be satisfied unless they are allowed to dictate their way and whose motto is 'all or nothing'."

Objection two: the pacifists, who say all wars are wrong. He concedes the premise: it is true that wars have devastated and defaced human civilisation. Then he refuses the conclusion. Wars cannot be abolished by refusing to fight when attacked, and "Peace obtained by surrender to the forces of violence is not peace. It is an act of suicide."

And his positive account of what abolishes war. Two things only: to win the war, and to establish a just peace. He then makes an original point: the origin of war does not lie in man's thirst for blood but "in the vile peace that victors often impose upon the vanquished." Therefore the duty of a pacifist is to be active both while the war is on and while the terms of peace are being made. Pacifists, he says, are active against war when war is on and inactive when peace is being made, and so "lose both, war as well as peace."

Objection three: the pessimists, who say there is no guarantee that victory will bring a new order. He allows that there is room for the pessimism. The New Order has its roots in the French Revolution, which produced two principles: self-government, the desire of a people to rule itself rather than be ruled by others, which is called democracy; and self-determination, the desire of a people united by common ideals to decide its own political status, which is called nationalism. After nearly a hundred and forty years these principles have failed to take root, and barring a few countries there was neither self-government nor self-determination in the world.

His answer to it. That this is not an argument against labour's position but an argument for vigilance: the war must not stop with victory over the Nazis, and "there must be no peace unless there is victory over the Old Order wherever it is found."

Objection four: the nationalists. The longest and most difficult section, and it has its own heading below.

munotes.in265

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

Labour and nationalism

The nationalists make two charges: that labour's attitude is inconsistent with and injurious to Indian nationalism, and that labour is willing to fight without securing assurances about India's independence.

His answer on nationalism, and this is the passage MU is most likely to set.

Labour is not prepared to make a fetish of nationalism. If nationalism means the worship of the ancient past, the discarding of everything that is not local in origin and colour, then Labour cannot accept nationalism as its creed.

He follows it with two sentences that a student should be able to quote or paraphrase closely. That labour "cannot allow the living faith of the dead to become the dead faith of the living". And that it will not allow the ever expanding spirit of man to be strangled by the hand of a past which has no meaning for the present and no hope for the future, nor cramped in a narrow jacket of local particularism. Labour must be ready to borrow in order to repair, transform and recreate the body politic, and if nationalism stands in the way of that rebuilding, labour must deny nationalism.

The positive statement. "Labour's creed is internationalism." Labour is interested in nationalism only because the machinery of democracy, representative parliaments, responsible executives, constitutional conventions, works better in a community united by national sentiment. Nationalism is therefore a means and not an end.

How to read the passage fairly. He is not attacking the demand for Indian freedom. He is attacking a particular content given to nationalism: the worship of the ancient past and the refusal of anything foreign in origin. A man who had spent his life arguing that Indian society's own traditions were the chief obstacle to the equality of its lowest castes had a reason for that suspicion which was not borrowed from the British.

And the criticism a student may fairly make. That the argument was extremely convenient for a member of the wartime government, and that a person in his office had every incentive to find nationalism a fetish. An honest answer states both the reason and the convenience, and says which it thinks weighs more.

Independence: a wrong approach

His answer on the second nationalist charge is the sharpest thinking in the speech.

The distinction. Independence, he says, does not by itself determine the form of government or the organisation of society. "External independence is quite compatible with internal slavery." The worth of independence depends on the kind of government and the kind of society that is built up, and "There is not much value in independence if the form of government and the order of society are to be those against which the world is fighting today."

munotes.in266

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

The slogan he proposes instead. "Labour thinks that more emphasis ought to have been placed on New India and less on 'Quit India'." A vision of a new order in a new India, he says, would have a greater appeal than independence alone, and would have prevented the embarrassing questions being asked, "namely, freedom for what and freedom for whom."

Why those five words matter. "Freedom for what and freedom for whom" is the question Ambedkar put to the national movement all his life, and it is the whole of his position in one clause: independence that leaves the internal order untouched changes the rulers and not the ruled.

His second answer. That making immediate independence a condition of supporting the war could only be justified if there were a sudden conspiracy to rob India of her right to freedom, and there is no evidence of one, and no such conspiracy could succeed anyway. "If India's independence is in the balance, it is because of disunity among Indians. The enemies of India's independence are Indians and no others."

The new social order, and the close

The formula that gives the speech its most quoted line.

Labour is aware that the only compensation for the cost of this war is the establishment of a New Order in which liberty, equality, and fraternity will not be mere slogans but will become facts of life.

And the condition attached to it.

Without success in the war there can be no self-government and self-determination for India. Without victory in the war, independence will be idle twaddle. This is the reason why Labour is determined to win this war.

The two features that make this war different, in his account. First, it is not merely a war for the division of the world's territory among the most powerful nations, as previous wars were, but a conflict of ideologies about the forms and systems of government under which humanity is to live. Second, it is not merely a war but also a revolution, one which demands a fundamental change in the terms of associated life, a replanning of society. In that sense, he says, it is a people's war, "and if it is not, it could and should be made into a people's war."

The warning from history. Efforts to establish a new order have been frustrated before "because democracy, after it was brought into being, was left in Tory hand." If the world takes care that this mistake is not repeated, the world can be made safe for democracy.

The claim to leadership, which is how he ends. The country needs a lead, and labour can give it, because correct leadership requires idealism and free thought. Idealism is possible for the aristocracy, though free thought is not; both are possible for labour; and neither is possible for the middle class, which lacks the liberality of the aristocracy and the hunger for a new order on which the labouring classes live. Labour's lead to India, he concludes, "is to get into the fight and be united. The fruits of victory will be independence and a New Social Order."

munotes.in267

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

The rhetoric: how the speech is built

A question may ask you to analyse the speech as a piece of writing, and MU's own note under Module 3 asks for analysis "with respect to its themes, character analysis and language".

It is built on objections. After the opening, almost every section begins with somebody else's position, states it fairly, and answers it. That is the structure of an argument rather than of an appeal, and it suits a speaker who knows his audience disagrees with him.

It concedes early and often. Labour has secured gains. It is true that wars have devastated civilisation. There is perhaps room for the pessimism. Each concession buys credibility for the refusal that follows.

It defines its terms. Liberty, equality, fraternity, self-government, self-determination, matter of state: he stops to define each. This is a lawyer's habit and an economist's, and it is what makes the speech quotable.

Its sentences are short and its paragraphs are declarative. There is very little imagery. The two figures that do appear stand out for that reason: the living faith of the dead becoming the dead faith of the living, and the narrow jacket of local particularism.

It repeats a single formula. Liberty, equality and fraternity appear at the start as definitions and at the end as facts of life. The speech is framed by them.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss Ambedkar's attitude to nationalism in this broadcast."

Paragraph one, the position. Ambedkar does not reject the demand for Indian independence. He rejects a particular content given to nationalism, and he subordinates nationalism to something he thinks more important, namely the social order that independence will produce.

Paragraph two, what he says. Labour is not prepared to make a fetish of nationalism. If nationalism means the worship of the ancient past and the discarding of everything not local in origin and colour, labour cannot accept it as a creed, because it will not let the living faith of the dead become the dead faith of the living, or the spirit of man be cramped in a narrow jacket of local particularism. Labour's creed, he says, is internationalism, and it is interested in nationalism only because parliaments, responsible executives and constitutional conventions work better in a community united by national sentiment. Nationalism is a means and not an end.

munotes.in268

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

Paragraph three, the argument about independence. He then distinguishes external independence from internal freedom: independence does not by itself settle the form of government or the order of society, and external independence is quite compatible with internal slavery. There is not much value in independence, he says, if the form of government and the order of society are to be those the world is then fighting against. He proposes that more emphasis should have been placed on New India and less on Quit India, and asks the question that runs through his whole public life, freedom for what and freedom for whom.

Paragraph four, judging it. The position has a serious foundation. A man who had spent his life showing that Indian society's own traditions were the chief obstacle to the equality of its lowest castes had reason to distrust a nationalism defined as reverence for the past, and his question about freedom for whom was answered, five years later, by the Constitution he helped to draft.

Paragraph five, the objection. It must also be said that the argument was convenient. He held office under the wartime government, made the broadcast on government radio while the leaders of the Quit India movement were in prison, and a member of the Viceroy's Executive Council had every professional reason to find nationalism a fetish. The best answer states both, and concludes that the argument survives the convenience because Ambedkar had been making it before he took office and went on making it after he left.

Quick revision

Four objections answered: those indifferent to a Nazi victory, dismissed as embittered politicians whose motto is all or nothing; the pacifists, answered by the claim that peace obtained by surrender is suicide and that war is abolished by winning it and making a just peace; the pessimists, answered by a call for vigilance and victory over the Old Order wherever found; and the nationalists.

On nationalism: no fetish of it; the living faith of the dead must not become the dead faith of the living; labour's creed is internationalism; nationalism is a means, not an end.

On independence: external independence is compatible with internal slavery; more emphasis on New India and less on Quit India; freedom for what and freedom for whom; the enemies of India's independence are Indians and no others.

The formula: the only compensation for the cost of the war is a New Order in which liberty, equality and fraternity are facts of life and not slogans; without victory, independence will be idle twaddle.

Two features of this war: a conflict of ideologies rather than of territory, and a revolution demanding a replanning of society, therefore a people's war.

munotes.in269

Ambedkar: the Argument, Nationalism and the New Social Order

The rhetoric: built on objections, concedes early, defines its terms, short declarative sentences, two memorable figures, and framed by the three words.

Test yourself

1. What does Ambedkar mean by refusing to make a fetish of nationalism? That he will not treat nationalism as an object of worship or as an end in itself. If it means reverence for the ancient past and the rejection of everything not local in origin, labour cannot accept it, because that would let the living faith of the dead become the dead faith of the living and confine the spirit of man in a narrow jacket of local particularism.

2. Give his answer to the pacifists. He accepts that wars have devastated civilisation, but denies that refusing to fight abolishes them. Peace obtained by surrender to violence is not peace but suicide. War is abolished by two things only, winning it and making a just peace, since the origin of war lies in the vile peace that victors impose on the vanquished; so a pacifist should be active both during the war and when the terms of peace are settled.

3. Explain "external independence is quite compatible with internal slavery". That a country may be free of foreign rule and still leave its own people unequal and unfree, because independence settles who governs and not how society is ordered. This is why he says there is little value in independence if the resulting order is the kind the world was then fighting against.

4. What does he propose instead of the slogan Quit India? New India. He argues that a vision of a new order in a new India would appeal more strongly than independence by itself, and would forestall the questions being asked, freedom for what and freedom for whom.

5. Name two features of the speech's style with an example of each. It is built on objections, each stated fairly before it is answered, as with the pacifists whose premise he concedes before refusing their conclusion. And it defines its terms rather than assuming them, as when he stops to give positive definitions of liberty, equality and fraternity before using the three words as the measure of the New Order.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in270

Module III

Language Development

munotes.in

Chapter Fifty-Five

Critical Analysis: Theme, Character and Language

Syllabus topic 3.1, "Analytical Skill"

In one line

Critical analysis means saying what a text is about underneath the story, what its people are like and why the writer made them so, and how the writing itself produces the effect, with evidence for each.

What MU actually asks for

The note printed under topic 3.1 says students should be exposed to a critical analysis of the text "with respect to its themes, character analysis and language". Take those as three questions to ask of any of the three texts in this module.

The wordThe question to askWhat counts as an answer
ThemesWhat is this about, underneath what happens?A proposition, proved from two or three places
CharacterWhat are these people like, and why did the writer make them so?Qualities proved by incidents, plus what the character is for
LanguageHow is the writing doing its work?A named device with an example

And the note adds a second thing. Students should also be made to read aloud, to improve reading and pronunciation, which belongs with the elocution chapter later in this module.

Theme

What a theme is. An idea the text keeps returning to. Not an event, and not a moral.

How to state one. As a full sentence with a claim in it. "Justice" is not a theme. "The story argues that the law reaches the poor for what they cannot help and misses them when they ask for it" is a theme.

How to prove one. Two or three places in the text, named. In a short story, name the incident. In a novel, name the chapter.

How to finish. By saying what position the text takes, if it takes one. Some texts argue; some only display. Saying which is a mark of a good answer.

Character

The method is the same as in Module I and is not repeated at length here. In summary: a placing sentence, three or four qualities each proved from an incident, and a closing judgment about what the character is for in the design of the text.

One addition for short stories. In a story of two thousand words the writer has no room to develop anybody, so characters are made by a very small number of strokes. Your job is to find the strokes. Soapy is made almost entirely by his own reasoning about charity; Lomax Harder is made by his forehead, his manner, and one thoughtless movement of his hand.

Language, which is where marks are lost

Most candidates can attempt theme and character and then write nothing at all about language. Here are the terms worth having, each with an example from this module's texts, so that the term is never used in the abstract.

munotes.in271

Critical Analysis: Theme, Character and Language

Irony. A gap between what is said and what is meant, or between what a person intends and what happens. Example: Soapy commits six offences to get himself arrested and fails, and is then arrested for standing quietly outside a church.

Situational irony. Where the outcome is the reverse of what was intended. That is Soapy's whole story, and it is also the ending of Murder!, where the most brilliant detective in England proves the murder was a suicide.

Understatement. Saying less than the situation warrants, so that the reader supplies the rest. Bennett writes of a man who has just shot another: "He was dead." Three words for the central event of the story.

Mock-heroic, or high style for low matter. O. Henry describes a homeless man's plan for the winter in the language of statecraft and travel brochures: a "Committee of Ways and Means", an "annual hegira", "hibernatorial ambitions". The joke is in the distance between the words and the bench in the park.

Diction. Simply the choice of words. Saying that a writer's diction is "formal" or "colloquial" or "legal" is a real observation if you give an example.

Tone. The attitude the writing takes to its subject: amused, cold, indignant, affectionate. Bennett's tone in the opening section of Murder! is that of a man discussing a public statistic; the effect is chilling precisely because it is calm.

Point of view. Who is telling it, and how much they know. Bennett's narrator can see inside Harder's mind, which is why we know what the police never learn.

Structure. The order of the parts. Murder! is in seven numbered sections and the detection comes after the escape, so the reader knows the answer while the police do not, which converts a detective story into something else.

Imagery. A picture used to carry a meaning: Jack Frost's visiting card in the first paragraph of The Cop and the Anthem.

The shape of a critical analysis answer

Six paragraphs for a thirteen-mark question.

  1. One sentence placing the text, and one stating what you will argue.
  2. The story in outline, four or five sentences at most. Enough to make the rest intelligible.
  3. Theme one, stated and proved.
  4. Theme two, or the principal character, stated and proved.
  5. Language: two devices, each named and illustrated.
  6. A conclusion that answers the question in its own words.

The commonest failure is that paragraph two swallows the answer. If your summary runs past a third of the page, you are writing a summary and not an analysis.

A worked answer

Question. "Critically analyse The Cop and the Anthem with respect to its theme, character and language." This is the shape; the full material is in the two chapters that follow.

munotes.in272

Critical Analysis: Theme, Character and Language

Paragraph one. O. Henry's The Cop and the Anthem, from the 1906 collection The Four Million, follows a homeless man's attempts to have himself arrested so as to spend the winter in prison. This answer argues that the story is not a joke about a tramp but a demonstration that the law's attention falls where it pleases and not where it is needed.

Paragraph two, the outline. Soapy, on his bench in Madison Square, decides that three months on Blackwell's Island is preferable to charity, and tries six times to be arrested: a costly dinner, a smashed window, a cheap dinner he cannot pay for, an approach to a young woman, a bout of loud disorder, and the theft of an umbrella. Each fails. He then hears an organ playing in a church, resolves to reform, and is arrested at once for loitering and sentenced to three months.

Paragraph three, theme. The story's argument is that the law is not a rational instrument but an accident. Soapy commits six offences in plain view of policemen and is not touched; he then stands still, doing nothing, and is taken. What decides arrest is appearance, convenience and the officer's mood, and the story proves it by controlled repetition.

Paragraph four, character. Soapy is made almost entirely by his own reasoning, which is the most sophisticated thing in the story. He rejects charity not from pride alone but because he has analysed its price: "If not in coin you must pay in humiliation of spirit", and every bed of charity must have its toll of a bath and every loaf its private inquisition. A man capable of that analysis is not a fool, and O. Henry's refusal to make him one is what makes the ending sting.

Paragraph five, language. Two devices carry the story. The first is mock-heroic diction: Soapy resolves himself into "a singular Committee of Ways and Means", plans his "annual hegira", and compares his winter arrangements with other New Yorkers' tickets to Palm Beach, so that the language of comfort is laid over destitution. The second is situational irony, structured as repetition: six attempts to be arrested fail, and the seventh arrest comes when he is committing no offence at all.

Paragraph six, conclusion. The story is therefore a piece of social criticism disguised as a comic anecdote, and its method is to make the reader laugh five times and then to close the trap on the sixth, so that the joke and the indictment are the same event.

What beginners get wrong

They summarise and call it analysis. A summary answers "what happens". An analysis answers "what is it doing, and how".

munotes.in273

Critical Analysis: Theme, Character and Language

They name no device. Saying "the language is very beautiful" is worth nothing. Saying "the diction is mock-heroic, as when a homeless man's winter plan is called an annual hegira" is worth a mark.

They state a theme in one word. Themes are propositions, not nouns.

They forget MU's third word. Language is a third of what the note asks for and it is where most candidates write nothing.

Quick revision

MU's three words: themes, character analysis and language.

Theme: a proposition, proved from two or three named places, ending with the position the text takes.

Character: placing sentence, qualities proved by incidents, and what the character is for.

Language: name a device and illustrate it. Irony, situational irony, understatement, mock-heroic diction, tone, point of view, structure, imagery.

Six-paragraph shape, with the summary kept under a third of the answer.

Test yourself

1. State the three things MU's own note asks a critical analysis to cover. Themes, character analysis and language. The note under topic 3.1 uses those words, and it adds that students should also read aloud to improve reading and pronunciation.

2. What is wrong with giving "justice" as a theme? It is a noun and not a proposition. A theme has to make a claim that can be proved or disputed, such as that the story shows the law reaching people for what they cannot help and ignoring them when they ask for its attention.

3. Define irony and situational irony, with one example each. Irony is a gap between what is said and what is meant, or between intention and outcome, created deliberately. Situational irony is the second kind, where the result reverses the intention: Soapy's six attempts to be arrested fail and he is arrested when he has stopped trying.

4. What is mock-heroic diction, and where does this module use it? Grand or elevated language applied to a low or ordinary subject, so that the gap is comic. O. Henry uses it throughout The Cop and the Anthem, calling Soapy's winter planning a Committee of Ways and Means and his move to prison an annual hegira.

5. How long should the summary be in an analysis answer? No more than about a third of the page, and preferably four or five sentences. If the summary runs longer, the answer has become a retelling, which is the commonest reason analysis questions score badly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in274

Chapter Fifty-Six

The Cop and the Anthem: the Story

Syllabus topic 3.1.1, "The Cop and the Anthem - O. Henry"

In one line

A homeless man in New York decides that three months in prison is the best way to get through the winter, commits six offences in front of policemen without being arrested, and is then arrested for standing quietly outside a church at the moment he decides to reform.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: The Cop and the Anthem is a short story by O. Henry, collected in The Four Million in 1906, in which Soapy, a homeless man in Madison Square, makes six unsuccessful attempts to be arrested so as to spend the winter on Blackwell's Island, and is finally arrested for loitering at the moment he resolves to reform, and sentenced to three months.

The author

O. Henry is the pen name of William Sydney Porter, 1862 to 1910, an American writer of short stories, best known for endings that turn the story round in the last sentence. The Four Million, published in 1906, takes its title from the population of New York at the time, and its subject is the ordinary people of that city.

The plan

The situation. Soapy is on his bench in Madison Square, and winter is coming. A dead leaf falls in his lap, which the story calls Jack Frost's visiting card. Three Sunday newspapers under his coat had failed to keep out the cold the night before.

His ambition, stated exactly. Not Mediterranean cruises or southern skies. "Three months on the Island was what his soul craved. Three months of assured board and bed and congenial company, safe from Boreas and bluecoats." Blackwell's Island was the New York prison island, and he had wintered there for years.

Why prison and not charity, which is the passage to know. Soapy has thought this through, and the reasoning is the best writing in the story. He scorns the provisions made in the name of charity. "In Soapy's opinion the Law was more benign than Philanthropy." The gifts of charity, he says, are encumbered: if not in coin, you pay in humiliation of spirit for every benefit received.

As Caesar had his Brutus, every bed of charity must have its toll of a bath, every loaf of bread its compensation of a private and personal inquisition.

His conclusion is that it is better to be a guest of the law, which, though conducted by rules, "does not meddle unduly with a gentleman's private affairs."

Why that paragraph matters. It establishes that Soapy is not stupid and not merely lazy. He has compared two institutions and chosen the one that leaves him his dignity. Every answer on this story should use it.

The six attempts, in order

One. The expensive café. The pleasantest method: dine well at a costly restaurant, declare insolvency, and be handed quietly to a policeman. He plans a roasted mallard duck, a bottle of Chablis, Camembert, a demi-tasse and a cigar, calculating that the bill will be enough to matter but not enough to provoke revenge. It fails at the door: the head waiter's eye falls on his frayed trousers and decadent shoes, and strong hands turn him about and put him on the pavement.

munotes.in275

The Cop and the Anthem: the Story

Two. The shop window. He takes a cobblestone and smashes a plate-glass window on Sixth Avenue, then stands still with his hands in his pockets and smiles at the policeman. It fails because the policeman refuses to believe it: men who smash windows do not stay to talk to the law, they run. Seeing a man running to catch a car, the officer joins the pursuit.

Three. The cheap restaurant. A modest place with thick crockery and thin soup. He eats beefsteak, flapjacks, doughnuts and pie, and then tells the waiter that he has no money. "Now, get busy and call a cop," he says. "And don't keep a gentleman waiting." It fails because the waiter says "No cop for youse" and two waiters throw him out on his left ear, while a policeman two doors away laughs and walks off.

Four. The young woman. He decides to play the "masher", that is, a man who pesters women in the street, in front of a large policeman leaning against a water plug. He straightens his tie, sets his hat at a killing cant, and says "Ah there, Bedelia! Don't you want to come and play in my yard?" It fails because the young woman is delighted: "Sure, Mike, if you'll blow me to a pail of suds. I'd have spoke to you sooner, but the cop was watching." He walks past the policeman with her on his arm, "overcome with gloom" and "doomed to liberty".

Five. Disorderly conduct. Outside a bright theatre he yells drunken gibberish at the top of his harsh voice, dances, howls and raves. It fails because the policeman turns his back and explains to a citizen that it is one of the Yale lads celebrating a victory over Hartford College: "Noisy; but no harm. We've instructions to lave them be."

Six. The umbrella. In a cigar store he takes another man's silk umbrella from beside the door and walks off with it slowly. The owner follows and claims it. Soapy sneers, admits the theft in terms, and points to a policeman on the corner: "Well, why don't you call a policeman? I took it." It fails because the umbrella man turns out to have found the umbrella himself that morning in a restaurant, and retreats apologising. The policeman, meanwhile, hurries off to help a blonde in an opera cloak across the street in front of a car two blocks away.

munotes.in276

The Cop and the Anthem: the Story

Soapy's own comment on the pattern. He mutters against the men who wear helmets and carry clubs, and thinks that because he wants to fall into their clutches, "they seemed to regard him as a king who could do no wrong."

The anthem

He turns east, towards Madison Square, "for the homing instinct survives even when the home is a park bench". On a quiet corner he comes to an old church, quaint and rambling and gabled, with a soft light through a violet-stained window where the organist is practising for Sunday.

What the music does. The anthem holds him against the iron fence, because he had known it well "in the days when his life contained such things as mothers and roses and ambitions and friends and immaculate thoughts and collars."

The change. He sees with sudden horror the pit into which he has tumbled, "the degraded days, unworthy desires, dead hopes, wrecked faculties and base motives" that make up his existence, and an impulse moves him to fight his fate. He will pull himself out of the mire, make a man of himself again, and go downtown tomorrow to find work: a fur importer had once offered him a place as a driver. He would be somebody in the world. He would...

The arrest

The sentence breaks off, and a hand is laid on his arm.

"What are you doin' here?" asked the officer.

"Nothin'," said Soapy.

"Then come along," said the policeman.

The story ends in one line of a different voice altogether.

"Three months on the Island," said the Magistrate in the Police Court the next morning.

Why the ending is placed exactly there. He is arrested at the only moment in the story when he is committing no offence and intends none, and he is given precisely the sentence he had spent the whole story trying to earn. The reform is destroyed by the granting of the wish.

A worked answer

Question. "Give an account of Soapy's attempts to get himself arrested." Six marks.

A model answer. Soapy makes six attempts, each defeated for a different reason. He first tries to dine expensively and then declare himself insolvent, and is turned out at the door because the head waiter notices his frayed trousers and worn shoes. He smashes a plate-glass window with a cobblestone and waits beside it, and the policeman refuses to suspect him because men who break windows run away. He eats a full meal at a cheap restaurant and announces that he cannot pay, and is thrown into the street by two waiters who will not call a policeman at all. He plays the masher to a young woman in front of a watching officer, and she turns out to be perfectly willing to go with him, so that he walks off, in the story's phrase, doomed to liberty. He shouts and dances in drunken disorder outside a theatre, and the policeman explains to a passer-by that he is a college boy celebrating and that there are instructions to leave such men alone. Finally he steals a silk umbrella and openly admits it, and the owner, who had picked the umbrella up himself that morning, apologises and retreats.

munotes.in277

The Cop and the Anthem: the Story

The sentence that turns the list into an answer. In every case the failure is caused by somebody's assumption about what a person like Soapy would do, and the story's point is made by the seventh event, when he is arrested for standing still.

Quick revision

O. Henry, pen name of William Sydney Porter, 1862 to 1910. The Four Million, 1906, named for the population of New York.

The plan: three months on Blackwell's Island, chosen over charity because charity is paid for in humiliation of spirit, a bath and a private inquisition.

The six attempts: the expensive café, the smashed window, the cheap restaurant, the masher, disorderly conduct, the umbrella.

The anthem: the old church, the organist practising, the memory of mothers and roses and ambitions and immaculate thoughts and collars, the resolution to find work with the fur importer.

The arrest: "What are you doin' here?" "Nothin'." "Then come along."

The last line: "Three months on the Island," said the Magistrate in the Police Court the next morning.

Test yourself

1. Why does Soapy prefer prison to charity? Because charity is paid for in humiliation: every bed has its toll of a bath and every loaf its compensation of a private and personal inquisition. The law, though conducted by rules, does not meddle unduly with a gentleman's private affairs, so in his opinion the Law is more benign than Philanthropy.

2. Why does the policeman not arrest him for smashing the window? Because Soapy stays where he is, and the policeman's assumption is that men who smash windows take to their heels. Seeing a man running for a car, he chases him instead.

3. What happens when he plays the masher? The young woman is glad to be approached and takes his sleeve, saying she would have spoken sooner but the cop was watching, so that he walks past the policeman with her on his arm and, in the story's phrase, is doomed to liberty.

4. What causes the change in him outside the church? An anthem the organist is practising, which he had known in the days when his life contained mothers and roses and ambitions and friends and immaculate thoughts and collars. It makes him see the degradation of his present life and resolve to find work and make a man of himself again.

munotes.in278

The Cop and the Anthem: the Story

5. What is he finally arrested for, and what does he get? For nothing. A policeman asks what he is doing there, he answers "Nothin'", and he is taken. The magistrate gives him three months on the Island the next morning, which is exactly what he had spent the story trying to obtain.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in279

Chapter Fifty-Seven

The Cop and the Anthem: Soapy, Irony and the Law

Syllabus topic 3.1.1, "The Cop and the Anthem - O. Henry"

In one line

Soapy is presented as a man with a mind, and the story's cruelty is that his intelligence, his dignity and finally his repentance all count for nothing against the accident of who a policeman decides to notice.

Soapy: the character sketch

Placing. Soapy is a homeless man of New York who lives on a bench in Madison Square and is the central character of O. Henry's The Cop and the Anthem.

He is a planner, not a drifter. The story's second paragraph has him resolving himself into "a singular Committee of Ways and Means to provide against the coming rigour", and every attempt afterwards is designed rather than blundered into. He calculates the price of the dinner so that it will be enough to matter but not enough to provoke revenge, and he chooses the masher attempt because the woman is respectable and the policeman is close.

He is proud, and the pride is reasoned. His refusal of charity is not sulking. He has weighed what charity costs and priced it in humiliation: a bath for every bed and an inquisition for every loaf. The comparison he draws, that the Law does not meddle unduly with a gentleman's private affairs, is a joke and also a serious judgment about which institution leaves a poor man his self-respect.

He calls himself a gentleman, twice. "Don't keep a gentleman waiting." The word is comic in his mouth and it is also the whole of his self-image, and O. Henry does not mock it.

He has a past. The anthem reaches him because he had known it "in the days when his life contained such things as mothers and roses and ambitions and friends and immaculate thoughts and collars". That single list is all the biography the story gives, and it is enough: he has fallen from somewhere.

He is capable of change. The resolution outside the church is not sentimental in the story's telling. It is specific: he will go downtown tomorrow, find the fur importer who once offered him work as a driver, and take the job.

What he is for. He is O. Henry's method of proving that the failure is not in the man. If Soapy were stupid, drunken or vicious, the ending would be a joke about a fool. Because he is intelligent, proud and finally willing to reform, the ending is an indictment of everything around him.

The irony, worked out properly

The basic reversal. Six deliberate offences produce no arrest; one moment of doing nothing produces three months.

Why each failure happens, and this is the part worth thinking about. Not one of the six fails by chance. Each fails because somebody assumes something.

munotes.in280

The Cop and the Anthem: Soapy, Irony and the Law

AttemptThe assumption that defeats it
The expensive caféThat a man with frayed trousers cannot be a customer
The windowThat a guilty man runs
The cheap restaurantThat an unpaid bill is settled by throwing the man out, not by the law
The masherThat the woman is a victim, when she is willing
Disorderly conductThat noisy young men are college boys to be left alone
The umbrellaThat the claimant is the owner, when he had stolen it himself

What the table proves. The law in this story is not applied to conduct at all. It is applied to appearances, and everybody, the waiter, the policeman, the umbrella man, is reading appearances and getting them wrong. Soapy's crimes are invisible because he does not look like the kind of man who commits crimes in the way people expect them to be committed.

And the final irony has a second layer. He is arrested for loitering at the exact moment he has decided to stop being the man the police should have arrested. The system therefore removes from circulation the reformed Soapy and leaves the criminal one at liberty for the entire story.

The law in the story: what a law student should say

Vagrancy is the offence in the background. Soapy is not arrested for any of the six things he does. He is arrested for standing outside a church at night with no explanation, on the officer's question "What are you doin' here?" That is the classic shape of a vagrancy or loitering power: an offence not of doing something but of being somewhere without a reason the officer accepts.

Why such powers are the story's real subject. An offence defined by the officer's satisfaction rather than by conduct hands the whole decision to the officer. O. Henry demonstrates the consequence in the most economical way available: he shows six real offences going unpunished and one non-offence punished, all by the same police force on the same night.

The comparison an Indian student can make. Indian law has long contained comparable provisions dealing with idleness, wandering and having no ostensible means of subsistence, and courts and law reform bodies have criticised them on exactly the ground this story dramatises: that they punish a condition rather than an act, and that enforcement depends on who the officer decides to stop. Keep the comparison to a sentence in an English answer and do not cite provisions you have not read.

The other institution in the story. Charity. Soapy's analysis of it is the sharpest social criticism in the piece, and it is not directed at the law at all: it says that organised philanthropy extracts a price in dignity that the poor are expected not to mind paying.

munotes.in281

The Cop and the Anthem: Soapy, Irony and the Law

Style: three things to name

Mock-heroic diction. Grand words for a small subject, throughout. The "Committee of Ways and Means"; the "annual hegira" to the Island; his "hibernatorial ambitions"; the Island as "the right little, tight little isle"; and the comparison of his winter arrangements to other New Yorkers buying tickets for Palm Beach and the Riviera. The effect is comic and also protective: it lets the story treat destitution without pathos.

Personification. The first paragraphs turn the weather into a caller: the dead leaf is "Jack Frost's card", and Jack "hands his pasteboard to the North Wind, footman of the mansion of All Outdoors."

The turn. O. Henry's signature: a final sentence that reverses everything. Here it is done twice over, first by the arrest and then by the magistrate's line, which is a single sentence in a different register, flat and official, closing the story like a door.

And one thing to notice about the sentences. The story's last complete sentence before the arrest breaks off unfinished: "He would be somebody in the world. He would..." The interruption is the arrest, done typographically. That is worth pointing out, because it is the one place where the form of the writing carries the meaning.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Comment on O. Henry's presentation of Soapy in 'The Cop and the Anthem'." Six marks.

A model answer. O. Henry presents Soapy as an intelligent and self-respecting man rather than as a comic vagrant, and the whole force of the story depends on that choice. Soapy plans: he calls himself a Committee of Ways and Means, calculates the exact size of a restaurant bill that will bring a policeman without provoking revenge, and selects each attempt for the officer standing nearest. He reasons: his refusal of charity rests on an analysis of its price, that every bed of charity has its toll of a bath and every loaf its compensation of a private and personal inquisition, so that the Law is more benign than Philanthropy because it does not meddle unduly with a gentleman's private affairs. He has dignity, calling himself a gentleman twice, and a past, glimpsed in the single list of what his life once contained, mothers and roses and ambitions and friends and immaculate thoughts and collars. And he is capable of reform, since the resolution outside the church is concrete: he will find the fur importer and take work as a driver. The presentation is therefore sympathetic without being sentimental, and it is also strategic, because if Soapy were stupid or vicious the ending would be a joke, whereas an intelligent, proud and repentant man arrested for standing still turns the story into an indictment of the police, the charities and the assumptions of everybody he meets.

munotes.in282

The Cop and the Anthem: Soapy, Irony and the Law

Why it scores. Five qualities, each proved by something in the text, and a closing sentence that says what the presentation is for.

Quick revision

Soapy: planner, reasoner, proud, fallen from somewhere, capable of reform.

The refusal of charity: humiliation of spirit, a bath for every bed, an inquisition for every loaf, the Law more benign than Philanthropy.

Six failures, six assumptions: the frayed trousers, the guilty man runs, the unpaid bill, the willing woman, the college boy, the umbrella man who was himself a thief.

The final irony: arrested for nothing, at the moment of reform, and given exactly the sentence he wanted.

The law: an offence of being somewhere without an accepted reason, which puts the decision entirely in the officer's hands.

Style: mock-heroic diction, personification of Jack Frost, the O. Henry turn, and a sentence broken off by the arrest.

Test yourself

1. Why does O. Henry make Soapy intelligent? Because if Soapy were stupid or vicious the ending would be a joke about a fool. An intelligent, proud man who has reasoned his way to a plan and is finally willing to reform makes the ending an indictment of the people who fail to notice him.

2. Show that the six failures are not accidental. Each is caused by an assumption: that a shabby man is not a customer, that a guilty man runs, that an unpaid bill is a matter for waiters, that a woman approached in the street is unwilling, that a noisy young man is a student, and that a man claiming an umbrella owns it. The law is applied to appearances rather than to conduct.

3. What is the offence he is finally arrested for? Effectively loitering. He is doing nothing, and the arrest follows the officer's question about what he is doing there and his answer, "Nothin'." It is an offence of being somewhere without a reason the officer accepts, rather than of any act.

4. Name two features of the style with examples. Mock-heroic diction, as in the Committee of Ways and Means and the annual hegira to the Island; and personification, as in the dead leaf that is Jack Frost's visiting card handed to the North Wind, footman of the mansion of All Outdoors.

5. Why does the sentence before the arrest break off? Because the arrest interrupts it. "He would be somebody in the world. He would..." is cut short by the hand on his arm, so that the form of the writing performs the event, which is the one place in the story where the technique carries the meaning directly.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in283

Chapter Fifty-Eight

Murder!: the Story

Syllabus topic 3.1.2, "Murder - Arnold Bennett"

In one line

A poet steals a revolver almost without meaning to, shoots the brutal husband of the woman he loves, escapes by walking back in at the hotel's front door and ordering a cocktail, and is never suspected, because the greatest detective in England proves conclusively that the dead man shot himself.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: Murder! is a short story by Arnold Bennett, published in 1927, in which Lomax Harder shoots John Franting in the billiard-room of a seaside hotel after Franting has threatened to kill his wife if she leaves him, and escapes detection when the amateur detective Dr Austin Bond demolishes the police theory and establishes, wrongly, that the death was suicide.

The seven sections

Bennett numbers the story I to VII, and the numbering is worth using in an answer because it shows the shape of the argument.

I. The essay on murder. The story opens not with characters but with a short essay. Many great ones of the earth, it says, have justified murder as a social act, defensible and even laudable in certain instances. There is something to be said for murder, though perhaps not much. Nearly all of us have at some time had the desire and the impulse to commit it. Then the figures: on an average two people are murdered every week in England and about two hundred a week in the United States, and forty per cent of murderers are not brought to justice, without counting the cases where murder is done and never suspected. Murderers walk safely among us, and we may shake hands with them.

Why the story begins this way. It tells the reader, before any character appears, that the murderer will get away, that this is common, and that the reader is expected to consider whether the killing can be defended. The essay is the story's thesis and the narrative is its illustration.

II. The gunsmith. Two men of about thirty-five walk on the Marine Parade at Quangate, a Channel port. Lomax Harder has refined features, an enormous forehead, fair hair and a delicate, almost apologetic manner, and is a poet. John Franting is low-browed, heavy-chinned, scowling and defiant, a gambler, an amateur boxer and a deluder of women. Harder asks whether he has nothing to say. "Not in words," Franting answers, and turns into a shop marked "Gontle. Gunsmith."

Mr Gontle, in a black velvet coat, is a man of enormous local reputation and matching conceit. Franting asks for a revolver, is shown the Webley Mark III, rejects the first because the barrel is scratched, has a second loaded, and goes down to the cellar with Gontle to try it.

munotes.in284

Murder!: the Story

The moment the whole story turns on. Left alone, Harder hesitates a long time, picks up the rejected revolver, puts it down, and picks it up again. The back door opens suddenly, and, startled, he drops it into his overcoat pocket. Bennett's words are exact: "a thoughtless, quite unpremeditated act." He dare not take it out again. Franting pays, takes his revolver and leaves; Gontle, who has taken Harder for a separate customer, asks what he wants; Harder stammers that he would like to see some foils, apologises and leaves, in Bennett's word, "a thief".

III. The killing. Harder follows Franting to the Bellevue hotel and finds him in a chilly billiard-room at the end of a long passage, standing with his back to a small fire and an unlit cigarette in his mouth. Franting refuses to be talked to and delivers a long speech instead.

He knows his wife Emily has taken a ticket for Copenhagen, has seen to her passport and is packing. He knows Harder has interests in Copenhagen. He does not accuse Harder of being in love with her, but says he wonders why else a man takes such trouble. He then states his position: Emily has money and he has been living on her, but that is not his reason; he is fond of her, but that is not his reason either; his reason is that "a wife's a wife", and he feels particularly strongly about the marriage tie. He produces her letter, reads part of it aloud, tears it in two, twists one half into a spill and lights his cigarette with it.

Then he draws the new revolver, says he is not threatening Harder and has no intention of shooting him, and makes the threat that decides the story: if she deserts him, for Harder or for anybody or for nobody, he will follow her to Copenhagen or Bangkok or the North Pole and kill her with that revolver. "And now you can get out."

Harder believes him, and Bennett tells us why: Franting is not a man who argues, but he has grit and would not recoil from consequences. Harder steps forward, Franting steps forward to meet him, and Harder snatches the revolver from his pocket, aims and fires. Franting collapses across the edge of the billiard-table, dead, with a small reddish hole in his right temple.

Harder's two thoughts, in order. First: "Well, somebody had to die. And it's better him than Emily." He feels he has performed a righteous act, and is a little sorry for Franting. Second: fear, for himself, and for Emily, who would be friendless and the centre of a scandal.

IV. The escape. He will not go back down the corridor. He picks up Franting's fallen cigarette and throws it into the fender, puts on his gloves, draws the lace curtain, climbs over the window-sill into the courtyard, and lets himself out by a green wooden gate into an entry-passage and back onto the Marine Parade.

munotes.in285

Murder!: the Story

The stroke that saves him. He walks straight back into the hotel by the main entrance, greets the hall-porter, asks whether they have any rooms, is shown into the lounge, and orders a Bronx cocktail while he waits for the housekeeper. He pays eighteenpence for a shilling drink, says he has one or two little errands to do, and leaves.

Later, alone on the sea-wall, he drops the revolver into the sea. He reviews his position: nobody saw him enter or leave, he left nothing in the room, there are no finger marks on the sill because he had put on his gloves, no footmarks on the dry pavement. He remembers, on the train, one thing he has forgotten: the unburnt part of the letter, lying under the billiard-table.

V. The crossing. He catches the boat-train from Liverpool Street to Harwich, twice suffering a spasm of fear at a station and twice dismissing it as absurd. He cannot find Emily on the steamer and searches it from stem to stern in misery before she finds him. Her joy at finding him brings tears to his eyes. She asks how it went, and he tells her the one lie of the story: "I didn't go. Thought it best not to."

VI. The investigation. The Superintendent of Police and a detective-sergeant are in the billiard-room when a stout gentleman arrives in place of the doctor who has been called away. He is Dr Austin Bond, a celebrated amateur detective whose friendship with the heads of Scotland Yard obliges the police to be polite to him.

The Superintendent proudly displays his evidence: finger-prints on the window-frame, footmarks on the sill, and strands of inferior blue cloth. From these he has deduced that the murderer was a tall man in a blue suit, with a hole in the sole of one boot and only three fingers on his left hand, who came in and left by the window, and he has circulated the description.

Dr Bond asks to see the charwoman. He has noticed in the corridor that she has three fingers on her left hand. He has her take off her left boot and put her hands on the window, and her skirt is torn at the hem. Every piece of the Superintendent's evidence is hers, from cleaning the window that day.

Then he gives his own solution: the murderer is still in the room, and he points to the corpse. The left-hand pocket of the overcoat bulges; the Superintendent draws out a Webley Mark III, quite new, with three chambers empty. Franting, Dr Bond explains, was left-handed, having been perhaps the finest amateur light-weight boxer in England a dozen years before, and his lefts were more dangerous than his rights. The revolver fell into the pocket as his arm dropped. Finally Dr Bond picks up the fragment of thin paper blown from the hearth and reads it aloud: part of a letter, ending "I shall leave our home tomorrow. This is absolutely final. E."

munotes.in286

Murder!: the Story

And the two lies that make it work. The hall-porter tells the police twice that nobody entered the lounge, and that he was in his cubicle the whole time. Bennett tells the reader flatly that both statements are false: the man had been reprimanded the day before for leaving his post, had left it again, and was in fear of dismissal. The charwoman's evidence about the fire is accepted too. The perfect proof of suicide rests on a frightened servant protecting his job.

VII. The end. In the lobby of the Palads Hotel in Copenhagen, Emily reads an English newspaper account of the inquest, at which the jury returned a verdict of suicide, and her eyes fill with tears. She says she must get some mourning and go back to the flat. Harder watches her tenderly and thinks: "I was bound to do what I did. And I can keep a secret for ever."

A worked answer

Question. "Trace the steps by which Lomax Harder escapes detection."

A model answer. Harder escapes by a combination of one accident, three deliberate acts and two lies told by other people. The accident is the origin of the weapon: he pockets the revolver Franting had rejected without meaning to, startled by a door, so that no purchase and no record connect him to it. His deliberate acts are these. He puts on his gloves before touching anything and leaves by the window, so that there are no prints and no footmarks on the dry courtyard pavement. He then walks back into the same hotel by the front door, greets the hall-porter, asks about rooms and orders a cocktail, which places him in the building as an ordinary visitor at the very time the police will later be reconstructing. And he drops the revolver into the sea from the harbour wall, so that the weapon is unrecoverable. He makes one mistake, leaving the unburnt half of Emily's letter under the billiard-table, and that mistake becomes his best piece of evidence, because Dr Austin Bond reads it as a suicide note. The rest is done for him by others: the hall-porter, who had left his post against orders and feared dismissal, twice tells the police that nobody entered the lounge, and Dr Bond, having correctly demolished the Superintendent's clues as belonging to the charwoman, concludes from Franting's left-handedness and the revolver in his own pocket that he shot himself. The inquest returns a verdict of suicide.

munotes.in287

Murder!: the Story

The observation that lifts it. Almost nothing that saves Harder is his own cleverness. The story's argument is that detection fails through other people's ordinary motives, and that a man may be safe because a servant is afraid of losing his place.

Quick revision

Seven numbered sections: the essay on murder; the gunsmith; the killing; the escape; the crossing; the investigation; the end.

Quangate; Gontle the gunsmith; a Webley Mark III; Harder pockets the rejected revolver in "a thoughtless, quite unpremeditated act" and leaves "a thief".

Franting's speech: he knows about Copenhagen; a wife's a wife; he tears Emily's letter and lights his cigarette with it; he will follow her anywhere and kill her.

The escape: gloves, the window, the green gate, back in at the front door, a Bronx cocktail, the revolver into the sea, the letter forgotten.

The investigation: the Superintendent's clues all belong to the charwoman with three fingers; Dr Austin Bond finds the revolver in the dead man's own left-hand pocket, three chambers empty, and Franting was a left-handed boxer; the letter fragment reads as a suicide note.

The hall-porter lies twice, out of fear of dismissal, and that is what makes the suicide theory possible.

Verdict: suicide. Harder's last thought: "I was bound to do what I did. And I can keep a secret for ever."

Test yourself

1. How does Harder come to have a revolver? By accident. Left alone in the gunsmith's shop while Franting tests his purchase in the cellar, he picks up the revolver Franting had rejected, and when the back door opens suddenly he drops it into his overcoat pocket in what Bennett calls a thoughtless, quite unpremeditated act, and then dare not take it out.

2. What does Franting threaten, and why does Harder believe him? That if Emily leaves him, for Harder or anybody or nobody, he will follow her to Copenhagen or Bangkok or the North Pole and kill her with the revolver he has just bought. Harder believes him because Bennett tells us Franting cannot argue but has grit and would never recoil from the consequences.

3. What is the cleverest thing Harder does after the shooting? He walks back into the same hotel by the main entrance, greets the hall-porter, asks whether there are rooms and orders a cocktail in the lounge, so that his presence in the building is innocent and openly recorded instead of furtive.

munotes.in288

Murder!: the Story

4. Whose were the clues the Superintendent relied on? The charwoman's. She had cleaned the window that day; she had lost a little finger in a mangle accident; her boot had a hole in the sole and her skirt was torn at the hem. Dr Austin Bond noticed her hand in the corridor and demonstrated the whole thing at the window.

5. Why is the hall-porter's evidence decisive? Because he tells the police that he was in his cubicle throughout and that nobody entered the lounge, which is untrue: he had left his post against the rule and feared dismissal. His false statement is what makes it impossible for anyone to have come in, and so makes the suicide theory the only one available.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in289

Chapter Fifty-Nine

Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime

Syllabus topic 3.1.2, "Murder - Arnold Bennett"

In one line

Bennett's story is built so that the reader knows the murderer, likes him, understands why he killed, and watches the law arrive at exactly the wrong answer with complete confidence.

Lomax Harder: the character sketch

Placing. Lomax Harder is a poet of about thirty-five, the friend and would-be rescuer of Emily Franting, and the murderer of her husband in Arnold Bennett's story Murder!

He is presented, physically, as the opposite of a killer. Refined features, an enormous forehead, fair hair, and a delicate, almost apologetic manner. Bennett says he corresponded with the popular notion of a poet, and was in fact one, not unknown in the small world where poetry matters.

His crime begins in an accident, not a plan. He takes the rejected revolver because a door startles him. Bennett insists on the word: "a thoughtless, quite unpremeditated act." He then cannot get rid of it, and leaves the shop, in Bennett's flat word, "a thief". The murder weapon is in his pocket before there is any thought of murder.

And yet he is deliberate at every stage afterwards. He follows Franting to the hotel. He steps forward before he fires. He picks up the fallen cigarette and puts it in the fender, puts on his gloves, chooses the window, and then does the coolest thing in the story by walking in at the front door and ordering a cocktail. A man capable of that within five minutes of a killing is not in a panic.

He feels no guilt, and Bennett says so plainly. "Although he regretted the necessity for his act, he felt no slightest twinge of conscience. Somebody had to die, and surely it was better that a brute should die." His first thought over the body is that it is better him than Emily; his second is fear, and the fear is as much for Emily's position as for his own neck.

He is capable of a sustained lie to the person he loves. He had not intended to tell it, but when she asks he says he did not go, and Bennett records his reasoning: he told one lie instead of twenty, he was deceiving her for her sake, and she was for ever safe. The last line of the story is his: "I was bound to do what I did. And I can keep a secret for ever."

What he is for. He is the story's proof of its opening essay. If murderers walk safely among us and forty per cent are never brought to justice, then one of them may be a gentle, scrupulous poet who took the weapon by accident, killed to save a life, and will carry it quietly for the rest of his own.

munotes.in290

Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime

John Franting

Placing. Franting is Emily's husband, low-browed, heavy-chinned, scowling and defiant, an amateur boxer, a gambler and, in Bennett's phrase, in his spare time a deluder of women.

Bennett makes him hateful with precision. He lives on his wife's money and admits it. He reads her letter aloud, tears it in two and lights his cigarette with one half, which is the single act that makes the reader accept what follows. And he states his creed without embarrassment: a wife's a wife, and she cannot break her word because everything is not lovely in the garden.

But he is not made stupid. His speech is accurate about everything: the ticket to Copenhagen, the passport, the packing, Harder's interests there. He declines to accuse Harder of adultery, saying he will make no wild statements. He is a brute with a clear head, which is why the threat is credible.

And the detail Bennett saves for the last section. He was, a dozen years earlier, perhaps the finest amateur light-weight boxer in England, and dangerous because he was left-handed. The fact is planted as characterisation and used as evidence.

Emily Franting

Placing. Franting's wife, who has decided to leave him and has taken a ticket for Copenhagen.

She is almost absent, and that is a fair criticism. She appears only on the steamer and in the final scene, and everything else about her comes through the two men. Bennett gives her a letter, a decision and a joy at being found, and very little else.

What she is given. The letter, quoted twice, is her voice: she knows he is fond of her but finds his way of showing it too humiliating and painful, and she is saying so for the last time. And the last scene gives her tears at the inquest report and the flat sentence, "I must get some mourning and go back to the flat."

The question the story leaves. She does not know. Harder has decided that she never will, and the reader is left holding a secret with him against her. Whether that is protection or a second injury done to her is the best question a discussion of this story can raise.

Dr Austin Bond, and the failure of detection

Who he is. A celebrated amateur detective, a stout, genial man whose successes are listed with mock grandeur, "The Yellow Hat", "The Three Towns", "The Three Feathers", "The Gold Spoon", and whose friendship with the heads of Scotland Yard obliges the police to be civil to him.

What he gets right. Everything about the Superintendent's case. The finger-prints, the footmarks, the strands of blue cloth and the missing finger all belong to the charwoman, and he proves it in three minutes by having her take off a boot and put her hands on the window. It is a genuine piece of detection and it destroys a description already circulated to the police.

munotes.in291

Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime

What he gets wrong. The conclusion. He builds a proof of suicide out of the revolver in the dead man's own left-hand pocket, the three empty chambers, Franting's left-handedness as a boxer, and the fragment of Emily's letter, which he reads as a farewell note. Every step is sound and the answer is false.

Why Bennett chose to do it this way. Because a story in which a stupid policeman fails proves nothing. Here the cleverest man available succeeds at every stage of his reasoning and arrives at the wrong result, so the failure is not of intelligence but of method: he is reasoning from a scene that a frightened hall-porter has misdescribed.

The perfect crime, examined as a lawyer would

Ask what actually protected Harder, and the answers are uncomfortable.

What saved himWhose doing
An untraceable weaponAccident: he took it without meaning to and threw it in the sea
No prints, no footmarksHis own care, and dry pavement
An innocent presence in the hotelHis own nerve at the front door
The absence of a witnessThe hall-porter's lie, told to protect his job
A positive proof of suicideThe forgotten letter, and Dr Bond's skill

The point to make. Two of the five are Harder's doing. The rest are luck and other people's ordinary self-interest. Bennett is not writing a story about a criminal mastermind; he is writing one about how easily the machinery can be defeated by nobody in particular.

And the mistake that helped him. He forgot the unburnt half of the letter and knew it on the train, and it is the single strongest piece of evidence for the verdict he needed. A story of a perfect crime in which the murderer's blunder saves him is Bennett's sharpest joke.

Irony, and the moral question

The structural irony. The reader is told in section I that murderers go undetected, watches one in sections II to V, and then in section VI watches the law demonstrate, brilliantly and publicly, that no murder occurred.

The local ironies. The murder weapon is bought by the victim. The evidence of a break-in belongs to the woman who cleaned the window. The dead man's own boxing career proves he shot himself. And the letter he destroyed in contempt becomes his suicide note.

The moral question, which an essay must take a position on. Bennett refuses to answer it and constructs the story so that the reader cannot avoid it. On one side: Franting had stated an intention to kill, was believed by a man who knew him, and no law available to Emily would have protected her from a determined husband in 1927. On the other: Harder appointed himself judge and executioner on his own assessment of a threat, killed a man who at that moment was standing by a fire smoking, lied to the woman he saved, and left an innocent charwoman under a police description.

munotes.in292

Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime

The strongest thing to say. The opening essay asked whether murder can be defensible, and the story is the case put to the reader rather than the answer given. Bennett's own position is visible only in the arrangement: he makes the killing sympathetic, the escape thrilling, the detection wrong, and the last line comfortable, and then leaves the reader with the discomfort of having enjoyed all four.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Character-sketch of Lomax Harder." Six marks.

A model answer. Lomax Harder is the poet who murders John Franting in Arnold Bennett's story, and the interest of the character is that nothing about him fits the act. He is drawn as the opposite of a killer: refined features, an enormous forehead, fair hair and a delicate, almost apologetic manner, and Bennett says he corresponded with the popular notion of a poet and in fact was one. His crime begins in accident rather than design, since he pockets the revolver Franting had rejected only because a door startles him, in what Bennett calls a thoughtless, quite unpremeditated act, and leaves the shop a thief. Yet once the killing is done he is remarkably cool: he replaces the fallen cigarette, puts on his gloves, leaves by the window, and then walks back into the same hotel by the front door and orders a cocktail from the hall-porter. He feels no guilt, and Bennett states it directly, that he regretted the necessity but felt no slightest twinge of conscience, because somebody had to die and it was better a brute than Emily. He is also capable of deceiving the woman he has saved, telling her that he never went, on the reasoning that one lie was better than twenty and that the deception was for her sake. What he is finally for is to prove the essay with which the story opens: that murderers walk safely among us, and that one of them may be a gentle and scrupulous man who took the weapon by accident and will keep the secret for ever.

Why it scores. Placing, five qualities each proved from the text, and a closing judgment about the character's function.

munotes.in293

Murder!: Lomax Harder, and the Perfect Crime

Quick revision

Harder: refined, apologetic, a poet; the revolver taken by accident; cool afterwards; no conscience; lies to Emily; the last line is his.

Franting: brutal, left-handed boxer, lives on his wife's money, tears her letter for a spill, threatens to follow and kill her anywhere.

Emily: mostly absent, a letter, a decision, and a widow who does not know.

Dr Austin Bond: right about every clue, wrong about the conclusion.

What saved Harder: an accidental weapon, gloves, nerve at the front door, a hall-porter's lie, and his own forgotten mistake read as a suicide note.

The moral question is put and not answered, and the arrangement of the story is Bennett's only comment.

Test yourself

1. Why does Bennett make Harder a poet with an apologetic manner? To defeat the reader's expectations and to support the claim of the opening essay, that murderers are not a recognisable class of person but walk among us and may be shaken hands with. The gentleness also makes the killing readable as a rescue rather than as violence.

2. What is the single act that makes the reader accept the murder? Franting tearing his wife's letter in two and twisting one half into a spill to light his cigarette. It is contempt made physical, and it comes immediately before the threat to kill her.

3. Why is Dr Austin Bond's failure more damaging than a policeman's would be? Because he succeeds at everything else. He demolishes the Superintendent's entire case in minutes and proves the clues belong to the charwoman, so the reader cannot dismiss him as incompetent. A brilliant man reasoning correctly to a false conclusion shows that the failure lies in the scene he was given, not in his ability.

4. List what actually protected Harder, and say how much of it was his doing. An untraceable weapon taken by accident and dropped in the sea; the absence of prints and footmarks; his innocent reappearance at the hotel's front entrance; the hall-porter's false statement that nobody entered; and the forgotten letter, read as a suicide note. Only the second and third were his own doing; the rest were accident or other people's self-interest.

5. Does the story defend the murder? It puts the case and refuses to decide. The opening essay raises the question whether murder can be defensible; Franting had announced his intention to kill and was believed by a man who knew him; but Harder made himself judge and executioner, shot a man who was standing by a fire, lied to the woman he saved, and left an innocent charwoman circulated in a police description. Bennett's only comment is the arrangement, which makes the reader enjoy the escape and then notice having enjoyed it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in294

Chapter Sixty

A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial

Syllabus topic 3.1.3, "A Time to Kill - John Grisham Chapters 11 and 13"

In one line

In a small Mississippi town, a ten-year-old black girl is raped by two white men, her father shoots them dead in the courthouse before they can be tried, and a young white lawyer defends him on a plea of insanity in a town the case is tearing apart.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: A Time to Kill, published in 1989, is John Grisham's first novel, set in Clanton, Mississippi, in which Carl Lee Hailey kills the two men who raped his daughter Tonya and is tried for capital murder, and is defended by Jake Brigance on a plea of insanity and acquitted.

The author, and why the book is on this syllabus

John Grisham, born 1955, an American lawyer who practised criminal and personal injury law in Mississippi and served in the state legislature before writing. A Time to Kill, published in 1989, was his first novel and sold very slowly until his later books made it famous.

Why MU sets it. Because it is the only modern courtroom novel on the paper and the only American one, and because it puts a question the older texts raise more quietly: what a court should do when the community's sense of justice and the law's answer come apart. Shylock, Bardell and Hetty Sorrel are all tried in a past that a student can hold at arm's length; this trial is recognisably a modern one.

The story

The crime. Two white men abduct, rape and beat Tonya Hailey, a black girl of ten, in Ford County, Mississippi, and leave her for dead. They are arrested.

The killing. Her father, Carl Lee Hailey, does not wait for the trial. Believing that a Mississippi jury may not convict two white men for what was done to a black child, he takes a rifle into the courthouse and shoots both of them dead as they are being brought in, wounding a deputy in the process.

The charge. Capital murder. If convicted, Carl Lee faces the gas chamber, and the district attorney intends to ask for it.

The defence. Jake Brigance, a young white lawyer in the town, takes the case. There is no dispute that Carl Lee did the killing and no possibility of an acquittal on the facts, so the only defence available is insanity: that at the time of the shooting he was not responsible in law for what he did.

The pressures. The case divides the county. The Ku Klux Klan revives a local chapter, and there is violence and intimidation directed at Jake, his family, his house and those helping him. National attention arrives. A civil rights organisation offers money and its own lawyers, which raises the question of who the trial is really for. Jake applies for a change of venue, that is, a transfer of the trial to another county where a jury might be drawn from a different population, and the application fails.

munotes.in295

A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial

The trial. The prosecution's case is straightforward and the defence's is not. The whole contest is over the insanity plea, fought through expert witnesses on each side, with the jury's real question never spoken aloud: whether a father who kills the men who raped his ten-year-old daughter should go to the gas chamber.

The verdict. Not guilty by reason of insanity.

And how the jury reached it, which is the part worth knowing. During their deliberations one juror, Wanda Womack, asks the others to answer a single question: if it had been their own daughter, would they have done what Carl Lee did? They all answer yes, and they vote to acquit. The verdict is therefore not a finding about Carl Lee's mind at all. It is the jury applying its own moral judgment under the cover of a legal defence.

What the insanity defence actually is

This is the law the trial turns on, and a law student should be able to state it.

The common law rule, from M'Naghten's Case, decided in 1843. The judges' answer to the House of Lords is still the foundation of the defence in England, in most of the United States and in much of the common law world.

that to establish a defence on the ground of insanity, it must be clearly proved that, at the time of the committing of the act, the party accused was labouring under such a defect of reason, from disease of the mind, as not to know the nature and quality of the act he was doing; or if he did know it, that he did not know he was doing what was wrong.

Break it into its elements, because that is how the defence is argued.

ElementWhat it requires
PresumptionEvery person is presumed sane, so the defence must be established
TimeThe state of mind at the moment of the act, not before or after
Defect of reasonAn impairment of the reasoning faculty, not mere confusion or anger
From disease of the mindThe defect must come from a disease of the mind, not from drink, temper or grief alone
Consequence, first limbNot knowing the nature and quality of the act
Consequence, second limbOr, knowing it, not knowing that it was wrong

Now apply it to Carl Lee Hailey, and the difficulty is obvious. He planned. He obtained a rifle, learned when the men would be moved, chose a position, waited, and fired. Planning of that kind is very hard to reconcile with a defect of reason preventing him from knowing the nature of his act or that it was wrong. On a strict application of the rule, the defence should fail.

munotes.in296

A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial

Which is exactly why the novel is worth setting. The legal defence is a poor fit for the facts, and the jury uses it anyway, because it is the only door the law leaves open for what they actually want to decide.

Indian law contains a comparable general exception for an act done by a person who, by reason of unsoundness of mind, is incapable of knowing the nature of the act or that it is wrong or contrary to law. The detail belongs to the criminal law paper of a later year, and an English answer needs no more than a sentence.

The two legal ideas beside the plea

Change of venue. An application to move a trial to a different place, on the ground that a fair jury cannot be found where the crime occurred, usually because of local feeling or publicity. In this case the application is directed at the composition of the jury pool, since Ford County's population makes a largely white jury very likely, and its failure is what forces the defence to be run in front of the jury it feared.

Jury nullification, which is the term for what actually happens. A jury acquits although the law and the evidence, strictly applied, point to conviction, because it refuses to convict on the facts before it. Courts do not recognise it as a right and it cannot be argued for openly, but no jury can be punished for its verdict and no acquittal can be reversed for perversity. The scene in the jury room, where the question asked is not whether Carl Lee was insane but whether they would have done the same, is a textbook description of it.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "How does Jake Brigance help Carl Lee Hailey get justice in the case of her daughter?" Thirteen marks.

Paragraph one, the position. Jake Brigance does not obtain justice by winning a legal argument, because the legal argument was never a good one. He obtains it by keeping the case alive long enough, and framing it well enough, for a jury to be able to do what it wanted to do.

Paragraph two, what he takes on. He accepts a case that no white lawyer in Ford County wants: the defence of a black father who has shot dead, in a courthouse, the two white men who raped his ten-year-old daughter, on a charge of capital murder carrying the gas chamber. He does it for a client who cannot pay him properly, against a district attorney who sees the case as a step in his career.

munotes.in297

A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial

Paragraph three, the defence he constructs. There is no dispute that Carl Lee fired, so the only defence in law is insanity, and Jake builds it: expert evidence, and the argument that a father in that condition was not responsible for what he did at that moment. He also applies for a change of venue, correctly seeing that the composition of the jury pool may decide the case, and loses the application.

Paragraph four, what he survives. The Klan revives a chapter in the county to intimidate him; there is violence directed at him, at his home and at those who help him; his family has to leave; and a civil rights organisation offers money and its own lawyers, which would have taken the case away from the client and turned it into a cause. Continuing to act, and keeping the case Carl Lee's rather than anybody else's, is a substantial part of what he does for his client.

Paragraph five, what actually wins it. The verdict is not guilty by reason of insanity, but the jury room shows that the finding is not really about Carl Lee's mind. One juror asks the others whether, if it had been their own daughter, they would have done what he did; all of them say yes, and they acquit. Jake's achievement is to have given twelve people a lawful route to that answer.

Paragraph six, the judgment. Whether that is justice is the question the novel leaves open, and an answer should say so. A man who planned a killing walks free on a defence that did not fit him, which is a failure of the law as written; and a father who shot the men who destroyed his ten-year-old daughter is not sent to the gas chamber, which most readers feel is right. Grisham arranges the book so that both propositions are true at once, and Jake Brigance is the person who makes the second possible without ever being able to admit that the first is what happened.

Quick revision

John Grisham, born 1955, a Mississippi lawyer; A Time to Kill, 1989, his first novel; Clanton, Ford County, Mississippi.

Tonya Hailey, aged ten, raped by two white men. Her father Carl Lee Hailey shoots them dead in the courthouse and is charged with capital murder.

Jake Brigance defends, on the only available plea, insanity. The change of venue application fails. The Klan revives a chapter and there is violence and intimidation.

M'Naghten's Case, 1843: a defect of reason, from disease of the mind, such that the accused did not know the nature and quality of the act, or did not know it was wrong.

munotes.in298

A Time to Kill: the Novel and the Trial

The plea fits the facts badly, because Carl Lee planned the killing.

Verdict: not guilty by reason of insanity. In the jury room the question actually asked is whether they would have done the same if it had been their daughter.

The term for what the jury does is nullification.

Test yourself

1. What is Carl Lee Hailey charged with, and why is there no defence on the facts? Capital murder. He shot the two men who had raped his daughter, in the courthouse, in front of witnesses, and there is no dispute that he did it, so the only defence available is one that denies responsibility rather than the act.

2. State the M'Naghten rule. That to establish a defence of insanity it must be clearly proved that at the time of committing the act the accused was labouring under such a defect of reason, from disease of the mind, as not to know the nature and quality of the act he was doing, or, if he did know it, that he did not know he was doing what was wrong.

3. Why does the defence fit Carl Lee's case badly? Because he planned. He obtained a rifle, found out when the men would be moved, chose his position, waited and fired. Planning of that kind is very difficult to reconcile with a defect of reason that prevented him from knowing the nature of his act or that it was wrong.

4. What is a change of venue, and why did it matter here? An application to move a trial to another place because a fair jury cannot be obtained where the crime occurred. It mattered because the jury would be drawn from Ford County, whose population made a largely white jury likely, and the failure of the application forced the defence to be run before the jury it had wanted to avoid.

5. What actually decided the case? The jury. In their deliberations a juror asked the others whether, if it had been their own daughter, they would have done what Carl Lee did; all of them answered yes, and they voted to acquit. The verdict was returned as not guilty by reason of insanity, but the reasoning behind it was moral rather than medical, which is what lawyers call jury nullification.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in299

Chapter Sixty-One

A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case

Syllabus topic 3.1.3, "A Time to Kill - John Grisham Chapters 11 and 13"

In one line

The novel's people are arranged so that nobody is simply right: a father who murdered, a lawyer who is ambitious as well as decent, a prosecutor who wants a career, and a jury that acquits for a reason it cannot state.

The characters

Carl Lee Hailey. A black factory worker in Ford County, Mississippi, and the father of Tonya. He is not presented as a man out of control. He decides, in advance, that a Mississippi jury may not convict two white men of what they did to his daughter, and he acts on that judgment. That deliberateness is what makes him sympathetic and what destroys his legal defence at the same time. He is also, throughout the case, harder-headed than his lawyer about what is happening to him and why.

Jake Brigance. A young white lawyer in the town, not rich, with a wife and a small daughter, who takes the case knowing what it will cost. He is decent and he is also ambitious: Grisham lets the reader see that the case is the biggest thing that has happened to his practice, and does not pretend otherwise. What is admirable in him is not purity of motive but that he keeps going after the Klan makes it personal, and that he keeps the case belonging to his client.

Rufus Buckley. The district attorney. Able, aggressive, and openly using the prosecution as a step towards higher office. He is the novel's reminder that the machinery on the other side is also being driven by somebody's career.

Lucien Wilbanks. Jake's disbarred former partner and mentor, a drunk with a good mind and no scruples, who supplies the tactics Jake will not think of himself. He is the character through whom the novel says what it thinks about how cases are actually won.

Harry Rex Vonner. A divorce lawyer, coarse and loyal, who does the work nobody writes about. He and Lucien between them make the point that a defence is a team and not an orator.

Tonya Hailey. The child. She is almost absent from the book after the opening, and the same criticism can be made here as of Fanny in Joseph Andrews: the person the story is about has the least to say in it.

The themes

Race. The novel's foundation. The crime, the fear that the rapists would not be convicted, the composition of the jury pool, the failure of the change of venue application, the revival of the Klan, and the framing of the closing argument are all racial facts, and the book does not pretend the trial could be understood without them.

Revenge against justice. The title is from Ecclesiastes, from the passage about a time to kill and a time to heal, and the book's question is whether there is such a time. Carl Lee's act is revenge. What the jury gives him is an acquittal. Whether the second makes the first justice is left with the reader.

munotes.in300

A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case

The law as a machine that can be steered but not trusted. Every legal step in the book is fought for advantage: the choice of court, the change of venue, the selection of the jury, the choice of experts. The novel's realism lies in showing that the outcome depends on those manoeuvres at least as much as on the merits.

Whose case is it. When a civil rights organisation offers money and its own lawyers, the question becomes whether Carl Lee is a client or a cause. Keeping him a client is one of the things Jake does for him, and it is the theme most often missed in answers.

The cost of doing right. Jake's house, his family's safety and his practice are all damaged. The novel is careful that the price is real and is paid by people who did not choose it.

The law of the case, in four points

One. The charge. Capital murder. Two killings, in a public building, of persons in custody, with a deputy wounded. Nothing about the facts is in doubt.

Two. The only available defence. Insanity, under the M'Naghten formula: a defect of reason, from disease of the mind, such that the accused did not know the nature and quality of the act, or did not know that it was wrong. The defence has to be established, because sanity is presumed.

Three. Why the defence is weak on these facts. Because of the planning. A man who obtains a weapon, learns the movements of his targets, chooses a position and waits has done something very difficult to describe as not knowing what he was doing or that it was wrong. The expert evidence is a contest, and the honest reader can see which side has the better of it as a matter of law.

Four. What the verdict really is. An acquittal reached on a moral question rather than a medical one. The term is jury nullification: a jury declines to convict although the law and evidence, strictly applied, require it. It cannot be argued for openly, it is not a right, and it cannot be corrected, because an acquittal is final.

The comparison that will earn marks

This paper sets four trials. Putting this one beside the others is the most useful thing a candidate can do with it.

TrialThe rule appliedWhat actually decided it
Shylock against AntonioA valid bond, strictly construedA construction nobody intended, then a statute about aliens
Bardell against PickwickBreach of promise, damages at largeAdvocacy, staging, and attorneys running the case for costs
The trial of Hetty SorrelA statute presuming murder from concealmentA presumption that reversed the burden of proof, with counsel silenced
The trial of Carl Lee HaileyThe insanity defenceA jury deciding what it thought was right and using the defence as the door
munotes.in301

A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case

The sentence that uses the table. In all four the rule and the result come apart, but only in the last does the gap open in the accused's favour, and only in the last is the gap opened by ordinary people rather than by a court.

What beginners get wrong

They say Carl Lee was insane. The novel does not say so, and the planning tells against it. He is acquitted on that ground; that is not the same thing.

They make Jake a hero without qualification. He is decent, and the case is also the making of his career, and Grisham shows both.

They leave out the jury room. The single most important scene for understanding the verdict is the one in which a juror asks the others what they would have done.

They treat the Klan as background colour. The intimidation is what makes the change of venue application matter and what tests everybody in the book.

They forget MU's own question. February 2026 asked how Jake helps Carl Lee get justice. The answer must engage with the word justice and not merely narrate the case.

A worked answer

Question. "Discuss the theme of justice in A Time to Kill."

Paragraph one, the position. The novel is built to make justice and law point in opposite directions, and it refuses to say which should win. Its title asks whether there is a time to kill; its plot answers yes; its law answers no; and its jury finds a way to say both.

Paragraph two, the case for the killing. Two men raped and beat a ten-year-old child and left her for dead. Her father believed, on the evidence of his own county's history, that a jury might not convict them. Whatever the law says, most readers do not experience his act as the same kind of thing as the crime it answered, and the novel takes care to make that reaction possible rather than shameful.

Paragraph three, the case against. He killed two men in custody before they had been tried, and wounded a deputy who had done nothing. He appointed himself judge on a prediction about a verdict that had not yet been returned. Every argument for what he did is an argument against having courts at all, and the novel gives that objection to characters who are not fools.

munotes.in302

A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case

Paragraph four, the law's answer. Insanity was the only defence available, and on the facts it is a bad one, because a man who plans knows the nature of his act. The trial therefore forces a jury to answer a medical question it does not care about in order to reach a moral question it does.

Paragraph five, what the jury does. In the jury room the question actually put is whether, had it been their daughter, they would have done the same, and every one of them says yes. The acquittal is returned as not guilty by reason of insanity. That is nullification: the community deciding, under cover of a legal form, that this killing will not be punished.

Paragraph six, the conclusion. So justice in this novel is what a jury is prepared to do, and the law is the shape that decision has to be poured into. Grisham leaves the reader with the uncomfortable double result: a system that could not deliver the right answer honestly, and twelve people who found a dishonest route to it. Whether that is a triumph or a warning is the question the book is designed not to settle.

Quick revision

Characters: Carl Lee Hailey, deliberate rather than deranged; Jake Brigance, decent and ambitious; Rufus Buckley, prosecuting for a career; Lucien Wilbanks, disbarred and useful; Harry Rex Vonner, loyal; Tonya, almost absent.

Themes: race; revenge against justice; the law as a machine to be steered; whose case it is; the cost of doing right.

The law: capital murder; insanity under M'Naghten; the plea does not fit a planned killing; the verdict is nullification.

The four-trial comparison is the strongest thing to bring to an essay on this text.

Test yourself

1. Is Carl Lee Hailey presented as insane? No. He is presented as deliberate: he judged that a jury might not convict the two men, obtained a weapon, learned when they would be moved and waited. He is acquitted on the ground of insanity, which is a different matter from being insane.

2. Why does Grisham make Jake Brigance ambitious as well as decent? Because a lawyer with pure motives would make the book a fable. Showing that the case is also the making of his practice keeps him human, and makes what he endures from the Klan more impressive rather than less.

3. What is the significance of the civil rights organisation's offer? It raises the question whether Carl Lee is a client or a cause. Accepting money and outside lawyers would have taken the case away from the man it belonged to, and refusing that is part of what Jake does for him.

munotes.in303

A Time to Kill: Characters, Themes and the Law of the Case

4. Define jury nullification and show that it happened here. It is a jury's refusal to convict although the law and the evidence, strictly applied, require conviction. It happened here because the jury's own question in the jury room was not whether Carl Lee suffered from a defect of reason but whether they would have done the same for their own daughters, and having answered yes they returned a verdict of not guilty by reason of insanity.

5. How does this trial differ from the other three on your paper? In all four the rule applied and the result reached come apart. In Shylock's case, in Bardell against Pickwick and in Hetty Sorrel's trial the gap works against the person in the dock, and it is opened by a court. Here alone the gap works in the accused's favour, and it is opened by twelve ordinary people rather than by a judge.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in304

Chapter Sixty-Two

Oral Communication: What It Is, and Why It Matters in Law

Syllabus topic 3.2.1, "Definition of oral communication, meaning and its importance"

In one line

Oral communication is the exchange of meaning by spoken words between people who are present to each other in some way, and it is the form in which almost all legal work is actually done.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: oral communication is the process by which a sender transmits a message through spoken words to a receiver, who decodes it and responds with feedback, the whole taking place through a channel and subject to interference known as noise.

Communication first, then oral communication

Communication. The process by which information, ideas, opinions or feelings are transmitted from one person to another so that they are understood. The word comes from the Latin communis, meaning common: to communicate is to make something common between two minds.

The definition to write down. Communication is a two-way process of reaching mutual understanding, in which participants not only exchange information but create and share meaning.

Oral communication. Communication in which the message is carried by spoken words. It includes conversation, telephone calls, meetings, interviews, lectures, arguments in court and speeches.

Two things that follow from the definition, and both are examinable. First, communication is not complete when the message is sent; it is complete when it is understood, which is why feedback is part of the process. Second, oral communication is not the same as verbal communication: verbal means in words, whether spoken or written, so all oral communication is verbal but not all verbal communication is oral.

The process, in seven elements

Draw this as a cycle in an answer if you have room.

ElementWhat it isExample in a lawyer's day
SenderThe person with the ideaA client with a problem
EncodingPutting the idea into wordsThe client puts the facts into a story
MessageWhat is actually sent"My landlord has locked the flat"
ChannelThe medium carrying itA conversation across a desk
ReceiverThe person addressedThe advocate
DecodingTurning the words back into meaningThe advocate works out what happened and when
FeedbackThe response that shows whether it was understood"So he changed the lock on Tuesday, is that right?"

Noise. Anything that interferes at any stage. It may be physical, such as a bad line or a noisy corridor; physiological, such as deafness or exhaustion; psychological, such as anger, prejudice or fear; or semantic, that is, arising from the words themselves, such as jargon the listener does not know.

Why the model is worth learning rather than merely reading. It gives you a structure for any question about failure: a communication that goes wrong went wrong at one of the seven points, and naming the point is the answer.

munotes.in305

Oral Communication: What It Is, and Why It Matters in Law

Why oral communication matters in law, specifically

An English examiner will accept general answers about business and industry. A better answer uses the profession the paper belongs to.

Because the client's case arrives orally. A person walks in with a story that is out of order, incomplete and full of what they think is important. Extracting a usable set of facts from it is an act of listening, not of writing.

Because advocacy is speech. Examination and cross-examination are questions asked aloud with a purpose. Bacon's four parts of a judge in hearing, in Module 2 of this syllabus, are entirely about listening and speaking.

Because most legal work never reaches paper. Advice, negotiation, mediation, conferences with senior counsel, instructions to a clerk, a settlement discussion in a corridor.

Because a lawyer's credibility is heard before it is read. A hesitant, disorganised or inaudible speaker is not believed, however good the argument.

Because the record matters. Anything said in court is taken down or acted on at once, which is why precision in speech has consequences that ordinary conversation does not.

Oral against written: the comparison MU asks for

OralWritten
SpeedImmediateSlower to prepare and to reach the reader
FeedbackImmediate, and continuousDelayed, sometimes never
RecordNone, unless recorded or minutedPermanent by nature
PrecisionLower; words are chosen as you goHigher; can be revised before sending
ReachLimited by presence or a lineCan be circulated indefinitely
CostLowHigher in time and material
Suited toPersuasion, negotiation, anything needing a responseAnything needing proof, detail, or a record
Legal weightHarder to prove afterwardsEvidence of itself

The sentence to close a comparison with. Choose oral where you need a response and written where you need a record, and where you need both, speak and then confirm in writing, which is what a careful lawyer does after every telephone conversation of any importance.

The advantages and limitations, listed for a short note

Advantages. It is quick. It is flexible, because the speaker can adjust as soon as a listener frowns. It carries tone, emphasis and feeling that writing carries poorly. It permits immediate questions and clarification. It builds a personal relationship, which matters with a frightened client. It is cheap, and it is often the only form available to a person who cannot read easily.

Limitations. It leaves no record and is easily denied. It is unsuitable for anything long or complicated, because the listener cannot go back. It is affected by the speaker's nerves and the listener's mood. It cannot be circulated to many people accurately, since each retelling changes it. And it is easily misheard.

munotes.in306

Oral Communication: What It Is, and Why It Matters in Law

Effective oral communication: seven rules

Know the purpose before you open your mouth. Are you informing, persuading, instructing or asking?

Know the listener. A client, a judge, a clerk and an opponent need four different registers of the same information.

Be clear before you are elegant. Short sentences, ordinary words, one idea at a time.

Be complete but not exhaustive. Give what the listener needs to act, and stop.

Be courteous, especially when you are winning. Bacon's warning about the overspeaking judge and the overbold advocate is the same rule from two directions.

Listen. Listening is half of oral communication and is the half nobody practises. It means attending to what is said instead of preparing your reply while the other person is speaking.

Check that you were understood. Ask the client to say back what has been decided. That single habit prevents most professional negligence in the first year of practice.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Define communication and give types of oral and written communication with examples." Six marks.

A model answer. Communication is the process by which information, ideas, opinions or feelings are transmitted from one person to another so that they are understood, the word coming from the Latin communis, to make common. It is complete not when the message is sent but when it is received and understood, which is why feedback forms part of the process, along with the sender, encoding, the message, the channel, the receiver and decoding, all of it subject to interference called noise.

Oral communication is communication by spoken word, and it may be classified in several ways. By formality it is formal, such as a speech, a court argument, a meeting or an interview, or informal, such as a conversation between colleagues. By number it is dyadic, that is, between two people such as a client interview or a telephone call; small group, such as a conference of counsel or a committee; or public, such as a lecture or an address to a court. By direction it is one-way, such as a broadcast, or two-way, such as a negotiation.

Written communication is communication by written or printed word, and its principal forms are letters, including the letter of application and the letter of complaint; memoranda within an organisation; reports; notices, agendas and minutes of meetings; electronic mail; and, in the legal context, pleadings, opinions, agreements and legal notices.

The two differ in that oral communication is faster and permits immediate feedback but leaves no record, while written communication is slower and more precise and is a record of itself, which is why professional practice combines them, discussing a matter orally and confirming it in writing.

Why it scores. A definition with its derivation, the process elements named, three classifications of oral communication with examples, a list of written forms including legal ones, and a closing comparison that shows why the distinction matters.

munotes.in307

Oral Communication: What It Is, and Why It Matters in Law

Quick revision

Communication: transmitting information, ideas, opinions or feelings so that they are understood. From communis, to make common.

Seven elements: sender, encoding, message, channel, receiver, decoding, feedback. Plus noise, which may be physical, physiological, psychological or semantic.

Oral communication: communication by spoken word. All oral communication is verbal; not all verbal communication is oral.

Oral against written: speed and feedback against record and precision. Use both.

Advantages: quick, flexible, carries tone, permits questions, personal, cheap. Limitations: no record, unsuited to long matter, affected by nerves and mood, easily misheard.

Seven rules: know the purpose, know the listener, be clear, be complete but not exhaustive, be courteous, listen, and check you were understood.

Test yourself

1. Define communication and give the derivation of the word. The process by which information, ideas, opinions or feelings are transmitted from one person to another so that they are understood. The word comes from the Latin communis, meaning common, so that to communicate is to make something common between two minds.

2. Name the seven elements of the process and say what noise is. Sender, encoding, message, channel, receiver, decoding and feedback. Noise is any interference with the process, and it may be physical such as a bad telephone line, physiological such as deafness, psychological such as anger or prejudice, or semantic, arising from words the listener does not understand.

3. Is all verbal communication oral? No. Verbal means in words, whether spoken or written, so all oral communication is verbal but written communication is verbal too. Non-verbal communication is what is conveyed without words, such as gesture and expression.

4. When should a lawyer choose oral communication, and when written? Oral where a response is needed, as in advice, negotiation or persuasion, because it is immediate and permits feedback. Written where a record or precision is needed, because writing proves itself. Where both are needed, speak and then confirm in writing.

5. Which of the seven rules of effective speech does a first-year lawyer break most often, and why does it matter? Failing to check that the listener understood. Asking a client to state back what has been decided takes a moment and prevents the commonest kind of professional mistake, which is a client acting on a version of the advice that was never given.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in308

Chapter Sixty-Three

Types of Oral Communication

Syllabus topic 3.2.2, "Types of Oral Communication - Verbal Communication - Formal Speech (Oral & Written)"

In one line

Oral communication is classified by whether words are used, by how formal it is, by how many people are involved, and by which way it flows, and a formal speech may be delivered orally or written out first.

Verbal and non-verbal

Verbal communication is communication in words. It divides into oral, that is, spoken, and written.

Non-verbal communication is everything conveyed without words, and it accompanies almost all speech.

Kind of non-verbal signalWhat it coversWhy a lawyer should care
KinesicsGesture, posture, movementA witness's manner is read by a court whether or not it should be
Facial expressionThe face, especially the eyesThe first thing a client reads on an adviser's face is whether the case is hopeless
Eye contactLooking and not lookingIts meaning varies sharply between cultures, so it proves less than people think
ProxemicsThe distance kept between peopleThe layout of a courtroom is proxemics made permanent
HapticsTouch, such as a handshakeGoverned by strong professional conventions
ParalanguageTone, pitch, pace, volume, pausesThe same sentence is a question, a threat or an apology depending on it
AppearanceDress and groomingThe reason courts have dress rules at all
ChronemicsThe use of timeBeing late is a message, and it is received

The trap. Paralanguage is often called vocal but non-verbal, because it travels with speech without being words. If an examiner asks whether tone is verbal or non-verbal, the answer is that the words are verbal and the tone is not.

The proposition to be careful with. Textbooks often say that a fixed percentage of communication is non-verbal. Those figures come from experiments about feelings and attitudes and do not apply to ordinary informational speech. Say instead that non-verbal signals strongly affect how a message is received, especially where feelings are involved, and avoid quoting a percentage you cannot defend.

Classification by formality

Formal oral communication follows a recognised structure, occurs in an official setting and is usually planned. Examples: an address to a court, a lecture, a formal interview, a presentation, a speech at a college function, proceedings at a meeting conducted under rules.

Informal oral communication is unplanned and unstructured, and follows relationships rather than positions. Examples: conversation between colleagues, discussion over tea, a telephone call to a friend.

The grapevine. The informal network by which news travels through an organisation. It is fast, it is often right, and it cannot be abolished, so it is better used than fought.

Classification by number of participants

Intrapersonal. Communication within one person: thinking, rehearsing an argument, talking to yourself while drafting. It is included because preparation for speaking begins here.

Interpersonal or dyadic. Between two people. The client interview, the telephone call, the conference with a senior, the cross-examination of one witness.

munotes.in309

Types of Oral Communication

Small group. Three to about twenty. A conference of counsel, a committee, a moot team, a group discussion at an interview.

Public. One speaker, many listeners. A lecture, an address at a function, an argument in open court.

Mass. Through a medium to an audience the speaker cannot see. Radio, television, a recorded lecture. Ambedkar's broadcast in Module 2 of this syllabus is an example, and it explains the speech's careful, anticipating structure.

Classification by direction

One-way. The speaker sends and no reply is expected: a broadcast, a formal announcement.

Two-way. Reply expected and used: a conversation, a negotiation, an examination of a witness.

Upward, downward and horizontal, in an organisation. Downward is instruction from senior to junior; upward is reporting and complaint from junior to senior; horizontal is between equals. Upward communication is the one that fails most often, because juniors do not deliver bad news.

Formal speech, oral and written

MU's label pairs the words "Formal Speech (Oral & Written)", and this is what the pairing means.

Formal speech delivered orally. Prepared but spoken, whether from notes, from memory or extempore. The speaker can respond to the room.

Formal speech written out. The same speech composed in full as a text: read from a script, circulated, published, or answered in an examination question. Ambedkar's broadcast survives as a written text; it was delivered as speech.

Why the distinction is examined. Because the paper asks candidates to write speeches. In February 2026 the question was to write a speech welcoming a chief guest for a Moot Court Committee event. That is formal speech in its written form, and the next two chapters of these notes deal with preparing and writing one.

The four modes of delivery, which belong here.

ModeWhat it isBest forRisk
ManuscriptRead from a full textAnything where exact words matter, such as a legal statement or a broadcastSounds read; loses the room
MemorisedLearnt by heartVery short pieces, a vote of thanksOne lapse and it collapses
ExtemporePrepared thoroughly, delivered from notesAlmost all speeches and all advocacyNeeds real preparation
ImpromptuNo preparationThe unavoidable, such as being asked to say a few wordsRambling, unless you have a structure ready

The rule to remember. Extempore, meaning prepared but not written out word for word, is what a good speaker uses and what an examiner is describing when a question says "make a speech".

A worked answer

Question. "Explain the types of oral communication with examples." Six marks.

A model answer. Oral communication may be classified in four ways. By whether words carry the message, it is verbal, that is, in spoken words, and it is always accompanied by non-verbal signals such as gesture, facial expression, eye contact, the distance kept between speakers, and paralanguage, which is the tone, pitch, pace and volume of the voice; the words are verbal and the manner in which they are said is not. By formality it is formal, planned and structured and occurring in an official setting, such as an argument in court, a lecture or a presentation, or informal and unplanned, such as a conversation between colleagues, together with the grapevine along which news travels in any organisation. By the number of participants it is intrapersonal, that is, within one mind, as in rehearsing an argument; interpersonal, between two, as in a client interview or a telephone call; small group, as in a conference of counsel or a committee; public, as in a lecture or an address to a court; and mass, through a medium to an unseen audience, as in Ambedkar's broadcast on All India Radio. And by direction it is one-way, as in an announcement, or two-way, as in a negotiation, and within an organisation it is downward, upward or horizontal, of which upward communication fails most often because juniors are reluctant to carry bad news.

munotes.in310

Types of Oral Communication

Why it scores. Four bases of classification, each named, each with examples, and at least one example drawn from the syllabus itself.

Quick revision

Verbal is in words, oral or written. Non-verbal is everything else: kinesics, facial expression, eye contact, proxemics, haptics, paralanguage, appearance, chronemics.

Do not quote a percentage for non-verbal communication.

By formality: formal, informal, and the grapevine.

By number: intrapersonal, interpersonal, small group, public, mass.

By direction: one-way and two-way; downward, upward and horizontal.

Formal speech may be delivered orally or written out, which is what MU's label means.

Four modes of delivery: manuscript, memorised, extempore, impromptu. Extempore is the working default.

Test yourself

1. Is tone of voice verbal or non-verbal? The words are verbal; the tone is not. Tone, pitch, pace, volume and pauses are called paralanguage, and they are vocal but non-verbal, because they travel with speech without being words.

2. Give the five classes by number of participants, with an example of each. Intrapersonal, such as rehearsing an argument in your head; interpersonal, such as a client interview; small group, such as a conference of counsel; public, such as an address to a court; and mass, such as a radio broadcast.

3. What is the grapevine, and what should be done about it? The informal network along which news travels in an organisation, following relationships rather than positions. It is fast and often accurate, cannot be abolished, and is better used than fought.

munotes.in311

Types of Oral Communication

4. What does MU mean by "Formal Speech (Oral & Written)"? That a formal speech exists in two forms: as something delivered aloud, and as a text composed in full, whether read from a script, circulated, published or written out in an examination. The paper tests the second, as when it asked for a speech welcoming a chief guest.

5. Name the four modes of delivery and say which a good speaker uses. Manuscript, memorised, extempore and impromptu. A good speaker ordinarily uses the extempore mode, which means thorough preparation and delivery from notes rather than from a word-for-word text.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in312

Chapter Sixty-Four

Formal Speech: Preparing and Delivering

Syllabus topic 3.2.2, "Formal Speech (Oral & Written)"

In one line

A formal speech is prepared in five steps, built in three parts, and delivered by a speaker who has rehearsed aloud, knows the first and last sentences by heart, and is looking at the audience.

What makes a speech formal

Four things, and any question about the difference between formal and informal speech should use them.

The occasion is official. A function, a meeting, a court, a class, a ceremony.

The structure is planned. It has a beginning, a middle and an end that the speaker decided in advance.

The language is more careful. Complete sentences, fewer contractions, no slang, and forms of address appropriate to the audience.

The roles are fixed. One person speaks and the others listen, and interruption is a breach of the occasion rather than a normal part of it.

Preparation, in five steps

Step one: settle the purpose in one sentence. Every speech does one of four things: informs, persuades, marks an occasion, or entertains. Write your purpose down as a sentence beginning "By the end of this speech the audience will..." If you cannot finish that sentence, you are not ready to write.

Step two: analyse the audience. Who are they, how many, what do they already know, what do they want, why are they there, and how long will they sit still? A speech to first-year students, to a bench of judges and to a college's alumni are three different speeches on the same subject.

Step three: gather more material than you need. Facts, examples, a story, a quotation, and figures if they help. Then discard most of it. A speech carries about one idea for every two minutes.

Step four: outline in three parts. Introduction, body, conclusion, dealt with below.

Step five: rehearse aloud and time it. Aloud, standing, at least three times. Timing is the commonest failure: a page of ordinary prose takes about two minutes to speak, and almost every speaker overruns.

The three parts

The introduction, which does four jobs.

  1. Address the audience. The correct form for the occasion: "Respected Chairperson, honoured guests, members of the faculty and my dear friends."
  2. Get attention. A question, a striking fact, a short story or a quotation. Not an apology, and not "Today I am going to speak about".
  3. Say what the speech is about. One sentence.
  4. Say why it matters to these listeners. One sentence.

The body, which carries the substance.

Two to four main points, no more. Each point is stated, explained, and supported by an example, a fact or a story. Arrange them in an order the audience can follow: by time, by importance, by problem and solution, or by cause and effect.

Signposting is what makes a speech followable. A listener cannot turn back a page, so you must say where you are: "There are three reasons. The first is...", "That is the problem; now the remedy", "Finally, and this is the point I want to leave with you".

munotes.in313

Formal Speech: Preparing and Delivering

The conclusion, which does three jobs.

  1. Signal the end. "Let me close with this."
  2. Summarise the main points, briefly, in the order given.
  3. End on a definite last line, prepared and learnt. Never end with "That's all" or by trailing off. A speech that stops rather than ends loses whatever it had built.

Delivery

Voice. Loud enough for the back row, and varied. A speaker who does not vary pitch and pace is not heard for long, whatever the volume.

Pace. Slower than feels natural. Nerves speed everybody up.

Pauses. The most underused tool in speaking. A pause before an important sentence makes the audience listen to it, and a pause after it lets them take it in.

Eyes. Look at the audience, in sections: left, centre, right, and back again, resting on individuals for a few seconds. A speaker who reads a page has given the audience permission to stop listening.

Posture and gesture. Stand still and upright, feet apart, weight even. Gesture with the hands when it means something and keep them still otherwise. Do not hold anything you can fiddle with.

Notes. Cards or a single sheet with headings, never a full text. The exception is a manuscript speech where the exact words matter.

Nerves. Universal, and manageable. The four things that actually work: prepare more than you need, rehearse aloud, learn the first sentence and the last sentence by heart so that the beginning and the end cannot go wrong, and breathe out slowly before you start. Nervousness that is not visible is simply energy.

What goes wrong, and the fix

The faultThe fix
Reading the whole speechNotes with headings only, and eyes up
OverrunningTime it aloud, and cut a third
Apologising at the startDelete the apology; nobody knew until you told them
Too many pointsTwo to four, and repeat them
InaudibleSpeak to the back row, not to the front
No signpostingSay the number of points and then count them aloud
Trailing offLearn the last sentence by heart
FiddlingPut down the pen, the paper and the phone

Special features of speech in a legal setting

Forms of address. A court is addressed by the form its own practice requires, and a student should learn the correct form for the courts in their own jurisdiction before they need it. Getting it wrong is the first thing anybody notices.

Standing. In court, one speaks standing and sits when the opponent or the judge speaks. The convention is a piece of non-verbal communication that keeps a hearing orderly.

munotes.in314

Formal Speech: Preparing and Delivering

Interruption. In a court a speaker expects to be interrupted by the judge and must answer the question asked rather than continue the prepared sentence. That is the largest single difference between advocacy and a formal speech, and it is why a speaker who can only recite a memorised text cannot argue a case.

Brevity. Bacon's rule from Module 2 applies to counsel as well as to judges: whatever is above what the occasion needs is too much.

A worked answer

Question. "How would you prepare and deliver a formal speech? Six marks."

A model answer. Preparation runs in five steps. First, settle the purpose in one sentence, since every speech either informs, persuades, marks an occasion or entertains, and a speaker who cannot complete the sentence "by the end of this speech the audience will..." is not ready to write. Second, analyse the audience: who they are, what they already know, why they are present and how long they will sit. Third, gather more material than is needed and then discard most of it, since a speech carries roughly one idea for every two minutes. Fourth, outline in three parts. Fifth, rehearse aloud, standing and timed, because a page of ordinary prose takes about two minutes to speak and nearly every speaker overruns.

The structure has three parts. The introduction addresses the audience in the proper form, gains attention with a question, a fact or a short story, states the subject in one sentence and says why it matters to these listeners. The body carries two to four points, each stated, explained and supported by an example, arranged in an order the audience can follow, and signposted aloud, since a listener cannot turn back a page. The conclusion signals that the end has come, summarises the points briefly, and finishes on a definite last sentence.

Delivery requires a voice loud enough for the back row and varied in pitch and pace, a speed slower than feels natural, deliberate pauses before and after important sentences, eye contact moved in sections across the audience, a still and upright posture with purposeful gesture, and notes carrying headings rather than a full text. Nervousness is managed by over-preparation, rehearsal aloud, and learning the first and last sentences by heart so that the two most dangerous moments are secure.

Why it scores. Five steps, three parts, and a delivery paragraph, each with specific and usable detail rather than general advice.

Quick revision

Formal speech: official occasion, planned structure, careful language, fixed roles.

Five steps: purpose in one sentence; audience analysis; gather and discard; outline; rehearse aloud and time it.

munotes.in315

Formal Speech: Preparing and Delivering

Three parts: introduction, which addresses, attracts, states and justifies; body of two to four signposted points; conclusion, which signals, summarises and ends on a prepared line.

Delivery: audible and varied voice, slower pace, pauses, eye contact in sections, still posture, notes not text.

Nerves: over-prepare, rehearse aloud, learn the first and last sentences.

One idea per two minutes; a page of prose is about two minutes.

Test yourself

1. What are the four jobs of an introduction? To address the audience in the proper form, to gain attention with something better than an announcement of the topic, to state the subject in one sentence, and to say why it matters to these particular listeners.

2. Why is signposting necessary in speech and not in writing? Because a listener cannot turn back a page. Saying how many points there are and then counting them aloud is what allows an audience to follow an argument they cannot re-read.

3. How long should a speech be, and how do you know? As long as the occasion allows and no longer. A page of ordinary prose takes about two minutes to speak and a speech carries roughly one idea every two minutes, so the only reliable method is to rehearse aloud with a watch and then cut.

4. Give four things that actually reduce nervousness. Preparing more material than you need; rehearsing aloud and standing; learning the first sentence and the last sentence by heart so the two riskiest moments are secure; and breathing out slowly before beginning.

5. What is the largest difference between a formal speech and an argument in court? Interruption. A speech is delivered to listeners who wait; an argument is delivered to a judge who interrupts, and counsel must answer the question asked rather than continue the prepared sentence. A speaker who can only recite a memorised text cannot argue a case.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in316

Chapter Sixty-Five

Speech Writing, With Model Speeches

Syllabus topic 3.2.2, "Formal Speech (Oral & Written)"

In one line

A speech written for an examination is judged on its form: the salutation, the occasion, the guest, the substance, the thanks and the close, in that order, in about three hundred words.

The form an examiner is looking for

Length. For six marks, about 250 to 350 words. Long enough to have a middle, short enough to be a speech and not an essay.

Layout. Write it as continuous prose in paragraphs, opening with the salutation on its own line. Do not use bullet points. Some candidates add a line at the top naming the occasion, which is acceptable and looks organised.

The six parts.

  1. Salutation. Address everyone present, in order of precedence.
  2. The occasion. Say what the event is and why the audience is gathered.
  3. The guest. Introduce the chief guest and say why this person and not another.
  4. The substance. One idea about the activity being celebrated, developed for two or three sentences. This is what separates a good answer from a form filled in.
  5. The thanks and the invitation. Thank the guest for coming and invite them to address the gathering or to inaugurate the event.
  6. The close. A definite last sentence.

And the one rule that decides the mark. A welcome speech must contain something that could not be said at any other event. Names, the activity, the specific occasion. A speech that would fit any function on any campus scores as a template.

Model one: welcoming a chief guest at a Moot Court Committee event

This is the February 2026 question. The names, courts and figures are specimens: put your own college's in their place.

Welcome Address: Inauguration of the Intra-Collegiate Moot Court Competition

Respected Chief Guest, Justice A. B. Sharma, Honourable Principal, members of the faculty, distinguished judges of today's rounds, and my dear fellow students.

It is my privilege, on behalf of the Moot Court Committee, to welcome you all to the inauguration of our annual intra-collegiate moot court competition. Twenty-four teams have registered this year, and for the next two days this building will be full of first-year students discovering how difficult it is to say a simple thing clearly while somebody interrupts them.

We are especially honoured by the presence of our chief guest, Justice A. B. Sharma, who has served on the bench of the Bombay High Court for twelve years, and who is known to every student of this college for insisting that an advocate's first duty is to be understood. We could not have asked for a guest more suited to an occasion of this kind, because a moot court is, before it is anything else, an exercise in being understood.

A moot is often described as practice for the courtroom. I would say it is more than practice. It is the first occasion on which a student is answerable for what they have said: for a proposition they cannot support, a case they have not read, and a submission they cannot defend when a judge stops them halfway through it. Nothing else in our three years teaches that, and no textbook can.

munotes.in317

Speech Writing, With Model Speeches

Sir, we are grateful that you have given us your time, and we look forward to your address, which we hope will be a little kinder than your questions will be this afternoon.

With that, I request our chief guest to inaugurate the competition, and I wish every participant a good hearing and a fair bench.

Thank you.

Why this model works. It names the committee, the event, the number of teams and the guest's court and reputation; it contains one genuine idea about mooting rather than praise of it; it has one line of light humour appropriate to the occasion; and it ends by doing something, namely requesting the guest to inaugurate.

Model two: vote of thanks

Vote of Thanks: Legal Aid Camp, Shirwal

Respected Chairperson, honoured guests, members of the faculty and dear friends.

We have come to the end of a long day, and it falls to me to thank the people who made it possible.

Our first thanks are to Advocate C. D. Menon, who conducted the camp and answered questions for six hours without once making anybody feel foolish for asking. Our thanks go also to the Sarpanch and the residents of Shirwal, who gave us a hall, a public address system and their patience.

I must thank the members of the Legal Aid Committee, who registered two hundred and ten queries today, and the faculty coordinator, Dr E. F. Rao, who has now organised nine of these camps and has never once been thanked by name until this moment.

Finally I thank all of you for staying to the end. A camp of this kind is judged by whether people came back after lunch, and today they did.

Thank you.

The rules a vote of thanks follows. It is short, under two hundred words. It thanks people in descending order of formality but ends with the audience. It names individuals and says what each of them actually did. It never introduces new material, and it never becomes a second speech.

Model three: introducing a speaker

Respected all.

Our speaker this evening needs an introduction only because the custom requires one.

Ms G. H. Iyer took her degree from this college in 2009, practised in the trial courts of Nagpur for eight years, and has since appeared in some of the most important environmental litigation in this state. Those of you who read the judgment in the Ulhas river case last year will have read her argument, whether or not you noticed her name at the top of it.

munotes.in318

Speech Writing, With Model Speeches

She has agreed to speak to us today on public interest litigation and its limits, which is a subject on which she is entitled to be sceptical and on which most of us are not yet entitled to an opinion at all.

Ms Iyer, the floor is yours.

The rules. Short. Facts rather than adjectives. Establish authority to speak on this subject in particular. End by handing over in one line.

Model four: farewell

Farewell to the Outgoing Batch

Respected Principal, members of the faculty, and the class of 2026.

We are here to say goodbye to a batch that has run the moot court committee, the legal aid cell and, on at least two occasions I know of, the faculty's own timetable.

What we will remember about you is not the prizes. It is that when the first-year students arrived last June and could not find the library, it was your batch that walked them there. A college teaches its juniors mostly by showing them what seniors do, and you have taught well.

You leave us at a moment when the work is not getting easier. Courts are crowded, the profession is difficult to enter, and the people who need you most will be the least able to pay you. We are sending you out anyway, because you are ready.

Come back and tell us what it is really like. We will believe you more than we believe the textbooks.

On behalf of everybody here, thank you, and all the best.

The templates, reduced to skeletons

Learn these four openings and you can build any of the speeches under examination pressure.

SpeechOpening moveClosing move
WelcomeSalutation, occasion, guest, one ideaRequest the guest to speak or inaugurate
Vote of thanksName the first person to be thankedThank the audience for staying
IntroductionSay the introduction is a formalityHand over: "the floor is yours"
FarewellName what the leaving group didSend them off with one honest sentence

What loses marks

No salutation, or a wrong one. It is the first line and the easiest mark on the paper.

A template with no names. If the speech would fit any college in India, it will be marked as though it did.

Turning it into an essay. A speech has a listener. Address them: "you", "we", "this evening".

No substance. Three paragraphs of praise is not a speech. One real idea about the activity is what an examiner is looking for.

munotes.in319

Speech Writing, With Model Speeches

No ending. Finish with a definite sentence, and then "Thank you."

Overrunning. For six marks, a page is enough. Two pages will not gain more and will cost you time in Question 4.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own: "Write a speech in order to welcome a chief guest for the Moot Court Committee event of your college."

The answer is model one above, and this is how it was built in the examination hall.

First, thirty seconds of planning. Who is speaking: a member of the Moot Court Committee. To whom: guest, principal, faculty, judges, students. Occasion: inauguration of the intra-collegiate moot. Guest: a judge. One idea: that a moot is the first time a student is answerable for what they say.

Then the six parts, in order, with a name or a number in every paragraph so that nothing reads as a template.

Then the close, which does something rather than merely stopping: the guest is requested to inaugurate the competition.

Total, about 320 words, which is right for six marks.

Quick revision

Six parts: salutation, occasion, guest, substance, thanks and invitation, close.

250 to 350 words for six marks. Continuous prose, no bullets.

The test: could this speech be given at any other event? If yes, add names, numbers and one specific idea.

Vote of thanks: under two hundred words, names and what each person did, ends with the audience.

Introduction of a speaker: facts not adjectives, authority on this subject, hand over in one line.

Always end on a prepared sentence, then "Thank you."

Test yourself

1. What are the six parts of a welcome speech? Salutation, the occasion, the introduction of the chief guest, the substance, the thanks with an invitation to speak, and a definite close.

2. What single test tells you whether your speech will score? Whether it could be delivered at any other function. If it could, it lacks names, numbers and a specific idea, and it will be marked as a template.

3. How does a vote of thanks differ from a welcome speech? It is shorter, under two hundred words; it names individuals and says what each actually did; it moves from the most formal thanks down to the audience; and it introduces no new material and never becomes a second speech.

4. How do you end a speech? On a prepared sentence that does something, such as requesting the chief guest to inaugurate the event or handing the floor to the speaker, followed by "Thank you". Never trail off and never end with "That's all".

5. How long should the answer be for six marks, and why not longer? About 250 to 350 words, roughly a page. A longer answer earns no more marks for this question and takes time away from Question 4, where three essays of thirteen marks each are waiting.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in320

Chapter Sixty-Six

Elocution and Pronunciation

Syllabus topic 3.3.3, "Elocution/Mock Trials/ Meetings"

In one line

Elocution is the art of speaking aloud clearly and effectively, and for a law student its practical content is audibility, stress, rhythm, and the small number of sounds and words that are habitually mispronounced.

Elocution

The definition. Elocution is the art of clear and expressive speaking, covering the production of the voice, the pronunciation of words, and the delivery of a passage or a speech so that its meaning and feeling reach the listener.

What an elocution competition is. A prepared passage, usually somebody else's words, delivered from memory or from the text, and judged on pronunciation, clarity, modulation, expression, confidence and use of time. It differs from a declamation or a speech competition, where the words are the speaker's own.

How it is judged, which tells you what to practise.

CriterionWhat the judge is listening for
PronunciationWords said correctly, endings not swallowed
ClarityEvery syllable audible at the back
ModulationPitch and volume varied to carry the sense
Pace and pauseNot hurried; pauses used at the punctuation and before key words
ExpressionThe feeling of the passage conveyed without acting
PoiseStillness, eye contact, no fidgeting
TimeWithin the limit set

The elements of the voice

Volume. Loud enough to be heard at the back of the room without shouting. Loudness comes from breath, not from the throat: breathe from the diaphragm, that is, low in the body, and the voice carries without strain.

Pitch. How high or low the voice is. A voice that stays on one pitch is a monotone, and an audience stops hearing it within two minutes.

Pace. How fast. Slower than feels natural, and varied: slow for what matters, quicker for what is familiar.

Pause. Silence used deliberately. The most powerful device available to a speaker and the one students use least.

Stress. Which syllable or word is given weight. Stress carries meaning, and misplacing it changes the sense, sometimes entirely.

Articulation. The clean formation of consonants, especially at the ends of words. Most inaudibility is not lack of volume but swallowed final consonants.

Word stress, which is where marks and credibility are lost

English is a stress-timed language: some syllables are strong and the rest are weakened. A word said with the wrong syllable stressed is often not recognised at all, even if every sound in it is correct.

The pattern worth knowing. Many English words change stress and meaning between noun and verb, with the noun stressed on the first syllable and the verb on the second.

WordAs a nounAs a verb
recorda RE-cordto re-CORD
conductgood CON-ductto con-DUCT
presenta PRE-sentto pre-SENT
contracta CON-tractto con-TRACT
suspectthe SUS-pectto sus-PECT
objectan OB-jectto ob-JECT
convicta CON-victto con-VICT
increasean IN-creaseto in-CREASE
munotes.in321

Elocution and Pronunciation

Why a law student in particular should learn this list. Every one of those words is a working legal word, and half of them appear in a single criminal case: the conduct of the suspect, the contract produced in evidence, counsel rising to object, the convict.

Sounds that habitually cause difficulty

These are the ones worth practising. The point is not to lose an Indian accent, which is nobody's business, but to be understood in a courtroom where the listener may not share it.

The v and w distinction. In v the top teeth touch the lower lip; in w the lips round without touching the teeth. Practise pairs: vine and wine, vest and west, veil and whale, verse and worse. Dickens gets a whole character out of the confusion, since Sam and Tony Weller in The Pickwick Papers exchange the two consistently.

The th sounds. English has two, and neither is a t or a d. The voiceless one is in think, thought, three, both. The voiced one is in this, that, they, there, other. In both, the tongue tip is between or against the teeth.

Final consonants. English distinguishes words by their endings, and a swallowed ending destroys the distinction: fact and fac, act and ac, asked, risked, texts. Practise clusters at the end of words, which is where Indian speakers of English most often lose intelligibility.

Long and short vowels. ship and sheep, bit and beat, full and fool, cot and caught. In law, live and leave, and bail and bell.

Silent letters. Words a law student uses constantly and which are commonly mispronounced: subtle, debt, doubt, indict, plumber, receipt, mortgage, salmon, island, half.

Legal words that are commonly mispronounced

Pronunciation varies between countries and between courts, and confident local practice is not wrong merely because a dictionary prefers another form. What follows is the standard form a student can rely on.

Indict, indictment. The c is silent, so the word sounds like "indite", "indite-ment".

Suit, suing. A suit in law is pronounced like the garment.

Recuse, recusal. Two syllables and three: re-CUSE, re-CUS-al.

Certiorari, mandamus, quo warranto, habeas corpus. The prerogative writs. Learn to say them slowly and evenly rather than fast and wrongly; nothing marks out a beginner faster.

Res judicata, res ipsa loquitur, ratio decidendi, obiter dicta, ultra vires, mens rea, actus reus, prima facie, bona fide, ex parte, sub judice, suo motu, amicus curiae. These appear in every year of the course. Say each aloud, syllable by syllable, until it is automatic.

And one warning about Latin. There is more than one accepted way to pronounce legal Latin, and Indian courts have their own settled usage. Learn the usage of the courts you will practise in, and use it consistently.

munotes.in322

Elocution and Pronunciation

How to practise, in four exercises

Read aloud for ten minutes a day. MU's own note asks for this. Read anything: a judgment, a newspaper, a page of the prescribed texts. Read to the far wall.

Record yourself and listen. Uncomfortable and more useful than any other exercise. You will hear the swallowed endings and the monotone immediately.

Mark up a passage before reading it. Underline the words to stress, put a slash where you will pause, and mark where the voice rises and falls. Then read it as marked.

Practise the pairs. Sixty seconds a day on vine and wine, think and this, ship and sheep, and the noun and verb stress list above.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a short note on elocution." Six marks.

A model answer. Elocution is the art of clear and expressive speaking, comprising the production of the voice, the correct pronunciation of words, and the delivery of a passage so that its meaning and feeling reach the listener. In its competitive form it consists of delivering a prepared passage, usually somebody else's words, and it is judged on pronunciation, clarity, modulation, pace and pause, expression, poise and the observance of the time limit. Its elements are the elements of the voice: volume, which comes from breathing low in the body rather than from the throat; pitch, which must be varied, since a monotone stops being heard within two minutes; pace, which should be slower than feels natural; pause, which is the most powerful and least used device available to a speaker; stress, which carries meaning and changes it when misplaced; and articulation, since most inaudibility is caused by swallowed final consonants rather than by lack of volume.

For a student of law it has a direct professional value, because a court hears an argument before it considers it, and because the profession's working vocabulary contains words whose stress distinguishes noun from verb, such as a record and to record, or a convict and to convict, together with a large Latin vocabulary that must be said correctly and evenly. It is improved by reading aloud daily, which MU's own syllabus recommends, by recording and listening to oneself, by marking a passage for stress and pause before reading it, and by short daily practice on the sounds that give difficulty.

Why it scores. A definition, the judging criteria, the six elements of voice, a professional application, and a method of practice.

Quick revision

Elocution: the art of clear and expressive speaking aloud, judged on pronunciation, clarity, modulation, pace and pause, expression, poise and time.

munotes.in323

Elocution and Pronunciation

Elements: volume from the diaphragm; pitch varied; pace slower; pause deliberate; stress meaningful; articulation of final consonants.

Noun and verb stress: RE-cord and re-CORD, CON-duct and con-DUCT, CON-vict and con-VICT, OB-ject and ob-JECT.

Sounds to practise: v and w, the two th sounds, final consonant clusters, long and short vowels, silent letters.

Indict is pronounced "indite". Learn the writs and the standard Latin tags aloud.

Practice: read aloud daily, record yourself, mark up a passage, drill the pairs.

Test yourself

1. Define elocution and distinguish it from a speech competition. Elocution is the art of clear and expressive speaking, covering voice production, pronunciation and delivery. In competition it means delivering a prepared passage, usually written by somebody else, whereas in a declamation or speech competition the words are the speaker's own.

2. Why is stress important in English, with an example from legal vocabulary? Because English is stress-timed, so a word with the stress in the wrong place is often not recognised at all. Many legal words change stress between noun and verb: a CON-vict but to con-VICT, a RE-cord but to re-CORD, an OB-ject but to ob-JECT.

3. What is the commonest cause of a speaker being inaudible? Not lack of volume but swallowed final consonants. English distinguishes words by their endings, so clusters such as those in acts, facts, asked and texts must be articulated or the word is lost.

4. How is the word indict pronounced? The c is silent: it sounds like "indite", and indictment like "indite-ment".

5. Give the four exercises that improve pronunciation. Reading aloud for about ten minutes a day, as MU's own note recommends; recording yourself and listening back; marking a passage for stress and pause before reading it aloud; and a minute a day on the sound pairs that give difficulty, such as vine and wine or ship and sheep.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in324

Chapter Sixty-Seven

Mock Trials

Syllabus topic 3.3.3, "Elocution/Mock Trials/ Meetings"

In one line

A mock trial is a simulated court hearing in which students take every role and conduct a case from opening to judgment, and its purpose is to teach a law student to speak, listen and answer under pressure.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: a mock trial is an exercise in which students conduct a complete simulated trial of a hypothetical case, taking the parts of judge, counsel, witnesses and court staff, in order to acquire the skills of examination, argument and courtroom communication.

Mock trial and moot court: the distinction that is always asked

They are not the same thing, and confusing them is the commonest error on this topic.

Mock trialMoot court
The court simulatedA trial courtAn appellate court
What is in issueFacts, and lawPoints of law only
WitnessesYes, examined and cross-examinedNone
EvidenceLed, objected to, admitted or excludedTaken as found by the court below
JurySometimes, where the system has oneNever
Skills testedExamination, objection, opening and closing statementsLegal argument, research, answering questions from the bench
Written workUsually littleA written memorial or memorandum on each side

The sentence to use. A mock trial asks what happened; a moot asks what the law is.

The roles

The judge or bench. Presides, rules on objections, controls the hearing and delivers judgment. In a student exercise the judge is often a member of the faculty or a practising advocate.

Counsel for the prosecution or plaintiff. Opens the case, leads evidence, cross-examines the other side's witnesses, and makes the closing argument.

Counsel for the defence or defendant. The same functions on the other side.

Witnesses. Students playing the parts of witnesses, who must learn a witness statement and answer questions in character, including questions they were not expecting.

The accused or the parties. Present, and in a criminal simulation the accused may or may not give evidence.

Court staff. The clerk, who calls the case and administers the oath, and the stenographer or recorder.

Observers and assessors, who take notes and give feedback afterwards, which is the part of the exercise that produces the learning.

The stages of a mock trial

Learn this order; a question asking how a mock trial is conducted is asking for it.

  1. The case file is circulated: the facts, the charge or claim, and the witness statements.
  2. Preparation: each side settles its theory of the case, decides which witnesses to call, prepares questions, and anticipates the other side's.
  3. The court assembles; the clerk calls the case; appearances are announced.
  4. Opening statement by the prosecution or plaintiff, then by the defence.
  5. Examination-in-chief of the first side's witnesses, followed by cross-examination, and re-examination if permitted.
  6. The other side's evidence, in the same order.
  7. Closing arguments, defence and prosecution in the order the exercise sets.
  8. Judgment, delivered with reasons.
  9. Feedback, in which the bench and the assessors say what was done well and badly. Skipping this stage wastes the exercise.
munotes.in325

Mock Trials

The three kinds of questioning, and the rule that distinguishes them

This is the substance of a mock trial and the part MU's oral communication topic is really about.

Examination-in-chief. Questioning your own witness. Open questions only: who, what, when, where, how. The witness should be doing the talking, and leading questions, which suggest the answer, are not permitted.

Cross-examination. Questioning the other side's witness. Closed, leading questions, put one fact at a time, to which the answer should be yes or no. The advocate does the talking and the witness confirms or denies.

Re-examination. Questioning your own witness again, limited to repairing damage done in cross-examination, and confined to matters that arose there.

The classic warning. In cross-examination, do not ask a question to which you do not know the answer, and stop when you have the answer you wanted. Every student's first cross-examination goes one question too far.

The language of the courtroom

An oral communication topic is entitled to test the vocabulary, so learn the phrases and what each is for.

PhraseWhen it is used
"May it please the court"Opening an address
"I appear for the prosecution / for the accused"Announcing appearance
"May I proceed?"Before beginning an examination
"Objection. Leading."Where opposing counsel suggests the answer in chief
"Objection. Hearsay."Where a witness reports what another person said
"Objection. Not relevant."Where the question has nothing to do with the issues
"Objection. Asked and answered."Where the same question is repeated
"I withdraw the question."After an objection is sustained
"No further questions."Ending an examination
"The witness may be examined."Handing over to the other side
"That is the case for the prosecution."Closing a case
"As your lordship pleases."Accepting a ruling, in the form the local court uses

Two rules of manner. Stand when speaking and sit when the other side or the bench speaks. And never argue with a ruling: accept it in one phrase and move on, which is the same courtesy Bacon required of counsel in Module 2, where he says counsel must not chop with the judge or reopen a matter after sentence is declared.

What a mock trial teaches, and this is what an examiner wants

To think while speaking. A prepared speech can be memorised; an examination cannot, because the next question depends on the last answer.

munotes.in326

Mock Trials

To listen. The single hardest skill. An advocate who is reading the next question off a pad while the witness answers will miss the answer that would have won the case.

To be brief. Objections must be one word and a reason. Closing arguments have a time limit. Nothing teaches economy faster.

To take a ruling. Losing an objection in public and continuing calmly is a professional skill and is not learnt from books.

To organise material. A case theory has to be settled before a question can be drafted, which forces the student to decide what the case is actually about.

And, for the purposes of this syllabus, to communicate orally under conditions of interruption, which is the difference between a speech and advocacy that the formal speech chapter identified.

How to prepare for one

Read the file twice. Once for the story, once for the details that will be disputed.

Write your case theory in one sentence. "This is a case about a man who was not there." If you cannot, you are not ready to draft questions.

List the facts you must establish, and next to each, the witness who can give it.

Draft chief examination as open questions and cross-examination as statements ending in "is that correct?"

Anticipate the other side. Write their three best questions to your witness and prepare the answers with the witness.

Prepare the closing before the trial, and then change it, because the closing must use what actually happened.

Rehearse aloud, standing, with somebody objecting.

A worked answer

Question. "What is a mock trial? Distinguish it from a moot court and state its advantages." Six marks.

A model answer. A mock trial is a simulated hearing in which students conduct a complete trial of a hypothetical case, taking the roles of judge, counsel for each side, witnesses, the parties and court staff, from the opening statements through the examination of witnesses to closing arguments and judgment. It differs from a moot court in that a mock trial simulates a trial court and a moot an appellate court: a mock trial is concerned with facts as well as law, calls witnesses who are examined and cross-examined, and involves the leading of evidence and objections to it, whereas a moot argues points of law alone on facts already found, has no witnesses, and requires a written memorial from each side. In short, a mock trial asks what happened and a moot asks what the law is.

Its advantages are practical. It teaches a student to think while speaking, since the next question in an examination depends on the last answer and cannot be memorised in advance. It teaches listening, which is the hardest and least practised skill, because an advocate reading the next question while the witness answers will miss the answer. It teaches brevity, since objections must be short and arguments are timed. It teaches the acceptance of an adverse ruling in public without argument. It requires a student to settle a theory of the case before drafting a single question, which forces clarity about what the case is about. And, for the purposes of an oral communication course, it is the only exercise that trains speech under conditions of interruption, which is what distinguishes advocacy from a prepared speech.

munotes.in327

Mock Trials

Why it scores. A definition, a comparison table turned into prose, and six advantages each stated as a skill rather than as praise.

Quick revision

Mock trial: trial court, facts and law, witnesses examined, evidence led, objections taken. Moot: appellate court, law only, no witnesses, written memorial.

Roles: bench, counsel both sides, witnesses, parties, clerk, recorder, assessors.

Stages: file, preparation, appearances, openings, evidence for each side, closings, judgment, feedback.

Three examinations: chief, open questions; cross, leading questions; re-examination, limited to what arose in cross.

Do not ask a question in cross-examination if you do not know the answer, and stop when you have it.

Courtroom language: may it please the court; objection, leading; no further questions; as your lordship pleases.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish a mock trial from a moot court. A mock trial simulates a trial court and is concerned with facts as well as law: witnesses are called and examined, evidence is led and objected to, and there may be a jury. A moot simulates an appellate court, argues points of law only on facts already found, has no witnesses, and requires a written memorial from each side.

2. What is the difference between examination-in-chief and cross-examination? In chief you question your own witness with open questions and may not lead, so the witness does the talking. In cross-examination you question the other side's witness with closed leading questions put one fact at a time, so counsel does the talking and the witness confirms or denies.

3. State the classic warning about cross-examination. Never ask a question to which you do not know the answer, and stop as soon as you have the answer you wanted. Most beginners lose ground by asking one question too many.

4. Name the stages of a mock trial in order. Circulation of the case file; preparation; assembly of the court and announcement of appearances; opening statements; evidence of the first side, examined, cross-examined and re-examined; evidence of the other side; closing arguments; judgment with reasons; and feedback.

5. Why is a mock trial the right exercise for an oral communication course? Because it is the only one that trains speech under interruption. A speech is delivered to listeners who wait; in a trial the bench and the opponent interrupt, and the speaker must answer what has just been asked rather than continue a prepared sentence.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in328

Chapter Sixty-Eight

Meetings: Notice, Agenda and Minutes

Syllabus topic 3.3.3, "Elocution/Mock Trials/ Meetings"

In one line

A meeting is a gathering called for a purpose and conducted under rules, and it produces three documents: a notice before it, an agenda for it, and minutes after it.

Why a law student learns this

Because meetings are where a great deal of legal work is validly or invalidly done. A company's decisions are made at meetings; a society's, a trust's, a committee's and a partnership's likewise. Whether a decision is valid often turns on whether notice was properly given, whether the item was on the agenda, whether a quorum was present and how the minutes record it. Those questions belong to company law in a later year, and the vocabulary belongs here.

The kinds of meeting

By purpose. Informational, to tell people something. Consultative, to gather views. Decision-making, to resolve. Problem-solving. Statutory, held because a law requires it.

By body. General meetings of all members; committee meetings of a smaller appointed group; board meetings of those charged with management; annual general meetings held once a year; and extraordinary or special meetings called between them for a particular purpose.

The officers and the vocabulary

TermWhat it means
ChairpersonPresides, keeps order, decides points of procedure, puts questions to the vote
SecretaryIssues the notice and agenda, records the proceedings, prepares the minutes
MembersThose entitled to attend and vote
QuorumThe minimum number who must be present for the meeting to be valid
MotionA proposal put before the meeting for discussion
AmendmentA proposed change to a motion, voted on before the motion itself
ResolutionA motion that has been carried
Proposer and seconderThe member who moves a motion and the one who supports it, so that it may be discussed
Point of orderAn objection that the proceedings are not being conducted properly
AdjournmentPostponement of the meeting to another time
Casting voteA second vote the chair may have to break a tie
Ex officioA member who belongs to the body by virtue of holding another office
Nem conWithout opposition, nobody voting against
UnanimousEverybody voting in favour
Carried and lostA motion that has passed, and one that has failed
In cameraIn private, the public and sometimes the minutes excluded

The distinction most often tested. A motion is a proposal; a resolution is a motion after it has been passed. Nobody "passes a motion" and then "moves a resolution": the order is the other way round.

The notice

What it is. The formal intimation to members that a meeting will be held, sent in advance.

What it must contain. The name of the body; the fact that a meeting is called; the day, date, time and place; the purpose or a reference to the agenda; the signature of the secretary or convener; and the date of issue.

munotes.in329

Meetings: Notice, Agenda and Minutes

Why it matters legally. A decision taken at a meeting for which proper notice was not given to everybody entitled to attend may be invalid, however sensible the decision.

Specimen notice.

ST. XAVIER'S COLLEGE OF LAW, MUMBAI

MOOT COURT COMMITTEE

NOTICE

Date: 3 September 2026

A meeting of the Moot Court Committee will be held on Tuesday, 10 September 2026, at 3.00 p.m. in the Seminar Room, Second Floor, to consider the agenda annexed.

All members are requested to attend.

(Sd.) R. Mehta

Secretary, Moot Court Committee

The agenda

What it is. The list of items of business to be transacted, in the order in which they will be taken. The word is a Latin plural meaning things to be done.

The conventional order. The first three and the last two items are almost always the same, and an examiner expects them.

  1. Apologies for absence.
  2. Confirmation of the minutes of the previous meeting.
  3. Matters arising out of those minutes.
  4. onwards: the substantive items, in order of importance.
  5. Any other business.
  6. Date of the next meeting.

Specimen agenda.

MOOT COURT COMMITTEE

AGENDA for the meeting to be held on Tuesday, 10 September 2026, at 3.00 p.m.

1. Apologies for absence.

2. Confirmation of the minutes of the meeting held on 12 August 2026.

3. Matters arising.

4. Report on the intra-collegiate competition held in August.

5. Selection procedure for the national rounds: to consider and approve.

6. Budget for travel and registration: to consider the Treasurer's proposal.

7. Appointment of a student convener for the first-year orientation moot.

8. Any other business.

9. Date of the next meeting.

The minutes

What they are. The official written record of what was decided at a meeting, prepared by the secretary and confirmed at the next meeting.

The rules of writing them, which is what is examined.

Record decisions, not discussion. Minutes are not a transcript. What is recorded is what was resolved, by whom it was proposed and seconded, and the result of any vote.

Use the past tense and the third person. "The Secretary reported", "It was resolved", never "I said" or "we decided".

Be impersonal. Do not attribute opinions to individuals unless a member specifically asks for a dissent to be recorded, which is itself a recognised right.

Number the items to match the agenda, so that the two documents read together.

Record the essentials at the head: the body, the date, the time, the place, who was present, who was in the chair, and who sent apologies.

Record the quorum if there is any doubt about it.

Confirm and sign. Minutes are read and confirmed at the next meeting and signed by the chairperson, and only then are they the record.

munotes.in330

Meetings: Notice, Agenda and Minutes

Specimen minutes.

MOOT COURT COMMITTEE

Minutes of the meeting held on Tuesday, 10 September 2026, at 3.00 p.m. in the Seminar Room

Present: Dr S. Iyer (in the chair), R. Mehta (Secretary), A. Fernandes, P. Kulkarni, N. Shaikh, and four student members.

Apologies: Prof. D. Rao.

1. Apologies. Apologies were received from Prof. D. Rao and were recorded.

2. Minutes. The minutes of the meeting held on 12 August 2026 were read and confirmed, and were signed by the Chairperson.

3. Matters arising. The Secretary reported that the library had provided the additional reference copies requested at the last meeting.

The substantive items follow, numbered to match the agenda, and item 6 shows how an amendment, a division and a recorded dissent are minuted.

4. Intra-collegiate competition. The Secretary reported that twenty-four teams had participated and that the competition had been completed within the two days allotted. The Chairperson recorded the Committee's appreciation of the student organisers.

5. Selection procedure for the national rounds. After discussion it was proposed by A. Fernandes and seconded by N. Shaikh that selection be by a written problem followed by an oral round before a panel of three, and that the panel include one external member. The motion was carried unanimously.

6. Budget. The Treasurer's proposal for a budget of Rs 1,20,000 for travel and registration was considered. P. Kulkarni proposed an amendment reducing the figure to Rs 1,00,000. On being put to the vote the amendment was lost, three votes to five. The original proposal was thereupon carried, six votes to two. P. Kulkarni asked that his dissent be recorded, and it was so recorded.

7. Student convener. It was resolved that N. Shaikh be appointed student convener for the first-year orientation moot.

8. Any other business. There was none.

9. Date of the next meeting. Tuesday, 8 October 2026, at 3.00 p.m.

The meeting concluded at 4.20 p.m.

(Sd.) S. Iyer

Chairperson

The language of the chair

A short list, and it is the oral communication half of this topic.

"I call the meeting to order." "May we take the minutes as read?" "Is that agreed?" "Would somebody move that?" "Is there a seconder?" "The motion before the meeting is..." "I will put it to the vote. Those in favour? Those against? Abstentions?" "I declare the motion carried." "That is not a point of order." "We will take that under any other business." "I declare the meeting closed."

A worked answer

Question. "Write a notice, an agenda and the minutes of a committee meeting of your college." Six marks.

munotes.in331

Meetings: Notice, Agenda and Minutes

How to attempt it under time pressure. Give all three, short. The examiner is testing form, not length. Head each one clearly. Use the specimens above as the pattern: notice with date, day, time, place and signature; agenda with apologies, confirmation of minutes, matters arising, three or four substantive items, any other business and date of next meeting; minutes with those present, in the same numbered order as the agenda, in the past tense and third person, recording decisions and not discussion, ending with the time of conclusion and the chairperson's signature.

The two things that gain marks. Numbering the minutes to match the agenda, and recording at least one motion properly, with a proposer, a seconder and the result of the vote.

Quick revision

Three documents: notice before, agenda for, minutes after.

Notice: body, day, date, time, place, purpose, signature, date of issue. Improper notice can invalidate what was decided.

Agenda order: apologies; confirmation of minutes; matters arising; substantive items; any other business; date of next meeting.

Minutes: decisions not discussion; past tense, third person, impersonal; numbered to match the agenda; confirmed and signed at the next meeting.

Motion becomes resolution when carried. Amendment is voted on before the motion. Quorum is the minimum for validity. A dissent may be recorded on request.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between a motion and a resolution? A motion is a proposal put before a meeting for discussion. It becomes a resolution once it has been carried. An amendment, if any, is voted on before the motion itself.

2. What must a notice of meeting contain, and why does it matter? The name of the body, the day, date, time and place, the purpose or a reference to the agenda, the signature of the secretary or convener, and the date of issue. It matters because a decision taken at a meeting for which proper notice was not given to all entitled to attend may be invalid however sensible it is.

3. Give the conventional order of items on an agenda. Apologies for absence; confirmation of the minutes of the previous meeting; matters arising from them; the substantive items in order of importance; any other business; and the date of the next meeting.

4. State four rules for writing minutes. Record decisions rather than discussion; write in the past tense and the third person; keep them impersonal, attributing views to individuals only where a member asks for a dissent to be recorded; and number the items to match the agenda, the whole being read, confirmed and signed at the next meeting.

5. What is a quorum, and what happens without one? The minimum number of members who must be present for the meeting to be validly held. Business transacted without a quorum is liable to be treated as invalid, which is why the presence of a quorum is recorded where there is any doubt.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in332

Module IV

Language Enhancement

munotes.in

Chapter Sixty-Nine

Written Communication and Its Types

Syllabus topic 4.1.1, "Types of written communication (New Addition)"

In one line

Written communication is the exchange of meaning in written or printed words, and its forms run from a two-line notice to a pleading, each with its own conventions of layout, tone and length.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: written communication is the transmission of information, ideas or instructions in written or printed form, distinguished from oral communication by its permanence, its greater precision, its capacity to reach many readers accurately, and the absence of immediate feedback.

Why writing is the lawyer's medium

Because the law itself is written. Statutes, judgments, contracts, pleadings and wills exist as documents, and a lawyer's work is largely the reading and making of them.

Because writing is evidence of itself. A conversation must be proved; a letter proves itself, which is why practitioners confirm important calls in writing.

Because writing is read by people who are not present. A judge reading a plaint, a client reading an opinion and a court reading a notice cannot ask what you meant.

Because it is permanent. A careless sentence in a letter can be read out in court years later, which is the reason legal writing is cautious to the point of dullness.

The characteristics of good written communication

The traditional list is the seven Cs, and it is worth learning as a list because a question may ask for it directly.

The CWhat it requiresThe test
ClearOne meaning, not twoCould a hostile reader misread this?
ConciseNo word that does no workCut a fifth and see what is lost
ConcreteSpecific facts, dates and figuresAre there numbers where numbers belong?
CorrectAccurate in fact, grammar and spellingHave the names and dates been checked?
CompleteEverything the reader needs to actCan the reader do the thing without writing back?
CourteousCivil, even in complaintWould you be content to have it read aloud?
CoherentOrdered, and connectedDoes each paragraph follow the last?

And the eighth, which lawyers add. Considerate: written for the reader who will actually receive it, not for the writer.

The types of written communication

Classify them by purpose and by audience; an answer that gives a bare list scores less than one that groups them.

Personal and social. Letters to family and friends, invitations, letters of condolence and congratulation. Informal in tone and free in layout.

Official and business correspondence. The letter of application, the letter of complaint, letters of enquiry, order, adjustment, resignation and leave, and letters of reference. Formal layout, one subject to a letter.

Internal communication in an organisation. The memorandum, or memo, which is a short internal note with a fixed heading of To, From, Date and Subject, and no salutation or complimentary close; circulars; office orders; notices.

munotes.in333

Written Communication and Its Types

Meeting documents. Notice, agenda and minutes, dealt with in their own chapter.

Reports. Formal accounts of an investigation, an event or a state of affairs, prepared for somebody who will act on them. Dealt with in its own chapter.

Electronic. Email, which is treated in its own chapter, together with messaging, which is now used professionally and carries the same risks of permanence with none of the care.

Publicity and public documents. Press releases, advertisements, brochures, public notices.

Academic writing. The essay, the project, the case comment, the research paper, and the moot memorial.

Legal documents, which a law student should be able to name even in the first year. The plaint and the written statement in a civil suit; the petition and the affidavit; the legal notice sent before an action; the opinion, in which counsel advises; the agreement or deed; the will; and the memorandum of a moot. Each has its own settled form, and each is studied in a later paper.

The advantages and limitations, for a short note

Advantages. It is permanent and can be referred to later. It is accurate, because it can be revised before it is sent. It can be circulated to many people without distortion. It is evidence. It allows complexity, because the reader can re-read. It suits a reader who is not available at the same time as the writer. And it obliges the writer to think, since vague thinking survives conversation and does not survive a paragraph.

Limitations. It is slower. Feedback is delayed or absent, so a misunderstanding is not corrected at once. It carries tone poorly, so a neutral sentence can be read as rudeness. It is unsuitable for the illiterate or the semi-literate, which matters in legal aid work. It costs time and money. And it is permanent in the bad sense too: an unwise sentence cannot be recalled.

Choosing the form

A useful three-question test, which turns this chapter into something usable.

Does the reader need to act? Then say what, by when, and give them what they need to do it.

Does anybody need to prove this later? Then write it, whatever else you do.

Is there feeling involved? Then speak first and write afterwards. A difficult message delivered only in writing is read at its coldest.

A worked answer

Question. "What is written communication? Explain its types and state its advantages and limitations." Six marks.

A model answer. Written communication is the transmission of information, ideas or instructions in written or printed form. It is distinguished from oral communication by four things: it is permanent and forms a record; it is more precise, because it can be revised before it is sent; it can be circulated to many readers without distortion; and it lacks immediate feedback, so a misunderstanding is not corrected as it arises.

munotes.in334

Written Communication and Its Types

Its types may be grouped by purpose. Personal and social writing includes letters to family, invitations and letters of condolence or congratulation. Official and business correspondence includes letters of application, complaint, enquiry, order, resignation and reference. Internal organisational communication includes the memorandum, which carries a heading of To, From, Date and Subject and no salutation, along with circulars and office orders. Meeting documents comprise the notice, the agenda and the minutes. Reports are formal accounts prepared for a person who must act on them. Electronic forms include email and professional messaging. Publicity documents include press releases and public notices. Academic writing includes essays, projects and moot memorials. And legal documents, which a law student meets from the first year, include the plaint, the written statement, the affidavit, the legal notice, counsel's opinion, agreements and wills.

Its advantages are permanence, accuracy, the capacity to reach many readers identically, evidential value, the ability to carry complex matter that the reader can re-read, and the discipline it imposes on the writer, since vague thinking survives conversation but not a paragraph. Its limitations are that it is slow, that feedback is delayed or absent, that it conveys tone poorly so that a neutral sentence may read as rudeness, that it excludes readers who cannot read easily, that it costs time and money, and that what has been written cannot be recalled.

Why it scores. A definition with four points of distinction, eight grouped types with examples including legal ones, and balanced advantages and limitations.

Quick revision

Definition: transmission of information, ideas or instructions in written or printed form; permanent, precise, reproducible, without immediate feedback.

Seven Cs: clear, concise, concrete, correct, complete, courteous, coherent. Lawyers add considerate.

Types: personal and social; official and business; internal, including the memo; meeting documents; reports; electronic; publicity; academic; legal.

Memo heading: To, From, Date, Subject. No salutation, no complimentary close.

Advantages: record, accuracy, reach, evidence, complexity, discipline. Limitations: slow, no feedback, poor tone, excludes non-readers, costly, irrevocable.

Three questions: must the reader act; will anybody need to prove it; is feeling involved.

Test yourself

1. Give four ways written communication differs from oral. It is permanent and forms a record; it is more precise because it can be revised before it is sent; it can be circulated to many readers without distortion; and it lacks immediate feedback, so misunderstandings are not corrected as they arise.

2. Name the seven Cs. Clear, concise, concrete, correct, complete, courteous and coherent. Lawyers often add an eighth, considerate, meaning written for the reader who will actually receive it.

munotes.in335

Written Communication and Its Types

3. What distinguishes a memorandum from a letter? A memorandum is internal to an organisation and carries a fixed heading of To, From, Date and Subject, with no salutation and no complimentary close. A letter goes outside the organisation and keeps the full letter form.

4. Name five legal documents that are forms of written communication. The plaint and the written statement in a civil suit, the affidavit, the legal notice sent before proceedings, counsel's written opinion, and agreements or deeds. Wills and moot memorials may also be given.

5. When should a difficult message be written rather than spoken? Only after it has been spoken. Writing is essential where somebody may later need to prove what was said, but a difficult message delivered only in writing is read at its coldest, so the professional practice is to speak first and confirm in writing afterwards.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in336

Chapter Seventy

Effective Letter Writing

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, "Techniques/tips on effective letter writing"

In one line

A formal letter has seven fixed parts in a fixed order, and the writing between them follows three rules: one subject to a letter, the purpose in the first sentence, and the action wanted in the last.

The parts of a formal letter

PartWhat goes thereNote
1. Sender's addressYour address, at the topNo name above it; the name goes at the foot
2. DateBelow the addressWrite it out: 12 September 2026
3. Receiver's addressThe name, designation and address of the person written toBegin with a designation where you do not know the name
4. SubjectA one-line statement of what the letter is aboutUnderlined or in bold. Marked by examiners
5. SalutationDear Sir, Dear Madam, Dear Sir or Madam, Dear Mr RaoComma after
6. BodyThree paragraphs, dealt with below
7. Complimentary close and signatureYours faithfully or Yours sincerely, then your signature and name

The rule about the close that examiners check.

Yours faithfully when the salutation is Dear Sir or Dear Madam, that is, when you have not used a name.

Yours sincerely when the salutation names the person, as in Dear Mr Rao.

Capitals. Yours takes a capital Y; faithfully and sincerely do not. It is never "Yours Faithfully".

Reference line. Business letters often carry a reference number above the date. Include one if the question supplies it.

Enclosures. If you are sending anything with the letter, write "Encl.: Resume" or "Encl.: copies of receipts" below your name. A letter of application that mentions a resume and has no enclosure line is incomplete.

The three-paragraph body

Paragraph one: why you are writing. One or two sentences. State the purpose immediately. Never open with "I hope this letter finds you in good health", and never open with your life story.

Paragraph two: the details. The facts, in order, with dates, numbers and names. This is where a complaint gives the invoice number and a job application gives the qualification.

Paragraph three: what you want. The action requested, and when. A letter that does not say what it wants forces the reader to guess.

And a closing courtesy line where appropriate. "I look forward to hearing from you", "Thank you for your assistance."

Techniques and tips, which is MU's own word

One letter, one subject. Two subjects in one letter means one of them will be dealt with and the other lost.

Put the purpose first. The reader decides in the first line whether to read carefully.

Be specific. Not "some time ago" but "on 4 August 2026". Not "the goods were faulty" but "seven of the twenty chairs had cracked legs".

Prefer short words and short sentences. Legal correspondence has a bad reputation for the opposite, and the reputation is deserved.

munotes.in337

Effective Letter Writing

Avoid stock padding. "Please find enclosed herewith", "I beg to state", "the above-mentioned", "kindly do the needful", "at the earliest". Each of these can be deleted or replaced with a plain word.

Keep the tone civil, especially in complaint. The reader is rarely the person who caused the problem, and courtesy is more likely to produce action than anger.

Address a person where you can. A letter to a name is answered more often than a letter to a department.

End with the action. Ask for the specific thing you want, and give a date if one matters.

Check three things before signing. The spelling of the recipient's name, the dates and figures, and whether the enclosure is actually attached.

Common failures in the examination

FailureFix
No subject lineAlways include one; it is the easiest mark
Yours faithfully after Dear Mr RaoNamed salutation takes Yours sincerely
Address of the receiver omittedInclude it, even in an examination answer
No paragraph divisionThree paragraphs, always
Vague datesUse the dates the question gives, or invent specific ones
No enclosure lineIf you mention a resume, list it as an enclosure
Informal contractionsWrite "do not" rather than "don't" in a formal letter

A worked answer

Question. "Write a letter of enquiry to a publisher asking about the availability and price of law books for your college library." Six marks.

A model letter.

Library Committee

St. Xavier's College of Law

Fort, Mumbai 400 001

12 September 2026

The Sales Manager

Eastern Book Company

34, Lalbagh

Lucknow 226 001

Subject: Enquiry regarding availability and price of law titles for institutional purchase

Dear Sir or Madam,

I write on behalf of the Library Committee of St. Xavier's College of Law to enquire about the availability and price of certain titles which we propose to purchase for the college library during the current academic year.

We require the following: fifteen copies of your edition of the Constitution of India, ten copies of the Indian Contract Act with commentary, and five copies each of your titles on the law of torts and on civil procedure. We should be grateful if you would confirm which of these are presently in stock, quote your institutional rate for each, state the discount available on an order of this size, and indicate the time you would need for delivery to Mumbai.

As our purchase must be completed before 31 October 2026, I should be grateful for a reply by 30 September 2026. If it would assist, I am happy to send a formal purchase order on receipt of your quotation.

Thank you for your assistance.

Yours faithfully,

R. Mehta

Convener, Library Committee

munotes.in338

Effective Letter Writing

Why it scores. Both addresses, a dated letter, a subject line, the correct close for an unnamed salutation, three paragraphs doing three jobs, specific quantities and two specific dates, and a closing request with a deadline.

Quick revision

Seven parts: sender's address, date, receiver's address, subject, salutation, body, close and signature.

Yours faithfully with Dear Sir or Madam; Yours sincerely with a named salutation. Capital Y only.

Three paragraphs: why you are writing; the details with dates and figures; what you want and by when.

One letter, one subject. Purpose in the first line. Action in the last.

Delete: I beg to state, kindly do the needful, at the earliest, the above-mentioned, please find enclosed herewith.

Enclosure line if anything is enclosed. Check the name, the dates and the attachment before signing.

Test yourself

1. Give the seven parts of a formal letter in order. Sender's address; date; receiver's name, designation and address; subject line; salutation; body; and complimentary close with signature and name.

2. When do you write Yours faithfully and when Yours sincerely? Yours faithfully when the salutation does not name the person, as in Dear Sir or Dear Madam. Yours sincerely when it does, as in Dear Mr Rao. In both, only Yours takes a capital.

3. What do the three paragraphs of the body do? The first states why you are writing, in a sentence or two. The second gives the details, with dates, figures and names. The third states the action you want and by when.

4. Give four expressions to delete from a formal letter. "I beg to state", "kindly do the needful", "at the earliest", and "please find enclosed herewith". Others are "the above-mentioned" and "this is to inform you that".

5. What three things should be checked before a letter is signed? The spelling of the recipient's name, the accuracy of every date and figure, and whether the enclosure named in the letter is actually attached.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in339

Chapter Seventy-One

The Letter of Application, and the Resume

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, "Letter of Application"

In one line

A letter of application asks for a particular post, gives three reasons why you can do it, refers to the resume for the rest, and asks for an interview.

The two documents, and what each is for

The letter is an argument. It says why this person should be considered for this post, and it is written afresh for each application.

The resume is evidence. It is a structured list of qualifications, experience and skills, and it stays largely the same from one application to the next.

The commonest failure is to write the resume twice. A letter that lists dates and marks is a resume in sentences and wastes the only chance to argue.

The letter: structure

Paragraph one: the post and where you saw it. Name the exact position and the source, whether an advertisement, the firm's website or a referral, with the date.

Paragraph two: why you can do the work. Two or three specific things: qualification, relevant experience, and one skill the post needs. Specific means named: the internship, the moot, the language, the software.

Paragraph three: why this firm. One honest sentence. Something about the firm's work that a person who had looked would know.

Paragraph four: the enclosure and the request. Refer to the resume, offer to attend for interview, and state availability.

Length. Three quarters of a page. A page at most.

Model: application for the post of legal assistant

Flat 12, Sunder Nivas

Gokhale Road, Dadar

Mumbai 400 028

14 September 2026

The Managing Partner

Deshmukh and Rao, Advocates and Solicitors

3rd Floor, Nagindas Chambers

Fort, Mumbai 400 023

Subject: Application for the post of Legal Assistant

Dear Sir or Madam,

I wish to apply for the post of Legal Assistant advertised in The Times of India on 10 September 2026. My resume is enclosed.

I am in the first year of the five-year B.A. LL.B. course at St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai, having passed the Higher Secondary examination in 2026 with 84 per cent. During the last vacation I interned for four weeks with Advocate S. Kulkarni at the City Civil Court, where I prepared case briefs, maintained the cause list diary and observed proceedings daily. I read, write and speak English, Marathi and Hindi, and I am able to draft in all three.

I have followed your firm's work in consumer matters, and the prospect of assisting in a practice which appears regularly before the consumer commissions is what has led me to apply to you in particular rather than generally.

I should be glad to attend for an interview at any time convenient to you. I am available on weekdays after 2.00 p.m. and on Saturdays.

Thank you for considering my application.

Yours faithfully,

Anjali Fernandes

Encl.: Resume

munotes.in340

The Letter of Application, and the Resume

The resume: what goes in it

Heading. Name, address, telephone number and email, at the top. Nothing else.

Objective, optional and short. One line naming the kind of position sought. Omit it if you have nothing specific to say; a vague objective is worse than none.

Education, in reverse order. Most recent first. Course, institution, year, and result. This section comes first for a student, because it is the strongest thing you have.

Experience, in reverse order. Internships, part-time work, and any legal work. For each: the position, the organisation, the dates, and two lines on what you actually did. What you did matters more than where you were.

Skills. Languages, with the level of each. Computer skills, named. Legal research databases if you have used them.

Achievements and activities. Moots, debates, publications, positions of responsibility, prizes.

References. Two, with designation and contact, or the line "References available on request". Ask permission before naming anybody.

What to leave out. Marital status, religion, caste, father's income, a photograph unless asked for, and hobbies that say nothing. Age and date of birth may be included in India where the form asks for them.

Length. One page for a student. Two only when there is genuinely two pages of experience.

Model resume

ANJALI FERNANDES

Flat 12, Sunder Nivas, Gokhale Road, Dadar, Mumbai 400 028

Telephone: 98XXXXXX21 | Email: anjali.fernandes@example.com

OBJECTIVE

A position as legal assistant in a litigation practice, with a view to qualifying and practising in civil and consumer law.

EDUCATION

B.A. LL.B. (Five Year Integrated), St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai. First year, 2026 to 2031. In progress.

Higher Secondary Certificate, Maharashtra Board, 2026. 84 per cent.

Secondary School Certificate, Maharashtra Board, 2024. 89 per cent.

EXPERIENCE

Intern, Chambers of Advocate S. Kulkarni, City Civil Court, Mumbai. May to June 2026, four weeks.

Prepared briefs of eleven civil matters for the senior's use in court; maintained the daily cause list diary; drafted two applications for adjournment under supervision; attended hearings daily and prepared notes of the proceedings.

SKILLS

Languages: English, Marathi and Hindi, all read, written and spoken; able to draft in all three.

Computer: Microsoft Word and Excel; familiar with SCC Online for case research.

ACTIVITIES AND ACHIEVEMENTS

Member, Moot Court Committee, 2026.

Second place, intra-collegiate moot court competition, August 2026.

Volunteer, college legal aid camp at Shirwal, July 2026.

REFERENCES

Advocate S. Kulkarni, City Civil Court, Mumbai.

Dr E. F. Rao, Faculty Coordinator, St. Xavier's College of Law.

The five things that decide the mark

The subject line names the exact post. Not "Application for a job".

The first sentence names the post and the source. Advertisement, publication, date.

munotes.in341

The Letter of Application, and the Resume

There is at least one specific fact per paragraph. Percentages, weeks, courts, languages, numbers of briefs.

The close for the salutation is correct. Dear Sir or Madam takes Yours faithfully.

The enclosure line is present. If you say the resume is enclosed, write "Encl.: Resume".

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Write an application enclosing your resume for the position of legal assistant in a legal firm."

The answer is the two models above, and this is how to produce them under time pressure.

Decide four facts before writing. Which post; where you saw it; two things about yourself that fit it; and one thing about the firm.

Write the letter in four short paragraphs, keeping the whole to about 200 words, and end with the enclosure line.

Then the resume in six headings, in this order: heading, objective, education, experience, skills, activities, references. Keep it to a page and put education before experience, since you are a student.

Do not let the letter repeat the resume. The letter argues; the resume proves. If a sentence in your letter would also appear in the resume, cut it from the letter.

Time. Twelve minutes for six marks, no more.

Quick revision

The letter argues; the resume proves. Never write the resume twice.

Letter: post and source; why you can do it, with specifics; why this firm; enclosure and request for interview.

Resume order for a student: heading, objective, education, experience, skills, activities, references.

Reverse chronological order in both education and experience.

Leave out marital status, religion, caste, income and a photograph unless asked.

Encl.: Resume. Yours faithfully with an unnamed salutation.

One page of resume; three quarters of a page of letter.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between the letter and the resume? The letter is an argument written afresh for each post, saying why this person should be considered for this position. The resume is evidence, a structured list of qualifications, experience and skills, which stays largely the same between applications.

2. What must the first paragraph of the letter contain? The exact post applied for and where the vacancy was seen, with the date of the advertisement or the source, together with a reference to the enclosed resume.

3. Why does education come before experience in a student's resume? Because it is the strongest section a student has. The order is reversed later in a career, when experience becomes the more persuasive evidence.

4. What should be left out of an Indian student's resume? Marital status, religion, caste, family income, a photograph unless one has been asked for, and hobbies that reveal nothing. Date of birth may be included where the form requires it.

munotes.in342

The Letter of Application, and the Resume

5. Name three specifics that lift an application from average to good. Naming the exact post and the date of the advertisement; giving numbers, such as the length of an internship and what was done during it; and one honest sentence about the firm's actual work that shows the applicant looked before writing.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in343

Chapter Seventy-Two

Internship Application Letters

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, and MU's own note: "Emphasis should be given on internship application letters and e-mail correspondence"

In one line

An internship application is shorter than a job application, asks for a period rather than a post, and must make clear that you know whose chambers you are writing to.

How it differs from a job application

Job applicationInternship application
What is asked forA post, with a salaryA period of training, usually unpaid
LengthThree quarters of a pageHalf a page
What persuadesQualification and experienceInterest, availability and being no trouble
DatesStart dateThe exact weeks you are free, stated
EnclosureResumeResume, and sometimes a letter from the college
ToneConfidentModest, and specific

The single most important difference. A firm gains nothing obvious from taking an intern, so the letter must make it easy: give the dates, ask for a defined period, and make clear that you will fit around them.

The five things every internship letter must contain

One. The exact period. "For four weeks from 4 May to 29 May 2026." A letter that asks vaguely for "an internship in the summer" is answered last, if at all.

Two. Where you are in the course. Which year of which degree, at which college.

Three. Why this chambers or this firm. One sentence naming the kind of work. This is what separates a letter from a circular.

Four. What you can already do. Modest and true: draft in three languages, read Marathi records, use a research database, keep a diary of hearings.

Five. A way of saying yes easily. Offer to call, give your number, say you are happy with any part of the period offered.

Model one: to a senior advocate's chambers

Flat 12, Sunder Nivas

Gokhale Road, Dadar

Mumbai 400 028

20 February 2026

Advocate S. Kulkarni

Chambers No. 14, Second Floor

City Civil Court

Fort, Mumbai 400 001

Subject: Request for internship, 4 May to 29 May 2026

Dear Sir,

I am a first-year student of the five-year B.A. LL.B. course at St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai, and I write to ask whether you would consider taking me as an intern in your chambers for four weeks, from 4 May to 29 May 2026.

I am interested in civil trial practice in particular. Our procedure course begins next year, and I should like to see a trial court working before I study it, rather than afterwards.

I read, write and speak Marathi, Hindi and English, and I can prepare briefs and maintain a cause list diary. I have no expectation of remuneration and will be available for the full working day. If a shorter period would suit you better, I should be glad of whatever you can offer.

My resume is enclosed, together with a letter of introduction from my college. I may be reached on 98XXXXXX21, and I am happy to call at your convenience.

Thank you for considering my request.

Yours faithfully,

Anjali Fernandes

Encl.: Resume; letter of introduction from St. Xavier's College of Law

munotes.in344

Internship Application Letters

Model two: to a law firm's recruitment address

Subject: Application for internship, first year B.A. LL.B., 4 to 29 May 2026

Dear Sir or Madam,

I write to apply for an internship at Deshmukh and Rao for four weeks from 4 May to 29 May 2026. I am a first-year student of the five-year B.A. LL.B. course at St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai.

I am applying to your firm because of its consumer practice. I attended a college legal aid camp at Shirwal in July, where most of the queries we recorded were about defective goods and unpaid claims, and I should like to see how such matters are actually conducted.

I am able to draft in English, Marathi and Hindi, and I have used SCC Online for case research. I attach my resume. I am available for the whole of the period stated, or for any part of it that suits the firm.

Thank you for your consideration.

Yours faithfully,

Anjali Fernandes

Encl.: Resume

The mistakes that get an application ignored

No dates. The commonest, and fatal, because the reader cannot say yes without writing back.

A circular. A letter with nothing in it about this firm is recognised at once, especially when sent to twenty firms with the name changed.

Overclaiming. A first-year student who says they have "expertise in corporate law" has told the reader something unhelpful about their judgment.

Asking for a certificate in the first letter. Ask for the training; the certificate follows.

Attaching nothing. The resume should be attached or enclosed with the first letter, not offered on request.

Writing to nobody. "To whomsoever it may concern" is not an application. Find the name of the partner, the clerk or the chambers.

Bad spelling of the recipient's name. It is the one error the reader is certain to notice.

Following up

Wait ten working days, then send one short reminder attaching the original letter.

One reminder only. A second is counterproductive.

If you are refused, reply thanking them and asking whether you may apply again next year. It costs three lines and is remembered.

If you are accepted, confirm in writing at once with the dates, and ask two practical questions: reporting time and whether there is any dress requirement.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a letter to a senior advocate requesting an internship in his chambers during your summer vacation." Six marks.

The answer is model one above. The examiner is looking for six things, and they are worth listing so you can check your own answer before the bell.

munotes.in345

Internship Application Letters

One. Full letter layout: both addresses, date, subject line, salutation, close, signature and enclosure line.

Two. The exact period, stated in the subject line and repeated in the first paragraph.

Three. Your position in the course, named precisely: first year, five-year B.A. LL.B., named college.

Four. A reason for choosing this chambers, in one honest sentence about the work done there.

Five. Two or three modest, concrete capabilities, and an express statement that you expect no remuneration.

Six. An easy way to say yes: a telephone number, an offer to call, and a willingness to accept a shorter period.

Length. About 180 words in the body. This is a six-mark answer and should take ten minutes.

Quick revision

Five essentials: the exact period; where you are in the course; why this chambers; what you can already do; and an easy way for them to say yes.

Shorter than a job application. Half a page.

Enclose the resume with the first letter, and a college introduction if you have one.

Never send a circular, never overclaim, never ask for a certificate before the training.

Follow up once, after ten working days.

On acceptance, confirm the dates in writing and ask about reporting time and dress.

Test yourself

1. Why must the exact period be stated? Because the reader cannot accept a vague request without writing back to ask. Giving the precise weeks, in the subject line and again in the first paragraph, allows an immediate yes.

2. How does an internship letter differ in tone from a job application? It is modest rather than confident, because the firm gains little obvious benefit from taking an intern. Its persuasive content is interest in the particular work, availability, and an assurance that the student will be no trouble.

3. What one sentence separates a real application from a circular? A sentence naming something specific about that chambers or firm and connecting it to your own interest, such as an interest in civil trial practice before studying procedure, or in consumer matters after working at a legal aid camp.

4. What should be enclosed? The resume, with the first letter and not on request, together with a letter of introduction from the college where one is available.

5. What should you do if you are refused? Reply with three lines thanking them for considering the request and asking whether you may apply again the following year. It costs almost nothing and is remembered when you do.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in346

Chapter Seventy-Three

Email Correspondence

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, and MU's own note: "Emphasis should be given on internship application letters and e-mail correspondence"

In one line

An email is a letter with the addresses replaced by header fields, and the only real differences are the subject line, which now does most of the work, and the reader, who is probably reading it on a telephone.

The parts of an email

Field or partWhat goes there
ToThe person who must act
CcPeople who need to know but need not act
BccRecipients hidden from the others. Use rarely, and never to conceal from a party in a dispute
SubjectA specific line saying what it is about and, if relevant, what is wanted
SalutationDear Sir or Madam, Dear Ms Rao, Dear Anjali, according to the relationship
BodyShort paragraphs, the request first
CloseRegards, Kind regards, Yours sincerely, Yours faithfully
Signature blockName, course or designation, institution, telephone
AttachmentNamed in the body, and actually attached

The subject line, which is the whole difference

It is read first and decides whether the message is opened today. A subject line should say what the email is about and, where there is one, the action wanted.

WeakBetter
Hello sirInternship request, 4 to 29 May 2026, first year B.A. LL.B.
QuestionQuery on submission date for Contract project
ImportantSigned vakalatnama attached, Suit No. 245/2026
Fwd: Fwd: Re:Revised draft agreement, clause 7 amended, for your approval

Two rules. Never send an email with no subject. And change the subject line when the subject changes, instead of continuing a thread about something else.

Formality: three registers

Formal, to a person you do not know, or to a court, a firm or an office. Full salutation, no contractions, Yours faithfully or Yours sincerely, full signature block. Written exactly like a letter.

Semi-formal, to a teacher, a senior in chambers, or somebody you have met. Dear Sir or Dear Ms Rao, ordinary polite English, Regards.

Informal, to a classmate or a friend. Anything, but remember that an email is permanent and forwardable, and that a professional address should not be used for private jokes.

The rule that saves careers. Write every professional email as though it will one day be printed, attached to an affidavit and read aloud in court. Some of them are.

The body

First line: the request or the point. The reader may not go past the first screen.

Then the detail, in short paragraphs of two or three sentences with a blank line between. Long unbroken blocks are not read on a telephone.

Then the action and the date. What you want, and by when.

Then the courtesy line. One line, not three.

Length. Under two hundred words unless there is a reason. If it needs more, put the material in an attachment and use the email to introduce it.

munotes.in347

Email Correspondence

Model one: a formal email, internship request

To: recruitment@deshmukhrao.example.in

Subject: Internship request, 4 to 29 May 2026, first year B.A. LL.B.

Dear Sir or Madam,

I write to apply for an internship at Deshmukh and Rao for four weeks, from 4 May to 29 May 2026.

I am a first-year student of the five-year B.A. LL.B. course at St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai. I am applying to your firm because of its consumer practice, having recorded queries on defective goods at a college legal aid camp in July and wished afterwards that I knew how such matters are actually conducted.

I read, write and speak English, Marathi and Hindi, and I have used SCC Online for case research. I expect no remuneration and am available for the whole period, or for any part of it that suits the firm.

My resume is attached. I may be reached on 98XXXXXX21.

Thank you for your consideration.

Yours faithfully,

Anjali Fernandes

First Year, B.A. LL.B. (Five Year)

St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai

98XXXXXX21

Attachment: Fernandes_Anjali_Resume.pdf

Model two: a semi-formal email to a teacher

Subject: Request for extension, Contract project, due 20 September

Dear Dr Rao,

I am writing to ask whether I may have three additional days for the Contract project which is due on 20 September.

I was admitted to hospital on 12 September with dengue and was discharged yesterday. I have attached the discharge summary. I had completed the research before I fell ill and need only the writing, which I can finish by 23 September.

I understand if an extension is not possible, and I will submit whatever is ready on the due date.

Thank you for considering this.

Regards,

Anjali Fernandes

First Year, B.A. LL.B. (Five Year), Roll No. 27

Attachment: Discharge_summary_12Sep2026.pdf

Model three: replying to a firm that has offered an internship

Subject: Re: Internship 4 to 29 May 2026, confirmation

Dear Ms Rao,

Thank you for your email of 3 March offering me an internship from 4 to 29 May 2026. I accept with thanks and confirm that I will attend for the full period.

May I ask two things. At what time should I report on 4 May, and to whom? And is there any dress requirement I should observe?

I look forward to joining the firm.

Regards,

Anjali Fernandes

First Year, B.A. LL.B. (Five Year)

St. Xavier's College of Law, Mumbai

Email etiquette: the rules worth learning

Use a professional address. Your name, not a nickname.

Reply within a working day, even if only to say that a full answer will follow.

Do not use capitals for emphasis. They read as shouting.

munotes.in348

Email Correspondence

Attach before you write, so that the attachment is not forgotten. Name the file so that the reader can find it later: not "Document1.pdf" but "Fernandes_Anjali_Resume.pdf".

Reply all only when everybody needs it. The commonest office irritation.

Do not send an angry email. Write it, save it, and read it the next morning. In a professional context, an angry email is a permanent document written in a temporary mood.

Check the recipient before sending. Address autocomplete has sent a great deal of confidential material to the wrong person.

Confidentiality. In legal work, material about a client is privileged and should not be forwarded, discussed or sent to a personal address. This is a professional obligation and not merely good manners.

Do not use messaging conventions. No "pls", no "u", no emoji, no single-word replies in a formal thread.

Email against letter

LetterEmail
SpeedDaysImmediate
FormalityHigher by defaultVariable, chosen by the writer
AttachmentsPhysical enclosuresFiles, easily lost in a thread
RecordPhysical, filedSearchable, and easily forwarded to people you did not intend
Best forFormal notice, anything ceremonial, anything to be producedSpeed, routine business, anything needing an attachment

And the practice point. Where a communication has legal consequences, such as a notice or a termination, the professional practice is to send it by both, email for speed and a letter by a recorded means for proof.

A worked answer

Question. "Write an email to a law firm applying for an internship, attaching your resume." Six marks.

The answer is model one above, and the six things an examiner checks are these. A specific subject line naming the request and the dates. A proper salutation matching the close, so that Dear Sir or Madam is answered by Yours faithfully. The request in the first line. Two or three short paragraphs rather than a block. The dates stated exactly, with a statement about remuneration and availability. And a signature block with the course, college and telephone number, plus a named attachment.

The most frequent errors in this answer. No subject line at all; a subject line reading "Internship"; forgetting to mention the attachment; and writing the whole thing as one paragraph, which is exactly what an email must not be.

Quick revision

Header: To, Cc, Bcc, Subject. Then salutation, body, close, signature block, attachment.

The subject line does the work: say what it is about and what is wanted, and change it when the subject changes.

Three registers: formal, semi-formal, informal. Write everything professional as though it will be read aloud in court.

Body: request first, short paragraphs, action and date, one courtesy line, under two hundred words.

Etiquette: professional address, reply within a working day, no capitals, attach first, name the file, reply all sparingly, never send angry, check the recipient, respect confidentiality.

munotes.in349

Email Correspondence

Where it matters legally, send both an email and a letter.

Test yourself

1. Why is the subject line the most important part of an email? Because it is read first and decides whether the message is opened at all, and because emails are searched later by subject. It should state what the message is about and, where there is one, the action wanted.

2. Give the three registers of email and one feature of each. Formal, to a stranger or an institution, written exactly like a letter with a full salutation and Yours faithfully or Yours sincerely. Semi-formal, to a teacher or a senior, with a named salutation and Regards. Informal, to friends, where the only rule is to remember that email is permanent and forwardable.

3. What is the rule that protects a professional writer? Write every professional email as though it will be printed, attached to an affidavit and read aloud in court, because some of them are.

4. Name four points of email etiquette. Use a professional address in your own name; attach the file before writing so it is not forgotten, and name it so that it can be found; do not use capitals, which read as shouting; and never send an email written in anger, since it is a permanent document written in a temporary mood.

5. When should a communication be sent both by email and by letter? When it has legal consequences, such as a notice or a termination. The email gives speed and the letter, sent by a recorded means, gives proof of service.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in350

Chapter Seventy-Four

The Letter of Complaint and Other Official Letters

Syllabus topic 4.1.2, "Techniques/tips on effective letter writing"

In one line

A letter of complaint states the facts with dates and numbers, says what went wrong, says what you want done, and stays polite, because the person reading it did not cause the problem and is the person who can fix it.

The five parts of a complaint

One. Identify the transaction. Account number, bill number, invoice, order number, date, amount. A complaint without these cannot be traced and will be answered with a request for them, losing a fortnight.

Two. State what happened. In order, with dates. Facts only, no adjectives.

Three. State the effect. What it has cost you in money, time or inconvenience. Keep it factual.

Four. State the remedy you want. Correction, refund, replacement, credit, an apology, or an inspection. Be specific and reasonable.

Five. Give a time and say what you will do next. "I should be grateful for a corrected bill within fifteen days." Where a legal remedy exists, it may be mentioned without threat.

And the tone rule, which is the whole difference between a good complaint and a bad one. Firm and courteous. Anger is easy to dismiss; a calm letter with dates and figures is not.

Model: complaint about an overcharged electricity bill

Note. This is the February 2026 question.

Flat 12, Sunder Nivas

Gokhale Road, Dadar

Mumbai 400 028

15 September 2026

The Deputy Engineer

Consumer Grievance Cell

Mumbai Electricity Distribution Company

Dadar Division, Mumbai 400 028

Subject: Excess billing on consumer account 4471-88-2019, bill dated 5 September 2026

Dear Sir or Madam,

I write regarding the electricity bill dated 5 September 2026 for consumer account 4471-88-2019, standing in my name at the address above, which appears to have been raised in error.

The bill demands Rs 9,860 for the billing period from 1 August to 31 August 2026, and shows consumption of 1,240 units. My consumption over the preceding twelve months has averaged 180 units a month, and the highest bill in that period was Rs 1,620 in May 2026. The premises were in fact locked from 6 August to 27 August 2026, as my family was away, and only the refrigerator was in use. I enclose photocopies of the six preceding bills and of the current bill, and I have today photographed the meter, which shows a reading of 40,112 against the 41,050 stated in the bill.

The demand is due for payment on 25 September 2026, and the bill states that supply may be disconnected if it is not paid. Payment of an amount I do not owe, followed by a refund, would cause me considerable hardship, and I am therefore unwilling to pay the excess before the matter is examined.

I request that the meter reading be verified by an inspection at the premises, that a corrected bill be issued, and that the due date be extended until the corrected bill is received. I am available at the premises on any weekday after 4.00 p.m. and on Saturdays.

I should be grateful for a reply within fifteen days. I may be reached on 98XXXXXX21.

Thank you for your assistance.

Yours faithfully,

Anjali Fernandes

Encl.: Copies of bills for March to September 2026; photograph of meter reading dated 15 September 2026

munotes.in351

The Letter of Complaint and Other Official Letters

Why this model scores. Account number and bill date in the subject line; the disputed figure and the comparison figures; a verifiable fact, the locked premises; independent evidence, the photographed reading; a specific three-part remedy; a deadline; availability for inspection; and an enclosure list.

The other official letters, in outline

MU's label names only letter writing generally, so any of these may be set. Each is a variation on the same seven-part layout.

Letter of enquiry. Asks for information: availability, price, terms, dates. State exactly what you want to know, as a numbered list if there is more than one item, and say by when.

Letter of order. Places an order. Quantities, specifications, price agreed, delivery address, delivery date, and mode of payment. Precision here prevents disputes later.

Letter of adjustment. The reply to a complaint. It acknowledges, states what has been found, says what is being done, and, where the complaint is justified, apologises without excuses. Where it is not justified, it explains why, courteously.

Letter of resignation. Short. State that you resign, state the post, state the effective date having regard to the notice period, thank the employer in one sentence, and offer to assist in the handover. Nothing else, and no grievances.

Letter of leave. Shorter still. The dates, the reason in one line, arrangements for your work in your absence, and contact details.

Letter of reference or recommendation. States how long and in what capacity you have known the person, two or three specific things about their work, and a clear recommendation. Never write one you cannot mean.

Letter to the editor. A public letter about a matter of public concern, usually under two hundred words, taking one point and making it.

And the one that belongs to law: the legal notice. A formal written demand sent before proceedings, setting out the facts, the legal basis of the claim, the relief demanded and a period within which it must be met, failing which action will be taken. Its form and its requirements belong to the procedure papers of later years, and a first-year student should know only that it exists and that it is the professional ancestor of the complaint letter.

munotes.in352

The Letter of Complaint and Other Official Letters

What turns a complaint into a legal claim

One paragraph, because a law student will ask.

A complaint letter is the first step. If it is not answered, the writer may have a remedy: in the case of goods and services bought for consideration, the consumer forums provide one, and a written complaint with dated evidence is exactly what such a forum will want to see. This is why the habits taught in this chapter, giving account numbers, keeping copies, photographing evidence, and asking for a reply within a stated period, are not merely tidy: they build the record that a later claim rests on. The law of it belongs to the consumer protection course, and the drafting belongs here.

What loses marks

No account or bill number. The complaint cannot be identified.

Anger. "This is the third time your useless department has cheated me" reads as a person to be managed rather than a claim to be answered.

No specific remedy. "Please do the needful" leaves the reader to decide what you want, and they will decide in their own favour.

No date for a reply. A complaint with no deadline joins the bottom of the pile.

Threatening litigation in the first letter. State the facts and the remedy. A threat in a first letter reduces the chance of the thing being fixed, which is what you actually want.

Forgetting the enclosures. Copies, never originals, and list them.

A worked answer

Question. MU's own, February 2026: "Write a letter of complaint to the electrical department about an overcharged bill you received this month."

The answer is the model above. In the hall, build it in this order and it will take ten minutes.

Invent five specifics first. An account number, the bill date, the amount demanded, the normal amount, and one verifiable circumstance such as premises being locked. Examiners reward invented specifics because they show you know what a complaint needs.

Then the subject line, which contains the account number and the bill date.

Then four paragraphs: the bill complained of; the facts and the comparison figures with the evidence enclosed; the effect and why you will not simply pay; and the remedy with a deadline and your availability.

Then the close, signature and enclosure list.

Do not exceed one page. Six marks.

Quick revision

Five parts: identify the transaction; state what happened with dates; state the effect; state the remedy wanted; give a deadline.

Tone: firm and courteous. Anger is dismissed; dates and figures are not.

Always: account or bill number, copies not originals, an enclosure list, a reply-by date.

Other official letters: enquiry, order, adjustment, resignation, leave, reference, letter to the editor, and the legal notice.

munotes.in353

The Letter of Complaint and Other Official Letters

Resignation: the fact, the post, the date, one line of thanks, an offer to hand over. No grievances.

The complaint letter is the ancestor of the legal notice, and the record it builds is what a later claim rests on.

Test yourself

1. What must a complaint identify before anything else? The transaction: the account, bill, invoice or order number, the date and the amount. Without these the complaint cannot be traced and the first reply will simply ask for them.

2. Why should a complaint be courteous? Because the person reading it did not cause the problem and is the person able to fix it, and because a calm letter with dates and figures is far harder to dismiss than an angry one.

3. What are the five parts of a complaint? Identification of the transaction; a statement of what happened, with dates; the effect on you; the specific remedy sought; and a time for reply with a statement of what you will do next.

4. What does a letter of resignation contain, and what must it not? It states that you resign, names the post, gives the effective date having regard to the notice period, thanks the employer in one sentence, and offers help with the handover. It must not contain grievances, explanations or criticism.

5. How does a complaint letter relate to a legal claim? It is the first step and it builds the record. Account numbers, copies of documents, photographed evidence and a stated period for reply are exactly what a consumer forum or a court will later want to see, so the drafting habits taught here are what a subsequent claim rests on.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in354

Chapter Seventy-Five

Report Writing

Syllabus topic 4.1.1, and MU's own course objective: to write "letters, reports, precis"

In one line

A report is an orderly account of something examined, written for somebody who has to act on it, and its defining feature is that findings and recommendations are kept apart from opinion.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: a report is a formal, factual and structured account of an event, an inquiry or a state of affairs, prepared for a particular reader and ordinarily ending in conclusions and recommendations on which a decision can be based.

Report against essay against letter

EssayLetterReport
PurposeTo argue or exploreTo communicate with one personTo inform a decision
ReaderGeneralThe addresseeA named person or body who must act
ShapeContinuous proseSalutation to signatureHeaded sections, often numbered
VoicePersonalPersonalImpersonal, usually third person
Ends withA conclusionA courteous closeFindings and recommendations

The line to remember. An essay may end in a question. A report must end in something a reader can do.

Kinds of report

By formality. An informal report is a memorandum or a letter with headings, a page or two, used inside an organisation. A formal report is a document with a title page, contents and numbered sections, used where the matter is substantial or will be circulated.

By purpose.

KindWhat it doesExample
InformationalStates facts without recommendingAttendance figures for a term
AnalyticalStates facts, examines them, and recommendsWhy registrations fell, and what to do
Investigative or inquiryEstablishes what happened in a specific incidentA committee report on a complaint
ProgressSays where a piece of work has reachedFortnightly report on a moot preparation
SurveyReports what was found by asking peopleA survey of hostel facilities
PeriodicalMade at fixed intervals as a routineThe annual report of a company
Field or visitReports what was observed at a placeA court visit report, which most first-year students must write

And the kind a law student will actually write first. The court visit report and the legal aid camp report, because both are part of clinical work in this course.

The structure of a formal report

Learn these eight and you can build any report.

1. Title. Specific. Not "Report" but "Report on the Working of the College Library, July to December 2026".

2. Terms of reference, or the authority for the report. Who asked for it, when, and what they asked to be examined. One or two sentences. This is the section students omit, and it is the one that makes a report a report: it fixes the scope, so that nobody can complain that a matter was left out when it was never referred.

3. Procedure, or method. How the facts were gathered: records examined, people interviewed, visits made, dates. This is what allows the reader to judge how much weight the findings deserve.

munotes.in355

Report Writing

4. Findings. The facts, arranged under headings, numbered where there are many. No opinion here. This is the longest section.

5. Conclusions. What the findings mean. Drawn from the findings and nothing else.

6. Recommendations. What should be done, in order of priority, each one specific enough to be acted on and, where possible, saying who should do it and by when.

7. Signature block. Name, designation, and date.

8. Appendices, where needed. Tables, questionnaires, lists of persons interviewed.

The discipline that separates a good report from a bad one. Findings and conclusions must not be mixed. "The library closes at 6 p.m." is a finding. "The closing hour is too early for students who have classes until 5.30" is a conclusion. "The library should remain open until 8 p.m. on weekdays" is a recommendation. Candidates who run all three together lose marks even when every fact is right.

Language of a report

Impersonal. "It was found that" rather than "I found that", unless the report is a personal visit report, where the first person is acceptable.

Past tense for what was done and found; present for what is the case; conditional for recommendations.

Factual. Give numbers, dates and names. "Many students complained" is weak; "Thirty-one of the forty-two students interviewed complained" is a finding.

Short paragraphs, headings, and numbering. A report is consulted, not read from start to finish, so a reader must be able to find one item.

No adjectives of feeling. "Shockingly inadequate" belongs to a speech. A report says how inadequate, in figures, and lets the reader be shocked.

A model report

Note. This is the length and shape to aim at for a thirteen-mark question.

REPORT ON THE VISIT TO THE CITY CIVIL AND SESSIONS COURT, MUMBAI, ON 8 SEPTEMBER 2026

1. Terms of reference

This report is submitted to the Head of the Department of Law, St. Xavier's College of Law, in compliance with the instruction of 26 August 2026 requiring every student of the first year to visit a court, observe proceedings, and report on the working of the court and on what was learnt.

2. Procedure

The visit was made on 8 September 2026 between 11.00 a.m. and 4.00 p.m. by a group of thirty-two students accompanied by Dr S. Rao. Proceedings were observed in three courts. The cause lists displayed outside each court were examined, and the Registrar's office answered questions on filing procedure for twenty minutes at 3.30 p.m.

3. Findings

3.1 Sitting hours. The courts sat at 11.00 a.m., rose at 1.30 p.m. and resumed at 2.45 p.m.

3.2 The cause list. The list for Court Room 14 carried sixty-two matters for the day. Of these, forty-one were listed for directions or for the filing of replies and were disposed of within two or three minutes each. Nine were adjourned in the absence of counsel.

3.3 The matter observed at length. A summary suit for the recovery of Rs 4,80,000 on three dishonoured cheques was argued for about forty minutes on an application for leave to defend.

3.4 The physical arrangement. The court room seats approximately sixty persons. Litigants stood in the aisle and outside the door, and the proceedings were inaudible from the doorway.

3.5 The Registrar's office. Filing is now accepted both physically and through the e-filing portal. The officer stated that a plaint is scrutinised for defects before numbering and that defects are the commonest cause of delay at the filing stage.

4. Conclusions

4.1 The greater part of a judge's list is procedural rather than argument, which is not evident from the study of reported judgments alone.

4.2 Adjournments in the absence of counsel are a substantial cause of the length of proceedings.

4.3 Public access to the court room is limited in practice by the size of the room rather than by any rule.

5. Recommendations

5.1 That the visit be arranged for a full day rather than a half day, so that at least one matter may be followed from the opening of the argument to the order.

5.2 That students be given the cause list in advance, so that a matter may be chosen for observation before the visit.

5.3 That a visit to the filing counter and the record room be made a fixed part of the programme, since the procedural stages seen there are not covered in the class room.

Anjali Fernandes

First Year, B.A. LL.B. (Five Year), Roll No. 27

12 September 2026

munotes.in356

Report Writing

What loses marks

No terms of reference. The report floats: nobody knows who asked for it or what its scope is.

Opinion inside the findings. The commonest fault.

Recommendations that do not follow from anything. Every recommendation must be traceable to a finding.

Vague recommendations. "Steps should be taken to improve the library" is not a recommendation. It names no step, no doer and no date.

Continuous prose with no headings. A report that cannot be navigated is an essay in the wrong clothes.

No date or signature. A report is a document and is dated and signed.

A worked answer

Question. "Write a report on a court visit organised by your college." Thirteen marks.

The plan, and it takes two minutes. Title with the place and the date. Terms of reference, two sentences. Procedure, three sentences with times and numbers. Five numbered findings, each one fact. Three conclusions drawn from those findings. Three recommendations, each specific. Signature and date.

munotes.in357

Report Writing

The single thing that most improves such an answer. Invented numbers. Sixty-two matters on the list, forty-one procedural, nine adjourned, thirty-two students, Rs 4,80,000. An examiner reading a hundred scripts sees "many cases were heard" ninety times. Figures are what a report is made of.

Quick revision

A report is factual, structured, impersonal, written for a reader who must act, and ends in something that can be done.

Eight parts: title, terms of reference, procedure, findings, conclusions, recommendations, signature and date, appendices.

Terms of reference fix the scope, and omitting them is the commonest structural fault.

Findings are facts, conclusions are what they mean, recommendations are what to do. Never mix the three.

Kinds: informational, analytical, investigative, progress, survey, periodical, field or visit.

Language: impersonal, factual, numbered, short paragraphs, no adjectives of feeling.

Test yourself

1. How does a report differ from an essay? An essay argues or explores for a general reader and may end in a question. A report is written for a named reader who has to act, is arranged in headed sections rather than continuous prose, uses an impersonal voice, and ends in conclusions and recommendations.

2. What are terms of reference and why do they matter? They state who commissioned the report, when, and what was referred for examination. They matter because they fix the scope, so that the report cannot fairly be criticised for omitting a matter that was never referred to it.

3. Distinguish a finding, a conclusion and a recommendation with one example each. A finding is a fact: the library closes at 6 p.m. A conclusion is what the facts mean: the closing hour is too early for students whose classes end at 5.30. A recommendation is what should be done: the library should stay open until 8 p.m. on weekdays.

4. Name five kinds of report. Informational, analytical, investigative or inquiry, progress, survey, periodical, and field or visit reports, of which the last is the kind a first-year law student most often has to write after a court visit or a legal aid camp.

5. Why do figures improve a report? Because a report exists to support a decision, and a decision cannot rest on impressions. "Thirty-one of forty-two students interviewed complained" is a finding that can be weighed, while "many students complained" is not.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in358

Chapter Seventy-Six

Essay Writing

Syllabus topic 4.1.1, written communication, and MU's own papers, which set an essay in every scheme

In one line

An examination essay is a short piece of continuous prose that takes a position on a stated topic, supports it in three or four paragraphs, and closes on a judgment, and it is written to a length the paper fixes.

The lengths MU actually sets

PaperQuestionLengthMarks
75901, 60 marks, February 2026Short essay, any one of twoNot stated, so about 250 words6
75904, 60 marksEssay on a given topic"Approximately 150 words", and in one paper 2506
75901 and 38678, 100 marksWrite an essay on any oneNot stated, so about 400 words10
75909, 75 marks"Write an essay expressing your views" inside question 4Two to three pages13

Read the number of words before you start. A 150 word essay is three short paragraphs. Writing 500 words for it wastes fifteen minutes you will need at the end of the paper.

The four kinds of topic, and what each wants

One. The two-sided topic, which is the commonest: "Social Media: Boon or Bane", "Artificial Intelligence: a Boon or Bane for Lawyers", "Should capital punishment be abolished?", "Women empowerment: a myth or reality". These want both sides and then your own conclusion. An answer that gives only one side has not answered the question, because the question named two.

Two. The single-subject topic: "Role of Youth in Protecting the Environment", "Cyber Law and Crime", "Discrimination against Women". These want a description, causes, effects and what should be done.

Three. The personal topic: "My Favourite Book". These want a specific answer, not a general one. Name the book, the author, and one thing in it, or you will produce a paragraph anybody could have written about any book.

Four. The proposition to be argued, which is the form MU uses inside question 4: "The lawyer's profession is a liar's profession. Write an essay expressing your views on this subject." These want the proposition examined, evidence from the prescribed texts, and a position.

The structure, which never changes

Introduction, three or four sentences. Say what the topic means, why it matters now, and what you will argue. The last sentence of the introduction is the thesis, and an examiner looks for it.

Body, two to four paragraphs, one idea each, each opening with a topic sentence. In a two-sided topic, one paragraph for each side and one for the resolution.

Conclusion, three or four sentences. Not a summary of what you have said, but a judgment that follows from it, and a forward-looking last line where the topic allows one.

Proportion. For 250 words: about 40 words of introduction, about 170 of body, about 40 of conclusion.

munotes.in359

Essay Writing

The three minutes before you write

Write the thesis in one sentence at the top of the rough sheet. If you cannot, you do not yet have an essay.

Write three headings, one for each body paragraph.

Write one fact, example or figure against each heading. This is the step that separates a good essay from a page of opinion. A law student has particular material available: an Act, a decided case, a constitutional article, an incident from the prescribed texts.

Then write, and do not plan again.

A model essay: Social Media, Boon or Bane

Note. MU set this on 21 February 2026, paper 75901, for six marks.

Social Media: Boon or Bane

Fewer than twenty years separate us from a world in which a private citizen had no means of addressing a national audience. Social media removed that barrier at a stroke, and the argument about it since has been an argument about what happens when everybody can publish. Whether it is a boon or a bane is not answerable in the abstract: it depends on what is being done with it, and on whether the law has kept up.

Its benefits are real and are easiest to see where older institutions failed. It has given small businesses a market, students free instruction, and isolated people a community. In India it has carried public grievances past editors and officials who once decided which complaints deserved attention, and more than one administrative failure has been corrected because a photograph of it travelled faster than the file.

Its harms are equally real and follow from the same feature. What travels fast travels unverified, and a rumour reaches a village before a correction reaches the district. Defamation, once expensive and slow, is now free and instantaneous. Personal data has become a commodity, addressed in India by the Digital Personal Data Protection Act 2023. The effects on adolescents, whose sense of themselves is formed by comparison, are the subject of a growing and disturbing literature.

The honest conclusion is that the medium is neither, and that the question is one of regulation and of habit. A knife is not a boon or a bane; it is a tool with a rule attached, and the rule matters more than the tool. Social media is now the place where reputation, privacy and speech collide, which is precisely why it should interest a student of law rather than merely alarm them.

(about 290 words)

Why this scores. It defines the question in the introduction and refuses the false choice. It gives one paragraph to each side. It uses two concrete Indian references. It ends with a judgment, and the last line connects the topic to the reader's own subject.

munotes.in360

Essay Writing

A model plan: Artificial Intelligence, a Boon or Bane for Lawyers

Not written out, because what you need in the hall is the plan.

Thesis. Artificial intelligence will remove the part of legal work that is search and drafting, and will make judgment, which is the rest of it, more valuable rather than less.

Paragraph one, the boon. Research that took a junior two days takes an hour. Discovery across ten thousand documents becomes possible. Translation and summarising open pleadings to litigants who cannot read English.

Paragraph two, the bane. Systems that invent citations, and lawyers in more than one country penalised for filing them. Confidentiality, since a client's file typed into a public system has left the office. The junior's training, which was always the drudgery now being automated.

Paragraph three, the resolution. The duty to the court is unchanged, and a lawyer is answerable for every word filed whatever produced it. The tool changes the work and not the responsibility.

Conclusion. Neither boon nor bane but a shift in what a lawyer is paid for, from knowing where the material is to knowing what it means.

A model plan: My Favourite Book

The mistake to avoid. Writing about reading in general. The topic says "my favourite book" and wants a book.

Paragraph one. The book, its author, and when you read it. One sentence on what it is about.

Paragraph two. What it does that others do not, with one specific incident or passage. This paragraph carries the essay.

Paragraph three. What it changed in you, honestly and without exaggeration.

Conclusion. Who you would give it to, and why.

And a note for this paper. Kalam's essay on this syllabus is exactly this exercise performed by its author, which is why MU sets both. The chapter on the book review is the companion to this topic.

The proposition essay, and how a law student should handle it

MU's question 4 sometimes gives a proposition rather than a subject: "The lawyer's profession is a liar's profession."

Do not simply agree or disagree. State what the proposition means, who says it, and on what evidence.

Then take the evidence from the prescribed texts, which is what the paper wants when it says "illustrate your answer with reference to the text": Gandhi records hearing the saying as a student and answers it with his own practice; Dickens supplies Dodson and Fogg and Serjeant Buzfuz, who argue what they are paid to argue; Fielding supplies Lawyer Scout, who says outright that the utmost a lawyer can do is prevent the law taking effect.

Then take the other side, which is that an advocate presents a case rather than asserts a belief, and that the duty not to mislead the court is the professional line between the two.

munotes.in361

Essay Writing

Then decide, and say what your test is. That is what makes it an essay rather than a list.

What loses marks

No thesis. The reader reaches the end without knowing what you think.

One side only on a two-sided topic.

Length ignored. Three pages where the paper said 150 words, or four sentences where it said 250.

No examples. Opinion with nothing under it.

Memorised material wheeled in whatever the topic. Examiners recognise it instantly.

Slogans for a conclusion. "Thus we should all work together for a better tomorrow" says nothing. Close on the judgment your paragraphs earned.

Poor handwriting and no paragraphs. An essay that is one block of text loses marks before it is read.

A worked answer

Question, February 2026, six marks. "Short Essay (Any 1): 1) Social Media: Boon or Bane. 2) My favourite Book."

The plan, ninety seconds. Choose the topic on which you have specifics, not the one that sounds grander. Write the thesis. Write three headings. Write one example against each.

The writing, twelve minutes. Introduction of four sentences ending in the thesis. Three body paragraphs, each opening with its topic sentence. Conclusion of three sentences.

The check, one minute. Does the introduction say what you argue? Does each paragraph have one idea? Does the conclusion decide something? Is the length near what was asked?

Quick revision

MU sets an essay in every scheme: 6 marks at 150 to 250 words, 10 marks in the 100 mark papers, and 13 marks as a proposition inside question 4.

Four kinds of topic: two-sided, single-subject, personal, and proposition.

Structure: introduction ending in a thesis, two to four body paragraphs each with a topic sentence, conclusion that judges rather than summarises.

Plan for three minutes: thesis, three headings, one example against each.

Two-sided topics need both sides and a resolution. Personal topics need specifics. Proposition topics need evidence from the prescribed texts.

Watch the word limit, and never close on a slogan.

Test yourself

1. What must the introduction of an essay end with? The thesis, stated in one sentence, so that the reader knows what the essay will argue before the argument begins. An examiner looks for it, and an essay without it reads as a collection of remarks.

2. How should a "boon or bane" topic be answered? By giving both sides and then resolving them. One paragraph for the benefits, one for the harms, and one that decides the question on a stated test. An answer that gives only one side has ignored half the question.

munotes.in362

Essay Writing

3. What is the three-minute plan? Write the thesis in one sentence, write three headings for the body paragraphs, and write one fact, example, case or incident against each heading. Then write the essay and do not plan again.

4. How does a proposition essay differ from a topic essay? A proposition, such as "the lawyer's profession is a liar's profession", must be examined rather than merely agreed with: state what it means and who says it, bring the evidence from the prescribed texts, state the case on the other side, and then decide, saying what test you are applying.

5. Give three ways candidates lose marks in the essay. By ignoring the stated length, by writing opinion with no examples under it, and by ending on a slogan instead of a judgment. Writing one unbroken block with no paragraphs and reproducing memorised material regardless of the topic are close behind.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in363

Chapter Seventy-Seven

Precis Writing: the Method

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Precis writing"

In one line

A precis is the substance of a passage rewritten in about a third of its length, in your own words, in your own order of nothing, keeping every essential idea and no example, and given a title.

In the wording a student can write in an examination: a precis is a brief, clear and complete summary of a passage, reduced to roughly one third of the original, expressed in the writer's own words and in the third person and past tense, containing all the essential ideas of the original and nothing that is not in it.

The five requirements

Every rule of precis writing comes from one of these five.

1. Brevity. About one third of the original. Not a quarter, not a half.

2. Clarity. A reader who has never seen the original must understand the precis by itself.

3. Completeness. Every essential idea survives. Nothing essential may be dropped for the sake of brevity.

4. Faithfulness. Nothing may be added. No comment, no criticism, no illustration of your own, however apt.

5. Unity. A precis is one continuous paragraph in connected prose, not a list of points.

The rules, stated exactly

Length: about one third. Count the original if the paper does not give the count. A tolerance of ten per cent either way is normally accepted, so for a 150-word passage anything from about 45 to 55 words is safe. Write the word count at the end. Examiners look for it.

Your own words. Key technical terms may be kept where no substitute exists, but the sentences must be recast. A precis made by joining the original's sentences with the middles deleted is not a precis.

Third person. "I have often thought" becomes "The writer had often thought". Convert first and second person throughout.

Past tense, ordinarily, since the passage is being reported. Universal truths and permanent facts stay in the present: water boils at 100 degrees, not water boiled.

Indirect speech. Direct speech in the passage becomes reported speech in the precis.

One paragraph. However long the original, the precis is a single paragraph, unless the passage is very long and clearly falls into parts.

No quotation, no rhetorical questions, no exclamations. A rhetorical question becomes the statement it implies. "Can any nation prosper while half its people are illiterate?" becomes "No nation could prosper while half its people were illiterate."

A title. Short, three to six words, capturing the central idea. Marks are given for it separately, so never omit it.

No examples, illustrations, repetitions, similes or digressions. These are the material you cut first.

What to cut, and in what order

Cut in this order and the length comes down without loss.

munotes.in364

Precis Writing: the Method

CutBecause
Examples and illustrationsThey prove a point already stated. Keep the point
Repetition and restatement in other wordsWriters repeat for emphasis. A precis states once
QuotationsThe idea is what matters, not who said it
Adjectives and adverbs of emphasis"Extremely important" is "important"
Figures of speechConvert the image into the meaning
Details and statistics not essential to the argumentUnless the passage is about the figures
Digressions and asidesThey are outside the argument
Wordy phrases"In view of the fact that" is "because"

And what may never be cut. The central idea, the steps of the argument, any qualification that changes the meaning, and any conclusion the writer draws.

Compression at the level of the phrase

Half the reduction comes from replacing phrases with words. Learn a few and they will serve for life.

WordyOne word
In spite of the fact thatAlthough
Owing to the fact thatBecause
At this point in timeNow
In the event thatIf
A large number ofMany
Come to a conclusionConclude
Give consideration toConsider
Is of the opinion thatThinks
In the near futureSoon
With reference toAbout
Persons who break the lawLawbreakers
A person who writes booksAn author
One who is unable to read or writeAn illiterate

And the same by using a general term for a list. "Cows, buffaloes, goats and sheep" becomes "livestock". "Tables, chairs, cupboards and beds" becomes "furniture". This is the single most powerful compression device in the examination, and the one candidates use least.

The method, in eight steps

Step 1. Read the passage twice. Once for the sense, once with a pencil.

Step 2. Find the central idea and write it in one sentence at the top of your rough work. Everything else in the precis will hang from it.

Step 3. Mark the essential points. Underline the sentence that carries each step of the argument. Cross out examples, repetition and illustration as you go.

Step 4. Count the original, and divide by three. Write the target number down: this is your length.

Step 5. Write the rough draft from your marked points, not from the passage. This is the step that makes it your own words. If you write with your eye on the original you will copy it.

Step 6. Count the draft, and adjust. If it is too long, cut examples and compress phrases. If it is too short, you have dropped something essential: go back and find it.

Step 7. Give the title. Take it from the central idea sentence you wrote in step 2.

Step 8. Write the fair copy, and put the word count at the end, in brackets.

munotes.in365

Precis Writing: the Method

Precis of a passage of dialogue or a speech

Occasionally the passage is a speech or contains conversation. Two extra rules.

Convert to indirect speech throughout, with the reporting verb changing as sense requires: said, replied, urged, warned, admitted.

Name the speaker once and then use pronouns. "The speaker urged that..." then "He added that...".

Why a lawyer is taught this

Not as an ornament. Three professional reasons, worth a sentence in an essay question.

The head note. Every reported judgment is preceded by a head note, which is a precis of the judgment made by a law reporter.

The brief. A junior's first task in chambers is to reduce a file of two hundred pages to two pages a senior can read before a hearing.

The pleading and the affidavit. Both require facts stated in numbered paragraphs without argument or ornament, which is precis discipline applied to drafting.

And a fourth, from this course. MU's own course objectives name precis beside letters and reports, so the paper treats it as a professional skill and not a school exercise.

What loses marks

Copying sentences from the passage. The commonest fault and the most heavily penalised.

Wrong length. Half the original, or a quarter.

No title. Marks allotted to the title are simply forfeited.

No word count. Some examiners deduct for it; all of them notice.

Adding your own comment. "This is a very true observation" belongs in an essay.

First person left in. "I believe" instead of "The writer believed".

Notes instead of prose. A precis in bullet points is not a precis.

Dropping the conclusion. Candidates run out of length and stop, losing the very thing the passage was written to say.

A worked answer

Question shape. "Make a precis of the following passage and give a suitable title." Six marks.

How the six marks are usually distributed. Title, one. Length within tolerance, one. All essential ideas present, two. Own words and grammatical prose, one. Third person, past tense and unity, one. Which tells you where to spend your effort: the two marks for content are the largest single block, so completeness matters more than elegance.

The timing. Fifteen minutes for a 150-word passage. Four minutes reading and marking, six minutes drafting, three minutes counting and correcting, two minutes on the fair copy.

And the discipline that decides it. Write the draft from your marked points with the passage turned face down. Everything else follows.

Quick revision

Definition: a brief, clear and complete summary in your own words, about one third of the original, keeping every essential idea and adding nothing.

Five requirements: brevity, clarity, completeness, faithfulness, unity.

Rules: one third with ten per cent tolerance; own words; third person; past tense, except universal truths; indirect speech; one paragraph; no quotations or rhetorical questions; a title; a word count.

munotes.in366

Precis Writing: the Method

Cut in order: examples, repetition, quotations, emphatic adjectives, figures of speech, inessential detail, digressions, wordy phrases.

Compress by phrase-to-word substitution and by using a general term for a list.

Eight steps: read twice, find the central idea, mark the essentials, count and divide by three, draft from the marks, adjust, title, fair copy with the count.

Test yourself

1. What is a precis, in one sentence? A brief, clear and complete summary of a passage, about one third of its length, written in the summariser's own words and ordinarily in the third person and the past tense, containing all the essential ideas of the original and nothing that is not in it.

2. Give the five requirements of a good precis. Brevity, about a third of the original; clarity, so that it stands alone; completeness, so that no essential idea is lost; faithfulness, so that nothing is added; and unity, since it is one connected paragraph and not a list.

3. In what order should material be cut? Examples and illustrations first, then repetition and restatement, then quotations, then emphatic adjectives and adverbs, then figures of speech, then inessential detail and statistics, then digressions, and finally wordy phrases compressed into single words.

4. How are tense and person handled? The precis is written in the third person, so first and second person are converted, and ordinarily in the past tense because the passage is being reported, except that universal truths and permanent facts remain in the present. Direct speech becomes indirect.

5. Why is precis writing taught to law students in particular? Because the skill is used professionally: the head note of a reported judgment is a precis of it, a junior's first work in chambers is reducing a large file to a short brief, and pleadings and affidavits require facts stated compactly without argument or ornament.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in367

Chapter Seventy-Eight

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

Syllabus topic 4.1.3, "Precis writing"

In one line

Four passages of the length MU sets, each worked in full: the marked points, the model precis, the word count, the title, and the mistake most candidates make on that particular passage.

How to use this chapter

Cover the model. Read the passage twice. Write down the central idea in one sentence. Mark the essential points. Count the passage, divide by three, and write your precis to that number. Then compare. The comparison is where the learning is, and reading the models without attempting the passage teaches nothing.

Passage one: the lawyer and general reading

The passage. 165 words. Target: about 55, and anything from 50 to 60 is safe.

It is often said that the law is a jealous mistress and that a young man or woman entering it must give up every other interest. There is a certain amount of truth in the saying, for the study of law demands a steady attention which few other subjects require, and the practice of it demands more. But the saying is also mischievous, because it suggests that a lawyer ought to know nothing but law. Nothing could be further from the truth. A lawyer deals with the whole of human life, with families and factories and shipping and medicine and the quarrels of neighbours, and a mind that has been narrowed to statutes and reports is a poor instrument for the purpose. The greatest advocates have almost always been wide readers. They have found in literature and in history the knowledge of human motive which no textbook of law contains, and it is this knowledge, rather than the memory of rules, which persuades a court.

Step one, the central idea in one sentence. The saying that law allows no other interest is half true, and misleading, because a lawyer needs wide reading to understand people.

Step two, the essential points.

  1. The saying: law is a jealous mistress, demanding the abandonment of other interests.
  2. It is partly true, because study and practice demand unusual attention.
  3. It is misleading, because it suggests a lawyer needs nothing but law.
  4. Law deals with the whole of life, so a narrow mind is a poor instrument.
  5. Great advocates have read widely.
  6. Literature and history give knowledge of human motive, which persuades a court more than remembered rules.

Step three, what is cut. The list "families and factories and shipping and medicine and the quarrels of neighbours" is an illustration of point 4 and goes, replaced by "all human life". "Nothing could be further from the truth" is emphasis and goes. "A young man or woman" becomes nothing, because the sentence can be recast impersonally.

The model precis.

Title: Why a Lawyer Must Read Widely

The saying that law is a jealous mistress is partly true, since its study and practice demand unusual attention, but wrong in suggesting a lawyer need know nothing else. Law concerns all human life, and a mind confined to statutes serves it badly. Great advocates read widely, gaining an understanding of motive that persuades courts more than remembered rules.

(59 words)

munotes.in368

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

The mistake on this passage. Candidates keep the list of subjects, because it is vivid, and then have no room for the last sentence, which is the point of the whole passage. The rule is: when you must choose between an illustration and a conclusion, the conclusion stays.

Passage two: punctuality

The passage. 163 words. Target: about 54.

Punctuality is a habit that is very easily praised and very rarely practised. Most people agree in theory that a person who keeps others waiting is taking something from them which cannot be given back, namely their time. Yet in practice lateness is treated as a small fault, and the person who arrives half an hour after the appointed hour offers an excuse about the traffic and is forgiven. The consequences, however, are not small. In a court, an advocate who is late may find the matter has been called and dismissed for default. In a hospital, a surgeon who is late may find that the delay has cost a life. In an office, the work of twenty people may be held up because one has not arrived. The habit is worth forming for a simpler reason as well. A person who is known to be punctual is trusted in other matters too, because punctuality is the outward sign of an ordered mind.

The essential points.

  1. Punctuality is praised and rarely practised.
  2. In theory, keeping others waiting takes irrecoverable time from them.
  3. In practice lateness is excused as trivial.
  4. Its consequences are not trivial: three examples, court, hospital, office.
  5. A second reason: the punctual are trusted generally, punctuality being a sign of an ordered mind.

The judgment this passage tests. Point 4 is three examples, and the rule says cut examples. But here the examples are the argument: the writer's whole case is that the consequences are serious, and a precis that says only "the consequences are serious" has kept the claim and lost the proof. The solution is to compress all three into one clause of about a dozen words rather than to cut them. Knowing when an example is doing the work of an argument is the hardest judgment in precis writing.

The model precis.

Title: The Cost of Being Late

Punctuality is universally praised and seldom practised. People accept that keeping others waiting takes time that cannot be restored, yet excuse lateness as trivial. Its consequences are serious: a matter may be dismissed for default, a surgeon's delay may cost a life, one absentee may halt twenty workers. The punctual are also trusted generally, punctuality showing an ordered mind.

(59 words)

munotes.in369

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

Note the compressions. "In a court, an advocate who is late may find the matter has been called and dismissed for default" (twenty words) becomes "a matter may be dismissed for default" (seven). "The work of twenty people may be held up because one has not arrived" becomes "one absentee may halt twenty workers".

Passage three: reading and listening

The passage. 156 words. Target: about 52.

Reading and listening are both ways of receiving what another person has to say, but they are not equally within our control. When we listen, the speaker sets the pace. We cannot ask him to go slower, and if our attention wanders for a moment the sentence is gone. When we read, the pace is ours. We may stop at the end of a difficult sentence and consider it, go back a page, or put the book down and return to it a week later. This is why a difficult argument is nearly always better read than heard, and why students who follow a lecture perfectly well often find that they have carried away very little of it. The lecture moved at its own speed and left no trace. The remedy is not to give up lectures but to read afterwards what was heard, so that the ear introduces the subject and the eye masters it.

The essential points.

  1. Reading and listening both receive another's thoughts, but differ in control.
  2. Listening: the speaker sets the pace, and lapses of attention are unrecoverable.
  3. Reading: the reader sets the pace, and may pause, go back, or resume later.
  4. Therefore difficult arguments are better read than heard.
  5. Hence students follow lectures but retain little.
  6. The remedy is to read afterwards what was heard.

What this passage tests: person. It is written in the first person plural, "we listen", "our control", "we may stop". Every one of those must go, because a precis is in the third person. This is the passage on which candidates lose the person mark, and it is the easiest mark on the paper to keep.

The model precis.

Title: Reading Against Listening

Reading and listening both receive another's thoughts but differ in control. A listener must follow the speaker's pace, losing whatever inattention costs him, while a reader pauses or returns at will. Difficult arguments are therefore better read than heard, which explains why students follow lectures easily yet retain little. The remedy is reading afterwards what was heard.

(57 words)

munotes.in370

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

What was cut and why. "Go back a page, or put the book down and return to it a week later" is illustration of point 3 and is compressed to "pauses or returns at will". "The lecture moved at its own speed and left no trace" repeats point 2 and goes. The final clause about the ear and the eye is an ornament restating point 6 and goes, though a candidate who keeps it in place of something less essential will not be penalised.

Passage four: the village council

The passage. 170 words. Target: about 57.

The village council in ancient India settled most disputes without any writing at all. Five respected men of the locality heard the parties, questioned the witnesses whom they usually knew personally, and gave a decision on the same day. The system had obvious merits. It was quick, it cost nothing, and it was conducted in a language the parties spoke. It had equally obvious defects. The judges were neighbours of the parties and might be related to one of them; the poorest villagers had no voice in choosing them; and there was no record, so that the same dispute could be raised again a generation later with no means of proving what had been decided. Modern courts were built to cure those defects, and they have cured them, but at a price which is now familiar: delay, expense, and a language which many litigants do not understand. The movement for alternative dispute resolution is in one sense an attempt to recover the merits of the old system without its faults.

The essential points.

  1. Ancient village councils settled disputes orally, five men deciding the same day.
  2. Merits: quick, free, in the parties' own language.
  3. Defects: judges were neighbours or relatives; the poor had no voice in choosing them; no record, so disputes could revive.
  4. Modern courts cured those defects, at the price of delay, expense and unfamiliar language.
  5. Alternative dispute resolution seeks the old merits without the old faults.

What this passage tests: structure. It is built as a balance, merits against defects, then the modern cure and its own price. A precis that keeps the balance reads as an argument; a precis that lists facts in the order they appear, without the "but", reads as a paragraph of notes. Keep the connectives: but, therefore, at the cost of.

The model precis.

Title: From Village Council to Modern Court

Ancient Indian village councils settled disputes orally, five respected men deciding the same day. The system was quick, free and in the parties' language, but its judges were neighbours or relatives, the poor could not choose them, and without records decided disputes revived. Modern courts cured these faults, but brought delay, expense and unfamiliar language, which alternative dispute resolution seeks to avoid.

(62 words)

munotes.in371

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

And a note for a law student. This passage is worth reading twice for its content as well as its form. Alternative dispute resolution is a subject of the third semester of this course, and the argument summarised here, that speed, cost and language are the three grievances against formal adjudication, is the argument on which the whole subject rests.

The four traps, collected

Passage one: the illustration crowding out the conclusion. When space runs short, keep the conclusion.

Passage two: examples that are the argument. Compress them, do not cut them.

Passage three: person. First and second person must be converted to third.

Passage four: connectives. Keep but, therefore, at the cost of. Without them a precis becomes notes.

And the fifth, which applies to all four. The word count in brackets at the end. It costs three seconds and it tells the examiner you understood the exercise.

A worked answer

Question, February 2026, six marks. "Make a precis of the following passage and give a suitable title."

The full answer for passage one, exactly as it should appear in the answer book.

Title: Why a Lawyer Must Read Widely

The saying that law is a jealous mistress is partly true, since its study and practice demand unusual attention, but wrong in suggesting a lawyer need know nothing else. Law concerns all human life, and a mind confined to statutes serves it badly. Great advocates read widely, gaining an understanding of motive that persuades courts more than remembered rules.

(59 words)

Nothing else. No introduction, no note explaining what you have done, no apology for the length. Title, precis, count.

Quick revision

Target length is a third, with about ten per cent tolerance, and the count goes in brackets at the end.

Method: read twice, one-sentence central idea, mark the points, count and divide, draft from the marks, adjust, title, fair copy.

Cut illustration before conclusion; compress examples that carry the argument rather than deleting them; convert every first and second person to the third; keep the connectives that show the shape of the argument.

The title is a separate mark and takes five seconds.

Test yourself

1. A passage of 168 words is set. What is the safe range for your precis? About 56 words, with roughly ten per cent either way, so anything from about 50 to 62 is safe. Write the actual count in brackets at the end.

2. When should an example not be cut? When it is doing the work of the argument rather than merely illustrating a point already made, as in the punctuality passage, where the writer's whole case is that the consequences are serious and the three instances are the proof. Compress such examples into a single clause instead of deleting them.

munotes.in372

Precis Writing: Worked Examples

3. Which passage above tests person, and what has to change? The third, on reading and listening, which is written in the first person plural throughout. Every "we", "our" and "us" must be converted to the third person, so that "when we listen, the speaker sets the pace" becomes "a listener must follow the speaker's pace".

4. Why must connectives be kept? Because they carry the structure of the argument. A precis of the village council passage that omits the contrast between merits and defects, and the price at which modern courts cured those defects, states the same facts but no longer reproduces the writer's reasoning, and reads as notes rather than prose.

5. What exactly should appear in the answer book? The title, the precis as one continuous paragraph, and the word count in brackets. Nothing else: no introduction, no explanation of the method, and no comment on the passage.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in373

Chapter Seventy-Nine

Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts

Syllabus topic 4.2, "Grammar", the foundation of the three labelled sub-topics

In one line

A sentence is a group of words expressing a complete thought, built from a subject and a predicate, whose words belong to eight classes and whose groups are either phrases or clauses.

Parts of speech: the eight classes

Every word in English belongs to one of these, and the same word may belong to different ones in different sentences.

ClassWhat it doesExample
NounNames a person, place, thing or ideaadvocate, Bombay, contract, justice
PronounStands for a nounhe, she, they, it, who, which
AdjectiveQualifies a nounreasonable care, a written agreement
VerbStates action or beingfiles, is, was held
AdverbQualifies a verb, adjective or another adverbpromptly, very, quite clearly
PrepositionShows the relation of a noun to another wordof, in, under, against, notwithstanding
ConjunctionJoins words, phrases or clausesand, but, or, because, although
InterjectionExpresses sudden feelingAlas! Oh!

Kinds of noun, because MU's transformation questions use the names. Proper, naming a particular person or place, and always capitalised: Gandhi, Mumbai. Common, naming a class: judge, city. Collective, naming a group as one: jury, committee, bench. Abstract, naming a quality or state: honesty, negligence, possession. Material, naming a substance: gold, paper.

Kinds of pronoun. Personal (I, you, he), possessive (mine, theirs), reflexive (himself), demonstrative (this, those), relative (who, which, that), interrogative (who? what?), and indefinite (someone, each, none).

The one word class a law student must handle carefully: the preposition. In legal writing a preposition often carries the whole meaning. Compensation for an injury is not compensation of an injury; a right in a thing is not a right to a thing; an appeal against an order is not an appeal from a court in the same sense. Prepositions are learnt by use rather than by rule, and the list in the common errors chapter is worth memorising.

Subject and predicate

The subject is what the sentence is about, and the predicate is what is said about it.

SentenceSubjectPredicate
The court dismissed the appeal.The courtdismissed the appeal
Soapy walked to Madison Square.Soapywalked to Madison Square
Justice delayed is justice denied.Justice delayedis justice denied
Under this Act, every landlord shall issue a receipt.every landlordshall issue a receipt

How to find the subject with certainty. Find the verb first, then ask who or what is doing it. In the last example the sentence opens with a phrase, "Under this Act", which is not the subject, and candidates who take the first noun as the subject get it wrong. This is why the drill matters: voice and reported speech both begin by identifying the subject.

Object. What receives the action. A direct object answers "what?" or "whom?" after the verb: the court dismissed the appeal. An indirect object answers "to whom?" or "for whom?": the clerk gave the judge the file. A verb that takes an object is transitive; one that does not is intransitive. This matters more than it looks, because only a transitive verb can be turned into the passive.

munotes.in374

Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts

Complement. After verbs of being, the word completing the sense is not an object but a complement: he is an advocate; the agreement became void.

Phrase and clause

A phrase is a group of words without a subject and a finite verb, working as one part of speech.

  • Noun phrase: The reasonable man of the law does not exist.
  • Adjective phrase: A contract without consideration is void.
  • Adverb phrase: The suit was filed within the period of limitation.

A clause is a group of words containing a subject and a finite verb.

Main clause, which makes sense standing alone: the appeal was dismissed because it was filed late.

Subordinate clause, which does not: the appeal was dismissed because it was filed late.

Three kinds of subordinate clause, and MU's transformation questions turn one into another.

KindWorks asExample
Noun clauseA nounThe court held that the contract was void.
Adjective, or relative, clauseAn adjectiveThe witness who signed the deed was not examined.
Adverb clauseAn adverbThe suit failed because no notice was given.

Kinds of sentence by structure

Simple. One subject and one finite verb; one clause. The court dismissed the appeal.

Compound. Two or more main clauses joined by a coordinating conjunction: and, but, or, so, for, yet. The court dismissed the appeal, but it made no order as to costs.

Complex. One main clause and one or more subordinate clauses. The court dismissed the appeal because it had been filed out of time.

Compound-complex. Two or more main clauses with at least one subordinate clause. The court dismissed the appeal because it was late, and it directed the appellant to pay costs.

Why MU cares. "Do as directed" questions routinely say: change into a complex sentence; change into a simple sentence; combine into one sentence. The transformations are mechanical once the structure is visible.

DirectionFromTo
Simple to complexBeing late, the appeal was dismissed.As the appeal was late, it was dismissed.
Complex to simpleAs he was ill, he did not attend.Being ill, he did not attend.
Simple to compoundBeing late, the appeal was dismissed.The appeal was late and so it was dismissed.
Compound to complexHe worked hard and so he succeeded.Because he worked hard, he succeeded.
munotes.in375

Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts

Kinds of sentence by function

KindDoes whatExample
Assertive or declarativeStatesThe contract is void.
InterrogativeAsksIs the contract void?
ImperativeCommands or requestsFile the reply within a week.
ExclamatoryExclaimsHow unjust the order was!
OptativeWishesMay the court be pleased to allow the application.

Note for the reported speech chapter. These five kinds have five different rules when converted into indirect speech, so the classification is not decorative.

Finite and non-finite verbs

A finite verb changes with the subject and the tense: he writes, they write, he wrote.

A non-finite verb does not, and there are three.

Infinitive, to plus the verb: he wanted to appeal. Participle, working as an adjective: the injured party; having heard counsel, the court reserved judgment. Gerund, the -ing form working as a noun: filing the reply is the first step.

Why it matters. A clause needs a finite verb. "Having heard counsel" is a phrase, not a clause, because "having heard" is non-finite. Candidates who cannot tell the two apart cannot distinguish a phrase from a clause, and the "do as directed" transformations depend on that distinction.

A worked answer

Question. "Identify the subject, the predicate and the kind of sentence: Although the notice was served on the defendant, he did not appear, and the suit proceeded ex parte."

Answer. The sentence is compound-complex. It contains one subordinate adverb clause of concession, "Although the notice was served on the defendant", and two main clauses joined by "and": "he did not appear" and "the suit proceeded ex parte". In the first main clause the subject is "he" and the predicate is "did not appear"; in the second the subject is "the suit" and the predicate is "proceeded ex parte". Within the subordinate clause the subject is "the notice" and the verb "was served" is in the passive voice.

Why this scores. It names the structure, identifies the clauses, gives the subject and predicate of each main clause, and notices the passive, which is the sort of observation that separates a full answer from a bare one.

Quick revision

Eight parts of speech: noun, pronoun, adjective, verb, adverb, preposition, conjunction, interjection.

Subject and predicate: find the verb first, then ask who or what does it. The opening phrase is often not the subject.

Only transitive verbs, which take an object, can be made passive.

Phrase: no subject and finite verb. Clause: subject and finite verb. Subordinate clauses are noun, adjective or adverb.

By structure: simple, compound, complex, compound-complex. By function: assertive, interrogative, imperative, exclamatory, optative.

Non-finite verbs are the infinitive, the participle and the gerund, and none of them can make a clause by itself.

munotes.in376

Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts

Test yourself

1. Find the subject: "Under section 10 of the Act, every agreement made without consideration is void." The subject is "every agreement made without consideration". The opening "Under section 10 of the Act" is an adverb phrase, and "void" is the complement after the verb "is".

2. Distinguish a phrase from a clause, with an example of each. A phrase has no subject and finite verb and works as a single part of speech: "within the period of limitation". A clause has both: "because no notice was given". "Having heard counsel" is a phrase, because "having heard" is a participle and therefore non-finite.

3. Name the three kinds of subordinate clause and give one example each. Noun clause, working as a noun: the court held that the contract was void. Adjective or relative clause, qualifying a noun: the witness who signed the deed was not examined. Adverb clause, qualifying the verb: the suit failed because no notice was given.

4. Why does the transitive-intransitive distinction matter? Because only a transitive verb, which takes an object, can be converted into the passive voice. A sentence with an intransitive verb, such as "the plaintiff appeared", has no object to become the subject of a passive sentence and therefore cannot be changed.

5. Classify: "He worked hard and so he succeeded", and change it into a complex sentence. It is a compound sentence, being two main clauses joined by the coordinating conjunction "and". As a complex sentence it becomes "Because he worked hard, he succeeded", where the first clause is now a subordinate adverb clause of reason.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in377

Chapter Eighty

Verbs and Tenses

Syllabus topic 4.2.1, "Tenses"

In one line

Tense is the form of the verb that shows the time of an action and whether it is complete, and English has three times crossed with four aspects, which gives twelve forms.

The grid

Learn it as a grid rather than as twelve separate items. Take the verb "to write", first person singular.

SimpleContinuousPerfectPerfect continuous
PresentI writeI am writingI have writtenI have been writing
PastI wroteI was writingI had writtenI had been writing
FutureI shall writeI shall be writingI shall have writtenI shall have been writing

The four aspects, in one line each. Simple: the action as a whole. Continuous: in progress. Perfect: completed, with a result that matters now. Perfect continuous: continuing over a period up to now.

Present tenses, and what each is for

Simple present. Four uses, and only the first is what students expect.

  1. A habit: he attends court every morning.
  2. A universal or permanent truth: water boils at a hundred degrees; a minor's agreement is void.
  3. A planned future event on a timetable: the term begins on 15 June.
  4. Narration of a story or of the facts of a case, called the historic present: Soapy hears the anthem and resolves to reform.

Note the second use particularly. Statements of law are written in the simple present because they are treated as permanently true: "Section 11 provides", "the rule is", "a contract without consideration is void". This is why law reports read as they do.

Present continuous. An action going on now: the court is hearing the matter. Also a definite arrangement for the near future: I am appearing in the Sessions Court tomorrow. Not used with verbs of state, which is the commonest error and is dealt with below.

Present perfect. A completed action with a present consequence, or an action in a period not yet over: he has filed the reply; the court has delivered four judgments this week. The rule that decides most questions: the present perfect is never used with a finished past time. Not "he has filed it yesterday" but "he filed it yesterday".

Present perfect continuous. An action that began in the past and continues: he has been waiting since eleven o'clock; she has been practising for six years. Since takes a point of time, for takes a period.

Past tenses

Simple past. A finished action at a definite past time: the court dismissed the appeal in March. Also a past habit: he read the reports every evening.

Past continuous. An action in progress at a past moment, often interrupted: he was arguing when the court rose; while she was reading, the telephone rang.

munotes.in378

Verbs and Tenses

Past perfect. The earlier of two past actions: the suit had been filed before the notice was served. The test: if a sentence has two past actions and their order matters, the earlier goes into the past perfect.

Past perfect continuous. An action continuing up to a point in the past: he had been practising for ten years when he was appointed.

Future tenses

Simple future. Shall with the first person, will with the second and third, in the traditional rule that MU still follows: I shall attend; he will attend. Reversing them expresses determination or a promise: I will attend, whatever happens.

Modern usage note. In current English "will" is normal in every person, and "shall" survives chiefly in legal drafting, where it imposes an obligation: "the tenant shall pay the rent on or before the fifth day". For MU's grammar questions, follow the traditional rule; in a letter or a report, write naturally.

Going to. For an intention or a prediction from present evidence: he is going to appeal; the case is going to collapse.

Future continuous. In progress at a future time: this time tomorrow I shall be sitting in the examination.

Future perfect. Completed before a future time: by June I shall have completed the first year.

Future perfect continuous. Continuing up to a future point: by next month he will have been practising for twenty years.

Auxiliary verbs

Primary auxiliaries, which help form the tenses: be, have, do.

Modal auxiliaries, which add meaning rather than time: can, could, may, might, shall, should, will, would, must, ought to, need, dare, used to.

ModalChief useExample
canAbility, informal permissionHe can read Marathi.
mayPermission, possibilityThe court may grant leave.
mightRemote possibilityThe appeal might succeed.
mustObligation, strong inferenceThe plaint must be verified.
shouldDuty, adviceYou should file within thirty days.
wouldPast habit, politeness, conditionHe would sit in the last row.
ought toMoral dutyAn advocate ought to assist the court.
used toA discontinued past habitHe used to appear in the City Civil Court.

The distinction MU asks about. "May" gives permission or states a possibility; "can" states ability. In statutes the distinction is a large one, because "may" ordinarily confers a discretion and "shall" imposes a duty, which is a question of interpretation you will meet in later years.

Sequence of tenses

The general rule. A past tense in the main clause is followed by a past tense in the subordinate clause.

He said that he was ready. Not "is ready". The court held that the agreement was void.

Four exceptions, and MU tests them.

  1. A universal truth stays in the present. The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun. Our teacher told us that water boils at a hundred degrees.
  2. A statement of law that continues in force stays in the present. The court observed that a minor's agreement is void.
  3. A habitual fact that is still true may stay in the present. He said that he takes the seven o'clock train.
  4. A comparison with "than" is not affected. He liked you more than he likes me.
munotes.in379

Verbs and Tenses

And one more. After the conjunction "since", the tense follows the sense rather than the rule: it is ten years since he left the bar.

Conditional sentences

Three types, tested every year in some form.

TypeConditionResultExample
First, realSimple presentSimple futureIf he files the appeal, the court will hear it.
Second, unreal presentSimple pastwould + verbIf he filed the appeal, the court would hear it.
Third, unreal pastPast perfectwould have + past participleIf he had filed the appeal, the court would have heard it.

The error to avoid. Never "If he will file", and never "If he would have filed". The condition clause does not take "will" or "would".

The errors that lose marks

Continuous with verbs of state. Verbs of perception, emotion, thought and possession are not ordinarily used in continuous forms. Not "I am knowing the answer" but "I know the answer". Not "She is having two brothers" but "She has two brothers". The list: know, believe, understand, remember, mean, like, love, hate, want, prefer, see, hear, smell, taste, seem, appear, belong, own, possess, contain, consist.

"Have" in the sense of taking a meal or an experience is an exception, and is used in the continuous: they are having lunch; we are having trouble with the printer.

Present perfect with a finished past time. Not "I have met him last week" but "I met him last week".

Since and for. Since a point: since Monday, since 2019, since he joined. For a period: for three days, for a year.

Past perfect used where the simple past will do. The past perfect exists to mark the earlier of two past events. In a single past narrative it is wrong: not "Yesterday I had gone to court" but "Yesterday I went to court".

Sequence broken after a past reporting verb. Not "He said that he is coming" but "He said that he was coming".

"Yet" and "already" with the wrong tense. They go with the present perfect: has he filed it yet; she has already replied.

Two verbs in one predicate with different subjects. "He was reading and dismissed the appeal" has two different agents and needs recasting.

munotes.in380

Verbs and Tenses

A worked answer

Question type. "Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verb given in brackets."

SentenceAnswerReason
He ______ (wait) since ten o'clock.has been waitingAn action begun in the past and continuing; "since" takes a point of time
She ______ (file) the reply yesterday.filedA finished past time takes the simple past, never the present perfect
The court held that a minor's agreement ______ (be) void.isA statement of law in force is an exception to the sequence of tenses
Before the notice was served, the suit ______ (be) filed.had beenThe earlier of two past events takes the past perfect
If he ______ (apply) in time, he would have been admitted.had appliedThird conditional: past perfect in the if-clause
By June we ______ (complete) the first year.shall have completedCompleted before a future point
I ______ (know) him for ten years.have knownA verb of state, so no continuous form, and "for" plus a period takes the perfect
While she ______ (read), the telephone rang.was readingAn action in progress interrupted by another

Quick revision

Three times, four aspects, twelve forms. Learn the grid, not the list.

Simple present for habits, universal truths, timetabled future and narration. Statements of law are in the present.

Present perfect never with a finished past time. Since takes a point, for takes a period.

Past perfect only for the earlier of two past actions.

Shall with the first person, will with the second and third, for MU's grammar questions; in drafting, shall imposes an obligation.

Sequence of tenses: past follows past, except universal truths, statements of law, still-true habits, and comparisons with than.

Conditionals: present plus will; past plus would; past perfect plus would have. Never will or would in the if-clause.

Verbs of state take no continuous form, except have in the sense of taking a meal or experiencing something.

Test yourself

1. What is the difference between "He has filed the reply" and "He filed the reply"? The present perfect reports a completed action whose result matters now, or one in a period not yet finished, and cannot be used with a finished past time. The simple past states a finished action at a definite past time, so "he filed the reply yesterday" is right and "he has filed it yesterday" is wrong.

2. Give the rule for since and for, with an example of each. Since takes a point in time from which the action has continued: he has been waiting since eleven o'clock. For takes a length of time: she has been practising for six years.

3. State the sequence of tenses and its four exceptions. A past tense in the main clause is followed by a past tense in the subordinate clause. The exceptions are a universal truth, which stays in the present; a statement of law still in force, which stays in the present; a habit that is still true; and a comparison introduced by "than".

munotes.in381

Verbs and Tenses

4. Why is "I am knowing the answer" wrong? Because "know" is a verb of state, and verbs of perception, emotion, thought and possession are not ordinarily used in continuous forms. The correct form is "I know the answer". The exception is "have" in the sense of taking a meal or undergoing an experience, as in "we are having lunch".

5. Complete and justify: "If he ______ (file) the appeal in time, the court would have heard it." "Had filed". This is the third conditional, about an unreal past, in which the if-clause takes the past perfect and the result clause takes "would have" with the past participle. Neither "will" nor "would" may appear in the if-clause.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in382

Chapter Eighty-One

Active and Passive Voice

Syllabus topic 4.2.2, "Active and Passive Voice"

In one line

A verb is in the active voice when the subject does the action and in the passive when the subject receives it, and the conversion is mechanical once you have found the subject, the verb and the object.

The rule of conversion

Active: subject, verb, object. Passive: object becomes the subject, the verb becomes the appropriate form of "be" plus the past participle, and the old subject follows "by".

Active: The court dismissed the appeal.

Passive: The appeal was dismissed by the court.

Three steps, in this order.

  1. Find the object of the active sentence. It becomes the subject of the passive.
  2. Change the verb: keep the tense, put "be" into that tense, and add the past participle of the main verb.
  3. Put the old subject after "by", and drop it if it is unimportant, unknown or obvious.

The requirement. Only a transitive verb, which takes an object, can be made passive. "The plaintiff appeared" has no object and cannot be converted.

The conversion in every tense

Take "write" and "a letter".

TenseActivePassive
Simple presentHe writes a letter.A letter is written by him.
Present continuousHe is writing a letter.A letter is being written by him.
Present perfectHe has written a letter.A letter has been written by him.
Simple pastHe wrote a letter.A letter was written by him.
Past continuousHe was writing a letter.A letter was being written by him.
Past perfectHe had written a letter.A letter had been written by him.
Simple futureHe will write a letter.A letter will be written by him.
Future perfectHe will have written a letter.A letter will have been written by him.
ModalHe can write a letter.A letter can be written by him.
InfinitiveHe wants to write a letter.He wants a letter to be written.

The four with no ordinary passive, and this is examined. The present perfect continuous, the past perfect continuous, the future continuous and the future perfect continuous have no natural passive form. "He has been writing a letter" is not turned into "A letter has been being written". If a question sets one, say that the form is not used.

Sentences of each kind

Two objects. Either may become the subject, and the other stays.

Active: The clerk gave the judge the file.

Passive, first form: The judge was given the file by the clerk.

Passive, second form: The file was given to the judge by the clerk.

Imperative. Use "let", or an impersonal construction.

Active: Close the door.

Passive: Let the door be closed.

Active: File the reply within a week.

Passive: Let the reply be filed within a week.

Active: Do not disturb the court.

Passive: Let the court not be disturbed.

Active: Please help me.

Passive: You are requested to help me.

munotes.in383

Active and Passive Voice

Interrogative. The question form is kept.

Active: Did the court dismiss the appeal?

Passive: Was the appeal dismissed by the court?

Active: Who wrote this?

Passive: By whom was this written?

Active: Whom did they arrest?

Passive: Who was arrested by them?

Active: What are you doing?

Passive: What is being done by you?

Negative. The negative stays with the auxiliary.

Active: He did not sign the deed.

Passive: The deed was not signed by him.

Verbs of perception and reporting. A special construction.

Active: People say that he is honest.

Passive: It is said that he is honest. Or: He is said to be honest.

Active: They believe that the will is forged.

Passive: It is believed that the will is forged.

Sentences with a preposition attached to the verb. The preposition stays with the verb.

Active: They laughed at him.

Passive: He was laughed at.

Active: The neighbours looked after the child.

Passive: The child was looked after by the neighbours.

Active: Someone has taken away the file.

Passive: The file has been taken away.

Where "by" is not the right preposition. Some passives take "with", "to" or "at".

The room was filled with smoke. The judge was known to everybody. She was surprised at the order. He is interested in the case.

Sentences that cannot be changed

The trap in this question, and the reason to read the sentence before starting.

Intransitive verbs. He slept. The court rose. The bell rang. Nothing to make into a subject.

Verbs of state. He has a car; the box contains papers; the coat suits you; this book belongs to me. These are transitive in form but not in sense, and are not converted.

Reflexive constructions. He hurt himself.

The four continuous forms named above.

When to omit the agent

The "by" phrase is dropped in four cases, and dropping it correctly is worth a mark.

  1. When the doer is unknown. The file has been misplaced.
  2. When the doer is obvious. The accused was convicted. Obviously by the court.
  3. When the doer is unimportant. The plaint was filed on 4 April.
  4. When the doer is a vague "people", "somebody", "they". English is spoken all over the world.

Why legal writing uses the passive so much

This is the paragraph that turns a grammar answer into a law student's answer.

Because the doer is often irrelevant or deliberately unnamed. "The appeal was dismissed" is about the fate of the appeal; the identity of the bench is in the cause title.

Because a statute speaks about acts, not about actors. "No suit shall be instituted after the period of limitation" applies to everybody, and naming a doer would narrow it.

munotes.in384

Active and Passive Voice

Because the form is impersonal, and the law prefers to speak impersonally. "It is ordered that" and "it was held that" put the institution in front of the individual.

And the criticism, which is equally worth making. Excessive passive makes writing heavy and can conceal responsibility. "Mistakes were made" says nothing about who made them. Modern drafting manuals, in India and elsewhere, urge plain language and the active voice wherever the doer matters. A good rule for your own writing: use the passive when the doer is genuinely irrelevant, and the active when it is not.

A worked answer

Question. "Change the voice: (a) The Bar Council prescribes the standards of professional conduct. (b) Who has broken the window? (c) Let the door be closed. (d) People say that he is a great advocate."

Answers with reasons.

(a) The standards of professional conduct are prescribed by the Bar Council. Simple present active becomes "are" plus the past participle.

(b) By whom has the window been broken? Interrogative with "who" as subject: the passive begins "by whom", and the auxiliary keeps the tense.

(c) Close the door. This one is given in the passive and is turned back into the active imperative.

(d) It is said that he is a great advocate, or He is said to be a great advocate. Both are accepted, and giving both shows you know the construction.

Quick revision

Active: subject does. Passive: subject receives. Only transitive verbs convert.

Three steps: object becomes subject; "be" in the same tense plus past participle; old subject after "by", omitted when unknown, obvious, unimportant or vague.

Two objects: either can become the subject. Imperative: use "let". Interrogative: keep the question form and begin "by whom" where necessary. Prepositions stay attached: he was laughed at.

Not convertible: intransitive verbs, verbs of state, reflexives, and the four continuous forms, the present perfect continuous, past perfect continuous, future continuous and future perfect continuous.

Some passives take with, to, at or in rather than by.

Legal writing uses the passive because the actor is often irrelevant and the statute speaks about acts, but the passive also conceals responsibility, so use the active where the doer matters.

Test yourself

1. What is the condition for converting a sentence into the passive? The verb must be transitive, that is, it must take an object, because the object of the active sentence becomes the subject of the passive one. A sentence with an intransitive verb, such as "the court rose", has nothing to make into a subject and cannot be converted.

munotes.in385

Active and Passive Voice

2. Convert: "The clerk gave the judge the file." Either "The judge was given the file by the clerk" or "The file was given to the judge by the clerk", because the sentence has two objects and either may become the subject of the passive.

3. Which tenses have no ordinary passive? The present perfect continuous, the past perfect continuous, the future continuous and the future perfect continuous. Forms such as "has been being written" are not used, and a candidate should say so rather than invent one.

4. When is the "by" phrase omitted? When the doer is unknown, obvious, unimportant, or a vague "people" or "they". So "the accused was convicted" needs no agent, because only a court convicts.

5. Why does legal writing use the passive, and what is the objection to it? Because a statute speaks of acts rather than actors, so naming a doer would narrow the rule, and because the impersonal form suits an institution. The objection is that the passive can hide responsibility, as in "mistakes were made", and that heavy use of it makes writing hard to read, which is why plain-language drafting prefers the active where the doer matters.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in386

Chapter Eighty-Two

Reported Speech

Syllabus topic 4.2.3, "Reported speech"

In one line

Direct speech gives a speaker's words exactly, inside inverted commas; indirect or reported speech gives their substance in the reporter's words, with the tense, the person, and the words of time and place adjusted.

Direct: He said, "I am filing the appeal today."

Indirect: He said that he was filing the appeal that day.

The four changes

Every conversion involves these four, in this order.

One. The reporting verb and the conjunction. "Said to" becomes "told", and a conjunction is introduced: that for statements, if or whether for yes-or-no questions, to for commands and requests, and no conjunction for wh-questions, which keep their question word.

Two. The person of the pronouns. The first person changes according to the subject of the reporting verb; the second person according to its object; the third person does not change. Remembered as SOSO: Subject to Subject, Object to Object.

Direct: He said to me, "I have read your reply."

Indirect: He told me that he had read my reply.

Three. The tense. If the reporting verb is in the past, the reported verb goes one step back.

DirectIndirect
Simple presentSimple past
Present continuousPast continuous
Present perfectPast perfect
Present perfect continuousPast perfect continuous
Simple pastPast perfect
Past continuousPast perfect continuous
Past perfectPast perfect, unchanged
shall / willshould / would
can / maycould / might
musthad to, or must, unchanged

And the exception, which is the same as in the sequence of tenses. No change where the reported words are a universal truth, a statement of law still in force, or a habitual fact still true.

Direct: He said, "A minor's agreement is void."

Indirect: He said that a minor's agreement is void.

Direct: The teacher said, "The earth moves round the sun."

Indirect: The teacher said that the earth moves round the sun.

And no change at all if the reporting verb is in the present or the future. "He says, 'I am ready'" becomes "He says that he is ready".

Four. Words of time and place.

DirectIndirect
nowthen
todaythat day
tonightthat night
yesterdaythe previous day, the day before
tomorrowthe next day, the following day
last weekthe previous week
next weekthe following week
agobefore
herethere
thisthat
thesethose
thusso
comego

One caution. These changes are made only where the sense requires. If the report is made on the same day and in the same place, "today" and "here" may stand.

The five kinds of sentence

1. Assertive, or statements. Conjunction that; reporting verb said, told, replied, added, explained, admitted.

Direct: He said, "The reply has been filed."

Indirect: He said that the reply had been filed.

Direct: She said to him, "I do not agree."

Indirect: She told him that she did not agree.

munotes.in387

Reported Speech

2. Interrogative, or questions. No "that". The question becomes a statement in word order, and the question mark goes. Reporting verb: asked, inquired, demanded.

Yes-or-no questions take if or whether.

Direct: He said to me, "Have you filed the reply?"

Indirect: He asked me if I had filed the reply.

Wh-questions keep the question word.

Direct: The judge said, "Who represents the defendant?"

Indirect: The judge asked who represented the defendant.

Direct: He said to her, "Where did you find the document?"

Indirect: He asked her where she had found the document.

The commonest error. Keeping the interrogative word order. Not "He asked me had I filed the reply" but "He asked me if I had filed the reply".

3. Imperative, commands and requests. The verb becomes an infinitive with to, and the reporting verb changes to fit the force of the words: ordered, commanded, told, asked, requested, advised, urged, warned, forbade.

Direct: He said to the clerk, "File the reply."

Indirect: He ordered the clerk to file the reply.

Direct: She said to me, "Please help me."

Indirect: She requested me to help her.

Direct: He said to me, "Do not sign it."

Indirect: He advised me not to sign it. (Negative: not to.)

Direct: The officer said, "Do not enter."

Indirect: The officer forbade them to enter.

4. Exclamatory. The exclamation is turned into a statement, and the reporting verb becomes exclaimed with joy, exclaimed with sorrow, exclaimed with surprise, or applauded, lamented, regretted. The interjection disappears.

Direct: He said, "Alas! I have lost the case."

Indirect: He exclaimed with sorrow that he had lost the case.

Direct: She said, "What a fine judgment!"

Indirect: She exclaimed that it was a very fine judgment.

Direct: They said, "Hurrah! We have won."

Indirect: They exclaimed with joy that they had won.

Note the pattern for "what a" and "how". They become "a very" and "very".

5. Optative, wishes and prayers. The reporting verb becomes wished, prayed, blessed.

Direct: He said, "May you succeed."

Indirect: He wished that I might succeed.

Direct: She said, "God bless you."

Indirect: She prayed that God might bless me.

Mixed passages

Where a passage contains sentences of different kinds, report each according to its own rule and join them with suitable words: and, further, then, thereupon.

Direct: He said to me, "I have read your draft. Do you want me to file it? Please tell me by evening."

Indirect: He told me that he had read my draft, asked whether I wanted him to file it, and requested me to tell him by that evening.

munotes.in388

Reported Speech

Note the economy. One reporting verb per kind, joined into a single sentence. That is how a court records evidence and how a lawyer takes instructions.

Where a law student meets this every day

In a judgment. "The learned counsel submitted that the notice had not been served" is reported speech, and its accuracy is the difference between a correct record and a misquotation.

In evidence. A witness's deposition is recorded in the third person and the past tense, which is exactly this conversion applied for hours at a time.

And the rule that connects it to Module I. In Pudd'nhead Wilson, in Murder!, and in the trial of Bardell against Pickwick, what a witness said in the box and what the record says he said are the same event seen through this grammar. Reported speech is the machinery by which speech becomes a document.

A worked answer

Question. "Change into indirect speech: (a) He said to me, 'I shall meet you tomorrow.' (b) The judge said to the witness, 'Where were you on the night of the fourth?' (c) She said to him, 'Please do not disturb me.' (d) He said, 'Alas! I have failed.'"

(a) He told me that he would meet me the next day. Tense: shall becomes would. Person: I becomes he, you becomes me. Time: tomorrow becomes the next day.

(b) The judge asked the witness where he had been on the night of the fourth. A wh-question keeps its question word, loses the interrogative order and the question mark, and the past becomes the past perfect.

(c) She requested him not to disturb her. A request becomes an infinitive with "to", the negative is "not to", and the reporting verb "requested" carries the word "please", which is then dropped.

(d) He exclaimed with sorrow that he had failed. The interjection disappears, the reporting verb carries the emotion, and the present perfect becomes the past perfect.

Quick revision

Four changes: reporting verb and conjunction; person, by SOSO; tense, one step back if the reporting verb is past; time and place words.

No tense change for universal truths, statements of law in force, still-true habits, or when the reporting verb is in the present or future.

Statements take that. Yes-or-no questions take if or whether. Wh-questions keep their question word. Commands and requests take an infinitive with to, negative not to. Exclamations become statements with an emotion-carrying reporting verb. Wishes take wished or prayed.

Word order in a reported question is that of a statement, and the question mark goes.

What a very becomes: "What a fine judgment!" becomes "that it was a very fine judgment".

munotes.in389

Reported Speech

Test yourself

1. State the four changes made in converting direct into indirect speech. The reporting verb and the conjunction; the person of the pronouns, changed by the subject-to-subject and object-to-object rule; the tense, moved one step back if the reporting verb is in the past; and the words of time and place, so that today becomes that day and here becomes there.

2. When does the tense not change? When the reporting verb is in the present or future, and when the reported words state a universal truth, a rule of law still in force, or a habit that is still true. So "He said, 'A minor's agreement is void'" becomes "He said that a minor's agreement is void".

3. Convert: The judge said to the witness, "Did you see the accused that night?" The judge asked the witness whether he had seen the accused that night. A yes-or-no question takes if or whether, the word order becomes that of a statement, the question mark is dropped, and the simple past becomes the past perfect.

4. How are commands, requests and prohibitions reported? The verb becomes an infinitive with "to", and the reporting verb is chosen to match the force of the words: ordered, told, requested, advised, urged, warned or forbade. A prohibition takes "not to", as in "He advised me not to sign it".

5. Convert: She said, "What a fine judgment this is!" She exclaimed that it was a very fine judgment. An exclamation becomes a statement, "what a" becomes "a very", the emotion is carried by the reporting verb, and the exclamation mark disappears.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in390

Chapter Eighty-Three

Question Tags, and the Do As Directed Question

Syllabus topic 4.2, Grammar. No label names question tags, and MU set one in February 2026

In one line

A question tag is the short question added to a statement to invite agreement, and its rules are three: opposite polarity, the same auxiliary, and a pronoun subject.

The court dismissed the appeal, didn't it?

You have filed the reply, haven't you?

The three rules

Rule one: opposite polarity. A positive statement takes a negative tag; a negative statement takes a positive tag.

He is an advocate, isn't he?

He is not an advocate, is he?

Rule two: the same auxiliary. The tag uses the auxiliary of the statement. If there is none, use the appropriate form of "do".

She has replied, hasn't she?

She replied, didn't she?

They will appear, won't they?

He can drive, can't he?

Rule three: a pronoun subject. The tag's subject is always a pronoun, never a noun.

The judges have retired, haven't they?

Anjali will argue the matter, won't she?

And the punctuation. A comma before the tag, a question mark after it, and the tag is contracted in the negative: isn't, haven't, didn't, won't.

The special cases, which is where the marks are

StatementTagNote
I am late,aren't I?The one irregular form in the language
Let us go,shall we?"Let us" always takes shall we
Let him go,will you?"Let him" takes will you
Open the door,will you?Imperatives take will you or won't you
Do not be late,will you?Negative imperative also takes will you
Nobody came,did they?Words such as nobody, no one, none are negative, so the tag is positive
Everybody agreed,didn't they?Everybody, somebody and nobody take "they"
Nothing happened,did it?Nothing and everything take "it"
He hardly ever attends,does he?Hardly, scarcely, rarely, seldom, never and barely are negative in sense
There is no evidence,is there?"There" is repeated as the subject
This is unfair,isn't it?A word with a negative prefix is grammatically positive
He used to practise here,didn't he?"Used to" takes did
She had better file it,hadn't she?"Had better" keeps had
He would rather wait,wouldn't he?"Would rather" keeps would
I think he is guilty,isn't he?The tag follows the subordinate clause, not "I think"
I don't think he is guilty,is he?The negative in the main clause transfers

The two that catch everybody. "I am late, aren't I?" and the negative-sense adverbs. "He seldom attends, does he?" is right, and "doesn't he?" is wrong, because "seldom" makes the statement negative in meaning even though no "not" appears.

The other "do as directed" instructions

MU's paper gives a list of sentences with an instruction in brackets after each. Here is the whole repertoire, with an example of each, so that no instruction is unfamiliar in the hall.

munotes.in391

Question Tags, and the Do As Directed Question

Change the voice

Covered in full in [Active and Passive Voice]. The active "The court dismissed the appeal" becomes the passive "The appeal was dismissed by the court".

Change into indirect speech

Covered in [Reported Speech]. "He said, 'I am ready'" becomes "He said that he was ready".

Change the degree of comparison

Three degrees: positive, comparative, superlative. The instruction is to say the same thing in another degree without changing the meaning.

DegreeSentence
SuperlativeBombay is the busiest port in India.
ComparativeBombay is busier than any other port in India.
PositiveNo other port in India is as busy as Bombay.

The three traps. In the comparative, "any other" and not "any". In the positive, "no other" and not "not any". And a comparison must be between comparable things: "his argument was better than the other counsel" should be "than the other counsel's".

Change into a negative sentence without changing the meaning

Given: He is always punctual.

Changed: He is never late.

Given: Everyone praised the judgment.

Changed: No one criticised the judgment.

Given: Only a judge can decide this.

Changed: None but a judge can decide this.

Given: He is too weak to walk.

Changed: He is so weak that he cannot walk.

Given: As soon as the court rose, he left.

Changed: No sooner did the court rise than he left.

Change into an interrogative or an assertive sentence

Given: Nobody can deny this.

Changed: Who can deny this?

Given: Why waste time on it?

Changed: It is useless to waste time on it.

Given: Is this justice?

Changed: This is not justice.

Change into an exclamatory or an assertive sentence

Given: It is a very fine judgment.

Changed: What a fine judgment it is!

Given: How foolish he was!

Changed: He was very foolish.

Change simple, compound and complex

Covered in [Grammar: the Sentence and Its Parts], and worth repeating because it appears every year.

Simple: Being ill, he did not attend.

Complex: As he was ill, he did not attend.

Compound: He was ill and so he did not attend.

Combine or join the sentences

Given: He was ill. He did not attend.

Changed: As he was ill, he did not attend. Or: Being ill, he did not attend.

Given: The notice was served. He did not appear.

Changed: Although the notice was served, he did not appear.

Use the correct form of the verb, or fill in the blanks

Covered in [Verbs and Tenses].

Frame a question to get the underlined part as the answer

Given: He filed the reply on Monday.

Changed: When did he file the reply?

Given: The Registrar signed the order.

Changed: Who signed the order?

munotes.in392

Question Tags, and the Do As Directed Question

Correct the sentence

Covered in [Common Errors in English].

A worked answer

Question, February 2026 style. "Do as directed: (a) You have filed the reply. (Add a question tag) (b) He is the most senior advocate in the court. (Change to the positive degree) (c) He is too tired to argue. (Remove 'too') (d) Nobody can deny his ability. (Change into an interrogative sentence)"

(a) You have filed the reply, haven't you? Positive statement, so a negative tag; the auxiliary "have" is repeated; the subject is already a pronoun.

(b) No other advocate in the court is as senior as he is. Superlative to positive: "no other", "as ... as".

(c) He is so tired that he cannot argue. The "too ... to" construction always becomes "so ... that ... cannot".

(d) Who can deny his ability? A negative assertion becomes a rhetorical question in the positive, and the meaning is unchanged.

And the general advice. Read the instruction in the bracket before reading the sentence. Candidates lose marks every year by changing the voice when the instruction said the degree of comparison, and a perfect transformation of the wrong kind scores nothing.

Quick revision

Question tag: opposite polarity, same auxiliary, pronoun subject, comma before, question mark after.

Irregulars: I am, aren't I? Let us, shall we? Let him and all imperatives, will you? Nobody and everybody take they; nothing and everything take it. There is no evidence, is there?

Hardly, scarcely, rarely, seldom, never, barely are negative in sense, so their tags are positive.

"I think he is guilty, isn't he?" The tag follows the subordinate clause; a negative in the main clause transfers.

Degrees: superlative, comparative with "any other", positive with "no other ... as ... as".

Too ... to becomes so ... that ... cannot. As soon as becomes no sooner ... than.

Read the instruction in the bracket first.

Test yourself

1. State the three rules for forming a question tag. Opposite polarity, so that a positive statement takes a negative tag and a negative statement a positive one; the same auxiliary as the statement, or the appropriate form of "do" where there is none; and a pronoun as the subject of the tag, never a noun.

2. Give the tags: "I am right, ___", "Let us begin, ___", "He seldom attends, ___", "Nobody objected, ___". Aren't I? Shall we? Does he? Did they? The second is fixed for "let us"; the third is positive because "seldom" makes the statement negative in sense; and the fourth is positive because "nobody" is a negative word, with "they" as the pronoun.

munotes.in393

Question Tags, and the Do As Directed Question

3. Change to the comparative and the positive degree: "Bombay is the busiest port in India." Comparative: Bombay is busier than any other port in India. Positive: No other port in India is as busy as Bombay. Note "any other" and "no other", not "any" and "not any".

4. Remove "too" from: "He is too weak to walk." He is so weak that he cannot walk. The "too ... to" construction always converts to "so ... that ... cannot", with the negative appearing in the second clause.

5. What is the commonest way of losing marks in this section? Performing the wrong transformation. The instruction is printed in brackets after each sentence, and a candidate who changes the voice when asked for the degree of comparison scores nothing however correct the transformation is. Read the bracket first.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in394

Chapter Eighty-Four

Common Errors in English

Syllabus topic 4.2, Grammar, and MU's course objective that students "write correct English"

In one line

Most of the mistakes an examiner sees fall into eight groups, and a candidate who learns these eight writes better English than one who has learnt a hundred rules.

1. Articles

The rule in three lines. "A" and "an" are used before a singular countable noun mentioned for the first time; "the" is used when the noun is already known, unique, or specified. No article is used before an uncountable or an abstract noun used generally.

"A" or "an" goes by sound, not by spelling.

CorrectWhy
a university, a European, a one-rupee note, a useful bookThey begin with a consonant sound: yoo, wun
an hour, an honest man, an heir, an honourable courtThe h is silent, so the sound is a vowel
an M.A., an L.L.B., an F.I.R., an S.P.The letter names begin with vowel sounds
a B.A., a Ph.D.Bee and pee begin with consonant sounds

Where Indian English regularly goes wrong.

WrongRight
He is in the hospital for treatment.He is in hospital for treatment. (Institutions used for their purpose: in hospital, in prison, at school, in court, in bed)
The justice was denied to him.Justice was denied to him.
He returned back to the home.He returned home.
Discuss about the case.Discuss the case.
He is a M.L.A.He is an M.L.A.
She is the best of the two.She is the better of the two.

"The" is used before superlatives, before names of rivers, seas, ranges and groups of islands, before the names of newspapers, before a nationality used as a group (the Indians), and before an adjective standing for a class (the poor, the accused).

2. Prepositions

The list a law student must know, because these are the ones that appear in legal writing and are got wrong.

RightNot
accused of an offenceaccused for
charged with an offencecharged for
convicted of murderconvicted for murder
sentenced to imprisonmentsentenced with
guilty ofguilty for
an appeal against an order, to a courtappeal on
a suit against a person, for recoverysuit on
compensation for an injurycompensation of
liable for the loss; liable to payliable of
entitled toentitled for
comply withcomply to
consist ofconsist in, when meaning "have as parts"
die of an illness, from a wounddie by illness
differ from a thing, with a persondiffer than
married tomarried with
congratulate oncongratulate for
insist oninsist to
prevent him from goingprevent him to go
superior to, inferior tosuperior than
discuss, enter, marry, reach, resemble, ordertake no preposition

And the eight verbs to remember by heart, because Indian English adds a preposition to all of them: discuss, enter, marry, reach, resemble, order, attack, accompany. Discuss the case, enter the room, reach the station.

munotes.in395

Common Errors in English

3. Subject-verb agreement

The verb agrees with the subject in number and person. That is the whole rule, and the difficulty is only in finding the subject.

RuleExample
A phrase between subject and verb does not change the verbThe list of witnesses is on the file.
Two subjects joined by "and" take a plural verbThe plaintiff and the defendant were present.
Unless they form one ideaBread and butter is his breakfast.
With "or", "nor", "either ... or", the verb agrees with the nearer subjectNeither the clerk nor the peons were there.
"Each", "every", "either", "neither", "everyone", "nobody" take a singular verbEach of the students has replied.
A collective noun takes a singular verb when acting as one bodyThe jury has returned its verdict.
And a plural verb when its members act individuallyThe jury were divided in opinion.
A number of takes plural; the number of takes singularA number of cases are pending. The number of cases is rising.
Words plural in form but singular in sense take a singular verbNews, politics, mathematics, physics, ethics is ...
"Police", "cattle", "people" are pluralThe police have filed the charge sheet.
A distance, amount or period taken as a unit takes a singular verbTen kilometres is a long walk. Five years is the maximum sentence.
One of the ... takes a plural noun and a singular verbOne of the judges was absent.
With "as well as", "along with", "besides", the verb follows the first subjectThe judge, as well as the lawyers, was present.

4. Countable and uncountable nouns

Uncountable nouns take no plural and no "a": information, advice, furniture, luggage, machinery, stationery, equipment, evidence, work, knowledge, scenery, poetry, jewellery, bread.

WrongRight
He gave me many advices.He gave me much advice, or a piece of advice.
We collected many evidences.We collected much evidence, or several pieces of evidence.
I have some informations.I have some information.
The furnitures were damaged.The furniture was damaged.
He did many works.He did much work.

Much, little and amount go with uncountables; many, few and number go with countables.

5. Pronouns

Case after prepositions and "than". Between you and me, not "between you and I". He is taller than I am.

"Each other" for two, "one another" for more than two.

"Everyone ... they". Traditional grammar required "his"; modern usage accepts "their", and MU will not penalise either. "Everyone submitted their reply" is now standard.

Ambiguity. "The judge told the clerk that he had made a mistake" leaves "he" unclear. Recast: "The judge told the clerk, 'You have made a mistake'", or name the person.

munotes.in396

Common Errors in English

Reflexives are not subjects. Not "Myself and my friend attended" but "My friend and I attended". This is one of the commonest Indian English errors and it is noticed immediately.

6. Confusable pairs

PairDifference
affect / effectAffect is the verb, to influence. Effect is the noun, a result. As a verb, effect means to bring about.
principal / principlePrincipal is the head, or chief. A principle is a rule.
stationary / stationeryStationary means not moving. Stationery is paper and pens.
council / counselA council is a body. Counsel is advice, or a lawyer.
complement / complimentA complement completes. A compliment praises.
its / it'sIts is possessive. It's is "it is".
lose / looseLose is the verb. Loose is the adjective.
accept / exceptAccept is to receive. Except is to exclude.
advice / adviseAdvice is the noun. Advise is the verb.
practice / practisePractice is the noun; practise the verb, in British usage.
licence / licenseSame rule: licence the noun, license the verb.
among / betweenBetween two, among more than two.
fewer / lessFewer with countables, less with uncountables.
beside / besidesBeside is next to. Besides is in addition to.
farther / furtherFarther for distance, further for extent or degree.
eminent / imminentEminent is distinguished. Imminent is about to happen.
judicial / judiciousJudicial relates to courts. Judicious means showing good judgment.
lay / lieLay takes an object; lie does not. He laid the file down; he lay down.
adopt / adaptAdopt is to take up. Adapt is to adjust.

7. The errors of Indian English

Not wrong in conversation, but marked wrong in an examination.

Common hereStandard written English
Do the needful.Please take the necessary action.
Kindly revert back.Please reply.
Prepone the meeting.Bring the meeting forward.
I am having a doubt.I have a question.
Please intimate me.Please inform me.
Discuss about, order for, return back, repeat againDiscuss, order, return, repeat
Cousin brother, real brotherCousin, brother
Out of stationOut of town, away
Passed out of collegeGraduated from college
Today morningThis morning
He is having two cars.He has two cars.
Myself Anjali.My name is Anjali, or I am Anjali.
Same to sameIdentical, exactly the same
Only I said this.I alone said this, or It was I who said this.

A word about "do the needful" and "revert". Both are common in Indian offices and both are avoided in careful writing, "revert" especially, since it means to return to a previous state and not to reply.

munotes.in397

Common Errors in English

8. Punctuation, and why a lawyer cares

The comma changes meaning, and in a legal document that is expensive.

"Let him go, not hang him" and "Let him go not, hang him" are opposite orders made of the same words.

The full stop, the comma and the semicolon. A comma separates items and marks a pause; a semicolon joins two independent statements closely related; a colon introduces a list or an explanation.

The apostrophe. Possession, not plurals. The judge's order; the judges' orders; not "the judge's are sitting".

Inverted commas for direct speech and for quoted words. Remember that reported speech takes none.

Capitals for proper nouns, the first word of a sentence, and, in legal writing, for defined terms: the Act, the Company, the Purchaser.

A worked answer

Question. "Correct the following: (a) He is in the hospital since two days. (b) One of the witness were absent. (c) He was accused for theft. (d) Myself and my friend discussed about the case. (e) The jury has divided in their opinion."

(a) He has been in hospital for two days. Three errors: "the hospital" should be "hospital" for an institution used for its purpose; "since" takes a point of time and a period requires "for"; and a state continuing from the past takes the present perfect continuous or the present perfect.

(b) One of the witnesses was absent. "One of the" takes a plural noun and a singular verb.

(c) He was accused of theft. Accused of, charged with, convicted of, sentenced to.

(d) My friend and I discussed the case. A reflexive pronoun cannot be a subject, courtesy places the other person first, and "discuss" takes no preposition.

(e) The jury were divided in their opinion. A collective noun takes a plural verb when its members act individually, and "were divided" is the correct form.

Quick revision

A or an by sound, not spelling: an hour, a university, an M.A., a B.A.

In hospital, in prison, at school, in court: no article when the institution is used for its purpose.

Accused of, charged with, convicted of, sentenced to, entitled to, comply with, liable for, appeal against.

Eight verbs that take no preposition: discuss, enter, marry, reach, resemble, order, attack, accompany.

The verb agrees with the subject, not with a phrase between them. One of the ... was. A number of ... are. The number of ... is.

Uncountables have no plural: information, advice, evidence, furniture, luggage, equipment, machinery, work.

Between you and me. My friend and I. Each other for two, one another for more.

Affect is the verb, effect is the noun. Principal is the head, principle is the rule. Council is a body, counsel is advice.

munotes.in398

Common Errors in English

Avoid do the needful, revert back, prepone, today morning, myself Anjali, out of station.

Test yourself

1. Why is "an hour" correct but "a university" also correct? Because the choice follows sound and not spelling. "Hour" begins with a silent h and therefore with a vowel sound, so it takes "an"; "university" begins with the consonant sound "yoo", so it takes "a". The same rule gives "an M.A." but "a B.A.".

2. Give the correct preposition: accused ___ , charged ___ , convicted ___ , sentenced ___ , entitled ___ , comply ___ . Accused of, charged with, convicted of, sentenced to, entitled to, comply with. These six appear constantly in legal writing and are the ones most often got wrong.

3. Which is right: "The jury has returned its verdict" or "The jury were divided in opinion"? Both, in their own contexts. A collective noun takes a singular verb when the body acts as one, so the jury has returned its verdict; and a plural verb when its members act individually, so the jury were divided in opinion.

4. Correct: "He gave me many advices and informations about the evidences." He gave me much advice and information about the evidence. All three nouns are uncountable in English, so they take no plural form and no "many"; use "much", "some", or "a piece of".

5. Distinguish principal from principle, and judicial from judicious. The principal is the head or chief person or thing, while a principle is a rule or a fundamental truth. Judicial relates to courts and to the administration of justice, while judicious means showing sound judgment, so a judicious decision may be made by anybody but a judicial one is made by a court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in399

Chapter Eighty-Five

Vocabulary for a Law Student

Syllabus topic 4.2, and MU's course objective: "Read efficiently and develop the vocabulary with the help of the prescribed texts"

In one line

Vocabulary for a law student is built in four layers: the words the set texts teach, the Latin and French the profession still uses, the ordinary English words that carry a special legal meaning, and the machinery of prefixes, suffixes and one-word substitutes that lets you work out a word you have never seen.

Layer one: the words the set texts teach

MU ties vocabulary to the prescribed texts, so start where the syllabus starts.

WordMeaningWhere it comes from
bondA sealed written obligationThe Merchant of Venice: Shylock's bond
forfeitLost as a penalty for a wrongThe forfeiture of the pound of flesh
suretyA person answerable for another's defaultAntonio stands surety for Bassanio
usuryLending at excessive interestShylock's occupation and the play's quarrel
mercyForbearance from a deserved punishmentPortia's speech
indictmentA formal charge of a serious offencePickwick, Pudd'nhead Wilson
plaintiff, defendantThe parties to a civil suitBardell against Pickwick
damagesCompensation in moneyThe action for breach of promise
speculationUndertaking a case for a share of the resultDodson and Fogg's arrangement
cross-examinationQuestioning of a witness by the opposing sideThe trial scenes throughout
perjuryLying on oathPudd'nhead Wilson, and the trial texts
impeachmentA formal accusation against a high officerBacon, impeached in 1621
corruption, briberyTaking a benefit to pervert dutyOf Judicature
arbitration, awardReference to a private decider, and the decisionGandhi's reminiscences
inadvertenceAn error made without intentionGandhi's admission to the court
self-determinationA people's right to decide its political statusAmbedkar
fraternityThe sense of common brotherhoodAmbedkar's three words
vagrancyThe offence of having no settled home or meansThe Cop and the Anthem
disorderly conductPublic misbehaviour, a minor offenceThe Cop and the Anthem
circumstantial evidenceEvidence of facts from which the main fact is inferredMurder!
motiveThe reason for which an act is doneMurder!, and every criminal text here
premeditationPlanning an act in advanceMurder!
verdictThe finding of a juryThe trial texts

How to use this table. These are not words to memorise for a vocabulary question. They are the words that let you write about the set texts precisely, and an answer that uses "surety", "forfeit" and "usury" correctly reads like a law student's answer, which is what the paper is testing.

Layer two: the Latin and French a lawyer uses

Every one of these will be met in the first two years of this course. Learn the meaning, not merely the translation.

TermMeaning
ab initioFrom the beginning
ad interimFor the time being, temporary
amicus curiaeA friend of the court, assisting it without being a party
bona fideIn good faith
caveatA caution entered to prevent a step being taken without notice
de facto / de jureIn fact / in law
ex parteIn the absence of the other party
ex post factoAfter the event, applied retrospectively
habeas corpusA writ requiring a detained person to be produced before the court
in cameraIn the judge's chamber, not in open court
inter aliaAmong other things
ipso factoBy that very fact
locus standiThe standing or right to bring an action
mala fideIn bad faith
mens reaThe guilty mind, the mental element of an offence
actus reusThe guilty act
obiter dictumA remark by the way, not binding
ratio decidendiThe reason for the decision, the binding part
per incuriamThrough want of care, decided in ignorance of a binding rule
prima facieAt first sight, on the face of it
pro bonoFor the public good, without a fee
quid pro quoSomething for something, consideration
res judicataA matter already decided, and so not open again
sine dieWithout a day fixed, adjourned indefinitely
status quoThe existing state of affairs
sub judiceUnder judicial consideration
suo motuOn its own motion, without an application
ultra viresBeyond the powers
vis-a-visIn relation to
voir direA preliminary examination of a witness or juror
ad hocFor this purpose only, arranged for the particular occasion
ex gratiaAs a favour, and not in acknowledgment of any legal liability
ipso jureBy the law itself, without any act of a party or a court
pendente liteWhile the suit is pending, as in an order for maintenance made during a case
caveat emptorLet the buyer beware: the buyer takes the goods as they are unless protected by a term or a statute
jusLaw, or a right conferred by law
ut supraAs stated above
modusManner or mode. Modus operandi is the manner of working; modus vivendi a working arrangement between parties who disagree
per centumBy the hundred, from which per cent comes; the form used in older statutes
per seBy itself, considered alone
ex officioBy virtue of the office held, without further appointment
in lieu ofIn place of
salus populi suprema lexThe welfare of the people is the supreme law, the maxim Bacon puts at the head of a judge's duty to the State
munotes.in400

Vocabulary for a Law Student

Two that come from French and are set as legal terms although they are not. Detenue, a person held in detention, particularly under a preventive detention law, and used in Indian practice as the name for the person whose release is sought. Faux pas, a blunder in manners or conduct, which is not a legal term at all and is set because the paper's list mixes legal Latin with general foreign phrases. Infra dig, short for infra dignitatem, meaning beneath one's dignity, belongs in the same group.

munotes.in401

Vocabulary for a Law Student

From French, through the Norman lawyers. Plaintiff, defendant, attorney, tort, lien, estoppel, laches, chattel, demurrer, voir dire, oyez. The vocabulary of English law is Norman French laid on Anglo-Saxon, which is why so many legal phrases come in pairs of near-synonyms: goods and chattels, will and testament, aid and abet, breaking and entering.

The terms the University has actually set

This list is not invented. It is every term that appears in the instruction "Give the meanings of any four of the following legal terms" in the papers we hold, with the paper it came from.

TermMeaningSet in
bona fideIn good faithJan 2016-17, May 2017-18
mala fide, printed as malafideIn bad faith2021-22
ex gratiaAs a favour, not as a legal liabilityJan 2016-17, May 2017-18, 2019, Jan 2020
ad hocFor this purpose onlyJan 2016-17
ipso jureBy operation of law itselfJan 2016-17
pendente liteWhile the suit is pendingJan 2016-17
status quoThe existing state of thingsJan 2016-17
centumHundred, as in per centumMay 2017-18, Jan 2020
ut supraAs stated aboveMay 2017-18
modusManner or modeMay 2017-18, 2019
jusLaw, or a right2019
infra digBeneath one's dignity2019
detenueA person held in detention2019, Jan 2020
faux pasA blunder in manners2019
caveat emptorLet the buyer bewareJan 2020
mens reaThe guilty mindJan 2020
salus populi suprema lexThe welfare of the people is the supreme lawSet as reference to context from Bacon, Jan 2024
testatorOne who makes a willSet as a meaning question, 2021-22

What the list tells you. The examiner mixes strict legal Latin with phrases that are merely foreign, and expects a one-line meaning rather than an essay. Four marks for four terms means one mark each, so write one clear sentence and move on.

Layer three: ordinary words with a legal meaning

The most dangerous group, because a student thinks the word is already known.

WordOrdinary meaningLegal meaning
considerationThought, regardSomething of value given in exchange, without which a contract is void
partyA social gatheringA person taking part in a transaction or proceeding
constructionBuildingThe interpretation of a document or statute
instrumentA tool, or a musical deviceA formal legal document
executeTo carry out, or to put to deathTo sign and complete a document
serveTo attend uponTo deliver a legal document formally
suitClothingA civil proceeding
pleadingBeggingThe formal written case of a party
noticeAttention, or a written announcementKnowledge that the law imputes to a person
assaultA physical attackA threat causing apprehension of force, without touching
batteryA device supplying powerThe actual application of force
maliceIll willThe intention to do a wrongful act, without necessarily any ill feeling
negligenceCarelessnessBreach of a duty of care causing damage
deedAn actionA written instrument, signed and delivered
tenderGentle, or an offer for a contractAn offer of performance or payment
discoveryFinding something outThe process of obtaining documents from the other side
damages / damageHarmDamages is the money awarded; damage is the harm suffered
munotes.in402

Vocabulary for a Law Student

The last row is a favourite examination point. "Damage" is what was suffered; "damages" is what is paid for it. A candidate who writes "the court awarded damage" has made a legal error and a grammatical one at once.

Layer four: the machinery

Learn these and you can work out a word you have never seen, which is what the examination is really testing.

Prefixes.

PrefixSenseLegal example
ante-, pre-Beforeantenuptial, precedent
post-Afterpost-mortem, postnuptial
sub-Undersub-lease, subordinate legislation
super-, supra-Abovesupervening, supra
inter-Betweeninterim, international, interlocutory
intra-Withinintra vires, intrastate
ultra-Beyondultra vires
ex-Out of, formerex parte, ex-employee
non-Notnon-appearance, non-compliance
mis-Wronglymisrepresentation, misfeasance
mal-Badlymalfeasance, maladministration
in-, im-, il-, ir-Notinvalid, impossible, illegal, irrevocable
dis-Reversaldisclaim, dishonour, disqualify
co-Togetherco-accused, co-parcener

Suffixes that make legal nouns.

SuffixMakesExample
-or / -eeThe doer / the one done tolessor and lessee, mortgagor and mortgagee, promisor and promisee, transferor and transferee, employer and employee
-mentAn act or statejudgment, endorsement, attachment
-ance / -enceA quality or actforbearance, negligence
-shipA relationpartnership, guardianship
-able / -ibleCapable ofactionable, indefeasible, admissible

The -or and -ee pair is the single most useful thing in this chapter. Once you know that the -or gives and the -ee receives, you never confuse mortgagor with mortgagee again, and the same rule explains appellant and respondent, plaintiff and defendant, drawer and drawee.

One-word substitution

A traditional examination item, and a genuine aid to precis writing.

PhraseWord
A person who is unable to read or writeIlliterate
A person who breaks the lawOffender, or delinquent
A person who is appointed to settle a disputeArbitrator
A person appointed to look after a minorGuardian
A person who makes a willTestator
A person who receives property under a willLegatee, or beneficiary
A person who dies without making a willIntestate
A person who has no home or means of livingVagrant
A statement made on oathAffidavit
A written order of a courtWrit
A crime of killing a human beingHomicide
Killing of one's own selfSuicide
Killing of a kingRegicide
A person who murders for political reasonsAssassin
A person who takes part in a crime with anotherAccomplice
Money paid to secure release pending trialBail
A pardon granted to a group of offendersAmnesty
Speaking evil of another in writingLibel
Speaking evil of another in speechSlander
One who is under the age of majorityMinor
The state of being married to one spouseMonogamy
The offence of marrying while already marriedBigamy
A remedy given at the court's discretionEquitable relief
A government by the peopleDemocracy
A government by a fewOligarchy
A person who studies the working of societySociologist
One who can use both hands equally wellAmbidextrous
That which cannot be avoidedInevitable
That which cannot be taken awayInalienable
That which cannot be readIllegible
A speech made without preparationExtempore
munotes.in403

Vocabulary for a Law Student

Synonyms and antonyms worth having

Because a paper that sets an essay rewards a candidate who does not use the same word four times.

WordSynonymsAntonym
lawfullegal, legitimate, validunlawful, void
impartialunbiased, disinterested, neutralpartial, biased
guiltyculpable, blameworthyinnocent
lenientmild, merciful, indulgentsevere, harsh
bindingobligatory, mandatoryoptional, directory
repealabrogate, annul, rescindenact, re-enact
acquitdischarge, exonerate, absolveconvict
plaintiff's claim alloweddecreeddismissed
honestupright, candid, scrupulousdishonest, corrupt
briefconcise, succinct, terselengthy, prolix

A caution on "disinterested". It means impartial, without a personal stake, and it is not a synonym for "uninterested", which means bored. Judges are disinterested; a bad student is uninterested.

How to build vocabulary, practically

Read with a pencil and a page at the back of the notebook. Word, meaning, and the sentence you met it in. The sentence is what makes it stick.

Learn words in families rather than singly. Negligence, negligent, negligently, negligible. Contract, contractual, contracting party, contractor.

Use a new word within a day. A word used once is remembered; a word looked up is forgotten.

Read judgments in this course, not only textbooks. The set texts of Modules I to III are chosen partly for this: a student who has followed the trial in Pickwick or the argument in Pudd'nhead Wilson has met the vocabulary of a trial in a form that stays in the mind.

And do not use a long word where a short one will do. The best legal writing in English is plain. "Before" is better than "prior to"; "about" is better than "with reference to"; "because" is better than "for the reason that". A large vocabulary is for understanding what you read, and for choosing exactly the right word, not for decorating what you write.

munotes.in404

Vocabulary for a Law Student

A worked answer

Question type. "Give one word for each of the following", or "Use the following words in sentences of your own".

For one-word substitution, the table above is the answer, and the discipline is to give exactly one word.

For "use in a sentence", the sentence must show that you know the meaning. "He was acquitted" proves nothing; "The court acquitted him because the prosecution failed to prove the charge beyond reasonable doubt" proves that you know what acquittal is. The rule: a sentence that would work equally well with a different word has not earned the mark.

Four models.

Bona fide. The purchaser was held to be a bona fide transferee for value, having bought without notice of the earlier mortgage.

Ex parte. As the defendant did not appear despite service of summons, the suit proceeded ex parte and was decreed.

Prima facie. The court held that the complaint disclosed a prima facie case and directed that process be issued.

Ultra vires. The rule was struck down as ultra vires the Act, since the rule-making power did not extend to imposing a penalty.

Quick revision

Four layers: the words of the set texts, legal Latin and French, ordinary words with a special legal sense, and the machinery of prefixes and suffixes.

From the texts: bond, forfeit, surety, usury, damages, speculation, perjury, impeachment, arbitration, award, inadvertence, vagrancy, circumstantial evidence, motive, verdict.

The Latin most used: ab initio, bona fide, ex parte, mens rea, actus reus, obiter dictum, ratio decidendi, prima facie, res judicata, sub judice, suo motu, ultra vires, locus standi, habeas corpus.

The terms MU actually sets, which are not the same list: ex gratia, ad hoc, ipso jure, pendente lite, centum, ut supra, modus, jus, infra dig, detenue, faux pas, caveat emptor, status quo, salus populi suprema lex.

The traps: consideration, construction, execute, serve, notice, assault, battery, malice, and damage against damages.

The -or gives and the -ee receives: lessor and lessee, mortgagor and mortgagee, promisor and promisee.

Disinterested means impartial; uninterested means bored.

Use plain words in your own writing: before, about, because.

Test yourself

1. Distinguish "damage" from "damages". Damage is the harm or loss suffered; damages is the sum of money awarded as compensation for it. A court awards damages for the damage caused, and writing that a court awarded "damage" is both a grammatical and a legal error.

2. What is the difference between ratio decidendi and obiter dictum? The ratio decidendi is the reason for the decision, the principle on which the case was decided, and it is binding on lower courts. An obiter dictum is a remark made by the way, not necessary to the decision, and it is persuasive only.

munotes.in405

Vocabulary for a Law Student

3. Explain the -or and -ee suffixes with three pairs. The -or or -er ending names the person who does or gives, and the -ee ending names the person to whom it is done or given: lessor and lessee, mortgagor and mortgagee, promisor and promisee. The same relation explains transferor and transferee and drawer and drawee.

4. Give the meaning of: ex gratia, pendente lite, ad hoc, caveat emptor, infra dig. Ex gratia, paid as a favour and not in acknowledgment of any legal liability. Pendente lite, during the pendency of the suit. Ad hoc, arranged for this particular purpose only. Caveat emptor, let the buyer beware. Infra dig, short for infra dignitatem, beneath one's dignity. Each is worth one mark, so one sentence each is the right length.

5. Give one word for: a person who dies without making a will; a statement made on oath; speaking evil of another in writing. Intestate; affidavit; libel. Note that the spoken form of the same wrong is slander, and that the distinction between the two is a matter of law and not merely of vocabulary.

6. What is wrong with using "disinterested" to mean "not interested"? Disinterested means impartial, having no personal stake in the outcome, which is a quality required of a judge or an arbitrator. The word for lacking interest is "uninterested", and confusing the two reverses a compliment into a criticism.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in406

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!